BAC-6.30.2015 10-Q


 
 
 
 
 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
[ü] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2015
or
[   ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from          to
Commission file number:
1-6523
Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter:
Bank of America Corporation
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization:
Delaware
IRS Employer Identification No.:
56-0906609
Address of principal executive offices:
Bank of America Corporate Center
100 N. Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
(704) 386-5681
Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report:
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes ü     No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes ü     No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one).
Large accelerated filer ü
 
Accelerated filer
 
Non-accelerated filer
(do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).
Yes      No ü
On July 28, 2015, there were 10,468,545,156 shares of Bank of America Corporation Common Stock outstanding.
 
 
 
 
 

                


Bank of America Corporation
 
June 30, 2015
 
Form 10-Q
 
 
 
INDEX
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

1


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


2

Table of Contents

Item 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This report on Form 10-Q, the documents that it incorporates by reference and the documents into which it may be incorporated by reference may contain, and from time to time Bank of America Corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries, the Corporation) and its management may make certain statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as "anticipates," "targets," "expects," "hopes," "estimates," "intends," "plans," "goal," "believes," "continue," "suggests" and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as "will," "may," "might," "should," "would" and "could." The forward-looking statements made represent the Corporation's current expectations, plans or forecasts of its future results and revenues, and future business and economic conditions more generally, and other future matters. These statements are not guarantees of future results or performance and involve certain known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict and are often beyond the Corporation's control. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, any of these forward-looking statements.

You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement and should consider the following uncertainties and risks, as well as the risks and uncertainties more fully discussed elsewhere in this report, and under Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K and in any of the Corporation's subsequent Securities and Exchange Commission filings: the Corporation's ability to resolve representations and warranties repurchase and related claims, including claims brought by investors or trustees seeking to distinguish certain aspects of the ACE ruling or to assert other claims seeking to avoid the impact of the ACE ruling; the possibility that the Corporation could face related servicing, securities, fraud, indemnity, contribution or other claims from one or more counterparties, including trustees, purchasers of loans, underwriters, issuers, other parties involved in securitizations, monolines or private-label and other investors; the possibility that final court approval of negotiated settlements is not obtained, including the possibility that all of the conditions necessary to obtain final approval of the BNY Mellon Settlement do not occur; the possibility that future representations and warranties losses may occur in excess of the Corporation's recorded liability and estimated range of possible loss for its representations and warranties exposures; the possibility that the Corporation may not collect mortgage insurance claims; potential claims, damages, penalties, fines and reputational damage resulting from pending or future litigation and regulatory proceedings, including the possibility that amounts may be in excess of the Corporation's recorded liability and estimated range of possible losses for litigation exposures; the possibility that the European Commission will impose remedial measures in relation to its investigation of the Corporation's competitive practices; the possible outcome of LIBOR, other reference rate and foreign exchange inquiries and investigations; uncertainties about the financial stability and growth rates of non-U.S. jurisdictions, the risk that those jurisdictions may face difficulties servicing their sovereign debt, and related stresses on financial markets, currencies and trade, and the Corporation's exposures to such risks, including direct, indirect and operational; the impact of U.S. and global interest rates, currency exchange rates and economic conditions; the impact on the Corporation's business, financial condition and results of operations of a potential higher interest rate environment; adverse changes to the Corporation's credit ratings from the major credit rating agencies; estimates of the fair value of certain of the Corporation's assets and liabilities; uncertainty regarding the content, timing and impact of regulatory capital and liquidity requirements, including, but not limited to, any G-SIB surcharge; the possibility that in connection with our effort to exit our Advanced approaches parallel run, our internal analytical models (including the internal models methodology) will either not be approved by U.S. banking regulators, or will be approved with significant modifications, which could, for example, increase our risk-weighted assets and, as a result, negatively impact our capital ratios under the Advanced approaches; the possible impact of Federal Reserve actions on the Corporation's capital plans; the impact of implementation and compliance with new and evolving U.S. and international regulations, including, but not limited to, recovery and resolution planning requirements, the Volcker Rule and derivatives regulations; the impact of recent proposed U.K. tax law changes, including a reduction to the U.K. corporate tax rate, and the creation of a bank surcharge tax, which together, if enacted, will result in a tax charge upon enactment and higher tax expense going forward, as well as a reduction in the bank levy; a failure in or breach of the Corporation's operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, including as a result of cyber attacks and other similar matters.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Corporation undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statement was made.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements referred to in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) are incorporated by reference into the MD&A. Certain prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. Throughout the MD&A, the Corporation uses certain acronyms and abbreviations which are defined in the Glossary.

The Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 as supplemented by a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2015 to reflect reclassified business segment information is referred to herein as the 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. These unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3

Table of Contents

Executive Summary
 
Business Overview

The Corporation is a Delaware corporation, a bank holding company (BHC) and a financial holding company. When used in this report, "the Corporation" may refer to Bank of America Corporation individually, Bank of America Corporation and its subsidiaries, or certain of Bank of America Corporation's subsidiaries or affiliates. Our principal executive offices are located in Charlotte, North Carolina. Through our banking and various nonbank subsidiaries throughout the U.S. and in international markets, we provide a diversified range of banking and nonbank financial services and products through five business segments: Consumer Banking, Global Wealth & Investment Management (GWIM), Global Banking, Global Markets and Legacy Assets & Servicing (LAS), with the remaining operations recorded in All Other. Effective January 1, 2015, we aligned the segments with how we are managing the businesses in 2015. For more information on this realignment, see Note 18 – Business Segment Information to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. We operate our banking activities primarily under the Bank of America, National Association (Bank of America, N.A. or BANA) charter. At June 30, 2015, the Corporation had approximately $2.1 trillion in assets and approximately 216,700 full-time equivalent employees.

As of June 30, 2015, we operated in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico and more than 35 countries. Our retail banking footprint covers approximately 80 percent of the U.S. population, and we serve approximately 48 million consumer and small business relationships with approximately 4,800 financial centers, 16,000 ATMs, nationwide call centers, and leading online and mobile banking platforms (www.bankofamerica.com). We offer industry-leading support to approximately three million small business owners. Our wealth management and trust businesses, with client balances of $2.5 trillion, provide tailored solutions to meet client needs through a full set of brokerage, banking, trust and retirement products. We are a global leader in corporate and investment banking and trading across a broad range of asset classes serving corporations, governments, institutions and individuals around the world.

Second-Quarter 2015 Economic and Business Environment

In the U.S., economic growth rebounded in the second quarter of 2015, as the first-quarter adverse impacts of severe winter weather and other temporary factors receded. Capital spending grew slowly, while nonresidential construction picked up. In addition, led by a surge in vehicle sales, retail spending increased, partially supported by solid employment gains and lower energy costs. Housing indicators also improved during the second quarter. The U.S. Dollar stabilized but the impact of its recent strengthening contributed to continued export weakness during the quarter.

Payroll gains increased modestly following a first-quarter slowdown, while wage gains remained historically low. The unemployment rate continued to fall, ending the quarter at 5.3 percent. A limited rebound in energy costs drove inflation during the quarter; however, core inflation (excluding food and energy) remained well below the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System's (Federal Reserve) longer-term annual target of two percent.

While the Federal Reserve has continued to indicate that it would likely be appropriate to raise the target range for the federal funds rate, we believe the Federal Reserve is unlikely to actually raise the target until late in the third quarter at the earliest. Furthermore, the Federal Open Market Committee has indicated that it expects a more gradual firming of monetary policy once tightening is underway. Longer-term U.S. Treasury yields moved higher during the quarter while equities remained relatively unchanged.

Internationally, economic growth continued in the eurozone, where certain nations benefited from quantitative easing and a weaker Euro. In addition, last year's energy cost declines have continued to support solid domestic demand growth in Japan, while Russia and Brazil remain in recession. Heightened concern about China surrounded its substantial equity market declines, which persisted even with direct government intervention. Lower commodity prices have also pressured Latin American economies. Puerto Rico's debt problems remain a concern, although it avoided default at the end of the quarter and is currently preparing a new fiscal plan. As the quarter ended, attention was directed toward Greece; however, financial markets remained stable through the end of the quarter, and subsequently reacted positively to news of a potential settlement and bailout in exchange for austerity measures. Despite heightened economic uncertainty surrounding Greece, we do not currently anticipate widespread contagion from a potential Greek default or eurozone exit.



4

Table of Contents

Recent Events

New York Court Decision on Statute of Limitations

On June 11, 2015, the New York Court of Appeals, New York's highest appellate court, issued its opinion in ACE Securities Corp. v. DB Structured Products, Inc. (ACE). The Court of Appeals held that, under New York law, a claim for breach of contractual representations and warranties begins to run at the time the representations and warranties are made, and rejected the argument that the six-year statute of limitations does not begin to run until the time repurchase is refused. The Court of Appeals also held that compliance with the contractual notice and cure period was a pre-condition to filing suit, and claims that did not comply with such contractual requirements prior to the expiration of the statute of limitations were invalid. While no entity affiliated with the Corporation was a party to this litigation, the vast majority of the private-label residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) trusts to which entities affiliated with the Corporation sold loans and made representations and warranties are governed by New York law. The ACE decision resulted in a reduction in our unresolved repurchase claims, a benefit in the provision for representations and warranties and a decrease to both our accrued liability and estimated range of possible loss for representations and warranties exposures. For additional information, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Capital Management

In the second quarter of 2015, we repurchased $775 million of common stock in connection with our 2015 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) capital plan, which included a request to repurchase $4.0 billion of common stock over five quarters beginning in the second quarter of 2015, and to maintain the quarterly common stock dividend at the current rate of $0.05 per share. Based on the conditional non-objection we received from the Federal Reserve on our 2015 CCAR submission, we are required to resubmit our CCAR capital plan by September 30, 2015 and address certain weaknesses identified in the capital planning process. We have responded to the Federal Reserve with action plans to review and make improvements to our CCAR process to better align with regulatory expectations. We are currently in the process of executing on this plan. For additional information, see Capital Management on page 58.

Global Systemically Important Bank Surcharge

In July 2015, the Federal Reserve finalized a regulation requiring global systemically important bank holding companies (G-SIBs) to hold additional capital. The final rule established the criteria for identifying a G-SIB and the methods used to calculate a risk-based capital surcharge (G-SIB surcharge), which is calibrated to each G-SIB's overall systemic risk. The G-SIB surcharge must be satisfied with Common equity tier 1 capital and will be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016, becoming fully effective on January 1, 2019. Under certain assumptions, we estimate that our G-SIB surcharge will increase our risk-based capital ratio requirements by 3.0 percent. For additional information, see Capital Management – Regulatory Developments on page 67.

Management Team Changes

On July 22, 2015, we announced certain changes to the Corporation's executive management team. For additional information, see the Corporation's Form 8-K filed on July 23, 2015.


5

Table of Contents

Selected Financial Data

Table 1 provides selected consolidated financial data for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, and at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 1
 
 
 
 
Selected Financial Data
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Income statement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis) (1)
$
22,345

 
$
21,960

 
$
43,766

 
$
44,727

Net income
5,320

 
2,291

 
8,677

 
2,015

Diluted earnings per common share
0.45

 
0.19

 
0.72

 
0.14

Dividends paid per common share
0.05

 
0.01

 
0.10

 
0.02

Performance ratios
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Return on average assets
0.99
%
 
0.42
%
 
0.82
%
 
0.19
%
Return on average tangible common shareholders' equity (1)
12.78

 
5.47

 
10.38

 
2.05

Efficiency ratio (FTE basis) (1)
61.84

 
84.43

 
67.43

 
91.17

Asset quality
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses at period end
 
 
 
 
$
13,068

 
$
15,811

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding at period end (2)
 
 
 
 
1.49
%
 
1.75
%
Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties at period end (2)
 
 
 
 
$
11,565

 
$
15,300

Net charge-offs (3)
$
1,068

 
$
1,073

 
2,262

 
2,461

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (2, 3)
0.49
%
 
0.48
%
 
0.53
%
 
0.55
%
Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding, excluding the purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio (2)
0.50

 
0.49

 
0.54

 
0.56

Annualized net charge-offs and purchased credit-impaired write-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (2)
0.62

 
0.55

 
0.66

 
0.67

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs (3)
3.05

 
3.67

 
2.86

 
3.19

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs, excluding the purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio
2.79

 
3.25

 
2.62

 
2.82

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs and purchased credit-impaired write-offs
2.40

 
3.20

 
2.28

 
2.60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Balance sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
$
886,449

 
$
881,391

Total assets
 
 
 
 
2,149,034

 
2,104,534

Total deposits
 
 
 
 
1,149,560

 
1,118,936

Total common shareholders' equity
 
 
 
 
229,386

 
224,162

Total shareholders' equity
 
 
 
 
251,659

 
243,471

Capital ratios under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
11.2
%
 
12.3
%
Tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
12.5

 
13.4

Total capital
 
 
 
 
15.5

 
16.5

Tier 1 leverage
 
 
 
 
8.5

 
8.2

(1) 
Fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) basis, return on average tangible common shareholders' equity and the efficiency ratio are non-GAAP financial measures. Other companies may define or calculate these measures differently. For more information on these measures and ratios, and a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.
(2) 
Balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. For additional exclusions from nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Nonperforming Consumer Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 95 and corresponding Table 50, and Commercial Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 105 and corresponding Table 59.
(3) 
Net charge-offs exclude $290 million and $578 million of write-offs in the purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $160 million and $551 million for the same periods in 2014. These write-offs decreased the purchased credit-impaired valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For more information on purchased credit-impaired write-offs, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 90.


6

Table of Contents

Financial Highlights

Net income was $5.3 billion, or $0.45 per diluted share, and $8.7 billion, or $0.72 per diluted share for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $2.3 billion, or $0.19, and $2.0 billion, or $0.14 for the same periods in 2014. The results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the prior-year periods were primarily driven by decreases of $3.8 billion and $9.5 billion in litigation expense, as well as decreases in certain other noninterest expense categories, partially offset by lower noninterest income and higher provision for credit losses. Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) basis increased in the three-month period largely due to positive market-related adjustments on debt securities.

Consumer Banking average deposits increased six percent for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014, and total corporate mortgage and home equity loan production was $36.1 billion compared to $24.5 billion for the same period in 2014. GWIM client balances were a record $2.5 trillion at June 30, 2015, an increase of $53 billion from June 30, 2014 including record assets under management (AUM) balances of $930 billion at June 30, 2015. Global Banking period-end loans increased seven percent at June 30, 2015 compared to June 30, 2014, and Bank of America Merrill Lynch maintained a leadership position with total firmwide investment banking fees (excluding self-led deals) of $3.0 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Global Markets equities sales and trading revenue improved primarily driven by increased client activity in the Asia-Pacific region; while fixed-income, currencies and commodities (FICC) was down within the credit-related businesses due to lower trading volumes, partially offset by improvement in rates, currencies and commodities products as increased volatility led to higher client activity. The number of 60 plus days delinquent first-lien mortgage loans serviced by LAS declined to 132 thousand loans at June 30, 2015 from 263 thousand loans at June 30, 2014, and noninterest expense, excluding litigation, decreased due to lower default-related staffing and other default-related servicing expenses.

Total assets increased $44.5 billion from December 31, 2014 to $2.1 trillion at June 30, 2015 primarily due to higher cash and cash equivalents as a result of strong deposit inflows driven by growth in customer and client activity, as well as continued commercial loan growth. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, we returned $1.8 billion in capital to common shareholders through common stock repurchases and dividends. For more information on the increase in total assets and other significant balance sheet items, see Executive Summary – Balance Sheet Overview on page 12. During the first half of 2015, we maintained our strong capital position with Common equity tier 1 capital of $158.3 billion and a Common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 11.2 percent at June 30, 2015 compared to $155.4 billion and 12.3 percent at December 31, 2014 as measured under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition. The Corporation's supplementary leverage ratio was 6.3 percent and 5.9 percent at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, both above the 5.0 percent required minimum. Our Global Excess Liquidity Sources were $484 billion with time-to-required funding at 40 months at June 30, 2015 compared to $439 billion and 39 months at December 31, 2014. For additional information, see Capital Management on page 58 and Liquidity Risk on page 70.

7

Table of Contents

Table 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary Income Statement
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income (FTE basis) (1)
$
10,716

 
$
10,226

 
$
20,386

 
$
20,512

Noninterest income
11,629

 
11,734

 
23,380

 
24,215

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis) (1)
22,345

 
21,960

 
43,766

 
44,727

Provision for credit losses
780

 
411

 
1,545

 
1,420

Noninterest expense
13,818

 
18,541

 
29,513

 
40,779

Income before income taxes (FTE basis) (1)
7,747

 
3,008

 
12,708

 
2,528

Income tax expense (FTE basis) (1)
2,427

 
717

 
4,031

 
513

Net income
5,320

 
2,291

 
8,677

 
2,015

Preferred stock dividends
330

 
256

 
712

 
494

Net income applicable to common shareholders
$
4,990

 
$
2,035

 
$
7,965

 
$
1,521

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per common share information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings
$
0.48

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.76

 
$
0.14

Diluted earnings
0.45

 
0.19

 
0.72

 
0.14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital ratios under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition (2)
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Common equity tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
11.2
%
 
12.3
%
Tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
12.5

 
13.4

Total capital
 
 
 
 
15.5

 
16.5

Tier 1 leverage
 
 
 
 
8.5

 
8.2

(1)
FTE basis is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on this measure and for a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.
(2) 
For more information on capital management and the related capital ratios, see Capital Management on page 58.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income on an FTE basis increased $490 million to $10.7 billion, and decreased $126 million to $20.4 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014. The net interest yield on an FTE basis increased 15 basis points (bps) to 2.37 percent, and increased one bp to 2.27 percent for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014. The increase for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 was driven by an $844 million improvement in market-related adjustments on debt securities, lower long-term debt balances and commercial loan growth, partially offset by lower loan yields and consumer loan balances. Market-related adjustments on debt securities resulted in a benefit of $669 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to an expense of $175 million for the same period in 2014. The improvement in market-related adjustments on debt securities was primarily due to the increase in long-term interest rates which extended the estimated lives of mortgage-related debt securities resulting in a reinstatement of previously amortized purchase premium and a corresponding increase to interest income. Also included in market-related adjustments is hedge ineffectiveness that impacted net interest income.

The decrease for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was driven by lower loan yields and consumer loan balances, and lower net interest income from the asset and liability management (ALM) portfolio, partially offset by a $633 million improvement in market-related adjustments on debt securities, lower long-term debt balances and commercial loan growth. Market-related adjustments on debt securities resulted in a benefit of $185 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to an expense of $448 million for the same period in 2014. For additional information, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


8

Table of Contents

Noninterest Income
Table 3
 
 
 
 
Noninterest Income
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Card income
$
1,477

 
$
1,441

 
$
2,871

 
$
2,834

Service charges
1,857

 
1,866

 
3,621

 
3,692

Investment and brokerage services
3,387

 
3,291

 
6,765

 
6,560

Investment banking income
1,526

 
1,631

 
3,013

 
3,173

Equity investment income
88

 
357

 
115

 
1,141

Trading account profits
1,647

 
1,832

 
3,894

 
4,299

Mortgage banking income
1,001

 
527

 
1,695

 
939

Gains on sales of debt securities
168

 
382

 
436

 
759

Other income
478

 
407

 
970

 
818

Total noninterest income
$
11,629

 
$
11,734

 
$
23,380

 
$
24,215


Noninterest income decreased $105 million to $11.6 billion, and $835 million to $23.4 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014. The following highlights the significant changes.

Investment and brokerage services income increased $96 million and $205 million primarily driven by increased asset management fees due to the impact of long-term AUM flows and higher market levels, partially offset by lower transactional revenue.

Investment banking income decreased $105 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 due to lower equity issuance fees as the prior-year period included record equity issuance fees. Investment banking income decreased $160 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 driven by lower debt and equity issuance fees, partially offset by higher advisory fees.

Equity investment income decreased $269 million and $1.0 billion as the prior-year periods included gains from an initial public offering (IPO) of an equity investment in Global Markets. The decline for the six-month period was also driven by a gain on the sale of a portion of an equity investment in the prior year.

Trading account profits decreased $185 million and $405 million due to declines in credit-related businesses due to lower trading volumes, partially offset by increased client activity in equities and improvement in rates, currencies and commodities products within FICC. For more information on trading account profits, see Global Markets on page 43.

Mortgage banking income increased $474 million and $756 million primarily due to a benefit in the provision for representations and warranties, improved mortgage servicing rights (MSR) net-of-hedge performance and an increase in core production revenue, partially offset by a decline in servicing fees.

Other income increased $71 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 due to gains associated with the sales of residential mortgage loans, higher net debit valuation adjustment (DVA) gains on structured liabilities and lower U.K. consumer payment protection insurance (PPI) costs. Other income increased $152 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above, partially offset by lower net DVA gains on structured liabilities.


9

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses
Table 4
Credit Quality Data
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
$
553

 
$
157

 
$
1,172

 
$
807

Commercial
227

 
254

 
373

 
613

Total provision for credit losses
$
780

 
$
411

 
$
1,545

 
$
1,420

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs (1)
$
1,068

 
$
1,073

 
$
2,262

 
$
2,461

Net charge-off ratio (2)
0.49
%
 
0.48
%
 
0.53
%
 
0.55
%
(1) 
Net charge-offs exclude write-offs in the purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio.
(2) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans and leases excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.

The provision for credit losses increased $369 million to $780 million, and $125 million to $1.5 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014. The provision for credit losses was $288 million and $717 million lower than net charge-offs, resulting in a reduction in the allowance for credit losses. The provision for credit losses in the consumer portfolio increased from the prior-year periods as we continue to release reserves, but at a slower pace than prior-year periods and also due to a lower level of recoveries on nonperforming loan sales. This was partially offset by lower provision in the commercial portfolio, primarily in U.S. commercial. The decreases in net charge-offs were due to credit quality improvement across most major portfolios. We expect net charge-offs and the provision for credit losses to more closely align throughout the remainder of 2015. For more information on the provision for credit losses, see Provision for Credit Losses on page 112.

Noninterest Expense
Table 5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest Expense
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Personnel
$
7,890

 
$
8,306

 
$
17,504

 
$
18,055

Occupancy
1,027

 
1,079

 
2,054

 
2,194

Equipment
500

 
534

 
1,012

 
1,080

Marketing
445

 
450

 
885

 
892

Professional fees
494

 
626

 
915

 
1,184

Amortization of intangibles
212

 
235

 
425

 
474

Data processing
715

 
761

 
1,567

 
1,594

Telecommunications
202

 
324

 
373

 
694

Other general operating
2,333

 
6,226

 
4,778

 
14,612

Total noninterest expense
$
13,818

 
$
18,541

 
$
29,513

 
$
40,779


Noninterest expense decreased $4.7 billion to $13.8 billion, and $11.3 billion to $29.5 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014. The following highlights the significant changes.

Personnel expense decreased $416 million and $551 million as we continue to streamline processes and achieve cost savings.

Professional fees decreased $132 million and $269 million due to lower default-related servicing expenses and legal fees.

Telecommunications expense decreased $122 million and $321 million due to efficiencies gained as we have simplified our operating model, including in-sourcing certain functions.

Other general operating expense decreased $3.9 billion and $9.8 billion primarily due to decreases in litigation expense which were primarily related to previously disclosed legacy mortgage-related matters in the prior-year periods.

10

Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense
Table 6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Income before income taxes
$
7,519

 
$
2,795

 
$
12,261

 
$
2,114

Income tax expense
2,199

 
504

 
3,584

 
99

Effective tax rate
29.2
%
 
18.0
%
 
29.2
%
 
4.7
%

The effective tax rates increased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014 as the impact of recurring tax preference benefits had less of an impact on the effective tax rate in 2015 than in 2014. Also reflected in the effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was the impact of certain accruals estimated to be nondeductible, largely offset by discrete tax benefits, principally from the resolution of certain tax matters. We expect an effective tax rate of approximately 30 percent, absent any unusual items, such as any impact of U.K. proposed tax law changes described below, for the remainder of 2015.

On July 8, 2015, the U.K. Chancellor's Budget (the Budget) was released, proposing to reduce the U.K. corporate income tax rate by two percent to 18 percent. The first one percent reduction would be effective on April 1, 2017 and the second on April 1, 2020. The Budget also proposed a tax surcharge on banking institutions of eight percent, to be effective on January 1, 2016, and proposed that existing net operating loss carryforwards may not reduce the additional surcharge income tax liability. These proposals, which may become law later in 2015, would require us to remeasure our U.K. deferred tax assets, which we estimate would result in a charge of approximately $200 million to $300 million in the period of enactment.


11

Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Overview
 
Table 7
Selected Balance Sheet Data
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
% Change
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
163,514

 
$
138,589

 
18
 %
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
199,903

 
191,823

 
4

Trading account assets
189,106

 
191,785

 
(1
)
Debt securities
392,379

 
380,461

 
3

Loans and leases
886,449

 
881,391

 
1

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(13,068
)
 
(14,419
)
 
(9
)
All other assets
330,751

 
334,904

 
(1
)
Total assets
$
2,149,034

 
$
2,104,534

 
2

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
1,149,560

 
$
1,118,936

 
3
 %
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
213,024

 
201,277

 
6

Trading account liabilities
72,596

 
74,192

 
(2
)
Short-term borrowings
39,903

 
31,172

 
28

Long-term debt
243,414

 
243,139

 

All other liabilities
178,878

 
192,347

 
(7
)
Total liabilities
1,897,375

 
1,861,063

 
2

Shareholders' equity
251,659

 
243,471

 
3

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
2,149,034

 
$
2,104,534

 
2


Balance Sheet Analysis

Assets

At June 30, 2015, total assets were approximately $2.1 trillion, up $44.5 billion from December 31, 2014. The key driver of the increase in assets was increased cash and cash equivalents primarily due to strong deposit inflows driven by growth in customer and client activity. Also contributing to the increase were net purchases of mortgage-backed securities (MBS), higher securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell primarily due to deployment of excess liquidity and an increase in commercial loan balances. These increases were partially offset by a decline in consumer loan balances due to loan sales and portfolio run-off outpacing new originations, and a reduction in trading account assets. The Corporation took certain actions during the six months ended June 30, 2015 to further optimize liquidity in response to the Basel 3 Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) requirements. Most notably, we exchanged loans supported by long-term standby agreements with Fannie Mae (FNMA) and Freddie Mac (FHLMC) into debt securities guaranteed by FNMA and FHLMC, which further improved liquidity in the ALM portfolio.

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

At June 30, 2015, total liabilities were approximately $1.9 trillion, up $36.3 billion from December 31, 2014, primarily driven by an increase in deposits, as well as increases in securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and short-term borrowings. These increases were partially offset by declines in payables and derivative liabilities included in all other liabilities. Long-term debt remained relatively unchanged.

Shareholders' equity of $251.7 billion at June 30, 2015 increased $8.2 billion from December 31, 2014 driven by earnings and preferred stock issuances, partially offset by returns of capital to shareholders through share repurchases and common dividends, and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) due to a negative net change in the fair value of available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities as a result of the increase in interest rates.

12

Table of Contents

Table 8
 
 
 
 
Selected Quarterly Financial Data
 
 
 
 
 
2015 Quarters
 
2014 Quarters
(In millions, except per share information)
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
Income statement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
10,488

 
$
9,451

 
$
9,635

 
$
10,219

 
$
10,013

Noninterest income
11,629

 
11,751

 
9,090

 
10,990

 
11,734

Total revenue, net of interest expense
22,117

 
21,202

 
18,725

 
21,209

 
21,747

Provision for credit losses
780

 
765

 
219

 
636

 
411

Noninterest expense
13,818

 
15,695

 
14,196

 
20,142

 
18,541

Income before income taxes
7,519

 
4,742

 
4,310

 
431

 
2,795

Income tax expense
2,199

 
1,385

 
1,260

 
663

 
504

Net income (loss)
5,320

 
3,357

 
3,050

 
(232
)
 
2,291

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
4,990

 
2,975

 
2,738

 
(470
)
 
2,035

Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,488

 
10,519

 
10,516

 
10,516

 
10,519

Average diluted common shares issued and outstanding (1)
11,238

 
11,267

 
11,274

 
10,516

 
11,265

Performance ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets
0.99
%
 
0.64
%
 
0.57
%
 
n/m

 
0.42
%
Four quarter trailing return on average assets (2)
0.54

 
0.39

 
0.23

 
0.24
%
 
0.37

Return on average common shareholders' equity
8.75

 
5.35

 
4.84

 
n/m

 
3.68

Return on average tangible common shareholders' equity (3)
12.78

 
7.88

 
7.15

 
n/m

 
5.47

Return on average tangible shareholders' equity (3)
11.93

 
7.85

 
7.08

 
n/m

 
5.64

Total ending equity to total ending assets
11.71

 
11.67

 
11.57

 
11.24

 
10.94

Total average equity to total average assets
11.67

 
11.49

 
11.39

 
11.14

 
10.87

Dividend payout
10.49

 
17.68

 
19.21

 
n/m

 
5.16

Per common share data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss)
$
0.48

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.26

 
$
(0.04
)
 
$
0.19

Diluted earnings (loss) (1)
0.45

 
0.27

 
0.25

 
(0.04
)
 
0.19

Dividends paid
0.05

 
0.05

 
0.05

 
0.05

 
0.01

Book value
21.91

 
21.66

 
21.32

 
20.99

 
21.16

Tangible book value (3)
15.02

 
14.79

 
14.43

 
14.09

 
14.24

Market price per share of common stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Closing
$
17.02

 
$
15.39

 
$
17.89

 
$
17.05

 
$
15.37

High closing
17.67

 
17.90

 
18.13

 
17.18

 
17.34

Low closing
15.41

 
15.15

 
15.76

 
14.98

 
14.51

Market capitalization
$
178,231

 
$
161,909

 
$
188,141

 
$
179,296

 
$
161,628

(1) 
The diluted earnings (loss) per common share excluded the effect of any equity instruments that are antidilutive to earnings per share. There were no potential common shares that were dilutive in the third quarter of 2014 because of the net loss applicable to common shareholders.
(2) 
Calculated as total net income (loss) for four consecutive quarters divided by annualized average assets for four consecutive quarters.
(3) 
Tangible equity ratios and tangible book value per share of common stock are non-GAAP financial measures. Other companies may define or calculate these measures differently. For more information on these ratios and for corresponding reconciliations to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.
(4) 
For more information on the impact of the purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio on asset quality, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 78.
(5) 
Includes the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
(6) 
Balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. For additional exclusions from nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Nonperforming Consumer Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 95 and corresponding Table 50, and Commercial Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 105 and corresponding Table 59.
(7) 
Primarily includes amounts allocated to the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in Consumer Banking, purchased credit-impaired loans and the non-U.S. credit card portfolio in All Other.
(8) 
Net charge-offs exclude $290 million, $288 million, $13 million, $246 million and $160 million of write-offs in the purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio in the second and first quarters of 2015 and in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2014, respectively. These write-offs decreased the purchased credit-impaired valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For more information on purchased credit-impaired write-offs, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 90.
n/m = not meaningful

13

Table of Contents

Table 8
 
 
 
 
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (continued)
 
 
 
 
 
2015 Quarters
 
2014 Quarters
(Dollars in millions)
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
Average balance sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
881,415

 
$
872,393

 
$
884,733

 
$
899,241

 
$
912,580

Total assets
2,151,966

 
2,138,574

 
2,137,551

 
2,136,109

 
2,169,555

Total deposits
1,146,789

 
1,130,726

 
1,122,514

 
1,127,488

 
1,128,563

Long-term debt
242,230

 
240,127

 
249,221

 
251,772

 
259,825

Common shareholders' equity
228,780

 
225,357

 
224,479

 
222,374

 
222,221

Total shareholders' equity
251,054

 
245,744

 
243,454

 
238,040

 
235,803

Asset quality (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses (5)
$
13,656

 
$
14,213

 
$
14,947

 
$
15,635

 
$
16,314

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties (6)
11,565

 
12,101

 
12,629

 
14,232

 
15,300

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (6)
1.49
%
 
1.57
%
 
1.65
%
 
1.71
%
 
1.75
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases (6)
122

 
122

 
121

 
112

 
108

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases, excluding the PCI loan portfolio (6)
111

 
110

 
107

 
100

 
95

Amounts included in allowance for loan and lease losses for loans and leases that are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases (7)
$
5,050

 
$
5,492

 
$
5,944

 
$
6,013

 
$
6,488

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases, excluding the allowance for loan and lease losses for loans and leases that are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases (6, 7)
75
%
 
73
%
 
71
%
 
67
%
 
64
%
Net charge-offs (8)
$
1,068

 
$
1,194

 
$
879

 
$
1,043

 
$
1,073

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (6, 8)
0.49
%
 
0.56
%
 
0.40
%
 
0.46
%
 
0.48
%
Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding, excluding the PCI loan portfolio (6)
0.50

 
0.57

 
0.41

 
0.48

 
0.49

Annualized net charge-offs and PCI write-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (6)
0.62

 
0.70

 
0.40

 
0.57

 
0.55

Nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (6)
1.22

 
1.29

 
1.37

 
1.53

 
1.63

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties as a percentage of total loans, leases and foreclosed properties (6)
1.31

 
1.39

 
1.45

 
1.61

 
1.70

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs (8)
3.05

 
2.82

 
4.14

 
3.65

 
3.67

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs, excluding the PCI loan portfolio
2.79

 
2.55

 
3.66

 
3.27

 
3.25

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs and PCI write-offs
2.40

 
2.28

 
4.08

 
2.95

 
3.20

Capital ratios at period end
Risk-based capital under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital
11.2
%
 
11.1
%
 
12.3
%
 
12.0
%
 
12.0
%
Tier 1 capital
12.5

 
12.3

 
13.4

 
12.8

 
12.5

Total capital
15.5

 
15.3

 
16.5

 
15.8

 
15.3

Tier 1 leverage
8.5

 
8.4

 
8.2

 
7.9

 
7.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible equity (3)
8.6

 
8.6

 
8.4

 
8.1

 
7.8

Tangible common equity (3)
7.6

 
7.5

 
7.5

 
7.2

 
7.1

For footnotes see page 13.

14

Table of Contents

Table 9
 
 
 
Selected Year-to-Date Financial Data
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(In millions, except per share information)
2015
 
2014
Income statement
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
19,939

 
$
20,098

Noninterest income
23,380

 
24,215

Total revenue, net of interest expense
43,319

 
44,313

Provision for credit losses
1,545

 
1,420

Noninterest expense
29,513

 
40,779

Income before income taxes
12,261

 
2,114

Income tax expense
3,584

 
99

Net income
8,677

 
2,015

Net income applicable to common shareholders
7,965

 
1,521

Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,503

 
10,540

Average diluted common shares issued and outstanding
11,252

 
10,600

Performance ratios
 
 
 
Return on average assets
0.82
%
 
0.19
%
Return on average common shareholders' equity
7.07

 
1.38

Return on average tangible common shareholders' equity (1)
10.38

 
2.05

Return on average tangible shareholders' equity (1)
9.93

 
2.49

Total ending equity to total ending assets
11.71

 
10.94

Total average equity to total average assets
11.58

 
10.96

Dividend payout
13.18

 
13.83

Per common share data
 
 
 
Earnings
$
0.76

 
$
0.14

Diluted earnings
0.72

 
0.14

Dividends paid
0.10

 
0.02

Book value
21.91

 
21.16

Tangible book value (1)
15.02

 
14.24

Market price per share of common stock
 
 
 
Closing
$
17.02

 
$
15.37

High closing
17.90

 
17.92

Low closing
15.15

 
14.51

Market capitalization
$
178,231

 
$
161,628

(1) 
Tangible equity ratios and tangible book value per share of common stock are non-GAAP financial measures. Other companies may define or calculate these measures differently. For more information on these ratios and for corresponding reconciliations to GAAP financial measures, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.
(2) 
For more information on the impact of the purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio on asset quality, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 78.
(3) 
Includes the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
(4) 
Balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. For additional exclusions from nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Nonperforming Consumer Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 95 and corresponding Table 50, and Commercial Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 105 and corresponding Table 59.
(5) 
Primarily includes amounts allocated to the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in Consumer Banking, purchased credit-impaired loans and the non-U.S. credit card portfolio in All Other.
(6) 
Net charge-offs exclude $578 million and $551 million of write-offs in the purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. These write-offs decreased the purchased credit-impaired valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For more information on purchased credit-impaired write-offs, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 90.


15

Table of Contents

Table 9
 
 
 
Selected Year-to-Date Financial Data (continued)
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
Average balance sheet
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
876,929

 
$
916,012

Total assets
2,145,307

 
2,154,494

Total deposits
1,138,801

 
1,123,399

Long-term debt
241,184

 
256,768

Common shareholders' equity
227,078

 
222,711

Total shareholders' equity
248,413

 
236,179

Asset quality (2)
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses (3)
$
13,656

 
$
16,314

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties (4)
11,565

 
15,300

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (4)
1.49
%
 
1.75
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases (4)
122

 
108

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases, excluding the PCI loan portfolio (4)
111

 
95

Amounts included in allowance for loan and lease losses for loans and leases that are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases (5)
$
5,050

 
$
6,488

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases, excluding the allowance for loan and lease losses for loans and leases that are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases (4, 5)
75
%
 
64
%
Net charge-offs (6)
$
2,262

 
$
2,461

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (4, 6)
0.53
%
 
0.55
%
Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding, excluding the PCI loan portfolio (4)
0.54

 
0.56

Annualized net charge-offs and PCI write-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (4)
0.66

 
0.67

Nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding (4)
1.22

 
1.63

Nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties as a percentage of total loans, leases and foreclosed properties (4)
1.31

 
1.70

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs (6)
2.86

 
3.19

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs, excluding the PCI loan portfolio
2.62

 
2.82

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at period end to annualized net charge-offs and PCI write-offs
2.28

 
2.60




16

Table of Contents

Supplemental Financial Data

We view net interest income and related ratios and analyses on an FTE basis, which when presented on a consolidated basis, are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe managing the business with net interest income on an FTE basis provides a more accurate picture of the interest margin for comparative purposes. To derive the FTE basis, net interest income is adjusted to reflect tax-exempt income on an equivalent before-tax basis with a corresponding increase in income tax expense. For purposes of this calculation, we use the federal statutory tax rate of 35 percent. This measure ensures comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

Certain performance measures including the efficiency ratio and net interest yield utilize net interest income (and thus total revenue) on an FTE basis. The efficiency ratio measures the costs expended to generate a dollar of revenue, and net interest yield measures the bps we earn over the cost of funds.

We also evaluate our business based on certain ratios that utilize tangible equity, a non-GAAP financial measure. Tangible equity represents an adjusted shareholders' equity or common shareholders' equity amount which has been reduced by goodwill and intangible assets (excluding MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities. These measures are used to evaluate our use of equity. In addition, profitability, relationship and investment models use both return on average tangible common shareholders' equity and return on average tangible shareholders' equity as key measures to support our overall growth goals. These ratios are as follows:

Return on average tangible common shareholders' equity measures our earnings contribution as a percentage of adjusted common shareholders' equity. The tangible common equity ratio represents adjusted ending common shareholders' equity divided by total assets less goodwill and intangible assets (excluding MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities.

Return on average tangible shareholders' equity measures our earnings contribution as a percentage of adjusted average total shareholders' equity. The tangible equity ratio represents adjusted ending shareholders' equity divided by total assets less goodwill and intangible assets (excluding MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities.

Tangible book value per common share represents adjusted ending common shareholders' equity divided by ending common shares outstanding.

The aforementioned supplemental data and performance measures are presented in Tables 8 and 9.

We evaluate our business segment results based on measures that utilize average allocated capital. Return on average allocated capital is calculated as net income adjusted for cost of funds and earnings credits and certain expenses related to intangibles, divided by average allocated capital. Allocated capital and the related return both represent non-GAAP financial measures. In addition, for purposes of goodwill impairment testing, the Corporation utilizes allocated equity as a proxy for the carrying value of its reporting units. Allocated equity in the reporting units is comprised of allocated capital plus capital for the portion of goodwill and intangibles specifically assigned to the reporting unit. For additional information, see Business Segment Operations on page 27.

Tables 10, 11 and 12 provide reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP financial measures. We believe the use of these non-GAAP financial measures provides additional clarity in assessing the results of the Corporation and our segments. Other companies may define or calculate these measures and ratios differently.

Table 10
Quarterly Supplemental Financial Data and Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
 
2015 Quarters
 
2014 Quarters
(Dollars in millions)
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
Fully taxable-equivalent basis data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
10,716

 
$
9,670

 
$
9,865

 
$
10,444

 
$
10,226

Total revenue, net of interest expense
22,345

 
21,421

 
18,955

 
21,434

 
21,960

Net interest yield
2.37
%
 
2.17
%
 
2.18
%
 
2.29
%
 
2.22
%
Efficiency ratio
61.84

 
73.27

 
74.90

 
93.97

 
84.43


17

Table of Contents

Table 10
Quarterly Supplemental Financial Data and Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
 
2015 Quarters
 
2014 Quarters
(Dollars in millions)
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
Reconciliation of net interest income to net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
10,488

 
$
9,451

 
$
9,635

 
$
10,219

 
$
10,013

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
228

 
219

 
230

 
225

 
213

Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
10,716

 
$
9,670

 
$
9,865

 
$
10,444

 
$
10,226

Reconciliation of total revenue, net of interest expense to total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
22,117

 
$
21,202

 
$
18,725

 
$
21,209

 
$
21,747

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
228

 
219

 
230

 
225

 
213

Total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
22,345

 
$
21,421

 
$
18,955

 
$
21,434

 
$
21,960

Reconciliation of income tax expense to income tax expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense
$
2,199

 
$
1,385

 
$
1,260

 
$
663

 
$
504

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
228

 
219

 
230

 
225

 
213

Income tax expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
2,427

 
$
1,604

 
$
1,490

 
$
888

 
$
717

Reconciliation of average common shareholders' equity to average tangible common shareholders' equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shareholders' equity
$
228,780

 
$
225,357

 
$
224,479

 
$
222,374

 
$
222,221

Goodwill
(69,775
)
 
(69,776
)
 
(69,782
)
 
(69,792
)
 
(69,822
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(4,307
)
 
(4,518
)
 
(4,747
)
 
(4,992
)
 
(5,235
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
1,885

 
1,959

 
2,019

 
2,077

 
2,100

Tangible common shareholders' equity
$
156,583

 
$
153,022

 
$
151,969

 
$
149,667

 
$
149,264

Reconciliation of average shareholders' equity to average tangible shareholders' equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders' equity
$
251,054

 
$
245,744

 
$
243,454

 
$
238,040

 
$
235,803

Goodwill
(69,775
)
 
(69,776
)
 
(69,782
)
 
(69,792
)
 
(69,822
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(4,307
)
 
(4,518
)
 
(4,747
)
 
(4,992
)
 
(5,235
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
1,885

 
1,959

 
2,019

 
2,077

 
2,100

Tangible shareholders' equity
$
178,857

 
$
173,409

 
$
170,944

 
$
165,333

 
$
162,846

Reconciliation of period-end common shareholders' equity to period-end tangible common shareholders' equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shareholders' equity
$
229,386

 
$
227,915

 
$
224,162

 
$
220,768

 
$
222,565

Goodwill
(69,775
)
 
(69,776
)
 
(69,777
)
 
(69,784
)
 
(69,810
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(4,188
)
 
(4,391
)
 
(4,612
)
 
(4,849
)
 
(5,099
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
1,813

 
1,900

 
1,960

 
2,019

 
2,078

Tangible common shareholders' equity
$
157,236

 
$
155,648

 
$
151,733

 
$
148,154

 
$
149,734

Reconciliation of period-end shareholders' equity to period-end tangible shareholders' equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders' equity
$
251,659

 
$
250,188

 
$
243,471

 
$
238,681

 
$
237,411

Goodwill
(69,775
)
 
(69,776
)
 
(69,777
)
 
(69,784
)
 
(69,810
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(4,188
)
 
(4,391
)
 
(4,612
)
 
(4,849
)
 
(5,099
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
1,813

 
1,900

 
1,960

 
2,019

 
2,078

Tangible shareholders' equity
$
179,509

 
$
177,921

 
$
171,042

 
$
166,067

 
$
164,580

Reconciliation of period-end assets to period-end tangible assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
2,149,034

 
$
2,143,545

 
$
2,104,534

 
$
2,123,613

 
$
2,170,557

Goodwill
(69,775
)
 
(69,776
)
 
(69,777
)
 
(69,784
)
 
(69,810
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(4,188
)
 
(4,391
)
 
(4,612
)
 
(4,849
)
 
(5,099
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
1,813

 
1,900

 
1,960

 
2,019

 
2,078

Tangible assets
$
2,076,884

 
$
2,071,278

 
$
2,032,105

 
$
2,050,999

 
$
2,097,726


18

Table of Contents

Table 11
Year-to-Date Supplemental Financial Data and Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
2015
 
2014
Fully taxable-equivalent basis data
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
20,386

 
$
20,512

Total revenue, net of interest expense
43,766

 
44,727

Net interest yield
2.27
%
 
2.26
%
Efficiency ratio
67.43

 
91.17

Reconciliation of net interest income to net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
19,939

 
$
20,098

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
447

 
414

Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
20,386

 
$
20,512

Reconciliation of total revenue, net of interest expense to total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
43,319

 
$
44,313

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
447

 
414

Total revenue, net of interest expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
43,766

 
$
44,727

Reconciliation of income tax expense to income tax expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
Income tax expense
$
3,584

 
$
99

Fully taxable-equivalent adjustment
447

 
414

Income tax expense on a fully taxable-equivalent basis
$
4,031

 
$
513

Reconciliation of average common shareholders' equity to average tangible common shareholders' equity
 
 
 
Common shareholders' equity
$
227,078

 
$
222,711

Goodwill
(69,776
)
 
(69,832
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(4,412
)
 
(5,354
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
1,922

 
2,132

Tangible common shareholders' equity
$
154,812

 
$
149,657

Reconciliation of average shareholders' equity to average tangible shareholders' equity
 
 
 
Shareholders' equity
$
248,413

 
$
236,179

Goodwill
(69,776
)
 
(69,832
)
Intangible assets (excluding MSRs)
(4,412
)
 
(5,354
)
Related deferred tax liabilities
1,922

 
2,132

Tangible shareholders' equity
$
176,147

 
$
163,125



19

Table of Contents

Table 12
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment Supplemental Financial Data Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures (1)
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
1,704

 
$
1,634

 
$
3,179

 
$
3,102

Adjustment related to intangibles (2)
1

 
1

 
2

 
2

Adjusted net income
$
1,705

 
$
1,635

 
$
3,181

 
$
3,104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity (3)
$
59,330

 
$
60,403

 
$
59,339

 
$
60,410

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(30,330
)
 
(30,403
)
 
(30,339
)
 
(30,410
)
Average allocated capital
$
29,000

 
$
30,000

 
$
29,000

 
$
30,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
726

 
$
632

 
$
1,264

 
$
1,193

Adjustment related to intangibles (2)

 

 

 

Adjusted net income
$
726

 
$
632

 
$
1,264

 
$
1,193

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity (3)
$
30,423

 
$
29,428

 
$
30,423

 
$
29,426

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(18,423
)
 
(18,428
)
 
(18,423
)
 
(18,426
)
Average allocated capital
$
12,000

 
$
11,000

 
$
12,000

 
$
11,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Lending
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
978

 
$
1,002

 
$
1,915

 
$
1,909

Adjustment related to intangibles (2)
1

 
1

 
2

 
2

Adjusted net income
$
979

 
$
1,003

 
$
1,917

 
$
1,911

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity (3)
$
28,907

 
$
30,975

 
$
28,915

 
$
30,984

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(11,907
)
 
(11,975
)
 
(11,915
)
 
(11,984
)
Average allocated capital
$
17,000

 
$
19,000

 
$
17,000

 
$
19,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Wealth & Investment Management
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
690

 
$
726

 
$
1,341

 
$
1,455

Adjustment related to intangibles (2)
3

 
3

 
6

 
7

Adjusted net income
$
693

 
$
729

 
$
1,347

 
$
1,462

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity (3)
$
22,106

 
$
22,222

 
$
22,137

 
$
22,233

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(10,106
)
 
(10,222
)
 
(10,137
)
 
(10,233
)
Average allocated capital
$
12,000

 
$
12,000

 
$
12,000

 
$
12,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
1,251

 
$
1,445

 
$
2,617

 
$
2,738

Adjustment related to intangibles (2)

 

 

 
1

Adjusted net income
$
1,251

 
$
1,445

 
$
2,617

 
$
2,739

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity (3)
$
58,952

 
$
57,447

 
$
58,936

 
$
57,449

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(23,952
)
 
(23,947
)
 
(23,936
)
 
(23,949
)
Average allocated capital
$
35,000

 
$
33,500

 
$
35,000

 
$
33,500

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Markets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported net income
$
993

 
$
1,102

 
$
1,938

 
$
2,412

Adjustment related to intangibles (2)
2

 
2

 
4

 
5

Adjusted net income
$
995

 
$
1,104

 
$
1,942

 
$
2,417

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated equity (3)
$
40,458

 
$
39,380

 
$
40,424

 
$
39,380

Adjustment related to goodwill and a percentage of intangibles
(5,458
)
 
(5,380
)
 
(5,424
)
 
(5,380
)
Average allocated capital
$
35,000

 
$
34,000

 
$
35,000

 
$
34,000

(1) 
There are no adjustments to reported net income (loss) or average allocated equity for LAS.
(2) 
Represents cost of funds, earnings credits and certain expenses related to intangibles.
(3) 
Average allocated equity is comprised of average allocated capital plus capital for the portion of goodwill and intangibles specifically assigned to the business segment. For more information on allocated capital, see Business Segment Operations on page 27.
 
 
 
 


20

Table of Contents

Net Interest Income Excluding Trading-related Net Interest Income

We manage net interest income on an FTE basis and excluding the impact of trading-related activities. As discussed in Global Markets on page 43, we evaluate our sales and trading results and strategies on a total market-based revenue approach by combining net interest income and noninterest income for Global Markets. An analysis of net interest income, average earning assets and net interest yield on earning assets, all of which adjust for the impact of trading-related net interest income from reported net interest income on an FTE basis, is shown below. We believe the use of this non-GAAP presentation in Table 13 provides additional clarity in assessing our results.

Table 13
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income Excluding Trading-related Net Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As reported
$
10,716

 
$
10,226

 
$
20,386

 
$
20,512

Impact of trading-related net interest income
(921
)
 
(864
)
 
(1,838
)
 
(1,769
)
Net interest income excluding trading-related net interest income (1)
$
9,795

 
$
9,362

 
$
18,548

 
$
18,743

Average earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As reported
$
1,815,892

 
$
1,840,850

 
$
1,810,178

 
$
1,822,177

Impact of trading-related earning assets
(419,238
)
 
(463,395
)
 
(418,729
)
 
(453,105
)
Average earning assets excluding trading-related earning assets (1)
$
1,396,654

 
$
1,377,455

 
$
1,391,449

 
$
1,369,072

Net interest yield contribution (FTE basis) (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As reported
2.37
%
 
2.22
%
 
2.27
%
 
2.26
%
Impact of trading-related activities
0.44

 
0.50

 
0.41

 
0.49

Net interest yield on earning assets excluding trading-related activities (1)
2.81
%
 
2.72
%
 
2.68
%
 
2.75
%
(1) 
Represents a non-GAAP financial measure.
(2) 
Calculated on an annualized basis.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, net interest income excluding trading-related net interest income increased $433 million to $9.8 billion, and decreased $195 million to $18.5 billion compared to the same periods in 2014.

The increase for the three months ended June 30, 2015 was driven by an $844 million improvement in market-related adjustments on debt securities, lower long-term debt balances and commercial loan growth, partially offset by lower loan yields and consumer loan balances. Market-related adjustments on debt securities resulted in a benefit of $669 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to an expense of $175 million for the same period in 2014. For more information on market-related adjustments, see Executive Summary – Financial Highlights on page 7. For more information on the impact of interest rates, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Non-trading Activities on page 122.

The decrease for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was driven by lower loan yields and consumer loan balances, and lower net interest income from the ALM portfolio, partially offset by a $633 million improvement in market-related adjustments on debt securities, lower long-term debt balances and commercial loan growth. Market-related adjustments on debt securities resulted in a benefit of $185 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to an expense of $448 million for the same period in 2014.

Average earning assets excluding trading-related earning assets for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 increased $19.2 billion to $1,396.7 billion, and $22.4 billion to $1,391.4 billion compared to the same periods in 2014. The increases were primarily in debt securities and commercial loans, partially offset by a decline in consumer loans.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, net interest yield on earning assets excluding trading-related activities increased nine bps to 2.81 percent, and decreased seven bps to 2.68 percent compared to the same periods in 2014 due to the same factors as described above.


21

Table of Contents

Table 14
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis
 
Second Quarter 2015
 
First Quarter 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non-U.S. central banks and other banks
$
125,762

 
$
81

 
0.26
%
 
$
126,189

 
$
84

 
0.27
%
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments
8,183

 
34

 
1.63

 
8,379

 
33

 
1.61

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
214,326

 
268

 
0.50

 
213,931

 
231

 
0.44

Trading account assets
137,137

 
1,114

 
3.25

 
138,946

 
1,122

 
3.26

Debt securities
386,357

 
3,082

 
3.21

 
383,120

 
1,898

 
2.01

Loans and leases (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (2)
207,356

 
1,782

 
3.44

 
215,030

 
1,851

 
3.45

Home equity
82,640

 
769

 
3.73

 
84,915

 
770

 
3.66

U.S. credit card
87,460

 
1,980

 
9.08

 
88,695

 
2,027

 
9.27

Non-U.S. credit card
10,012

 
264

 
10.56

 
10,002

 
262

 
10.64

Direct/Indirect consumer (3)
83,698

 
504

 
2.42

 
80,713

 
491

 
2.47

Other consumer (4)
1,885

 
15

 
3.14

 
1,847

 
15

 
3.29

Total consumer
473,051

 
5,314

 
4.50

 
481,202

 
5,416

 
4.54

U.S. commercial
244,540

 
1,705

 
2.80

 
234,907

 
1,645

 
2.84

Commercial real estate (5)
50,478

 
382

 
3.03

 
48,234

 
347

 
2.92

Commercial lease financing
24,723

 
180

 
2.92

 
24,495

 
216

 
3.53

Non-U.S. commercial
88,623

 
479

 
2.17

 
83,555

 
485

 
2.35

Total commercial
408,364

 
2,746

 
2.70

 
391,191

 
2,693

 
2.79

Total loans and leases
881,415

 
8,060

 
3.67

 
872,393

 
8,109

 
3.75

Other earning assets
62,712

 
721

 
4.59

 
61,441

 
705

 
4.66

Total earning assets (6)
1,815,892

 
13,360

 
2.95

 
1,804,399

 
12,182

 
2.73

Cash and due from banks
30,751

 
 
 
 
 
27,695

 
 
 
 
Other assets, less allowance for loan and lease losses
305,323

 
 
 
 
 
306,480

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,151,966

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,138,574

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Nonperforming loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income on these nonperforming loans is generally recognized on a cost recovery basis. PCI loans were recorded at fair value upon acquisition and accrete interest income over the remaining life of the loan.
(2) 
Includes non-U.S. residential mortgage loans of $2 million in both the second and first quarters of 2015, and $3 million, $3 million and $2 million in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2014, respectively.
(3) 
Includes non-U.S. consumer loans of $4.0 billion in both the second and first quarters of 2015, and $4.2 billion, $4.3 billion and $4.4 billion in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2014, respectively.
(4) 
Includes consumer finance loans of $632 million and $661 million in the second and first quarters of 2015, and $907 million, $1.1 billion and $1.1 billion in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2014, respectively; consumer leases of $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion in the second and first quarters of 2015, and $965 million, $887 million and $762 million in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2014, respectively; and consumer overdrafts of $131 million and $141 million in the second and first quarters of 2015, and $156 million, $161 million and $137 million in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2014, respectively.
(5) 
Includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $47.6 billion and $45.6 billion in the second and first quarters of 2015, and $45.1 billion, $45.0 billion and $46.7 billion in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2014, respectively; and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $2.8 billion and $2.7 billion in the second and first quarters of 2015, and $1.9 billion, $1.0 billion and $1.6 billion in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2014, respectively.
(6) 
Interest income includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest income on the underlying assets by $8 million and $11 million in the second and first quarters of 2015, and $10 million, $30 million and $13 million in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2014, respectively. Interest expense includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest expense on the underlying liabilities by $509 million and $582 million in the second and first quarters of 2015, and $659 million, $602 million and $621 million in the fourth, third and second quarters of 2014, respectively. For additional information, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Non-trading Activities on page 122.

22

Table of Contents

Table 14
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
Fourth Quarter 2014
 
Third Quarter 2014
 
Second Quarter 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non-U.S. central banks and other banks
$
109,042

 
$
74

 
0.27
%
 
$
110,876

 
$
77

 
0.28
%
 
$
123,582

 
$
85

 
0.28
%
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments
9,339

 
41

 
1.73

 
10,457

 
41

 
1.54

 
10,509

 
40

 
1.51

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
217,982

 
237

 
0.43

 
223,978

 
239

 
0.42

 
235,393

 
298

 
0.51

Trading account assets
144,147

 
1,142

 
3.15

 
143,282

 
1,147

 
3.18

 
147,798

 
1,214

 
3.29

Debt securities
371,014

 
1,687

 
1.82

 
359,653

 
2,236

 
2.48

 
345,889

 
2,133

 
2.46

Loans and leases (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (2)
223,132

 
1,946

 
3.49

 
235,272

 
2,083

 
3.54

 
243,406

 
2,195

 
3.61

Home equity
86,825

 
808

 
3.70

 
88,590

 
836

 
3.76

 
90,729

 
842

 
3.72

U.S. credit card
89,381

 
2,087

 
9.26

 
88,866

 
2,093

 
9.34

 
88,058

 
2,042

 
9.30

Non-U.S. credit card
10,950

 
280

 
10.14

 
11,784

 
304

 
10.25

 
11,759

 
308

 
10.51

Direct/Indirect consumer (3)
83,121

 
522

 
2.49

 
82,669

 
523

 
2.51

 
82,102

 
524

 
2.56

Other consumer (4)
2,031

 
85

 
16.75

 
2,110

 
19

 
3.44

 
2,011

 
18

 
3.60

Total consumer
495,440

 
5,728

 
4.60

 
509,291

 
5,858

 
4.58

 
518,065

 
5,929

 
4.58

U.S. commercial
231,215

 
1,648

 
2.83

 
230,891

 
1,660

 
2.86

 
230,486

 
1,670

 
2.91

Commercial real estate (5)
46,996

 
360

 
3.04

 
46,069

 
347

 
2.98

 
48,315

 
357

 
2.97

Commercial lease financing
24,238

 
199

 
3.28

 
24,325

 
212

 
3.48

 
24,409

 
193

 
3.16

Non-U.S. commercial
86,844

 
527

 
2.41

 
88,665

 
555

 
2.48

 
91,305

 
571

 
2.51

Total commercial
389,293

 
2,734

 
2.79

 
389,950

 
2,774

 
2.83

 
394,515

 
2,791

 
2.84

Total loans and leases
884,733

 
8,462

 
3.80

 
899,241

 
8,632

 
3.82

 
912,580

 
8,720

 
3.83

Other earning assets
65,864

 
739

 
4.46

 
65,995

 
710

 
4.27

 
65,099

 
665

 
4.09

Total earning assets (6)
1,802,121

 
12,382

 
2.73

 
1,813,482

 
13,082

 
2.87

 
1,840,850

 
13,155

 
2.86

Cash and due from banks
27,590

 
 
 
 
 
25,120

 
 
 
 
 
27,377

 
 
 
 
Other assets, less allowance for loan and lease losses
307,840

 
 
 
 
 
297,507

 
 
 
 
 
301,328

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,137,551

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,136,109

 
 

 
 
 
$
2,169,555

 
 
 
 
For footnotes see page 22.


23

Table of Contents

Table 14
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
Second Quarter 2015
 
First Quarter 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
47,381

 
$
2

 
0.02
%
 
$
46,224

 
$
2

 
0.02
%
NOW and money market deposit accounts
536,201

 
71

 
0.05

 
531,827

 
67

 
0.05

Consumer CDs and IRAs
55,832

 
42

 
0.30

 
58,704

 
45

 
0.31

Negotiable CDs, public funds and other deposits
29,904

 
22

 
0.30

 
28,796

 
22

 
0.31

Total U.S. interest-bearing deposits
669,318

 
137

 
0.08

 
665,551

 
136

 
0.08

Non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks located in non-U.S. countries
5,162

 
9

 
0.67

 
4,544

 
8

 
0.74

Governments and official institutions
1,239

 
1

 
0.38

 
1,382

 
1

 
0.21

Time, savings and other
55,030

 
69

 
0.51

 
54,276

 
75

 
0.55

Total non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits
61,431

 
79

 
0.52

 
60,202

 
84

 
0.56

Total interest-bearing deposits
730,749

 
216

 
0.12

 
725,753

 
220

 
0.12

Federal funds purchased, securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and short-term borrowings
252,088

 
686

 
1.09

 
244,134

 
585

 
0.97

Trading account liabilities
77,772

 
335

 
1.73

 
78,787

 
394

 
2.03

Long-term debt
242,230

 
1,407

 
2.33

 
240,127

 
1,313

 
2.20

Total interest-bearing liabilities (6)
1,302,839

 
2,644

 
0.81

 
1,288,801

 
2,512

 
0.79

Noninterest-bearing sources:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
416,040

 
 
 
 
 
404,973

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
182,033

 
 
 
 
 
199,056

 
 
 
 
Shareholders' equity
251,054

 
 
 
 
 
245,744

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
2,151,966

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,138,574

 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
 
2.14
%
 
 
 
 
 
1.94
%
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources
 
 
 
 
0.23

 
 
 
 
 
0.23

Net interest income/yield on earning assets
 
 
$
10,716

 
2.37
%
 
 
 
$
9,670

 
2.17
%
For footnotes see page 22.


24

Table of Contents

Table 14
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
Fourth Quarter 2014
 
Third Quarter 2014
 
Second Quarter 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
45,621

 
$
1

 
0.01
%
 
$
46,803

 
$
1

 
0.01
%
 
$
47,450

 
$

 
%
NOW and money market deposit accounts
515,995

 
76

 
0.06

 
517,043

 
78

 
0.06

 
519,399

 
79

 
0.06

Consumer CDs and IRAs
61,880

 
52

 
0.33

 
65,579

 
59

 
0.35

 
68,706

 
70

 
0.41

Negotiable CDs, public funds and other deposits
30,950

 
22

 
0.29

 
31,806

 
27

 
0.34

 
33,426

 
30

 
0.35

Total U.S. interest-bearing deposits
654,446

 
151

 
0.09

 
661,231

 
165

 
0.10

 
668,981

 
179

 
0.11

Non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks located in non-U.S. countries
5,415

 
9

 
0.63

 
8,022

 
21

 
1.05

 
10,537

 
15

 
0.56

Governments and official institutions
1,647

 
1

 
0.18

 
1,706

 
1

 
0.14

 
1,754

 
1

 
0.12

Time, savings and other
57,029

 
76

 
0.53

 
61,331

 
83

 
0.54

 
64,078

 
87

 
0.55

Total non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits
64,091

 
86

 
0.53

 
71,059

 
105

 
0.59

 
76,369

 
103

 
0.54

Total interest-bearing deposits
718,537

 
237

 
0.13

 
732,290

 
270

 
0.15

 
745,350

 
282

 
0.15

Federal funds purchased, securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and short-term borrowings
251,432

 
615

 
0.97

 
255,111

 
590

 
0.92

 
271,247

 
765

 
1.13

Trading account liabilities
78,174

 
350

 
1.78

 
84,989

 
392

 
1.83

 
95,154

 
398

 
1.68

Long-term debt
249,221

 
1,315

 
2.10

 
251,772

 
1,386

 
2.19

 
259,825

 
1,484

 
2.29

Total interest-bearing liabilities (6)
1,297,364

 
2,517

 
0.77

 
1,324,162

 
2,638

 
0.79

 
1,371,576

 
2,929

 
0.86

Noninterest-bearing sources:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
403,977

 
 
 
 
 
395,198

 
 

 
 
 
383,213

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
192,756

 
 
 
 
 
178,709

 
 

 
 
 
178,963

 
 
 
 
Shareholders' equity
243,454

 
 
 
 
 
238,040

 
 

 
 
 
235,803

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
2,137,551

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,136,109

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,169,555

 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
 
1.96
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.08
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.00
%
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources
 
 
 
 
0.22

 
 
 
 
 
0.21

 
 
 
 
 
0.22

Net interest income/yield on earning assets
 
 
$
9,865

 
2.18
%
 
 
 
$
10,444

 
2.29
%
 
 
 
$
10,226

 
2.22
%
For footnotes see page 22.

25

Table of Contents

Table 15
Year-to-Date Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non-U.S. central banks and other banks
$
125,974

 
$
165

 
0.26
%
 
$
118,106

 
$
157

 
0.27
%
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments
8,280

 
67

 
1.62

 
12,185

 
88

 
1.46

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
214,130

 
499

 
0.47

 
224,012

 
562

 
0.51

Trading account assets
138,036

 
2,236

 
3.26

 
147,691

 
2,427

 
3.31

Debt securities
384,747

 
4,980

 
2.61

 
337,845

 
4,139

 
2.43

Loans and leases (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (2)
211,172

 
3,633

 
3.44

 
245,472

 
4,433

 
3.61

Home equity
83,771

 
1,539

 
3.69

 
91,736

 
1,695

 
3.72

U.S. credit card
88,074

 
4,007

 
9.18

 
88,797

 
4,134

 
9.39

Non-U.S. credit card
10,007

 
526

 
10.60

 
11,657

 
616

 
10.65

Direct/Indirect consumer (3)
82,214

 
995

 
2.44

 
81,916

 
1,054

 
2.59

Other consumer (4)
1,866

 
30

 
3.22

 
1,987

 
35

 
3.63

Total consumer
477,104

 
10,730

 
4.52

 
521,565

 
11,967

 
4.61

U.S. commercial
239,751

 
3,350

 
2.82

 
229,279

 
3,322

 
2.92

Commercial real estate (5)
49,362

 
729

 
2.98

 
48,533

 
725

 
3.01

Commercial lease financing
24,609

 
396

 
3.22

 
24,567

 
427

 
3.47

Non-U.S. commercial
86,103

 
964

 
2.26

 
92,068

 
1,114

 
2.44

Total commercial
399,825

 
5,439

 
2.74

 
394,447

 
5,588

 
2.85

Total loans and leases
876,929

 
16,169

 
3.71

 
916,012

 
17,555

 
3.85

Other earning assets
62,082

 
1,426

 
4.62

 
66,326

 
1,362

 
4.13

Total earning assets (6)
1,810,178

 
25,542

 
2.84

 
1,822,177

 
26,290

 
2.90

Cash and due from banks
29,231

 
 
 
 
 
27,815

 
 
 
 
Other assets, less allowance for loan and lease losses
305,898

 
 
 
 
 
304,502

 
 

 
 
Total assets
$
2,145,307

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,154,494

 
 

 
 
(1) 
Nonperforming loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income on these nonperforming loans is generally recognized on a cost recovery basis. PCI loans were recorded at fair value upon acquisition and accrete interest income over the remaining life of the loan.
(2) 
Includes non-U.S. residential mortgage loans of $2 million and $1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.
(3) 
Includes non-U.S. consumer loans of $4.0 billion and $4.5 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.
(4) 
Includes consumer finance loans of $647 million and $1.1 billion, consumer leases of $1.1 billion and $709 million, and consumer overdrafts of $136 million and $138 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.
(5) 
Includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $46.6 billion and $46.8 billion, and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $2.8 billion and $1.7 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.
(6) 
Interest income includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest income on the underlying assets by $19 million and $18 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Interest expense includes the impact of interest rate risk management contracts, which decreased interest expense on the underlying liabilities by $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. For additional information, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Non-trading Activities on page 122.

26

Table of Contents

Table 15
Year-to-Date Average Balances and Interest Rates – FTE Basis (continued)
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in millions)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
46,806

 
$
4

 
0.02
%
 
$
46,329

 
$
1

 
0.01
%
NOW and money market deposit accounts
534,026

 
138

 
0.05

 
521,307

 
162

 
0.06

Consumer CDs and IRAs
57,260

 
87

 
0.31

 
69,916

 
154

 
0.44

Negotiable CDs, public funds and other deposits
29,353

 
44

 
0.31

 
31,637

 
57

 
0.36

Total U.S. interest-bearing deposits
667,445

 
273

 
0.08

 
669,189

 
374

 
0.11

Non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banks located in non-U.S. countries
4,855

 
17

 
0.70

 
10,803

 
31

 
0.57

Governments and official institutions
1,310

 
2

 
0.29

 
1,805

 
1

 
0.12

Time, savings and other
54,655

 
144

 
0.53

 
62,302

 
167

 
0.54

Total non-U.S. interest-bearing deposits
60,820

 
163

 
0.54

 
74,910

 
199

 
0.53

Total interest-bearing deposits
728,265

 
436

 
0.12

 
744,099

 
573

 
0.16

Federal funds purchased, securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and short-term borrowings
248,133

 
1,271

 
1.03

 
262,161

 
1,372

 
1.06

Trading account liabilities
78,277

 
729

 
1.88

 
92,814

 
833

 
1.81

Long-term debt
241,184

 
2,720

 
2.27

 
256,768

 
3,000

 
2.34

Total interest-bearing liabilities (6)
1,295,859

 
5,156

 
0.80

 
1,355,842

 
5,778

 
0.86

Noninterest-bearing sources:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
410,536

 
 
 
 
 
379,300

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
190,499

 
 
 
 
 
183,173

 
 
 
 
Shareholders' equity
248,413

 
 
 
 
 
236,179

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
2,145,307

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,154,494

 
 
 
 
Net interest spread
 
 
 
 
2.04
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.04
%
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources
 
 
 
 
0.23

 
 
 
 
 
0.22

Net interest income/yield on earning assets
 
 
$
20,386

 
2.27
%
 
 
 
$
20,512

 
2.26
%
For footnotes see page 26.

Business Segment Operations
 
Segment Description and Basis of Presentation

We report our results of operations through the following five business segments: Consumer Banking, Global Wealth & Investment Management (GWIM), Global Banking, Global Markets and Legacy Assets & Servicing (LAS), with the remaining operations recorded in All Other. Effective January 1, 2015, we realigned the segments with how we are managing the businesses in 2015. For more information on the segment realignment, see Note 18 – Business Segment Information to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We prepare and evaluate segment results using certain non-GAAP financial measures. For additional information, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17. Table 16 provides selected summary financial data for our business segments and All Other for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014. For additional detailed information on these results, see the business segment and All Other discussions which follow.


27

Table of Contents

Table 16
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Segment Results
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Total Revenue (1)
 
Provision for Credit Losses
 
Noninterest Expense
 
Net Income (Loss)
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Consumer Banking
$
7,544

 
$
7,649

 
$
506

 
$
550

 
$
4,321

 
$
4,505

 
$
1,704

 
$
1,634

Global Wealth & Investment Management
4,573

 
4,589

 
15

 
(8
)
 
3,457

 
3,445

 
690

 
726

Global Banking
4,115

 
4,438

 
177

 
136

 
1,941

 
2,007

 
1,251

 
1,445

Global Markets
4,259

 
4,599

 
6

 
20

 
2,723

 
2,875

 
993

 
1,102

Legacy Assets & Servicing
1,089

 
800

 
57

 
(39
)
 
961

 
5,234

 
45

 
(2,741
)
All Other
765

 
(115
)
 
19

 
(248
)
 
415

 
475

 
637

 
125

Total – FTE basis
22,345

 
21,960

 
780

 
411

 
13,818

 
18,541

 
5,320

 
2,291

FTE adjustment
(228
)
 
(213
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Consolidated
$
22,117

 
$
21,747

 
$
780

 
$
411

 
$
13,818

 
$
18,541

 
$
5,320

 
$
2,291

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Consumer Banking
$
14,994

 
$
15,300

 
$
1,222

 
$
1,359

 
$
8,710

 
$
9,000

 
$
3,179

 
$
3,102

Global Wealth & Investment Management
9,090

 
9,136

 
38

 
15

 
6,916

 
6,803

 
1,341

 
1,455

Global Banking
8,393

 
8,964

 
273

 
417

 
3,951

 
4,184

 
2,617

 
2,738

Global Markets
8,873

 
9,625

 
27

 
38

 
5,854

 
5,964

 
1,938

 
2,412

Legacy Assets & Servicing
2,003

 
1,486

 
148

 
(27
)
 
2,164

 
12,637

 
(194
)
 
(7,622
)
All Other
413

 
216

 
(163
)
 
(382
)
 
1,918

 
2,191

 
(204
)
 
(70
)
Total – FTE basis
43,766

 
44,727

 
1,545

 
1,420

 
29,513

 
40,779

 
8,677

 
2,015

FTE adjustment
(447
)
 
(414
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Consolidated
$
43,319

 
$
44,313

 
$
1,545

 
$
1,420

 
$
29,513

 
$
40,779

 
$
8,677

 
$
2,015

(1) 
Total revenue is net of interest expense and is on an FTE basis which for consolidated revenue is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on this measure and for a corresponding reconciliation to a GAAP financial measure, see Supplemental Financial Data on page 17.

The Corporation periodically reviews capital allocated to its businesses and allocates capital annually during the strategic and capital planning processes. We utilize a methodology that considers the effect of regulatory capital requirements in addition to internal risk-based capital models. The Corporation's internal risk-based capital models use a risk-adjusted methodology incorporating each segment's credit, market, interest rate, business and operational risk components. For more information on the nature of these risks, see Managing Risk on page 57. The capital allocated to the business segments is referred to as allocated capital, which represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, the Corporation utilizes allocated equity as a proxy for the carrying value of its reporting units. Allocated equity in the reporting units is comprised of allocated capital plus capital for the portion of goodwill and intangibles specifically assigned to the reporting unit.

During the latest annual planning process, we made refinements to the amount of capital allocated to each of our businesses based on multiple considerations that included, but were not limited to, risk-weighted assets measured under Basel 3 Standardized and Advanced approaches, business segment exposures and risk profile, and strategic plans. As a result of this process, in the first quarter of 2015, we adjusted the amount of capital being allocated to our business segments, primarily LAS.

For more information on the basis of presentation for business segments, including the allocation of market-related adjustments to net interest income, and reconciliations to consolidated total revenue, net income and period-end total assets, see Note 18 – Business Segment Information to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



28

Table of Contents

Consumer Banking
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Deposits
 
Consumer
Lending
 
Total Consumer Banking
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
2,390

 
$
2,396

 
$
2,520

 
$
2,664

 
$
4,910

 
$
5,060

 
(3
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income
2

 
3

 
1,204

 
1,149

 
1,206

 
1,152

 
5

Service charges
1,032

 
1,039

 
1

 

 
1,033

 
1,039

 
(1
)
Mortgage banking income

 

 
257

 
237

 
257

 
237

 
8

All other income
120

 
88

 
18

 
73

 
138

 
161

 
(14
)
Total noninterest income
1,154

 
1,130

 
1,480

 
1,459

 
2,634

 
2,589

 
2

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
3,544

 
3,526

 
4,000

 
4,123

 
7,544

 
7,649

 
(1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
24

 
50

 
482

 
500

 
506

 
550

 
(8
)
Noninterest expense
2,363

 
2,473

 
1,958

 
2,032

 
4,321

 
4,505

 
(4
)
Income before income taxes (FTE basis)
1,157

 
1,003

 
1,560

 
1,591

 
2,717

 
2,594

 
5

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
431

 
371

 
582

 
589

 
1,013

 
960

 
6

Net income
$
726

 
$
632

 
$
978

 
$
1,002

 
$
1,704

 
$
1,634

 
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
1.75
%
 
1.86
%
 
5.09
%
 
5.56
%
 
3.44
%
 
3.74
%
 
 
Return on average allocated capital
24

 
23

 
23

 
21

 
24

 
22

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
66.71

 
70.12

 
48.92

 
49.28

 
57.28

 
58.89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
Average
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Total loans and leases
$
5,789

 
$
6,103

 
$
195,914

 
$
189,310

 
$
201,703

 
$
195,413

 
3
 %
Total earning assets (1)
549,252

 
517,509

 
198,501

 
192,238

 
572,378

 
542,421

 
6

Total assets (1)
576,417

 
544,248

 
207,977

 
201,592

 
609,019

 
578,514

 
5

Total deposits
544,340

 
513,326

 
n/m

 
n/m

 
545,454

 
514,137

 
6

Allocated capital
12,000

 
11,000

 
17,000

 
19,000

 
29,000

 
30,000

 
(3
)
(1)
In segments and businesses where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, we allocate assets from All Other to match the segments' and businesses' liabilities and allocated shareholders' equity. As a result, total earning assets and total assets of the businesses may not equal total Consumer Banking.
n/m = not meaningful

29

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Deposits
 
Consumer
Lending
 
Total Consumer Banking
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
4,687

 
$
4,736

 
$
5,094

 
$
5,394

 
$
9,781

 
$
10,130

 
(3
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income
5

 
5

 
2,368

 
2,295

 
2,373

 
2,300

 
3

Service charges
1,998

 
2,031

 
1

 
1

 
1,999

 
2,032

 
(2
)
Mortgage banking income

 

 
545

 
415

 
545

 
415

 
31

All other income
223

 
180

 
73

 
243

 
296

 
423

 
(30
)
Total noninterest income
2,226

 
2,216

 
2,987

 
2,954

 
5,213

 
5,170

 
1

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
6,913

 
6,952

 
8,081

 
8,348

 
14,994

 
15,300

 
(2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
87

 
114

 
1,135

 
1,245

 
1,222

 
1,359

 
(10
)
Noninterest expense
4,814

 
4,938

 
3,896

 
4,062

 
8,710

 
9,000

 
(3
)
Income before income taxes (FTE basis)
2,012

 
1,900

 
3,050

 
3,041

 
5,062

 
4,941

 
2

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
748

 
707

 
1,135

 
1,132

 
1,883

 
1,839

 
2

Net income
$
1,264

 
$
1,193

 
$
1,915

 
$
1,909

 
$
3,179

 
$
3,102

 
2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
1.74
%
 
1.86
%
 
5.21
%
 
5.64
%
 
3.49
%
 
3.80
%
 
 
Return on average allocated capital
21

 
22

 
23

 
20

 
22

 
21

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
69.64

 
71.03

 
48.21

 
48.66

 
58.09

 
58.82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
Average
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Total loans and leases
$
5,834

 
$
6,097

 
$
194,814

 
$
189,819

 
$
200,648

 
$
195,916

 
2
 %
Total earning assets (1)
542,441

 
512,945

 
197,279

 
192,951

 
565,643

 
538,110

 
5

Total assets (1)
569,404

 
539,661

 
206,679

 
202,232

 
602,006

 
574,107

 
5

Total deposits
537,353

 
508,721

 
n/m

 
n/m

 
538,448

 
509,519

 
6

Allocated capital
12,000

 
11,000

 
17,000

 
19,000

 
29,000

 
30,000

 
(3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
% Change
Total loans and leases
$
5,834

 
$
5,951

 
$
198,546

 
$
196,049

 
$
204,380

 
$
202,000

 
1
 %
Total earning assets (1)
551,705

 
527,045

 
201,319

 
199,097

 
575,284

 
552,117

 
4

Total assets (1)
578,227

 
554,344

 
210,635

 
208,729

 
611,122

 
589,048

 
4

Total deposits
546,169

 
523,348

 
n/m

 
n/m

 
547,343

 
524,413

 
4

For footnotes see page 29.

Consumer Banking, which is comprised of Deposits and Consumer Lending, offers a diversified range of credit, banking and investment products and services to consumers and small businesses. Our customers and clients have access to a franchise network that stretches coast to coast through 33 states and the District of Columbia. The franchise network includes approximately 4,800 financial centers, 16,000 ATMs, nationwide call centers, and online and mobile platforms.

Consumer Banking Results

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for Consumer Banking increased $70 million to $1.7 billion primarily driven by lower noninterest expense and provision for credit losses and higher noninterest income, partially offset by lower net interest income. Net interest income decreased $150 million to $4.9 billion primarily due to the allocation of ALM activities and lower card yields and card loan balances. Noninterest income increased $45 million to $2.6 billion driven by higher card income from increased customer spending and higher mortgage banking income from improved production margins.

30

Table of Contents

The provision for credit losses decreased $44 million to $506 million driven by continued improvement in credit quality within the credit card and consumer vehicle lending portfolios. Noninterest expense decreased $184 million to $4.3 billion primarily driven by lower personnel and operating expenses.

The return on average allocated capital was 24 percent, up from 22 percent, reflecting higher net income and a small decrease in allocated capital. For more information on capital allocated to the business segments, see Business Segment Operations on page 27.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for Consumer Banking increased $77 million to $3.2 billion primarily driven by lower noninterest expense and provision for credit losses and higher noninterest income, partially offset by lower net interest income. Net interest income decreased $349 million to $9.8 billion primarily due to the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. Noninterest income increased $43 million to $5.2 billion due to higher mortgage banking income from improved production margins and higher first mortgage origination volume, and card income, partially offset by lower other income which included portfolio divestiture gains in 2014, and lower service charges.

The provision for credit losses decreased $137 million to $1.2 billion primarily driven by the same factor as described in the three-month discussion above. Noninterest expense decreased $290 million to $8.7 billion primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

The return on average allocated capital was 22 percent, up from 21 percent, reflecting higher net income and a small decrease in allocated capital.

Deposits

Deposits includes the results of consumer deposit activities which consist of a comprehensive range of products provided to consumers and small businesses. Our deposit products include traditional savings accounts, money market savings accounts, CDs and IRAs, noninterest- and interest-bearing checking accounts, as well as investment accounts and products. The revenue is allocated to the deposit products using our funds transfer pricing process that matches assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics. Deposits generates fees such as account service fees, non-sufficient funds fees, overdraft charges and ATM fees, as well as investment and brokerage fees from Merrill Edge accounts. Merrill Edge is an integrated investing and banking service targeted at customers with less than $250,000 in investable assets. Merrill Edge provides investment advice and guidance, client brokerage asset services, a self-directed online investing platform and key banking capabilities including access to the Corporation's network of financial centers and ATMs.

Deposits includes the net impact of migrating customers and their related deposit balances between Deposits and GWIM as well as other client-managed businesses. For more information on the migration of customer balances to or from GWIM, see GWIM on page 35.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for Deposits increased $94 million to $726 million driven by lower noninterest expense and provision for credit losses. Net interest income of $2.4 billion and noninterest income of $1.2 billion remained relatively unchanged.

The provision for credit losses decreased $26 million to $24 million driven by reduced overdraft activity. Noninterest expense decreased $110 million to $2.4 billion due to lower operating and personnel expenses.

Average deposits increased $31.0 billion to $544.3 billion driven by a continuing customer shift to more liquid products in the low rate environment. Growth in checking, traditional savings and money market savings of $42.1 billion was partially offset by a decline in time deposits of $11.1 billion. As a result of our continued pricing discipline and the shift in the mix of deposits, the rate paid on average deposits declined by two bps to five bps.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for Deposits increased $71 million to $1.3 billion driven by lower noninterest expense and provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower net interest income. Net interest income decreased $49 million to $4.7 billion due to the allocation of ALM activities. Noninterest income of $2.2 billion remained relatively unchanged.


31

Table of Contents

The provision for credit losses decreased $27 million to $87 million driven by the same factor as described in the three-month discussion above. Noninterest expense decreased $124 million to $4.8 billion due to lower operating expenses.

Average deposits increased $28.6 billion to $537.4 billion driven by a continuing customer shift to more liquid products in the low rate environment.

Key Statistics  Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Total deposit spreads (excludes noninterest costs)
1.63
%
 
1.60
%
 
1.62
%
 
1.59
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client brokerage assets (in millions)
 
 
 
 
$
121,961

 
$
105,926

Online banking active accounts (units in thousands)
 
 
 
 
31,322

 
30,429

Mobile banking active accounts (units in thousands)
 
 
 
 
17,626

 
15,475

Financial centers
 
 
 
 
4,789

 
5,023

ATMs
 
 
 
 
15,992

 
15,973


Client brokerage assets increased $16.0 billion driven by new accounts, increased account flows and higher market valuations. Mobile banking active accounts increased 2.2 million reflecting continuing changes in our customers' banking preferences. The number of financial centers declined 234 as we continue to optimize our consumer banking network and improve our cost-to-serve.

Consumer Lending

Consumer Lending offers products to consumers and small businesses across the U.S. The products offered include credit and debit cards, residential mortgages and home equity loans, and direct and indirect loans such as automotive, marine, aircraft, recreational vehicle and consumer personal loans. In addition to earning net interest spread revenue on its lending activities, Consumer Lending generates interchange revenue from credit and debit card transactions, late fees, cash advance fees, annual credit card fees, mortgage banking fee income and other miscellaneous fees. Consumer Lending products are available to our customers through our retail network, direct telephone, and online and mobile channels.

Consumer Lending includes the net impact of migrating customers and their related loan balances between Consumer Lending and GWIM. For more information on the migration of customer balances to or from GWIM, see GWIM on page 35.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for Consumer Lending decreased $24 million to $978 million primarily due to lower net interest income, partially offset by lower noninterest expense, higher noninterest income and lower provision for credit losses. Net interest income decreased $144 million to $2.5 billion driven by the impact of lower card yields and lower average card loan balances. Noninterest income increased $21 million to $1.5 billion due to higher card income from increased customer spending and higher mortgage banking income from improved production margins, partially offset by lower other income which included a portfolio divestiture gain in 2014.

The provision for credit losses decreased $18 million to $482 million driven by continued improvement in credit quality within the credit card and consumer vehicle lending portfolios. Noninterest expense decreased $74 million to $2.0 billion primarily driven by lower personnel and operating expenses.

Average loans increased $6.6 billion to $195.9 billion primarily driven by an increase in residential mortgages and consumer vehicle loans, partially offset by lower home equity loans and continued run-off of non-core portfolios. Beginning with new originations in 2014, we retain certain residential mortgages in Consumer Banking, consistent with where the overall relationship is managed; previously such mortgages were in All Other.


32

Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for Consumer Lending of $1.9 billion remained relatively unchanged as improvements in noninterest expense and the provision for credit losses and higher noninterest income offset lower net interest income. Net interest income decreased $300 million to $5.1 billion driven by the impact of lower card yields and lower average card loan balances. Noninterest income increased $33 million to $3.0 billion due to higher mortgage banking income from improved production margins and higher first mortgage origination volume, and card income, partially offset by lower other income which included portfolio divestiture gains in 2014.

The provision for credit losses decreased $110 million to $1.1 billion driven by the same factor as described in the three-month discussion above. Noninterest expense decreased $166 million to $3.9 billion primarily driven by lower personnel expense. Average loans increased $5.0 billion to $194.8 billion primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Key Statistics  Consumer Lending
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Total U.S. credit card (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross interest yield
9.08
%
 
9.30
%
 
9.18
%
 
9.39
%
Risk-adjusted margin
8.92

 
8.97

 
8.99

 
9.23

New accounts (in thousands)
1,295

 
1,128

 
2,456

 
2,155

Purchase volumes
$
55,976

 
$
53,583

 
$
106,154

 
$
102,447

Debit card purchase volumes
$
70,754

 
$
69,492

 
$
137,653

 
$
135,382

(1) 
Total U.S. credit card includes portfolios in Consumer Banking and GWIM.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the total U.S. credit card risk-adjusted margin decreased five bps and 24 bps compared to the same periods in 2014 due to portfolio divestiture gains in 2014 and a decrease in net interest margin, partially offset by an improvement in credit quality. Total U.S. credit card purchase volumes increased $2.4 billion to $56.0 billion, and $3.7 billion to $106.2 billion, and debit card purchase volumes increased $1.3 billion to $70.8 billion, and $2.3 billion to $137.7 billion, reflecting higher levels of consumer spending.

Mortgage Banking Income

Mortgage banking income is earned primarily in Consumer Banking and LAS. Mortgage banking income in Consumer Lending consists mainly of core production income, which is comprised primarily of revenue from the fair value gains and losses recognized on our interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) and loans held-for-sale (LHFS), the related secondary market execution, and costs related to representations and warranties in the sales transactions along with other obligations incurred in the sales of mortgage loans.

The table below summarizes the components of mortgage banking income.

Mortgage Banking Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Consumer Lending:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core production revenue
$
273

 
$
233

 
$
573

 
$
422

Representations and warranties provision
1

 
22

 
7

 
29

Other consumer mortgage banking income (1)
(17
)
 
(18
)
 
(35
)
 
(36
)
Total Consumer Lending mortgage banking income
257

 
237

 
545

 
415

LAS mortgage banking income (2)
682

 
369

 
1,143

 
660

Eliminations (3)
62

 
(79
)
 
7

 
(136
)
Total consolidated mortgage banking income
$
1,001

 
$
527

 
$
1,695

 
$
939

(1) 
Primarily relates to intercompany charges for loan servicing activities provided by LAS.
(2) 
Amounts for LAS are included in this Consumer Banking table to show the components of consolidated mortgage banking income.
(3) 
Includes the effect of transfers of certain mortgage loans from Consumer Banking to the ALM portfolio included in All Other and intercompany charges for loan servicing.


33

Table of Contents

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, core production revenue increased $40 million to $273 million, and $151 million to $573 million compared to the same periods in 2014 due to an increase in margins, and for the six months ended June 30, 2015, higher first mortgage origination volume.

Key Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Loan production (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First mortgage
$
15,962

 
$
11,099

 
$
29,675

 
$
19,949

Home equity
3,209

 
2,604

 
6,426

 
4,588

Consumer Banking:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First mortgage
$
11,266

 
$
8,461

 
$
21,120

 
$
15,163

Home equity
2,940

 
2,396

 
5,957

 
4,186

(1) 
The above loan production amounts represent the unpaid principal balance of loans and in the case of home equity, the principal amount of the total line of credit.
(2) 
In addition to loan production in Consumer Banking, there is also first mortgage and home equity loan production in GWIM.

First mortgage loan originations in Consumer Banking and for the total Corporation increased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014 reflecting growth in the overall mortgage market as lower interest rates beginning in late 2014 drove an increase in refinances. The first mortgage pipeline declined 15 percent in the three months ended June 30, 2015 due to lower application volume driven by higher interest rates.

During the three months ended June 30, 2015, 62 percent of the total Corporation first mortgage production volume was for refinance originations and 38 percent was for purchase originations compared to 53 percent and 47 percent for the same period in 2014. Home Affordable Refinance Program (HARP) refinance originations were two percent of all refinance originations compared to eight percent for the same period in 2014. Making Home Affordable non-HARP refinance originations were eight percent of all refinance originations compared to 19 percent for the same period in 2014. The remaining 90 percent of refinance originations were conventional refinances compared to 73 percent for the same period in 2014.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, 68 percent of the total Corporation first mortgage production volume was for refinance originations and 32 percent was for purchase originations compared to 59 percent and 41 percent for the same period in 2014. HARP refinance originations were three percent of all refinance originations compared to eight percent for the same period in 2014. Making Home Affordable non-HARP refinance originations were nine percent of all refinance originations compared to 20 percent for the same period in 2014. The remaining 88 percent of refinance originations were conventional refinances compared to 72 percent for the same period in 2014.

Home equity production for the total Corporation was $3.2 billion and $6.4 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $2.6 billion and $4.6 billion for the same periods in 2014, with the increase due to a higher demand in the market based on improving housing trends, and increased market share driven by improved financial center engagement with customers and more competitive pricing.


34

Table of Contents

Global Wealth & Investment Management
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015

2014
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
1,359

 
$
1,485

 
(8
)%
 
$
2,710

 
$
2,970

 
(9
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment and brokerage services
2,749

 
2,642

 
4

 
5,472

 
5,246

 
4

All other income
465

 
462

 
1

 
908

 
920

 
(1
)
Total noninterest income
3,214

 
3,104

 
4

 
6,380

 
6,166

 
3

Total revenue, net of interest expense
(FTE basis)
4,573

 
4,589

 

 
9,090

 
9,136

 
(1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
15

 
(8
)
 
n/m

 
38

 
15

 
n/m

Noninterest expense
3,457

 
3,445

 

 
6,916

 
6,803

 
2

Income before income taxes (FTE basis)
1,101

 
1,152

 
(4
)
 
2,136

 
2,318

 
(8
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
411

 
426

 
(4
)
 
795

 
863

 
(8
)
Net income
$
690

 
$
726

 
(5
)
 
$
1,341

 
$
1,455

 
(8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
2.17
%
 
2.40
%
 
 
 
2.15
%
 
2.40
%
 
 
Return on average allocated capital
23

 
24

 
 
 
23

 
25

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
75.60

 
75.07

 
 
 
76.08

 
74.47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
Average
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Total loans and leases
$
130,270

 
$
118,512

 
10
 %
 
$
128,211

 
$
117,235

 
9
 %
Total earning assets
251,528

 
248,380

 
1

 
254,560

 
249,549

 
2

Total assets
268,835

 
266,781

 
1

 
271,965

 
268,518

 
1

Total deposits
239,974

 
240,042

 

 
241,758

 
241,409

 

Allocated capital
12,000

 
12,000

 

 
12,000

 
12,000

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
% Change
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
132,377

 
$
125,431

 
6
 %
Total earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
250,720

 
256,519

 
(2
)
Total assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
267,021

 
274,887

 
(3
)
Total deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
237,624

 
245,391

 
(3
)
n/m = not meaningful

GWIM consists of two primary businesses: Merrill Lynch Global Wealth Management (MLGWM) and U.S. Trust, Bank of America Private Wealth Management (U.S. Trust).

MLGWM's advisory business provides a high-touch client experience through a network of financial advisors focused on clients with over $250,000 in total investable assets. MLGWM provides tailored solutions to meet our clients' needs through a full set of brokerage, banking and retirement products.

U.S. Trust, together with MLGWM's Private Banking & Investments Group, provides comprehensive wealth management solutions targeted to high net worth and ultra high net worth clients, as well as customized solutions to meet clients' wealth structuring, investment management, trust and banking needs, including specialty asset management services.


35

Table of Contents

Client assets managed under advisory and discretion of GWIM are AUM and are typically held in diversified portfolios. The majority of client AUM have an investment strategy with a duration of greater than one year and are, therefore, considered long-term AUM. Fees earned on long-term AUM are calculated as a percentage of total AUM. The asset management fees charged to clients are dependent on various factors, but are generally driven by the breadth of the client's relationship and generally range from 50 to 150 bps on their total AUM. The net client long-term AUM flows represent the net change in client's long-term AUM balances over a specified period of time, excluding market appreciation/depreciation and other adjustments.

Client assets under advisory and discretion of GWIM in which the investment strategy seeks current income, while maintaining liquidity and capital preservation, are considered liquidity AUM. The duration of these strategies is primarily less than one year. The change in AUM balances from the prior period is primarily the net client flows for liquidity AUM.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for GWIM decreased $36 million to $690 million driven by a decline in net interest income, partially offset by higher noninterest income. Net interest income decreased $126 million to $1.4 billion due to the allocation of ALM activities, partially offset by the impact of loan growth. Noninterest income, primarily investment and brokerage services income, increased $110 million to $3.2 billion driven by increased asset management fees due to the impact of long-term AUM flows and higher market levels, partially offset by lower transactional revenue. Noninterest expense remained relatively unchanged as an increase in personnel costs driven by higher revenue-related incentive compensation and investment in client-facing professionals was offset by lower support costs.

Return on average allocated capital was 23 percent, down from 24 percent, due to a decrease in net income. For more information on capital allocated to the business segments, see Business Segment Operations on page 27.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for GWIM decreased $114 million to $1.3 billion driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above, as well as an increase in noninterest expense. Net interest income decreased $260 million to $2.7 billion and noninterest income, primarily investment and brokerage services income, increased $214 million to $6.4 billion, both driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. Noninterest expense increased $113 million to $6.9 billion primarily due to higher revenue-related incentive compensation and investment in client-facing professionals.

Return on average allocated capital was 23 percent, down from 25 percent, due to a decrease in net income.


36

Table of Contents

Key Indicators and Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue by Business
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Merrill Lynch Global Wealth Management
$
3,792

 
$
3,791

 
$
7,540

 
$
7,555

U.S. Trust
764

 
783

 
1,515

 
1,551

Other (1)
17

 
15

 
35

 
30

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
$
4,573

 
$
4,589

 
$
9,090

 
$
9,136

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client Balances by Business, at period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Merrill Lynch Global Wealth Management
 
 
 
 
$
2,051,514

 
$
2,017,051

U.S. Trust
 
 
 
 
388,829

 
380,281

Other (1)
 
 
 
 
81,318

 
70,836

Total client balances
 
 
 
 
$
2,521,661

 
$
2,468,168

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client Balances by Type, at period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term assets under management
 
 
 
 
$
849,046

 
$
808,056

Liquidity assets under management
 
 
 
 
81,314

 
70,685

Assets under management
 
 
 
 
930,360

 
878,741

Brokerage assets
 
 
 
 
1,079,084

 
1,091,558

Assets in custody
 
 
 
 
138,774

 
137,391

Deposits
 
 
 
 
237,624

 
237,046

Loans and leases (2)
 
 
 
 
135,819

 
123,432

Total client balances
 
 
 
 
$
2,521,661

 
$
2,468,168

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets Under Management Rollforward
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets under management, beginning balance
$
917,257

 
$
841,818

 
$
902,872

 
$
821,449

Net long-term client flows
8,593

 
11,870

 
23,247

 
29,252

Net liquidity client flows
6,023

 
135

 
4,530

 
(2,294
)
Market valuation/other
(1,513
)
 
24,918

 
(289
)
 
30,334

Total assets under management, ending balance
$
930,360

 
$
878,741

 
$
930,360

 
$
878,741

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Associates, at period end (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of financial advisors
 
 
 
 
16,419

 
15,560

Total wealth advisors
 
 
 
 
17,798

 
16,721

Total client-facing professionals
 
 
 
 
20,286

 
19,416

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Merrill Lynch Global Wealth Management Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial advisor productivity (4) (in thousands)
$
1,041

 
$
1,060

 
$
1,041

 
$
1,058

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Trust Metrics, at period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client-facing professionals
 
 
 
 
2,155

 
2,110

(1) 
Includes the results of BofA Global Capital Management, the cash management division of Bank of America, and certain administrative items.
(2) 
Includes margin receivables which are classified in customer and other receivables on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(3) 
Includes financial advisors in the Consumer Banking segment of 2,049 and 1,716 at June 30, 2015 and 2014.
(4) 
Financial advisor productivity is defined as annualized Merrill Lynch Global Wealth Management total revenue divided by the total number of financial advisors (excluding financial advisors in the Consumer Banking segment). Total revenue excludes corporate allocation of net interest income related to certain ALM activities.

Client balances increased $53.5 billion, or two percent, to over $2.5 trillion driven by AUM and loan flows.

The number of wealth advisors increased six percent due to increases in financial advisor development program participants, Merrill Edge financial solutions advisors and experienced financial advisors.


37

Table of Contents

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

Revenue from MLGWM of $3.8 billion remained relatively unchanged as lower net interest income was offset by higher noninterest income. Net interest income decreased due to the allocation of ALM activities, partially offset by the impact of loan growth. Noninterest income increased driven by increased asset management fees due to the impact of long-term AUM flows and higher market levels, partially offset by lower transactional revenue. Revenue from U.S. Trust of $764 million decreased two percent driven by the allocation of ALM activities, partially offset by increased asset management fees due to the impact of higher market levels and long-term AUM flows.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Revenue from MLGWM of $7.5 billion remained relatively unchanged and revenue from U.S. Trust was $1.5 billion, down two percent, both driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Net Migration Summary

GWIM results are impacted by the net migration of clients and their corresponding deposit, loan and brokerage balances primarily to or from Consumer Banking, as presented in the table below. Migrations result from the movement of clients between business segments to better align with client needs.

Net Migration Summary
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Total deposits, net – to (from) GWIM
$
(44
)
 
$
691

 
$
(527
)
 
$
1,835

Total loans, net – to (from) GWIM
(28
)
 
(18
)
 
(54
)
 
(18
)
Total brokerage, net – to (from) GWIM
(675
)
 
(519
)
 
(1,257
)
 
(710
)



38

Table of Contents

Global Banking
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015

2014
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
2,213

 
$
2,442

 
(9
)%
 
$
4,473

 
$
4,946

 
(10
)%
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges
728

 
725

 

 
1,438

 
1,459

 
(1
)
Investment banking fees
777

 
834

 
(7
)
 
1,629

 
1,656

 
(2
)
All other income
397

 
437

 
(9
)
 
853

 
903

 
(6
)
Total noninterest income
1,902

 
1,996

 
(5
)
 
3,920

 
4,018

 
(2
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
4,115

 
4,438

 
(7
)
 
8,393

 
8,964

 
(6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
177

 
136

 
30

 
273

 
417

 
(35
)
Noninterest expense
1,941

 
2,007

 
(3
)
 
3,951

 
4,184

 
(6
)
Income before income taxes (FTE basis)
1,997

 
2,295

 
(13
)
 
4,169

 
4,363

 
(4
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
746

 
850

 
(12
)
 
1,552

 
1,625

 
(4
)
Net income
$
1,251

 
$
1,445

 
(13
)
 
$
2,617

 
$
2,738

 
(4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
2.80
%
 
3.12
%
 
 
 
2.85
%
 
3.19
%
 
 
Return on average allocated capital
14

 
17

 
 
 
15

 
16

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
47.16

 
45.22

 
 
 
47.08

 
46.68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
Average
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Total loans and leases
$
300,631

 
$
287,795

 
4
 %
 
$
295,107

 
$
287,857

 
3
 %
Total earning assets
316,898

 
314,079

 
1

 
316,951

 
313,081

 
1

Total assets
361,853

 
359,755

 
1

 
361,840

 
359,669

 
1

Total deposits
288,117

 
284,947

 
1

 
287,280

 
283,943

 
1

Allocated capital
35,000

 
33,500

 
4

 
35,000

 
33,500

 
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
% Change
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
307,085

 
$
288,905

 
6
 %
Total earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
322,971

 
308,448

 
5

Total assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
367,045

 
353,667

 
4

Total deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
292,261

 
279,793

 
4


Global Banking, which includes Global Corporate Banking, Global Commercial Banking, Business Banking and Global Investment Banking, provides a wide range of lending-related products and services, integrated working capital management and treasury solutions to clients, and underwriting and advisory services through our network of offices and client relationship teams. Our lending products and services include commercial loans, leases, commitment facilities, trade finance, real estate lending and asset-based lending. Our treasury solutions business includes treasury management, foreign exchange and short-term investing options. We also provide investment banking products to our clients such as debt and equity underwriting and distribution, and merger-related and other advisory services. Underwriting debt and equity issuances, fixed-income and equity research, and certain market-based activities are executed through our global broker-dealer affiliates which are our primary dealers in several countries. Within Global Banking, Global Commercial Banking clients generally include middle-market companies, commercial real estate firms, auto dealerships and not-for-profit companies. Global Corporate Banking clients generally include large global corporations, financial institutions and leasing clients. Business Banking clients include mid-sized U.S.-based businesses requiring customized and integrated financial advice and solutions.


39

Table of Contents

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for Global Banking decreased $194 million to $1.3 billion primarily driven by lower revenue and an increase in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower noninterest expense.

Revenue decreased $323 million to $4.1 billion primarily due to lower net interest income. The decline in net interest income reflects the allocation of ALM activities and liquidity costs as well as loan spread compression, partially offset by loan growth. Noninterest income decreased $94 million to $1.9 billion primarily driven by lower investment banking fees.

The provision for credit losses increased $41 million to $177 million as a result of higher loan balances compared to the prior-year period. Noninterest expense decreased $66 million to $1.9 billion primarily driven by lower litigation expense and technology initiative costs, partially offset by investment in client-facing personnel.

The return on average allocated capital was 14 percent, down from 17 percent, due to increased capital allocations and lower net income. For more information on capital allocated to the business segments, see Business Segment Operations on page 27.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for Global Banking decreased $121 million to $2.6 billion primarily driven by lower revenue, partially offset by lower noninterest expense and a reduction in the provision for credit losses.

Revenue decreased $571 million to $8.4 billion primarily due to lower net interest income driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. Noninterest income decreased $98 million to $3.9 billion primarily driven by fewer asset sales within the leasing business resulting in lower gains and a gain on sale of an equity investment in Global Commercial Banking in the prior-year period.

The provision for credit losses decreased $144 million to $273 million, primarily in the commercial and industrial portfolio. Noninterest expense decreased $233 million to $4.0 billion primarily due to lower technology initiative costs and litigation expense.

The return on average allocated capital was 15 percent, down from 16 percent, driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.


40

Table of Contents

Global Corporate, Global Commercial and Business Banking

Global Corporate, Global Commercial and Business Banking each include Business Lending and Global Transaction Services activities. Business Lending includes various lending-related products and services, and related hedging activities, including commercial loans, leases, commitment facilities, trade finance, real estate lending and asset-based lending. Global Transaction Services includes deposits, treasury management, credit card, foreign exchange and short-term investment products. The table below presents a summary of the results, which exclude certain capital markets activity in Global Banking.

Global Corporate, Global Commercial and Business Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Global Corporate Banking
 
Global Commercial Banking
 
Business Banking
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Lending
$
708

 
$
830

 
$
1,004

 
$
1,006

 
$
87

 
$
92

 
$
1,799

 
$
1,928

Global Transaction Services
709

 
754

 
642

 
715

 
170

 
176

 
1,521

 
1,645

Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
1,417

 
$
1,584

 
$
1,646

 
$
1,721

 
$
257

 
$
268

 
$
3,320

 
$
3,573

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
136,765

 
$
129,835

 
$
147,192

 
$
141,559

 
$
16,620

 
$
16,379

 
$
300,577

 
$
287,773

Total deposits
137,742

 
141,535

 
117,916

 
114,563

 
32,464

 
28,850

 
288,122

 
284,948

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Lending
$
1,597

 
$
1,742

 
$
1,916

 
$
2,017

 
$
174

 
$
181

 
$
3,687

 
$
3,940

Global Transaction Services
1,369

 
1,483

 
1,292

 
1,447

 
336

 
353

 
2,997

 
3,283

Total revenue, net of interest expense
$
2,966

 
$
3,225

 
$
3,208

 
$
3,464

 
$
510

 
$
534

 
$
6,684

 
$
7,223

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
134,054

 
$
130,518

 
$
144,497

 
$
140,912

 
$
16,527

 
$
16,412

 
$
295,078

 
$
287,842

Total deposits
136,259

 
139,989

 
118,847

 
114,948

 
32,178

 
29,006

 
287,284

 
283,943

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans and leases
$
141,509

 
$
129,974

 
$
148,829

 
$
140,684

 
$
16,684

 
$
16,293

 
$
307,022

 
$
286,951

Total deposits
138,342

 
147,076

 
120,825

 
119,326

 
33,099

 
28,979

 
292,266

 
295,381


Business Lending revenue declined $129 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 due to loan spread compression and fewer asset sales within the leasing business resulting in lower gains, partially offset by the impact of loan growth. Business Lending revenue declined $253 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 due to loan spread compression, fewer asset sales within the leasing business resulting in lower gains and a gain on sale of an equity investment in Global Commercial Banking in the prior-year period, partially offset by the impact of loan growth.

Global Transaction Services revenue decreased $124 million and $286 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014 primarily due to lower net interest income as a result of the allocation of ALM activities and liquidity costs.


41

Table of Contents

Average loans and leases increased four percent and three percent for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014 as growth from strong originations and increased utilization in the commercial and industrial portfolio was partially offset by a decline in the commercial real estate portfolio. Average deposits remained relatively unchanged for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014.

Global Investment Banking

Client teams and product specialists underwrite and distribute debt, equity and loan products, and provide advisory services and tailored risk management solutions. The economics of most investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Banking and Global Markets based on the activities performed by each segment. To provide a complete discussion of our consolidated investment banking fees, the table below presents total Corporation investment banking fees including the portion attributable to Global Banking.

Investment Banking Fees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
Global Banking
 
Total Corporation
 
Global Banking
 
Total Corporation
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Products
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advisory
$
247

 
$
234

 
$
276

 
$
264

 
$
634

 
$
491

 
$
704

 
$
550

Debt issuance
371

 
388

 
887

 
891

 
706

 
835

 
1,668

 
1,916

Equity issuance
159

 
212

 
417

 
514

 
289

 
330

 
762

 
827

Gross investment banking fees
777

 
834

 
1,580

 
1,669

 
1,629

 
1,656

 
3,134

 
3,293

Self-led deals
(17
)
 
(16
)
 
(54
)
 
(38
)
 
(39
)
 
(50
)
 
(121
)
 
(120
)
Total investment banking fees
$
760

 
$
818

 
$
1,526

 
$
1,631

 
$
1,590

 
$
1,606

 
$
3,013

 
$
3,173


Total Corporation investment banking fees of $1.5 billion, excluding self-led deals, included within Global Banking and Global Markets, decreased six percent for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 as strong advisory fees were more than offset by lower equity underwriting fees. Total Corporation investment banking fees of $3.0 billion, excluding self-led deals, included within Global Banking and Global Markets, decreased five percent for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 largely driven by lower underwriting fees for debt products primarily as a result of regulatory guidance implemented during 2014, which limits the types of leveraged finance transactions that are permitted. Also impacting the six-month decline were lower equity underwriting fees, partially offset by higher advisory fees.


42

Table of Contents

Global Markets
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
1,028

 
$
962

 
7
 %
 
$
2,037

 
$
1,968

 
4
 %
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment and brokerage services
550

 
544

 
1

 
1,117

 
1,110

 
1

Investment banking fees
718

 
760

 
(6
)
 
1,348

 
1,496

 
(10
)
Trading account profits
1,693

 
1,768

 
(4
)
 
3,820

 
4,135

 
(8
)
All other income
270

 
565

 
(52
)
 
551

 
916

 
(40
)
Total noninterest income
3,231

 
3,637

 
(11
)
 
6,836

 
7,657

 
(11
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
4,259

 
4,599

 
(7
)
 
8,873

 
9,625

 
(8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
6

 
20

 
(70
)
 
27

 
38

 
(29
)
Noninterest expense
2,723

 
2,875

 
(5
)
 
5,854

 
5,964

 
(2
)
Income before income taxes (FTE basis)
1,530

 
1,704

 
(10
)
 
2,992

 
3,623

 
(17
)
Income tax expense (FTE basis)
537

 
602

 
(11
)
 
1,054

 
1,211

 
(13
)
Net income
$
993

 
$
1,102

 
(10
)
 
$
1,938

 
$
2,412

 
(20
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated capital
11
%
 
13
%
 
 
 
11
%
 
14
%
 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
63.92

 
62.51

 
 
 
65.98

 
61.96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
Average
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Trading-related assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account securities
$
197,113

 
$
200,726

 
(2
)%
 
$
195,312

 
$
201,996

 
(3
)%
Reverse repurchases
109,626

 
119,823

 
(9
)
 
112,461

 
114,576

 
(2
)
Securities borrowed
81,091

 
94,989

 
(15
)
 
79,909

 
88,024

 
(9
)
Derivative assets
54,676

 
44,400

 
23

 
55,543

 
44,000

 
26

Total trading-related assets (1)
442,506

 
459,938

 
(4
)
 
443,225

 
448,596

 
(1
)
Total loans and leases
61,908

 
63,579

 
(3
)
 
59,463

 
63,637

 
(7
)
Total earning assets (1)
436,077

 
478,192

 
(9
)
 
435,500

 
467,594

 
(7
)
Total assets
602,732

 
617,156

 
(2
)
 
600,675

 
609,370

 
(1
)
Allocated capital
35,000

 
34,000

 
3

 
35,000

 
34,000

 
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
% Change
Total trading-related assets (1)
 
 
 
 


 
$
406,404

 
$
418,860

 
(3
)%
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 


 
66,026

 
59,388

 
11

Total earning assets (1)
 
 
 
 


 
408,857

 
421,799

 
(3
)
Total assets
 
 
 
 


 
580,955

 
579,593

 

(1) 
Trading-related assets include derivative assets, which are considered non-earning assets.

Global Markets offers sales and trading services, including research, to institutional clients across fixed-income, credit, currency, commodity and equity businesses. Global Markets product coverage includes securities and derivative products in both the primary and secondary markets. Global Markets provides market-making, financing, securities clearing, settlement and custody services globally to our institutional investor clients in support of their investing and trading activities. We also work with our commercial and corporate clients to provide risk management products using interest rate, equity, credit, currency and commodity derivatives, foreign exchange, fixed-income and mortgage-related products. As a result of our market-making activities in these products, we may be required to manage risk in a broad range of financial products including government securities, equity and equity-linked securities, high-grade and high-yield corporate debt securities, syndicated loans, MBS, commodities and asset-backed securities (ABS). The economics of most investment

43

Table of Contents

banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Markets and Global Banking based on the activities performed by each segment. Global Banking originates certain deal-related transactions with our corporate and commercial clients that are executed and distributed by Global Markets. For more information on investment banking fees on a consolidated basis, see page 42.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for Global Markets decreased $109 million to $993 million. Excluding net DVA, net income decreased $129 million to $930 million driven by lower gains on an equity investment (not included in sales and trading revenue) as the year-ago quarter included gains related to the IPO of an equity investment, lower trading account profits due to declines in credit-related businesses and lower investment banking fees primarily from lower debt issuance. Net DVA gains were $102 million compared to gains of $69 million. Noninterest expense decreased $152 million to $2.7 billion primarily due to a reduction in revenue-related incentive compensation and lower support costs.

Average earning assets decreased $42.1 billion to $436.1 billion largely driven by a decrease in reverse repos, securities borrowed and trading securities primarily due to reduction in client financing activity and continuing balance sheet optimization efforts across Global Markets.

The return on average allocated capital was 11 percent, down from 13 percent, reflecting lower net income and an increase in allocated capital. For more information on capital allocated to the business segments, see Business Segment Operations on page 27.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for Global Markets decreased $474 million to $1.9 billion. Excluding net DVA, net income decreased $436 million to $1.9 billion primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. Net DVA gains were $121 million compared to gains of $181 million. Noninterest expense decreased $110 million to $5.9 billion as reductions in revenue-related incentive compensation and business support costs were partially offset by higher litigation expense.

Average earning assets decreased $32.1 billion to $435.5 billion primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Period-end loans and leases increased $6.6 billion from December 31, 2014 due to growth in mortgage and securitization finance.

The return on average allocated capital was 11 percent, down from 14 percent, reflecting lower net income and an increase in allocated capital.


44

Table of Contents

Sales and Trading Revenue

Sales and trading revenue includes unrealized and realized gains and losses on trading and other assets, net interest income, and fees primarily from commissions on equity securities. Sales and trading revenue is segregated into fixed-income (government debt obligations, investment and non-investment grade corporate debt obligations, commercial mortgage-backed securities, RMBS, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs), interest rate and credit derivative contracts), currencies (interest rate and foreign exchange contracts), commodities (primarily futures, forwards, swaps and options) and equities (equity-linked derivatives and cash equity activity). The table below and related discussion present sales and trading revenue, substantially all of which is in Global Markets, with the remainder in Global Banking. In addition, the table below and related discussion present sales and trading revenue excluding the impact of net DVA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. We believe the use of this non-GAAP financial measure provides clarity in assessing the underlying performance of these businesses.

Sales and Trading Revenue (1, 2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Sales and trading revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed-income, currencies and commodities
$
2,228

 
$
2,422

 
$
4,977

 
$
5,445

Equities
1,199

 
1,055

 
2,364

 
2,248

Total sales and trading revenue
$
3,427

 
$
3,477

 
$
7,341

 
$
7,693

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and trading revenue, excluding net DVA (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed-income, currencies and commodities
$
2,146

 
$
2,366

 
$
4,891

 
$
5,309

Equities
1,179

 
1,042

 
2,329

 
2,203

Total sales and trading revenue, excluding net DVA (3)
$
3,325

 
$
3,408

 
$
7,220

 
$
7,512

(1) 
Includes FTE adjustments of $48 million and $95 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $52 million and $88 million for the same periods in 2014. For more information on sales and trading revenue, see Note 2 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
Includes Global Banking sales and trading revenue of $133 million and $210 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $67 million and $153 million for the same periods in 2014.
(3) 
FICC and Equities sales and trading revenue, excluding net DVA, is a non-GAAP financial measure. FICC net DVA gains were $82 million and $86 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to net DVA gains of $56 million and $136 million for the same periods in 2014. Equities net DVA gains were $20 million and $35 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to net DVA gains of $13 million and $45 million for the same periods in 2014.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

FICC revenue, excluding net DVA, decreased $220 million to $2.1 billion primarily driven by declines in mortgage and credit-related businesses due to lower trading volumes driven by decreased volatility and low client risk appetite. These declines were partially offset by stronger results in rates, currencies and commodities products as increased volatility led to higher client activity. Equities revenue, excluding net DVA, increased $137 million to $1.2 billion primarily driven by increased client activity in the Asia-Pacific region and strong performance in U.S. derivatives.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

FICC revenue, excluding net DVA, decreased $418 million to $4.9 billion and Equities revenue, excluding net DVA, increased $126 million to $2.3 billion. Both were driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.


45

Table of Contents

Legacy Assets & Servicing
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
416

 
$
362

 
15
 %
 
$
844

 
$
739

 
14
 %
Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage banking income
682

 
369

 
85

 
1,143

 
660

 
73

All other income (loss)
(9
)
 
69

 
n/m

 
16

 
87

 
(82
)
Total noninterest income
673

 
438

 
54

 
1,159

 
747

 
55

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
1,089

 
800

 
36

 
2,003

 
1,486

 
35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
57

 
(39
)
 
n/m

 
148

 
(27
)
 
n/m

Noninterest expense
961

 
5,234

 
(82
)
 
2,164

 
12,637

 
(83
)
Income (loss) before income taxes (FTE basis)
71

 
(4,395
)
 
n/m

 
(309
)
 
(11,124
)
 
n/m

Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
26

 
(1,654
)
 
n/m

 
(115
)
 
(3,502
)
 
n/m

Net income (loss)
$
45

 
$
(2,741
)
 
n/m

 
$
(194
)
 
$
(7,622
)
 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest yield (FTE basis)
3.95
%
 
3.65
%
 
 
 
4.07
%
 
3.73
%
 
 
Return on average allocated capital
1

 
n/m

 
 
 
n/m

 
n/m

 
 
Efficiency ratio (FTE basis)
88.27

 
n/m

 
 
 
n/m

 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
Average
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Total loans and leases
$
30,897

 
$
36,705

 
(16
)%
 
$
31,650

 
$
37,401

 
(15
)%
Total earning assets
42,267

 
39,863

 
6

 
41,822

 
39,944

 
5

Total assets
52,449

 
55,626

 
(6
)
 
52,532

 
56,508

 
(7
)
Allocated capital
24,000

 
17,000

 
41

 
24,000

 
17,000

 
41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
% Change
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
30,024

 
$
33,055

 
(9
)%
Total earning assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
40,799

 
33,923

 
20

Total assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
50,853

 
45,958

 
11

n/m = not meaningful

LAS is responsible for our mortgage servicing activities related to residential first mortgage and home equity loans serviced for others and loans held by the Corporation, including loans that have been designated as the LAS Portfolios. The LAS Portfolios (both owned and serviced), herein referred to as the Legacy Owned and Legacy Serviced Portfolios, respectively (together, the Legacy Portfolios), and as further defined below, include those loans originated prior to January 1, 2011 that would not have been originated under our established underwriting standards as of December 31, 2010. For more information on our Legacy Portfolios, see page 47. In addition, LAS is responsible for managing certain legacy exposures related to mortgage origination, sales and servicing activities (e.g., litigation, representations and warranties). LAS also includes the financial results of the home equity portfolio selected as part of the Legacy Owned Portfolio and the results of MSR activities, including net hedge results.

LAS includes certain revenues and expenses on loans serviced for others, including owned loans serviced for Consumer Banking, GWIM and All Other.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for LAS increased $2.8 billion to $45 million primarily driven by significantly lower litigation expense, which is included in noninterest expense, and higher mortgage banking income, partially offset by higher provision for credit losses. Mortgage banking income increased $313 million primarily due to a benefit in the provision for representations and warranties and improved MSR net-of-hedge performance, partially offset by lower servicing fees due to a smaller servicing portfolio. The provision for credit losses increased $96 million as we continue to release reserves but at a slower pace than the prior-year period. Noninterest expense decreased $4.3 billion primarily due to a $3.7 billion decrease in litigation expense. Excluding litigation, noninterest expense decreased $526 million to $902 million due to lower default-related staffing and other default-related servicing expenses. We expect that noninterest expense, excluding litigation expense, will decline to approximately $800 million per quarter in the fourth quarter of 2015.


46

Table of Contents

The increase in allocated capital for LAS reflects higher Basel 3 Advanced approaches operational risk capital than in 2014. For more information on capital allocated to the business segments, see Business Segment Operations on page 27.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

The net loss for LAS decreased $7.4 billion to a net loss of $194 million primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. Mortgage banking income increased $483 million and the provision for credit losses increased $175 million both primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above. Noninterest expense decreased $10.5 billion primarily due to a $9.4 billion decrease in litigation expense. Excluding litigation, noninterest expense decreased $1.1 billion to $1.9 billion due to lower default-related staffing and other default-related servicing expenses.

The increase in allocated capital for LAS was driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Servicing

LAS is responsible for all of our in-house servicing activities related to the residential mortgage and home equity loan portfolios, including owned loans and loans serviced for others (collectively, the mortgage serviced portfolio). A portion of this portfolio has been designated as the Legacy Serviced Portfolio, which represented 27 percent and 29 percent of the total mortgage serviced portfolio, as measured by unpaid principal balance, at June 30, 2015 and 2014. In addition, LAS is responsible for managing vendors who subservice on our behalf.

Servicing activities include collecting cash for principal, interest and escrow payments from borrowers, disbursing customer draws for lines of credit, accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to investors and escrow payments to third parties, and responding to customer inquiries. Our home retention efforts, including single point of contact resources, are also part of our servicing activities, along with supervision of foreclosures and property dispositions. Prior to foreclosure, LAS evaluates various workout options in an effort to help our customers avoid foreclosure. For more information on our servicing activities, including the impact of foreclosure delays, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing, Foreclosure and Other Mortgage Matters on page 53 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Legacy Portfolios

The Legacy Portfolios (both owned and serviced) include those loans originated prior to January 1, 2011 that would not have been originated under our established underwriting standards in place as of December 31, 2010. The purchased credit-impaired (PCI) portfolio, as well as certain loans that met a pre-defined delinquency status or probability of default threshold as of January 1, 2011, are also included in the Legacy Portfolios. Since determining the pool of loans to be included in the Legacy Portfolios as of January 1, 2011, the criteria have not changed for these portfolios, but will continue to be evaluated over time.

Legacy Owned Portfolio

The Legacy Owned Portfolio includes those loans that met the criteria as described above and are on the balance sheet of the Corporation. Home equity loans in this portfolio are held on the balance sheet of LAS, and residential mortgage loans in this portfolio are included as part of All Other. The financial results of the on-balance sheet loans are reported in the segment that owns the loans or in All Other. Total loans in the Legacy Owned Portfolio decreased $9.1 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $80.8 billion, of which $30.0 billion was held on the LAS balance sheet and the remainder was included as part of All Other. The decrease was largely due to payoffs and paydowns.

Legacy Serviced Portfolio

The Legacy Serviced Portfolio includes loans serviced by LAS in both the Legacy Owned Portfolio and those loans serviced for outside investors that met the criteria as described above. The table below summarizes the balances of the residential mortgage loans included in the Legacy Serviced Portfolio (the Legacy Residential Mortgage Serviced Portfolio) representing 25 percent and 27 percent of the total residential mortgage serviced portfolio of $532 billion and $672 billion, as measured by unpaid principal balance, at June 30, 2015 and 2014. The decline in the Legacy Residential Mortgage Serviced Portfolio was due to paydowns and payoffs, and MSR and loan sales.


47

Table of Contents

Legacy Residential Mortgage Serviced Portfolio, a subset of the Residential Mortgage Serviced Portfolio (1, 2)
 
June 30
(Dollars in billions)
2015
 
2014
Unpaid principal balance
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
 
 
 
Total
$
132

 
$
181

60 days or more past due
17

 
38

 
 
 
 
Number of loans serviced (in thousands)
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
 
 
 
Total
709

 
987

60 days or more past due
94

 
202

(1) 
Excludes loans for which servicing transferred to third parties as of June 30, 2015 with an effective MSR sale date of July 1, 2015, totaling $40 million.
(2) 
Excludes $30 billion and $37 billion of home equity loans and HELOCs at June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Non-Legacy Portfolio

As previously discussed, LAS is responsible for all of our servicing activities. The table below summarizes the balances of the residential mortgage loans that are not included in the Legacy Serviced Portfolio (the Non-Legacy Residential Mortgage Serviced Portfolio) representing 75 percent and 73 percent of the total residential mortgage serviced portfolio, as measured by unpaid principal balance, at June 30, 2015 and 2014. The decline in the Non-Legacy Residential Mortgage Serviced Portfolio was primarily due to paydowns and payoffs, partially offset by new originations.

Non-Legacy Residential Mortgage Serviced Portfolio, a subset of the Residential Mortgage Serviced Portfolio (1, 2)
 
June 30
(Dollars in billions)
2015
 
2014
Unpaid principal balance
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
 
 
 
Total
$
400

 
$
491

60 days or more past due
6

 
10

 
 
 
 
Number of loans serviced (in thousands)
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
 
 
 
Total
2,559

 
3,121

60 days or more past due
38

 
61

(1) 
Excludes loans for which servicing transferred to third parties as of June 30, 2015 with an effective MSR sale date of July 1, 2015, totaling $200 million.
(2) 
Excludes $48 billion and $51 billion of home equity loans and HELOCs at June 30, 2015 and 2014.

LAS Mortgage Banking Income

LAS mortgage banking income includes income earned in connection with servicing activities and MSR valuation adjustments, net of results from risk management activities used to hedge certain market risks of the MSRs. The costs associated with our servicing activities are included in noninterest expense. LAS mortgage banking income also includes the cost of legacy representations and warranties exposures and revenue from the sales of loans that had returned to performing status. The table below summarizes LAS mortgage banking income.


48

Table of Contents

LAS Mortgage Banking Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Servicing income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Servicing fees
$
392

 
$
492

 
$
822

 
$
1,025

Amortization of expected cash flows (1)
(187
)
 
(209
)
 
(385
)
 
(419
)
Fair value changes of MSRs, net of risk management activities used to hedge certain market risks (2)
193

 
105

 
443

 
171

Other servicing-related revenue

 
4

 

 
8

Total net servicing income
398

 
392

 
880

 
785

Representations and warranties (provision) benefit
204

 
(110
)
 
114

 
(295
)
Other mortgage banking income (3)
80

 
87

 
149

 
170

Total LAS mortgage banking income
$
682

 
$
369

 
$
1,143

 
$
660

(1) 
Represents the net change in fair value of the MSR asset due to the recognition of modeled cash flows.
(2) 
Includes gains (losses) on sales of MSRs.
(3) 
Consists primarily of revenue from sales of repurchased loans that had returned to performing status.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, LAS mortgage banking income increased $313 million to $682 million, and $483 million to $1.1 billion compared to the same periods in 2014, primarily driven by a benefit in the provision for representations and warranties and improved MSR net-of-hedge performance, partially offset by lower servicing fees due to a smaller servicing portfolio. The $204 million benefit in the provision for representations and warranties for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to a provision of $110 million in the same period in 2014 was primarily driven by the impact of the ACE decision, as time-barred claims are now treated as resolved. For more information on the ACE decision, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties on page 52.

Key Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Mortgage serviced portfolio (in billions) (1, 2)
$
610

 
 
$
693

 
Mortgage loans serviced for investors (in billions) (1)
409

 
 
474

 
Mortgage servicing rights:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance (3)
3,201

 
 
3,271

 
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights (% of loans serviced for investors)
78

bps
 
69

bps
(1) 
The servicing portfolio and mortgage loans serviced for investors represent the unpaid principal balance of loans.
(2) 
Servicing of residential mortgage loans, HELOCs and home equity loans by LAS.
(3) 
At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, excludes $320 million and $259 million of certain non-U.S. residential mortgage MSR balances that are recorded in Global Markets.
 
The decline in the size of our servicing portfolio was driven by loan prepayment activity, which exceeded new originations primarily due to our exit from non-retail channels as well as strategic sales of MSRs during 2014.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

At June 30, 2015, the balance of consumer MSRs managed within LAS, which excludes $320 million of certain non-U.S. residential mortgage MSRs recorded in Global Markets, was $3.2 billion, which represented 78 bps of the related unpaid principal balance compared to $3.3 billion, or 69 bps of the related unpaid principal balance at December 31, 2014. The consumer MSR balance managed within LAS decreased $70 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily driven by the recognition of modeled cash flows and sales of MSRs, partially offset by an increase in value due to higher mortgage rates at June 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014, which resulted in lower forecasted prepayment speeds. For more information on our servicing activities, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing, Foreclosure and Other Mortgage Matters on page 56. For more information on MSRs, see Note 17 – Mortgage Servicing Rights to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

49

Table of Contents

All Other
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
790

 
$
(85
)
 
n/m

 
$
541

 
$
(241
)
 
n/m

Noninterest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income
65

 
88

 
(26
)%
 
134

 
176

 
(24
)%
Equity investment income
11

 
95

 
n/m

 
12

 
793

 
n/m

Gains on sales of debt securities
162

 
382

 
(58
)
 
425

 
739

 
(42
)
All other loss
(263
)
 
(595
)
 
(56
)
 
(699
)
 
(1,251
)
 
(44
)
Total noninterest income
(25
)
 
(30
)
 
(17
)
 
(128
)
 
457

 
n/m

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
765

 
(115
)
 
n/m

 
413

 
216

 
91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision (benefit) for credit losses
19

 
(248
)
 
n/m

 
(163
)
 
(382
)
 
(57
)
Noninterest expense
415

 
475

 
(13
)
 
1,918

 
2,191

 
(12
)
Income (loss) before income taxes (FTE basis)
331

 
(342
)
 
n/m

 
(1,342
)
 
(1,593
)
 
(16
)
Income tax benefit (FTE basis)
(306
)
 
(467
)
 
(34
)
 
(1,138
)
 
(1,523
)
 
(25
)
Net income (loss)
$
637

 
$
125

 
n/m

 
$
(204
)
 
$
(70
)
 
n/m

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
Average
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
139,574

 
$
187,853

 
(26
)%
 
$
145,406

 
$
190,904

 
(24
)%
Non-U.S. credit card
10,012

 
11,759

 
(15
)
 
10,007

 
11,657

 
(14
)
Other
6,420

 
10,964

 
(41
)
 
6,437

 
11,405

 
(44
)
Total loans and leases
156,006

 
210,576

 
(26
)
 
161,850

 
213,966

 
(24
)
Total assets (1)
257,078

 
291,723

 
(12
)
 
256,289

 
286,322

 
(10
)
Total deposits
22,482

 
36,471

 
(38
)
 
20,951

 
35,731

 
(41
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
% Change
Loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
130,186

 
$
155,595

 
(16
)%
Non-U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
 
 
10,276

 
10,465

 
(2
)
Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,095

 
6,552

 
(7
)
Total loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
146,557

 
172,612

 
(15
)
Total equity investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,670

 
4,886

 
(4
)
Total assets (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
272,038

 
261,381

 
4

Total deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
22,964

 
19,241

 
19

(1) 
In segments where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, which are generally deposit-taking segments, we allocate assets from All Other to those segments to match liabilities (i.e., deposits) and allocated shareholders' equity. Such allocated assets were $493.0 billion and $497.4 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $480.8 billion and $477.2 billion for the same periods in 2014, and $488.5 billion and $474.8 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
n/m = not meaningful


50

Table of Contents

All Other consists of ALM activities, equity investments, the international consumer card business, liquidating businesses, residual expense allocations and other. ALM activities encompass residential mortgages, MBS, interest rate and foreign currency risk management activities including the residual net interest income allocation, the impact of certain allocation methodologies and accounting hedge ineffectiveness. Beginning with new originations in 2014, we retain certain residential mortgages in Consumer Banking, consistent with where the overall relationship is managed; previously such mortgages were in All Other. Additionally, certain residential mortgage loans that are managed by LAS are held in All Other. The results of certain ALM activities are allocated to our business segments. For more information on our ALM activities, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Non-trading Activities on page 122 and Note 18 – Business Segment Information to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Equity investments include our merchant services joint venture as well as Global Principal Investments (GPI) which is comprised of a portfolio of equity, real estate and other alternative investments. For more information on our merchant services joint venture, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net income for All Other increased $512 million to $637 million due to higher net interest income and gains on sales of consumer real estate loans, partially offset by lower gains on sales of debt securities and an increase in the provision for credit losses. Net interest income increased $875 million to $790 million primarily driven by positive market-related adjustments on debt securities compared to negative adjustments in the same period in 2014. Gains on the sales of loans with standby insurance agreements and nonperforming and other delinquent loans, net of hedges, were $359 million compared to gains of $170 million, and are included in all other loss in the table on page 50.

The provision for credit losses increased $267 million to $19 million from a provision benefit of $248 million in the prior-year period primarily driven by lower recoveries on nonperforming loan sales.

Noninterest expense decreased $60 million to $415 million primarily driven by lower personnel costs. Income tax was a benefit on pretax earnings primarily due to the reversal in All Other of adjustments to reflect certain tax credits on an FTE basis in Global Banking. The income tax benefit was $306 million compared to a benefit of $467 million, primarily due to the increase in pretax earnings, partially offset by an increase in the Global Banking tax credits.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

The net loss for All Other increased $134 million to $204 million due to a decrease in equity investment income, lower gains on sales of debt securities and a decrease in the provision benefit, partially offset by higher net interest income, gains on sales of consumer real estate loans, lower U.K. PPI costs and noninterest expense. Net interest income increased $782 million primarily driven by positive market-related adjustments on debt securities compared to negative adjustments in the same period in 2014. Equity investment income decreased $781 million primarily driven by a gain on the sale of a portion of an equity investment in the prior-year period. Gains on the sales of loans with standby insurance agreements and nonperforming and other delinquent loans, net of hedges, were $576 million compared to gains of $182 million.

The provision (benefit) for credit losses declined $219 million to a benefit of $163 million primarily driven by the same factors as described in the three-month discussion above.

Noninterest expense decreased $273 million to $1.9 billion primarily driven by a decline in litigation expense. The income tax benefit was $1.1 billion compared to a benefit of $1.5 billion, as the prior period included tax benefits attributable to the resolution of certain tax matters.


 
 
 
 



51

Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations to make future payments on debt and lease agreements. Additionally, in the normal course of business, we enter into contractual arrangements whereby we commit to future purchases of products or services from unaffiliated parties. For more information on obligations and commitments, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations on page 50 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 11 – Long-term Debt and Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Representations and Warranties

We securitize first-lien residential mortgage loans generally in the form of RMBS guaranteed by the government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs), which include FHLMC and FNMA, or by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) in the case of Federal Housing Administration (FHA)-insured, U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA)-guaranteed and Rural Housing Service-guaranteed mortgage loans, and sell pools of first-lien residential mortgage loans in the form of whole loans. In addition, in prior years, legacy companies and certain subsidiaries sold pools of first-lien residential mortgage loans and home equity loans as private-label securitizations (in certain of these securitizations, monoline insurers or other financial guarantee providers insured all or some of the securities) or in the form of whole loans. In connection with these transactions, we or certain of our subsidiaries or legacy companies made various representations and warranties. Breaches of these representations and warranties have resulted in and may continue to result in the requirement to repurchase mortgage loans or to otherwise make whole or provide other remedies to the GSEs, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development with respect to FHA-insured loans, VA, whole-loan investors, securitization trusts, monoline insurers or other financial guarantors as applicable (collectively, repurchases). In all such cases, subsequent to repurchasing the loan, we would be exposed to any credit loss on the repurchased mortgage loans after accounting for any mortgage insurance (MI) or mortgage guarantee payments that we may receive.

We have vigorously contested any request for repurchase where we have concluded that a valid basis for repurchase does not exist and will continue to do so in the future. However, in an effort to resolve legacy mortgage-related issues, we have reached settlements, certain of which have been for significant amounts, in lieu of a loan-by-loan review process, including with the GSEs, four monoline insurers and Bank of New York Mellon (BNY Mellon), as trustee.

For more information on accounting for representations and warranties, repurchase claims and exposures, including a summary of the larger bulk settlements, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Settlement with the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee

On March 5, 2015, the New York Appellate Division, First Department issued an order unanimously approving the BNY Mellon Settlement in all respects, reversing the portion of the New York Supreme Court's decision that did not approve the Trustee's conduct with respect to consideration of a potential claim that a loan must be repurchased if the servicer modifies its terms. The deadline for further appeal has passed. On April 22, 2015, the New York County Supreme Court entered final judgment approving the settlement. The BNY Mellon Settlement remains subject to the conditions that an IRS private letter ruling be obtained confirming that the settlement will not impact the real estate mortgage investment conduit tax status of the trusts and that certain state tax opinions be obtained with respect to New York and California. If these conditions to the effectiveness of the BNY Mellon Settlement are not satisfied, or if we and Countrywide Financial Corporation (Countrywide) withdraw from the BNY Mellon Settlement in accordance with its terms, our future representations and warranties losses could be substantially different from existing accruals and the estimated range of possible loss over existing accruals. As part of the BNY Mellon Settlement, agreement was reached on certain servicing-related matters. For information on servicing matters associated with the BNY Mellon Settlement, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Mortgage-related Settlements – Servicing Matters on page 54 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

New York Court Decision on Statute of Limitations

On June 11, 2015, the New York Court of Appeals, New York's highest appellate court, issued its opinion in ACE Securities Corp. v. DB Structured Products, Inc. (ACE). The Court of Appeals held that, under New York law, a claim for breach of contractual representations and warranties begins to run at the time the representations and warranties are made, and rejected the argument that the six-year statute of limitations does not begin to run until the time repurchase is refused. The Court of Appeals also held that compliance with the contractual notice and cure period was a pre-condition to filing suit, and claims that did not comply with such contractual requirements prior to the expiration of the statute of limitations were invalid. While no entity affiliated with the Corporation was a party

52

Table of Contents

to this litigation, the vast majority of the private-label RMBS trusts to which entities affiliated with the Corporation sold loans and made representations and warranties are governed by New York law, and the ACE decision should therefore apply to representations and warranties claims and litigation brought on those RMBS trusts. A significant number of representations and warranties claims and lawsuits brought against the Corporation have involved or may involve claims where the statute of limitations has expired under the ACE decision and are therefore time-barred. The Corporation treats time-barred claims as resolved and no longer outstanding; however, while post-ACE case law is in very early stages, investors or trustees may seek to distinguish certain aspects of the ACE ruling or to assert other claims seeking to avoid the impact of the ACE ruling. The impact on the Corporation, if any, of such claims is unclear at this time.

Unresolved Repurchase Claims

Unresolved representations and warranties repurchase claims represent the notional amount of repurchase claims made by counterparties, typically the outstanding principal balance or the unpaid principal balance at the time of default. In the case of first-lien mortgages, the claim amount is often significantly greater than the expected loss amount due to the benefit of collateral and, in some cases, MI or mortgage guarantee payments. Claims received from a counterparty remain outstanding until the underlying loan is repurchased, the claim is rescinded by the counterparty, we determine that the applicable statute of limitations has expired (beginning in this quarter, this is determined, where applicable, in accordance with the ACE decision), or representations and warranties claims with respect to the applicable trust are settled, and fully and finally released. When a claim is denied and we do not receive a response from the counterparty, the claim remains in the unresolved repurchase claims balance until resolution in one of the ways described above.

At June 30, 2015, we had $18.5 billion of unresolved repurchase claims, net of duplicate claims, compared to $22.8 billion at December 31, 2014. These repurchase claims primarily relate to private-label securitizations and exclude claims in the amount of $7.1 billion at June 30, 2015, net of duplicate claims, where the statute of limitations has expired without litigation being commenced. At December 31, 2014, time-barred claims of $5.2 billion, net of duplicate claims, were included in unresolved repurchase claims. The notional amount of unresolved repurchase claims at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 includes $3.5 billion of claims, net of duplicate claims, related to loans in specific private-label securitization groups or tranches where we own substantially all of the outstanding securities. For additional information, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The decrease in the notional amount of outstanding unresolved repurchase claims, net of duplicate claims, in the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 is primarily due to the impact of the ACE decision. Excluding time-barred claims that were treated as outstanding at December 31, 2014, the remaining outstanding unresolved repurchase claims are driven by: (1) continued submission of claims by private-label securitization trustees, (2) the level of detail, support and analysis accompanying such claims, which impact overall claim quality and, therefore, claims resolution and (3) the lack of an established process to resolve disputes related to these claims. For example, claims submitted without individual file reviews generally lack the level of detail and analysis of individual loans that is necessary to evaluate a claim.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, we had limited loan-level representations and warranties repurchase claims experience with the monoline insurers due to bulk settlements in prior years and ongoing litigation with a single monoline insurer. For additional information, see Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

As a result of various bulk settlements with the GSEs, we have resolved substantially all outstanding and potential representations and warranties repurchase claims on whole loans sold by legacy Bank of America and Countrywide to FNMA and FHLMC through June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2009, respectively. After these settlements, our exposure to representations and warranties liability for loans originated prior to 2009 and sold to the GSEs is limited to loans with an original principal balance of $18.3 billion and loans with certain characteristics excluded from the settlements that we do not believe will be material, such as certain specified violations of the GSEs' charters, fraud and title defects. As of June 30, 2015, of the $18.3 billion, approximately $15.9 billion in principal has been paid and $986 million in principal has defaulted or was severely delinquent. At June 30, 2015, the notional amount of unresolved repurchase claims submitted by the GSEs was $25 million related to these vintages. For more information on the monolines and experience with the GSEs, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition to unresolved repurchase claims, we have received notifications from sponsors of third-party securitizations with whom we engaged in whole-loan transactions indicating that we may have indemnity obligations with respect to loans for which we have not received a repurchase request. These notifications totaled $2.0 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. We have considered this risk in the estimated range of possible loss.

We also from time to time receive correspondence purporting to raise representations and warranties breach issues from entities that do not have contractual standing or ability to bring such claims. We believe such communications to be procedurally and/or substantively invalid, and generally do not respond.


53

Table of Contents

The presence of repurchase claims on a given trust, receipt of notices of indemnification obligations and receipt of other communications, as discussed above, are all factors that inform our liability for representations and warranties and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss.

Representations and Warranties Liability

The liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related provision is included in mortgage banking income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. For more information on the representations and warranties liability and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Estimated Range of Possible Loss on page 56.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the liability for representations and warranties was $11.6 billion and $12.1 billion, which includes $8.6 billion related to the BNY Mellon Settlement. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the representations and warranties benefit was $205 million and $121 million compared to a provision of $88 million and $266 million for the same periods in 2014. The benefit in the provision for representations and warranties for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to a provision in the same periods in 2014 was primarily driven by the impact of the ACE decision, as time-barred claims are now treated as resolved.

Our liability for representations and warranties is necessarily dependent on, and limited by, a number of factors including for private-label securitizations the implied repurchase experience based on the BNY Mellon Settlement, as well as certain other assumptions and judgmental factors. Where relevant, we also consider more recent experience, such as claim activity, notification of potential indemnification obligations, our experience with various counterparties, the ACE decision and other recent court decisions related to the statute of limitations and other facts and circumstances, such as bulk settlements, as we believe appropriate. Accordingly, future provisions associated with obligations under representations and warranties may be materially impacted if future experiences are different from historical experience or our understandings, interpretations or assumptions.

Experience with Private-label Securitization and Whole-loan Investors

In prior years, legacy companies and certain subsidiaries sold pools of first-lien residential mortgage loans and home equity loans as private-label securitizations or in the form of whole loans to investors other than the GSEs (although the GSEs are investors in certain private-label securitizations). The majority of the loans sold were included in private-label securitizations, including third-party sponsored transactions. We provided representations and warranties to the whole-loan investors and these investors may retain those rights even when the whole loans were aggregated with other collateral into private-label securitizations sponsored by the whole-loan investors. Such loans originated from 2004 through 2008 had an original principal balance of $970 billion, including $786 billion sold to private-label and whole-loan investors without monoline insurance. Of the $970 billion, $582 billion in principal has been paid, $205 billion in principal has defaulted, $40 billion in principal was severely delinquent, and $143 billion in principal was current or less than 180 days past due at June 30, 2015 as summarized in Table 17.

Loans originated between 2004 and 2008 and sold without monoline insurance had an original total principal balance of $786 billion included in Table 17. Of the $786 billion, $476 billion have been paid in full and $193 billion were defaulted or severely delinquent at June 30, 2015. At least 25 payments have been made on approximately 64 percent of the defaulted and severely delinquent loans.



54

Table of Contents

Table 17
Overview of Non-Agency Securitization and Whole-Loan Balances from 2004 to 2008
 
Principal Balance
 
Defaulted or Severely Delinquent
(Dollars in billions)
Original
Principal Balance
 
Outstanding Principal Balance June 30
2015
 
Outstanding
Principal
Balance 180 Days or More Past Due
 
Defaulted
Principal Balance
 
Defaulted
or Severely
Delinquent
 
Borrower Made Less than 13
Payments
 
Borrower Made
13 to 24
Payments
 
Borrower Made
25 to 36
Payments
 
Borrower Made More than 36
Payments
By Entity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America
$
100

 
$
14

 
$
3

 
$
7

 
$
10

 
$
1

 
$
2

 
$
2

 
$
5

Countrywide
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BNY Mellon Settlement
409

 
91

 
21

 
87

 
108

 
15

 
26

 
26

 
41

Other
307

 
53

 
11

 
66

 
77

 
9

 
18

 
18

 
32

Total Countrywide
716

 
144

 
32

 
153

 
185

 
24

 
44

 
44

 
73

Merrill Lynch
72

 
12

 
2

 
19

 
21

 
3

 
5

 
3

 
10

First Franklin
82

 
13

 
3

 
26

 
29

 
5

 
6

 
5

 
13

Total (1, 2)
$
970

 
$
183

 
$
40

 
$
205

 
$
245

 
$
33

 
$
57

 
$
54

 
$
101

By Product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prime
$
302

 
$
51

 
$
6

 
$
28

 
$
34

 
$
2

 
$
6

 
$
7

 
$
19

Alt-A
173

 
42

 
9

 
41

 
50

 
7

 
12

 
11

 
20

Pay option
150

 
31

 
9

 
45

 
54

 
5

 
13

 
15

 
21

Subprime
251

 
48

 
14

 
71

 
85

 
17

 
20

 
15

 
33

Home equity
88

 
9

 
1

 
17

 
18

 
2

 
5

 
4

 
7

Other
6

 
2

 
1

 
3

 
4

 

 
1

 
2

 
1

Total
$
970

 
$
183

 
$
40

 
$
205

 
$
245

 
$
33

 
$
57

 
$
54

 
$
101

(1) 
Excludes transactions sponsored by Bank of America and Merrill Lynch where no representations or warranties were made.
(2) 
Includes exposures on third-party sponsored transactions related to legacy entity originations.

As it relates to private-label securitizations, a contractual liability to repurchase mortgage loans generally arises if there is a breach of representations and warranties that materially and adversely affects the interest of the investor or all the investors in a securitization trust or of the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor (as applicable).

We have received approximately $36.6 billion of representations and warranties repurchase claims (including duplicate claims) related to loans originated between 2004 and 2008, including $27.4 billion from private-label securitization trustees and a financial guarantee provider, $8.4 billion from whole-loan investors and $815 million from one private-label securitization counterparty. New private-label claims are primarily related to repurchase requests received from trustees for private-label securitization transactions not included in the BNY Mellon Settlement. Of the $36.6 billion in claims, we have resolved $17.3 billion of these claims with losses of $2.0 billion. Approximately $3.8 billion of these claims were resolved through repurchase or indemnification, $5.1 billion were rescinded by the investor, $335 million were resolved through settlements and $8.1 billion are not actionable under the applicable statute of limitations, as determined in accordance with the ACE decision, and are therefore considered resolved.

At June 30, 2015, for these vintages, the notional amount of unresolved repurchase claims (including duplicate claims) submitted by private-label securitization trustees, whole-loan investors, including third-party securitization sponsors and others was $19.4 billion, before subtracting $2.6 billion of duplicate claims primarily submitted without loan file reviews, resulting in net unresolved repurchase claims of $16.8 billion. We have performed an initial review with respect to substantially all of these claims and although we do not believe a valid basis for repurchase has been established by the claimant, we consider such claims activity in the computation of our liability for representations and warranties. Until we receive a repurchase claim, we generally do not review loan files related to private-label securitizations and believe we are not required by the governing documents to do so, unless particular facts suggest we should.


55

Table of Contents

Estimated Range of Possible Loss

We currently estimate that the range of possible loss for representations and warranties exposures could be up to $2 billion over existing accruals at June 30, 2015 compared to up to $4 billion at March 31, 2015. The decrease in the estimated range of possible loss is primarily driven by impacts associated with the ACE decision on our estimate of ongoing representations and warranties risk. We treat claims that are time-barred under the ACE decision as resolved and no longer consider such claims in the estimated range of possible loss. The estimated range of possible loss reflects principally non-GSE exposures. It represents a reasonably possible loss, but does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment and a number of assumptions that are subject to change.

For more information on the methodology used to estimate the representations and warranties liability, the corresponding estimated range of possible loss and the types of losses not considered, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K and, for more information related to the sensitivity of the assumptions used to estimate our liability for representations and warranties, see Complex Accounting Estimates – Representations and Warranties Liability on page 113 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Servicing, Foreclosure and Other Mortgage Matters

We service a large portion of the loans we or our subsidiaries have securitized and also service loans on behalf of third-party securitization vehicles and other investors. Our servicing obligations are set forth in servicing agreements with the applicable counterparty. These obligations may include, but are not limited to, loan repurchase requirements in certain circumstances, indemnifications, payment of fees, advances for foreclosure costs that are not reimbursable, or responsibility for losses in excess of partial guarantees for VA loans.

On June 17, 2015, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) terminated the April 13, 2011 consent order entered into by BANA concerning residential mortgage servicing practices and foreclosure processes. The OCC announced that it had determined that BANA had complied with that order and its February 28, 2013 amendment.

Servicing agreements with the GSEs and GNMA generally provide the GSEs and GNMA with broader rights relative to the servicer than are found in servicing agreements with private investors. For example, the GSEs claim that they have the contractual right to loan repurchase for certain servicing breaches. In addition, the GSEs' first-lien mortgage seller/servicer guides provide timelines to resolve delinquent loans through workout efforts or liquidation, if necessary, and purport to require the imposition of compensatory fees if those deadlines are not satisfied except for reasons beyond the control of the servicer. Servicers for GNMA are required to service in accordance with the applicable government agency requirements which include detailed regulatory requirements for servicing loans and reducing the amount of insurance or guaranty benefits that are paid if the applicable timelines are not satisfied. In addition, many non-agency RMBS and whole-loan servicing agreements state that the servicer may be liable for failure to perform its servicing obligations in keeping with industry standards or for acts or omissions that involve willful malfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of, or reckless disregard of, the servicer's duties.

It is not possible to reasonably estimate our liability with respect to certain potential servicing-related claims. While we have recorded certain accruals for servicing-related claims, the amount of potential liability in excess of existing accruals could be material to the Corporation's results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period.

Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc.

For information on Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc. on page 54 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


56

Table of Contents

Other Mortgage-related Matters

We continue to be subject to additional borrower and non-borrower litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny and investigations related to our past and current origination, servicing, transfer of servicing and servicing rights, servicing compliance obligations, and foreclosure activities, and MI and captive reinsurance practices with mortgage insurers, including those claims not covered by the National Mortgage Settlement or the August 20, 2014 settlement with the Department of Justice (DoJ). For more information on the DoJ Settlement, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Department of Justice Settlement on page 53 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The ongoing environment of additional regulation, increased regulatory compliance obligations, and enhanced regulatory enforcement, combined with ongoing uncertainty related to the continuing evolution of the regulatory environment, has resulted in operational and compliance costs and may limit our ability to continue providing certain products and services. For more information on management's estimate of the aggregate range of possible loss and on regulatory investigations, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Mortgage-related Settlements – Servicing Matters

For information on servicing matters associated with the BNY Mellon Settlement and the National Mortgage Settlement, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Mortgage-related Settlements – Servicing Matters on page 54 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Managing Risk

Risk is inherent in all our business activities. The seven types of risk faced by the Corporation are strategic, credit, market, liquidity, compliance, operational and reputational risks. Sound risk management is needed to serve our customers and deliver for our shareholders. If not managed well, risks can result in financial loss, regulatory sanctions and penalties, and damage to our reputation, each of which may adversely impact our ability to execute our business strategies. The Corporation takes a comprehensive approach to risk management with a defined Risk Framework and an articulated Risk Appetite Statement which are approved annually by the Corporation's Board of Directors (the Board) and the Board's Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC).

Our Risk Framework is the foundation for comprehensive management of the risks facing the Corporation. The Risk Framework sets forth clear roles, responsibilities and accountability for the management of risk and provides a blueprint for how the Board, through delegation of authority to committees and executive officers, establishes risk appetite and associated limits for our activities.

Our Risk Appetite Statement is intended to ensure that the Corporation maintains an acceptable risk profile by providing a common framework and a comparable set of measures for senior management and the Board to clearly indicate the level of risk the Corporation is willing to accept. Risk appetite is set at least annually in conjunction with the strategic, capital and financial operating plans to align risk appetite with the Corporation's strategy and financial resources. Our line of business strategies and risk appetite are also similarly aligned. For a more detailed discussion of our risk management activities, see the discussion below and pages 55 through 109 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Strategic Risk Management

Strategic risk is embedded in every business and is one of the major risk categories along with credit, market, liquidity, compliance, operational and reputational risks. It is the risk that results from incorrect assumptions, unsuitable business plans, ineffective strategy execution, or failure to respond in a timely manner to changes in the regulatory, macroeconomic and competitive environments, customer preferences, and technology developments in the geographic locations in which we operate.

Our appetite for strategic risk is assessed based on the strategic plan, with strategic risks selectively and carefully considered against the backdrop of the evolving marketplace. Strategic risk is managed in the context of our overall financial condition, risk appetite and stress test results, among other considerations. The chief executive officer and executive management team manage and act on significant strategic actions, such as divestitures, consolidation of legal entities or capital actions subsequent to required review and approval by the Board.

For more information on our strategic risk management activities, see page 58 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


57

Table of Contents

Capital Management

The Corporation manages its capital position to maintain sufficient capital to support its business activities and to maintain capital, risk and risk appetite commensurate with one another. Additionally, we seek to maintain safety and soundness at all times, even under adverse scenarios, take advantage of organic growth opportunities, maintain ready access to financial markets, continue to serve as a credit intermediary, remain a source of strength for our subsidiaries, and satisfy current and future regulatory capital requirements. Capital management is integrated into our risk and governance processes, as capital is a key consideration in the development of our strategic plan, risk appetite and risk limits.

We conduct an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) on a quarterly basis. The ICAAP is a forward-looking assessment of our projected capital needs and resources, incorporating earnings, balance sheet and risk forecasts under baseline and adverse economic and market conditions. We utilize quarterly stress tests to assess the potential impacts to our balance sheet, earnings, regulatory capital and liquidity under a variety of stress scenarios. We perform qualitative risk assessments to identify and assess material risks not fully captured in our forecasts or stress tests. We assess the potential capital impacts of proposed changes to regulatory capital requirements. Management assesses ICAAP results and provides documented quarterly assessments of the adequacy of our capital guidelines and capital position to the Board or its committees.

The Corporation periodically reviews capital allocated to its businesses and allocates capital annually during the strategic and capital planning processes. For additional information, see Business Segment Operations on page 27.

CCAR and Capital Planning

The Federal Reserve requires BHCs to submit a capital plan and requests for capital actions on an annual basis, consistent with the rules governing the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) capital plan. The CCAR capital plan is the central element of the Federal Reserve's approach to ensure that large BHCs have adequate capital and robust processes for managing their capital.

In January 2015, we submitted our 2015 CCAR capital plan and related supervisory stress tests, and received the results in March 2015. Based on the information in our January 2015 submission, we exceeded all stressed capital ratio minimum requirements in the severely adverse scenario with more than $20 billion in excess capital after all planned capital actions, a significant improvement from the prior-year CCAR quantitative results. On March 11, 2015, the Federal Reserve advised that it did not object to our 2015 capital plan but gave a conditional non-objection under which we are required to resubmit our CCAR capital plan by September 30, 2015 and address certain weaknesses identified in the capital planning process. If identified weaknesses are not satisfactorily addressed when the Federal Reserve reviews our resubmitted capital plan, the Federal Reserve may restrict our future capital distributions. The requested capital actions included a request to repurchase $4.0 billion of common stock over five quarters beginning in the second quarter of 2015, and to maintain the quarterly common stock dividend at the current rate of $0.05 per share. We have responded to the Federal Reserve with action plans to review and make improvements to our CCAR process to better align with regulatory expectations. We are currently in the process of executing on this plan.

Pending the resubmission of our capital plan, we are permitted to proceed with our stock repurchase program and to maintain our common stock dividend at the current rate. We repurchased $775 million of common stock in the second quarter of 2015. The timing and amount of additional common stock repurchases and common stock dividends will be consistent with our 2015 CCAR capital plan and subject to the Federal Reserve's review of our submission of a revised capital plan as discussed above. In addition, the timing and amount of common stock repurchases will be subject to various factors, including the Corporation's capital position, liquidity, financial performance and alternative uses of capital, stock trading price, and general market conditions, and may be suspended at any time. The common stock repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including repurchase plans that satisfy the conditions of Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.


58

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital

As a financial services holding company, we are subject to regulatory capital rules issued by U.S. banking regulators. On January 1, 2014, we became subject to Basel 3, which includes certain transition provisions through January 1, 2019. The Corporation and its primary affiliated banking entity, BANA, are Advanced approaches institutions under Basel 3.

Basel 3 Overview

Basel 3 updated the composition of capital and established a Common equity tier 1 capital ratio. Common equity tier 1 capital primarily includes common stock, retained earnings and accumulated OCI. Basel 3 revised minimum capital ratios and buffer requirements, added a supplementary leverage ratio (SLR), and addressed the adequately capitalized minimum requirements under the Prompt Corrective Action (PCA) framework. Finally, Basel 3 established two methods of calculating risk-weighted assets, the Standardized approach and the Advanced approaches. For additional information, see Capital Management – Standardized Approach on page 61 and Capital Management – Advanced Approaches on page 61.

As an Advanced approaches institution, under Basel 3, we are required to complete a qualification period (parallel run) to demonstrate compliance with the Basel 3 Advanced approaches to the satisfaction of U.S. banking regulators. U.S. banking regulators have reviewed and requested modifications to certain internal analytical models including the wholesale (e.g., commercial) and other credit models which would increase our risk-weighted assets and, as a result, negatively impact our capital ratios. We estimate that our Common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the Basel 3 Advanced approaches on a fully phased-in basis would have been approximately 10.4 percent at June 30, 2015. If the requested modifications to these models were included, the estimated Common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the Basel 3 Advanced approaches on a fully phased-in basis would be approximately 9.3 percent at June 30, 2015 (estimates of our fully phased-in capital ratios are presented in Table 24). We are currently working with U.S. banking regulators in order to exit parallel run, and upon notification of approval, we will be required to report regulatory capital ratios and risk-weighted assets under both the Standardized and Advanced approaches. The approach that yields the lower ratio is to be used to assess capital adequacy including under the PCA framework. Prior to receipt of notification of approval, we are required to report our capital adequacy under the Standardized approach only.

Regulatory Capital Composition

Basel 3 requires certain deductions from and adjustments to capital, which are primarily those related to MSRs, deferred tax assets and defined benefit pension assets. Also, any assets that are a direct deduction from the computation of capital are excluded from risk-weighted assets and adjusted average total assets. Basel 3 also provides for the inclusion in capital of net unrealized gains and losses on AFS debt and certain marketable equity securities recorded in accumulated OCI. These changes are impacted by, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, earnings performance and corporate actions. Under Basel 3 regulatory capital transition provisions, changes to the composition of regulatory capital are generally recognized in 20 percent annual increments, and will be fully recognized as of January 1, 2018.


59

Table of Contents

Table 18 summarizes how certain regulatory capital deductions and adjustments have been or will be transitioned from 2014 through 2018 for Common equity tier 1 and Tier 1 capital.

Table 18
Summary of Certain Basel 3 Regulatory Capital Transition Provisions
Beginning on January 1 of each year
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
Common equity tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of total amount deducted from Common equity tier 1 capital includes:
20%
 
40%
 
60%
 
80%
 
100%
Deferred tax assets arising from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards; intangibles, other than mortgage servicing rights and goodwill; defined benefit pension fund net assets; net unrealized cumulative gains (losses) related to changes in own credit risk on liabilities, including derivatives, measured at fair value; direct and indirect investments in our own Common equity tier 1 capital instruments; certain amounts exceeding the threshold by 10 percent individually and 15 percent in aggregate
Percent of total amount used to adjust Common equity tier 1 capital includes (1):
80%
 
60%
 
40%
 
20%
 
0%
Net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS debt and certain marketable equity securities recorded in accumulated OCI; employee benefit plan adjustments recorded in accumulated OCI
Tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of total amount deducted from Tier 1 capital includes:
80%
 
60%
 
40%
 
20%
 
0%
Deferred tax assets arising from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards; defined benefit pension fund net assets; net unrealized cumulative gains (losses) related to changes in own credit risk on liabilities, including derivatives, measured at fair value
(1) 
Represents the phase-out percentage of the exclusion by year (e.g., 20 percent of net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS debt and certain marketable equity securities recorded in accumulated OCI was included in 2014).

Additionally, Basel 3 revised the regulatory capital treatment for Trust Securities, requiring them to be transitioned from Tier 1 capital into Tier 2 capital in 2014 and 2015, until fully excluded from Tier 1 capital in 2016, and transitioned from Tier 2 capital beginning in 2016 with the full exclusion in 2022. As of June 30, 2015, our qualifying Trust Securities were $1.4 billion (approximately 10 bps of the Tier 1 capital ratio).

Minimum Capital Requirements

Minimum capital requirements and related buffers are being phased in from January 1, 2014 through January 1, 2019. Effective January 1, 2015, the PCA framework was also amended to reflect the requirements of Basel 3. The PCA framework establishes categories of capitalization, including "well capitalized," based on regulatory ratio requirements. U.S. banking regulators are required to take certain mandatory actions depending on the category of capitalization, with no mandatory actions required for "well-capitalized" banking organizations, which included BANA at June 30, 2015. Also effective January 1, 2015, Common equity tier 1 capital is included in the measurement of "well capitalized" for depository institutions.

Beginning January 1, 2016, we will be subject to a capital conservation buffer, a countercyclical capital buffer and a G-SIB surcharge which will be phased in over a three-year period ending January 1, 2019. Once fully phased in, the Corporation's risk-based capital ratio requirements will include a capital conservation buffer greater than 2.5 percent, plus any applicable countercyclical capital buffer and G-SIB surcharge in order to avoid certain restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The capital conservation buffer must be composed solely of Common equity tier 1 capital. The countercyclical capital buffer is currently set at zero. U.S. banking regulators must jointly decide on any increase in the countercyclical buffer, after which time institutions will have up to one year for implementation. Based on the Federal Reserve final rule published in July 2015, under certain assumptions, we estimate that our G-SIB surcharge will increase our risk-based capital ratio requirements by 3.0 percent. For more information on our G-SIB buffer, see Capital Management – Regulatory Developments on page 67.


60

Table of Contents

Table 19 presents regulatory minimum and "well-capitalized" ratio requirements in accordance with Basel 3 Standardized Transition as measured at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 19
Bank of America Corporation Regulatory Capital Ratio Requirements under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Regulatory Minimum (1)
 
Well-capitalized (2)
 
Regulatory Minimum (1)
 
Well-capitalized (2)
Common equity tier 1
 
4.5
%
 
n/a

 
4.0
%
 
n/a

Tier 1 capital
 
6.0

 
6.0
%
 
5.5

 
6.0
%
Total capital
 
8.0

 
10.0

 
8.0

 
10.0

Tier 1 leverage
 
4.0

 
n/a

 
4.0

 
n/a

(1) 
When presented on a fully phased-in basis, beginning January 1, 2019, the minimum Basel 3 capital ratio requirements for the Corporation are expected to significantly increase. For additional information, see Table 23.
(2) 
To be "well capitalized" under current U.S. banking regulatory agency definitions, a bank holding company must maintain these or higher ratios and not be subject to a Federal Reserve order or directive to maintain higher capital levels.
n/a = not applicable

Standardized Approach

Total risk-weighted assets under the Basel 3 Standardized approach consist of credit risk and market risk measures. Credit risk-weighted assets are measured by applying fixed risk weights to on- and off-balance sheet exposures (excluding securitizations), determined based on the characteristics of the exposure, such as type of obligor, Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development country risk code and maturity, among others. Off-balance sheet exposures primarily include financial guarantees, unfunded lending commitments, letters of credit and potential future derivative exposures. Market risk applies to covered positions which include trading assets and liabilities, foreign exchange exposures and commodity exposures. Market risk capital is modeled for general market risk and specific risk for products where specific risk regulatory approval has been granted; in the absence of specific risk model approval, standard specific risk charges apply. For securitization exposures, risk-weighted assets are determined using the Simplified Supervisory Formula Approach (SSFA). Under the Standardized approach, no distinction is made for variations in credit quality for corporate exposures, and the economic benefit of collateral is restricted to a limited list of eligible securities and cash.

Advanced Approaches

In addition to the credit risk and market risk measures, Basel 3 Advanced approaches include measures of operational risk and risks related to the CVA for over-the-counter (OTC) derivative exposures. The Advanced approaches rely on internal analytical models to measure risk weights for credit risk exposures and allow the use of models to estimate the exposure at default (EAD) for certain exposure types. Market risk capital measurements are consistent with the Standardized approach, except for securitization exposures. For both trading and non-trading securitization exposures, institutions are permitted to use the Supervisory Formula Approach (SFA) and would use the SSFA if the SFA is unavailable for a particular exposure. Non-securitization credit risk exposures are measured using internal ratings-based models to determine the applicable risk weight by estimating the probability of default, loss-given default (LGD) and, in certain instances, EAD. The internal analytical models primarily rely on internal historical default and loss experience. Operational risk is measured using internal analytical models which rely on both internal and external operational loss experience and data. The calculations require management to make estimates, assumptions and interpretations, including with respect to the probability of future events based on historical experience. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Supplementary Leverage Ratio

Basel 3 also requires Advanced approaches institutions to disclose a SLR. The numerator of the SLR is quarter-end Basel 3 Tier 1 capital. The denominator is total leverage exposure based on the daily average of the sum of on-balance sheet exposures less permitted Tier 1 deductions, as well as the simple average of certain off-balance sheet exposures, as of the end of each month in a quarter. Off-balance sheet exposures primarily include undrawn lending commitments, letters of credit, OTC derivatives and repo-style transactions. Total leverage exposure includes the effective notional principal amount of credit derivatives and similar instruments through which credit protection is sold. The credit conversion factors (CCFs) applied to certain off-balance sheet exposures conform to the graduated CCF utilized under the Basel 3 Standardized approach, but are subject to a minimum 10 percent CCF. Effective January 1, 2018, the Corporation will be required to maintain a minimum SLR of 3.0 percent, plus a supplementary leverage buffer of 2.0 percent, in order to avoid certain restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses. Insured depository institution subsidiaries of BHCs, including BANA, will be required to maintain a minimum 6.0 percent SLR to be considered "well capitalized" under the PCA framework.


61

Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2015, the Corporation's estimated SLR on a fully phased-in basis was 6.3 percent, which exceeds the 5.0 percent threshold that represents the minimum plus the supplementary leverage buffer for BHCs. The estimated SLR for BANA on a fully phased-in basis was 7.0 percent, which exceeds the 6.0 percent "well-capitalized" level for insured depository institutions of BHCs.

Capital Composition and Ratios

Table 20 presents Bank of America Corporation's capital ratios and related information in accordance with Basel 3 Standardized Transition as measured at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Corporation meets the definition of "well capitalized" under current regulatory requirements.

Table 20
Bank of America Corporation Regulatory Capital under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
Common equity tier 1 capital
11.2
%
 
$
158,326

 
12.3
%
 
$
155,361

Tier 1 capital
12.5

 
176,247

 
13.4

 
168,973

Total capital
15.5

 
217,889

 
16.5

 
208,670

Tier 1 leverage
8.5

 
176,247

 
8.2

 
168,973

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Risk-weighted assets (in billions) (1)
 
 
 
 
$
1,408

 
$
1,262

Adjusted quarterly average total assets (in billions) (2)
 
 
 
 
2,074

 
2,060

(1) 
On a pro-forma basis, under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition as measured at January 1, 2015, the December 31, 2014 risk-weighted assets would have been $1,392 billion.
(2) 
Reflects adjusted average total assets for the three months ended June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Common equity tier 1 capital under Basel 3 Standardized Transition was $158.3 billion at June 30, 2015, an increase of $3.0 billion compared to December 31, 2014 driven by earnings, partially offset by dividends, common stock repurchases and the impact of certain transition provisions under Basel 3 Standardized Transition. For more information on Basel 3 transition provisions, see Table 18. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, Total capital increased $9.2 billion primarily driven by the same factors that drove the increase in Common equity tier 1 capital and issuances of preferred stock and subordinated debt. The Tier 1 leverage ratio increased 30 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 primarily driven by an increase in Tier 1 capital. For additional information, see Table 21.

Risk-weighted assets increased $146 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $1,408 billion primarily due to the change in the calculation of risk-weighted assets from the general risk-based approach at December 31, 2014 to the Basel 3 Standardized approach. On a pro-forma basis, under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition, risk-weighted assets increased $16 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $1,408 billion primarily driven by commercial loan growth.

At June 30, 2015, an increase or decrease in our Common equity tier 1, Tier 1 or Total capital ratios by one bp would require a change of $141 million in Common equity tier 1, Tier 1 or Total capital. We could also increase our Common equity tier 1, Tier 1 or Total capital ratios by one bp on such date by a reduction in risk-weighted assets of $1.3 billion, $1.1 billion and $909 million, respectively. An increase in our Tier 1 leverage ratio by one bp on such date would require $207 million of additional Tier 1 capital or a reduction of $2.4 billion in adjusted average assets.


62

Table of Contents

Table 21 presents the capital composition as measured under Basel 3 Standardized Transition at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 21
Capital Composition under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Total common shareholders' equity
$
229,386

 
$
224,162

Goodwill
(69,231
)
 
(69,234
)
Deferred tax assets arising from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
(3,803
)
 
(2,226
)
Unamortized net periodic benefit costs recorded in accumulated OCI, net-of-tax
1,980

 
2,680

Net unrealized (gains) losses on AFS debt and equity securities and net (gains) losses on derivatives recorded in accumulated OCI, net-of-tax
1,277

 
573

Intangibles, other than mortgage servicing rights and goodwill
(1,167
)
 
(639
)
DVA related to liabilities and derivatives (1)
256

 
231

Other
(372
)
 
(186
)
Common equity tier 1 capital
158,326

 
155,361

Qualifying preferred stock, net of issuance cost
22,273

 
19,308

Deferred tax assets arising from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
(5,706
)
 
(8,905
)
Trust preferred securities
1,447

 
2,893

Defined benefit pension fund assets
(476
)
 
(599
)
DVA related to liabilities and derivatives under transition
384

 
925

Other
(1
)
 
(10
)
Total Tier 1 capital
176,247

 
168,973

Long-term debt qualifying as Tier 2 capital
20,898

 
17,953

Qualifying allowance for credit losses
13,656

 
14,634

Nonqualifying trust preferred securities subject to phase out from Tier 2 capital
4,853

 
3,881

Minority interest
2,231

 
3,233

Other
4

 
(4
)
Total capital
$
217,889

 
$
208,670

(1) 
Represents loss on structured liabilities and derivatives, net-of-tax, that is excluded from Common equity tier 1, Tier 1 and Total capital for regulatory capital purposes.


63

Table of Contents

Table 22 presents the components of our risk-weighted assets as measured under Basel 3 Standardized Transition at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 22
Risk-weighted assets under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition
(Dollars in billions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Credit risk
$
1,309

 
$
1,169

Market risk
99

 
93

Total risk-weighted assets
$
1,408

 
$
1,262


Table 23 presents the expected regulatory minimum ratio requirements in accordance with Basel 3 on a fully phased-in basis at January 1, 2019. The regulatory minimum Basel 3 Common equity tier 1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratio requirements for the Corporation will be comprised of the minimum ratio for Common equity tier 1, Tier 1 and Total capital as shown in Table 19, plus a capital conservation buffer of 2.5 percent, the G-SIB surcharge of 3.0 percent and any countercyclical buffer, which is currently set at zero. For more information on these buffers, see Capital Management – Regulatory Developments on page 67.

Table 23
 
 
Bank of America Corporation Regulatory Capital Ratio Requirements – Fully Phased in
 
 
 
 
January 1, 2019
 
 
Regulatory Minimum
Common equity tier 1
 
10.0
%
Tier 1 capital
 
11.5

Total capital
 
13.5

Tier 1 leverage
 
4.0




64

Table of Contents

Table 24 presents estimates of our Basel 3 regulatory capital ratios on a fully phased-in basis at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The Common equity tier 1, Tier 1 and Total capital estimates reflect the full impact of Basel 3 changes to capital composition after the transition period ends on January 1, 2019. These changes include certain deductions from and adjustments to capital, the most significant of which relate to deferred tax assets, and the inclusion of net unrealized gains and losses on AFS debt and certain marketable equity securities recorded in accumulated OCI. These ratios are considered non-GAAP financial measures until the end of the transition period on January 1, 2019 when adopted and required by U.S. banking regulators.

Table 24
Bank of America Corporation Regulatory Capital – Fully Phased-in (1, 2)




 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
Standardized approach
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital
10.3
%
 
$
148,306

 
10.0
%
 
$
141,217

Tier 1 capital
11.9

 
170,578

 
11.3

 
160,480

Total capital (3)
14.4

 
207,097

 
13.9

 
196,115

Advanced approaches
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital
10.4

 
148,306

 
9.6

 
141,217

Tier 1 capital
12.0

 
170,578

 
11.0

 
160,480

Total capital (3)
13.9

 
198,125

 
12.7

 
185,986

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Risk-weighted assets  Standardized approach (in billions)
 
 
 
 
$
1,433

 
$
1,415

Risk-weighted assets  Advanced approaches (in billions)
 
 
 
 
1,427

 
1,465

(1) 
Fully phased-in Basel 3 estimates are based on our current understanding of the Standardized and Advanced approaches under the Basel 3 rules. Our estimates under the Basel 3 Advanced approaches may be refined over time as a result of further rulemaking or clarification by U.S. banking regulators or as our understanding and interpretation of the rules evolve. The Advanced approaches estimates assume approval by U.S. banking regulators of our internal analytical models, including approval of the internal model methodology, but do not include the benefit of the removal of the surcharge applicable to the Comprehensive Risk Measure.  
(2) 
In connection with our exit from parallel run, U.S. banking regulators have requested modifications to certain internal analytical models including the wholesale (e.g., commercial) and other credit models which would increase our risk-weighted assets and, as a result, negatively impact our capital ratios. If the requested modifications to these models were included, the estimated Common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the Basel 3 Advanced approaches on a fully phased-in basis would be approximately 9.3 percent at June 30, 2015. We are currently working with U.S. banking regulators in order to exit parallel run.
(3) 
Total capital under the Advanced approaches differs from the Standardized approach due to differences in the amount permitted in Tier 2 capital related to the qualifying allowance for credit losses.


65

Table of Contents

Table 25 presents a reconciliation of regulatory capital in accordance with Basel 3 Standardized Transition to the Basel 3 Standardized approach fully phased-in estimates and Basel 3 Advanced approaches fully phased-in estimates at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 25
Regulatory Capital Reconciliation between Basel 3 Transition to Fully Phased-in (1, 2)
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Common equity tier 1 capital (transition)
$
158,326

 
$
155,361

Deferred tax assets arising from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards phased in during transition
(5,706
)
 
(8,905
)
Accumulated OCI phased in during transition
(1,884
)
 
(1,592
)
Intangibles phased in during transition
(1,751
)
 
(2,556
)
Defined benefit pension fund assets phased in during transition
(476
)
 
(599
)
DVA related to liabilities and derivatives phased in during transition
384

 
925

Other adjustments and deductions phased in during transition
(587
)
 
(1,417
)
Common equity tier 1 capital (fully phased-in)
148,306

 
141,217

Additional Tier 1 capital (transition)
17,921

 
13,612

Deferred tax assets arising from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards phased out during transition
5,706

 
8,905

Trust preferred securities phased out during transition
(1,447
)
 
(2,893
)
Defined benefit pension fund assets phased out during transition
476

 
599

DVA related to liabilities and derivatives phased out during transition
(384
)
 
(925
)
Other transition adjustments to Additional Tier 1 capital

 
(35
)
Additional Tier 1 capital (fully phased-in)
22,272

 
19,263

Tier 1 capital (fully phased-in)
170,578

 
160,480

Tier 2 capital (transition)
41,642

 
39,697

Nonqualifying trust preferred securities phased out during transition
(4,853
)
 
(3,881
)
Other transition adjustments to Tier 2 capital
(270
)
 
(181
)
Tier 2 capital (fully phased-in)
36,519

 
35,635

Basel 3 Standardized approach Total capital (fully phased-in)
207,097

 
196,115

Change in Tier 2 qualifying allowance for credit losses
(8,972
)
 
(10,129
)
Basel 3 Advanced approaches Total capital (fully phased-in)
$
198,125

 
$
185,986

 
 
 
 
Risk-weighted assets – As reported to Basel 3 (fully phased-in)
 
 
 
As reported risk-weighted assets
$
1,407,891

 
$
1,261,544

Changes in risk-weighted assets from reported to fully phased-in
25,460

 
153,722

Basel 3 Standardized approach risk-weighted assets (fully phased-in)
1,433,351

 
1,415,266

Changes in risk-weighted assets for advanced models
(5,963
)
 
50,213

Basel 3 Advanced approaches risk-weighted assets (fully phased-in)
$
1,427,388

 
$
1,465,479

(1) 
Fully phased-in Basel 3 estimates are based on our current understanding of the Standardized and Advanced approaches under the Basel 3 rules. Our estimates under the Basel 3 Advanced approaches may be refined over time as a result of further rulemaking or clarification by U.S. banking regulators or as our understanding and interpretation of the rules evolve. The Advanced approaches estimates assume approval by U.S. banking regulators of our internal analytical models, including approval of the internal model methodology, but do not include the benefit of the removal of the surcharge applicable to the Comprehensive Risk Measure.
(2) 
In connection with our exit from parallel run, U.S. banking regulators have requested modifications to certain internal analytical models including the wholesale (e.g., commercial) and other credit models which would increase our risk-weighted assets and, as a result, negatively impact our capital ratios. If the requested modifications to these models were included, the estimated Common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the Basel 3 Advanced approaches on a fully phased-in basis would be approximately 9.3 percent at June 30, 2015. We are currently working with U.S. banking regulators in order to exit parallel run.

66

Table of Contents

Bank of America, N.A. Regulatory Capital

Table 26 presents regulatory capital information for BANA in accordance with Basel 3 Standardized Transition as measured at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 26
Bank of America, N.A. Regulatory Capital under Basel 3 Standardized – Transition
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum
Required (1)
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Minimum
Required (1)
Common equity tier 1 capital
12.5
%
 
$
144,543

 
6.5
%
 
13.1
%
 
$
145,150

 
4.0
%
Tier 1 capital
12.5

 
144,543

 
8.0

 
13.1

 
145,150

 
6.0

Total capital
13.8

 
160,221

 
10.0

 
14.6

 
161,623

 
10.0

Tier 1 leverage
9.4

 
144,543

 
5.0

 
9.6

 
145,150

 
5.0

(1) 
Percent required to meet guidelines to be considered "well capitalized" under the Prompt Corrective Action framework, except for the December 31, 2014 Common equity tier 1 capital which reflects capital adequacy minimum requirements as an Advanced approaches bank under Basel 3 during a transition period that ended in 2014.

BANA's Common equity tier 1 capital ratio under Basel 3 Standardized Transition was 12.5 percent at June 30, 2015, a decrease of 65 bps from December 31, 2014, primarily driven by dividends to the parent company and the change in the calculation of risk-weighted assets from the general risk-based approach at December 31, 2014 to the Basel 3 Standardized approach, partially offset by earnings. The Total capital ratio decreased 79 bps to 13.8 percent at June 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 and the Tier 1 leverage ratio decreased 18 bps to 9.4 percent. The decrease in the Total capital ratio was driven by the same factors as the Common equity tier 1 capital ratio. The decrease in the Tier 1 leverage ratio was primarily driven by an increase in adjusted quarterly average total assets.

Regulatory Developments

Global Systemically Important Bank Surcharge

We have been designated as a global systemically important bank (G-SIB) and as such, are subject to a risk-based capital surcharge (G-SIB surcharge) that must be satisfied with Common equity tier 1 capital. The surcharge assessment methodology published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee) relies on an indicator-based measurement approach (e.g., size, complexity, cross-jurisdictional activity, inter-connectedness and substitutability/financial institution infrastructure) to determine a score relative to the global banking industry. Institutions with the highest scores are designated as G-SIBs and are assigned to one of four loss absorbency buckets from 1.0 percent to 2.5 percent, in 0.5 percent increments based on each institution's relative score and supervisory judgment. A fifth loss absorbency bucket of 3.5 percent serves to discourage banks from becoming more systemically important.

In July 2015, the Federal Reserve finalized a regulation that will implement G-SIB surcharge requirements for the largest U.S. BHCs. Under the final rule, assignment to loss absorbency buckets will be determined by the higher score as calculated according to two methods. Method 1 is consistent with the Basel Committee's methodology, whereas Method 2 replaces the substitutability/financial institution infrastructure indicator with a measure of short-term wholesale funding and then determines the overall score by applying a fixed multiplier for each of the other systemic indicators. Under the final U.S. rules, the G-SIB surcharge will be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016, becoming fully effective on January 1, 2019. We estimate that our G-SIB surcharge will increase our risk-based capital ratio requirements by 3.0 percent under Method 2 and 1.5 percent under Method 1.

For more information on regulatory capital, see Note 16 – Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


67

Table of Contents

Minimum Total Loss Absorbing Capacity

In November 2014, the FSB proposed standards for the total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC) that G-SIBs would be required to maintain in order to facilitate an orderly resolution in the event of failure. The proposal would require G-SIBs to hold sufficient amounts of qualifying regulatory capital and debt instruments to help ensure continuity of critical functions upon a resolution without imposing losses on taxpayers or threatening financial stability. Under the proposal, a G-SIB would be required to maintain minimum TLAC of 16.0 percent to 20.0 percent of risk-weighted assets, excluding regulatory capital buffers, and at least twice the minimum Basel 3 Tier 1 leverage ratio (as defined by the Basel Committee). The proposal is expected to be revised after the FSB reviews public comments received on the proposal and completes its impact assessment including a quantitative impact study and a market survey. The FSB intends to submit a final proposal to the Group of Twenty (G-20) by the fourth quarter of 2015 in advance of its summit. U.S. banking regulators are expected to propose TLAC rules in 2015 which would be applicable to U.S. banks that have been designated as G-SIBs.

Revisions to Approaches for Measuring Risk-weighted Assets

The Basel Committee has several open proposals to revise key methodologies for measuring risk-weighted assets. The proposals include a fundamental review of the trading book, which would update market risk measurement, and revisions to the CVA risk framework. The proposed revisions affect both modeled and standardized approaches for measuring market risk and CVA risk. The Basel Committee has also proposed revisions to the standardized approach for credit risk and the standardized approaches for operational risk. A revised standardized model for counterparty credit risk has previously been finalized. These revisions would be coupled with a proposed capital floor framework to limit the extent to which banks can reduce risk-weighted asset levels through the use of internal models. The Basel Committee expects to finalize the outstanding proposals within the next 12 months. Once the proposals are finalized, U.S. banking regulators may update the U.S. Basel 3 rules to incorporate the Basel Committee revisions.

Broker-dealer Regulatory Capital and Securities Regulation

The Corporation's principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries are Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith (MLPF&S) and Merrill Lynch Professional Clearing Corp (MLPCC). MLPCC is a fully-guaranteed subsidiary of MLPF&S and provides clearing and settlement services. Both entities are subject to the net capital requirements of SEC Rule 15c3-1. Both entities are also registered as futures commission merchants and are subject to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17.

MLPF&S has elected to compute the minimum capital requirement in accordance with the Alternative Net Capital Requirement as permitted by SEC Rule 15c3-1. At June 30, 2015, MLPF&S's regulatory net capital as defined by Rule 15c3-1 was $9.5 billion and exceeded the minimum requirement of $1.5 billion by $8.0 billion. MLPCC's net capital of $3.0 billion exceeded the minimum requirement of $462 million by $2.5 billion.

In accordance with the Alternative Net Capital Requirements, MLPF&S is required to maintain tentative net capital in excess of $1.0 billion, net capital in excess of $500 million and notify the SEC in the event its tentative net capital is less than $5.0 billion. At June 30, 2015, MLPF&S had tentative net capital and net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

Merrill Lynch International (MLI), a U.K. investment firm, is regulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority, and is subject to certain regulatory capital requirements. At June 30, 2015, MLI's capital resources were $34.3 billion which exceeded the minimum requirement of $18.8 billion.

68

Table of Contents

Common and Preferred Stock Dividends

For a summary of our declared quarterly cash dividends on common stock during the second quarter of 2015 and through July 29, 2015, see Note 11 – Shareholders' Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Corporation has certain warrants outstanding and exercisable to purchase 150.4 million shares of its common stock, expiring on January 16, 2019 and warrants outstanding and exercisable to purchase 121.8 million shares of its common stock, expiring on October 28, 2018. For more information on the original issuance and exercise price of these warrants, see Note 11 – Shareholders' Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 27 is a summary of our cash dividend declarations on preferred stock during the second quarter of 2015 and through July 29, 2015. During the second quarter of 2015, we declared $330 million of cash dividends on preferred stock. For more information on preferred stock, see Note 11 – Shareholders' Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 27
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred Stock Cash Dividend Summary
Preferred Stock
Outstanding
Notional
Amount
(in millions)
 
Declaration Date
 
Record Date
 
Payment Date
 
Per Annum
Dividend Rate
 
Dividend Per
Share
Series B (1)
$
1

 
April 16, 2015
 
July 10, 2015
 
July 24, 2015
 
7.00
%
 
$
1.75


 
 
July 23, 2015
 
October 9, 2015
 
October 23, 2015
 
7.00

 
1.75

Series D (2)
$
654

 
April 13, 2015
 
May 29, 2015
 
June 15, 2015
 
6.204
%
 
$
0.38775

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
August 31, 2015
 
September 14, 2015
 
6.204

 
0.38775

Series E (2)
$
317

 
April 13, 2015
 
April 30, 2015
 
May 15, 2015
 
Floating

 
$
0.24722

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
July 31, 2015
 
August 17, 2015
 
Floating

 
0.25556

Series F
$
141

 
April 13, 2015
 
May 29, 2015
 
June 15, 2015
 
Floating

 
$
1,022.22222

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
August 31, 2015
 
September 15, 2015
 
Floating

 
1,022.22222

Series G
$
493

 
April 13, 2015
 
May 29, 2015
 
June 15, 2015
 
Adjustable

 
$
1,022.22222

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
August 31, 2015
 
September 15, 2015
 
Adjustable

 
1,022.22222

Series I (2)
$
365

 
April 13, 2015
 
June 15, 2015
 
July 1, 2015
 
6.625
%
 
$
0.4140625

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
September 15, 2015
 
October 1, 2015
 
6.625

 
0.4140625

Series K (3, 4)
$
1,544

 
July 9, 2015
 
July 15, 2015
 
July 30, 2015
 
Fixed-to-floating

 
$
40.00

Series L
$
3,080

 
March 18, 2015
 
April 1, 2015
 
April 30, 2015
 
7.25
%
 
$
18.125

 
 
 
June 19, 2015
 
July 1, 2015
 
July 30, 2015
 
7.25

 
18.125

Series M (3, 4)
$
1,310

 
April 13, 2015
 
April 30, 2015
 
May 15, 2015
 
Fixed-to-floating

 
$
40.625

Series T
$
5,000

 
April 16, 2015
 
June 25, 2015
 
July 10, 2015
 
6.00
%
 
$
1,500.00

 
 
 
July 23, 2015
 
September 25, 2015
 
October 13, 2015
 
6.00

 
1,500.00

Series U (3, 4)
$
1,000

 
April 13, 2015
 
May 15, 2015
 
June 1, 2015
 
Fixed-to-floating

 
$
26.00

Series V (3, 4)
$
1,500

 
April 13, 2015
 
June 1, 2015
 
June 17, 2015
 
Fixed-to-floating

 
$
25.625

Series W (2)
$
1,100

 
April 13, 2015
 
May 15, 2015
 
June 9, 2015
 
6.625
%
 
$
0.4140625

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
August 15, 2015
 
September 9, 2015
 
6.625

 
0.4140625

Series X (3, 4)
$
2,000

 
July 9, 2015
 
August 15, 2015
 
September 8, 2015
 
Fixed-to-floating

 
$
31.25

Series Y (2)
$
1,100

 
March 18, 2015
 
April 1, 2015
 
April 27, 2015
 
6.50
%
 
$
0.40625

 
 
 
June 19, 2015
 
July 1, 2015
 
July 27, 2015
 
6.50

 
0.40625

Series Z (3, 4)
$
1,400

 
March 18, 2015
 
April 1, 2015
 
April 23, 2015
 
Fixed-to-floating

 
$
32.50

Series AA (3, 4)
$
1,900

 
July 9, 2015
 
September 1, 2015
 
September 17, 2015
 
Fixed-to-floating

 
$
30.50

(1)
Dividends are cumulative.
(2)
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock.
(3) 
Initially pays dividends semi-annually.
(4) 
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of preferred stock.

69

Table of Contents

Table 27
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred Stock Cash Dividend Summary (continued)
Preferred Stock
Outstanding
Notional
Amount
(in millions)
 
Declaration Date
 
Record Date
 
Payment Date
 
Per Annum
Dividend Rate
 
Dividend Per
Share
Series 1 (5)
$
98

 
April 13, 2015
 
May 15, 2015
 
May 28, 2015
 
Floating

 
$
0.18750

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
August 15, 2015
 
August 28, 2015
 
Floating

 
0.18750

Series 2 (5)
$
299

 
April 13, 2015
 
May 15, 2015
 
May 28, 2015
 
Floating

 
$
0.18542

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
August 15, 2015
 
August 28, 2015
 
Floating

 
0.19167

Series 3 (5)
$
653

 
April 13, 2015
 
May 15, 2015
 
May 28, 2015
 
6.375
%
 
$
0.3984375

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
August 15, 2015
 
August 28, 2015
 
6.375

 
0.3984375

Series 4 (5)
$
210

 
April 13, 2015
 
May 15, 2015
 
May 28, 2015
 
Floating

 
$
0.24722

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
August 15, 2015
 
August 28, 2015
 
Floating

 
0.25556

Series 5 (5)
$
422

 
April 13, 2015
 
May 1, 2015
 
May 21, 2015
 
Floating

 
$
0.24722

 
 
 
July 9, 2015
 
August 1, 2015
 
August 21, 2015
 
Floating

 
0.25556

(5) 
Dividends per depositary share, each representing a 1/1,200th interest in a share of preferred stock.

Liquidity Risk
 
Funding and Liquidity Risk Management

We define liquidity risk as the potential inability to meet our contractual and contingent financial obligations, on- or off-balance sheet, as they come due. Our primary liquidity risk management objective is to meet all contractual and contingent financial obligations at all times, including during periods of stress. To achieve that objective, we analyze and monitor our liquidity risk under expected and stressed conditions, maintain excess liquidity and access to diverse funding sources, including our stable deposit base, and seek to align liquidity-related incentives and risks.

We define excess liquidity as readily available assets, limited to cash and high-quality, liquid, unencumbered securities that we can use to meet our contractual and contingent financial obligations as those obligations arise. We manage our liquidity position through line of business and asset-liability management activities, as well as through our legal entity funding strategy, on both a forward and current (including intraday) basis under both expected and stressed conditions. We believe that a centralized approach to funding and liquidity risk management within Corporate Treasury enhances our ability to monitor liquidity requirements, maximizes access to funding sources, minimizes borrowing costs and facilitates timely responses to liquidity events. For more information regarding global funding and liquidity risk management, see Liquidity Risk – Funding and Liquidity Risk Management on page 65 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Global Excess Liquidity Sources and Other Unencumbered Assets

We maintain excess liquidity available to Bank of America Corporation, including the parent company and selected subsidiaries, in the form of cash and high-quality, liquid, unencumbered securities. Our liquidity buffer, or Global Excess Liquidity Sources (GELS), is comprised of assets that are readily available to the parent company and selected subsidiaries, including bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries, even during stressed market conditions. Our cash is primarily on deposit with the Federal Reserve and, to a lesser extent, central banks outside of the U.S. We limit the composition of high-quality, liquid, unencumbered securities to U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, U.S. agency MBS and a select group of non-U.S. government and supranational securities. We believe we can quickly obtain cash for these securities, even in stressed conditions, through repurchase agreements or outright sales. We hold our GELS in legal entities that allow us to meet the liquidity requirements of our global businesses, and we consider the impact of potential regulatory, tax, legal and other restrictions that could limit the transferability of funds among entities. Our GELS are substantially the same in composition to what qualifies as High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) under the final LCR rules. For more information on the final rules, see Liquidity Risk – Basel 3 Liquidity Standards on page 72.


70

Table of Contents

Our GELS were $484 billion and $439 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and were maintained as shown in Table 28.

Table 28
Global Excess Liquidity Sources
(Dollars in billions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
Average for Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
Parent company
$
96

 
$
98

 
$
95

Bank subsidiaries
348

 
306

 
344

Other regulated entities
40

 
35

 
34

Total Global Excess Liquidity Sources
$
484

 
$
439

 
$
473


As shown in Table 28, parent company GELS totaled $96 billion and $98 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The decrease in parent company liquidity was primarily due to derivative collateral outflows. Typically, parent company excess liquidity is in the form of cash deposited with BANA.

GELS available to our bank subsidiaries totaled $348 billion and $306 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The increase in bank subsidiaries' liquidity was primarily due to deposit inflows and net debt issuances, partially offset by loan growth. GELS at bank subsidiaries exclude the cash deposited by the parent company. Our bank subsidiaries can also generate incremental liquidity by pledging a range of other unencumbered loans and securities to certain Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs) and the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The cash we could have obtained by borrowing against this pool of specifically-identified eligible assets was approximately $195 billion and $214 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. We have established operational procedures to enable us to borrow against these assets, including regularly monitoring our total pool of eligible loans and securities collateral. Eligibility is defined in guidelines from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve and is subject to change at their discretion. Due to regulatory restrictions, liquidity generated by the bank subsidiaries can generally be used only to fund obligations within the bank subsidiaries and can only be transferred to the parent company or nonbank subsidiaries with prior regulatory approval.

GELS available to our other regulated entities, comprised primarily of broker-dealer subsidiaries, totaled $40 billion and $35 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Our other regulated entities also held other unencumbered investment-grade securities and equities that we believe could be used to generate additional liquidity. Liquidity held in an other regulated entity is primarily available to meet the obligations of that entity and transfers to the parent company or to any other subsidiary may be subject to prior regulatory approval due to regulatory restrictions and minimum requirements.

Table 29 presents the composition of GELS at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 29
Global Excess Liquidity Sources Composition
(Dollars in billions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Cash on deposit
$
123

 
$
97

U.S. Treasury securities
64

 
74

U.S. agency securities and mortgage-backed securities
276

 
252

Non-U.S. government and supranational securities
21

 
16

Total Global Excess Liquidity Sources
$
484

 
$
439



71

Table of Contents

Time-to-required Funding and Stress Modeling

We use a variety of metrics to determine the appropriate amounts of excess liquidity to maintain at the parent company, our bank subsidiaries and other regulated entities. One metric we use to evaluate the appropriate level of excess liquidity at the parent company is "time-to-required funding." This debt coverage measure indicates the number of months that the parent company can continue to meet its unsecured contractual obligations as they come due using only its GELS without issuing any new debt or accessing any additional liquidity sources. We define unsecured contractual obligations for purposes of this metric as maturities of senior or subordinated debt issued or guaranteed by Bank of America Corporation. These include certain unsecured debt instruments, primarily structured liabilities, which we may be required to settle for cash prior to maturity. Our time-to-required funding was 40 months at June 30, 2015. For purposes of calculating time-to-required funding at June 30, 2015, we have included in the amount of unsecured contractual obligations $8.6 billion related to the BNY Mellon Settlement. The BNY Mellon Settlement is subject to final approval and the timing of this payment is not certain. For more information on the BNY Mellon Settlement, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We also utilize liquidity stress analysis to assist us in determining the appropriate amounts of excess liquidity to maintain at the parent company, our bank subsidiaries and other regulated entities. The liquidity stress testing process is an integral part of analyzing our potential contractual and contingent cash outflows beyond the outflows considered in the time-to-required funding analysis. We evaluate the liquidity requirements under a range of scenarios with varying levels of severity and time horizons. The scenarios we consider and utilize incorporate market-wide and Corporation-specific events, including potential credit rating downgrades for the parent company and our subsidiaries, and are based on historical experience, regulatory guidance, and both expected and unexpected future events.

The types of potential contractual and contingent cash outflows we consider in our scenarios may include, but are not limited to, upcoming contractual maturities of unsecured debt and reductions in new debt issuance; diminished access to secured financing markets; potential deposit withdrawals; increased draws on loan commitments, liquidity facilities and letters of credit; additional collateral that counterparties could call if our credit ratings were downgraded; collateral and margin requirements arising from market value changes; and potential liquidity required to maintain businesses and finance customer activities. Changes in certain market factors including, but not limited to, credit rating downgrades, could negatively impact potential contractual and contingent outflows and the related financial instruments, and in some cases these impacts could be material to our financial results.

We consider all sources of funds that we could access during each stress scenario and focus particularly on matching available sources with corresponding liquidity requirements by legal entity. We also use the stress modeling results to manage our asset-liability profile and establish limits and guidelines on certain funding sources and businesses.

Basel 3 Liquidity Standards

The Basel Committee has issued two liquidity risk-related standards that are considered part of the Basel 3 liquidity standards: the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR).

In 2014, U.S. banking regulators finalized LCR requirements for the largest U.S. financial institutions on a consolidated basis and for their subsidiary depository institutions with total assets greater than $10 billion. The LCR is calculated as the amount of a financial institution's unencumbered HQLA relative to the estimated net cash outflows the institution could encounter over a 30-day period of significant liquidity stress, expressed as a percentage. Under the final rule, an initial minimum LCR of 80 percent was required as of January 2015, and will increase thereafter in 10 percentage point increments annually through January 2017. These minimum requirements are applicable to the Corporation on a consolidated basis and to our insured depository institutions. As of June 30, 2015, we estimate that the consolidated Corporation was above the 2017 LCR requirements.

In 2014, the Basel Committee issued a final standard for the NSFR, the standard that is intended to reduce funding risk over a longer time horizon. The NSFR is designed to ensure an appropriate amount of stable funding, generally capital and liabilities maturing beyond one year, given the mix of assets and off-balance sheet items. The final standard aligns the NSFR to the LCR and gives more credit to a wider range of funding. The final standard also includes adjustments to the stable funding required for certain types of assets, some of which reduce the stable funding requirement and some of which increase it. Basel Committee standards generally do not apply directly to U.S. financial institutions, but require adoption by U.S. banking regulators. U.S. banking regulators are expected to propose a similar NSFR regulation applicable to U.S. financial institutions in the near future. We expect to meet the NSFR requirement within the regulatory timeline.


72

Table of Contents

Diversified Funding Sources

We fund our assets primarily with a mix of deposits and secured and unsecured liabilities through a centralized, globally coordinated funding strategy. We diversify our funding globally across products, programs, markets, currencies and investor groups.

The primary benefits of our centralized funding strategy include greater control, reduced funding costs, wider name recognition by investors and greater flexibility to meet the variable funding requirements of subsidiaries. Where regulations, time zone differences or other business considerations make parent company funding impractical, certain other subsidiaries may issue their own debt.

We fund a substantial portion of our lending activities through our deposits, which were $1.15 trillion and $1.12 trillion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Deposits are primarily generated by our Consumer Banking, GWIM and Global Banking segments. These deposits are diversified by clients, product type and geography, and the majority of our U.S. deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We consider a substantial portion of our deposits to be a stable, low-cost and consistent source of funding. We believe this deposit funding is generally less sensitive to interest rate changes, market volatility or changes in our credit ratings than wholesale funding sources. Our lending activities may also be financed through secured borrowings, including credit card securitizations and securitizations with GSEs, the FHA and private-label investors, as well as FHLB loans.

Our trading activities in other regulated entities are primarily funded on a secured basis through securities lending and repurchase agreements and these amounts will vary based on customer activity and market conditions. We believe funding these activities in the secured financing markets is more cost-efficient and less sensitive to changes in our credit ratings than unsecured financing. Repurchase agreements are generally short-term and often overnight. Disruptions in secured financing markets for financial institutions have occurred in prior market cycles which resulted in adverse changes in terms or significant reductions in the availability of such financing. We manage the liquidity risks arising from secured funding by sourcing funding globally from a diverse group of counterparties, providing a range of securities collateral and pursuing longer durations, when appropriate. For more information on secured financing agreements, see Note 9 – Federal Funds Sold or Purchased, Securities Financing Agreements and Short-term Borrowings to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We issue long-term unsecured debt in a variety of maturities and currencies to achieve cost-efficient funding and to maintain an appropriate maturity profile. While the cost and availability of unsecured funding may be negatively impacted by general market conditions or by matters specific to the financial services industry or the Corporation, we seek to mitigate refinancing risk by actively managing the amount of our borrowings that we anticipate will mature within any month or quarter.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, we issued $16.4 billion and $25.7 billion of long-term debt, consisting of $10.4 billion and $14.5 billion for Bank of America Corporation, $4.1 billion and $7.6 billion for Bank of America, N.A. and $1.9 billion and $3.6 billion of other debt.

73

Table of Contents

Table 30 presents the carrying value of aggregate annual contractual maturities of long-term debt as of June 30, 2015. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, we had total long-term debt maturities and purchases of $20.8 billion consisting of $13.8 billion for Bank of America Corporation, $2.8 billion for Bank of America, N.A. and $4.2 billion of other debt.

Table 30
Long-term Debt By Maturity
 
Remainder of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter
 
Total
Bank of America Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior notes
$
6,907

 
$
17,027

 
$
18,562

 
$
20,511

 
$
16,984

 
$
42,832

 
$
122,823

Senior structured notes
2,223

 
4,263

 
1,672

 
1,775

 
1,417

 
7,029

 
18,379

Subordinated notes
1,199

 
4,991

 
5,003

 
2,744

 
1,505

 
18,014

 
33,456

Junior subordinated notes

 

 

 

 
1

 
7,292

 
7,293

Total Bank of America Corporation
10,329

 
26,281

 
25,237

 
25,030

 
19,907

 
75,167

 
181,951

Bank of America, N.A.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior notes
18

 
3,063

 
6,318

 
3,495

 
12

 
108

 
13,014

Subordinated notes

 
1,063

 
3,508

 

 
1

 
1,668

 
6,240

Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks
3,001

 
6,003

 
10

 
10

 
15

 
138

 
9,177

Securitizations and other Bank VIEs (1)
1,139

 
1,290

 
3,550

 
2,298

 
2,450

 
938

 
11,665

Total Bank of America, N.A.
4,158

 
11,419

 
13,386

 
5,803

 
2,478

 
2,852

 
40,096

Other debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior notes
20

 

 
1

 

 

 
1

 
22

Structured liabilities
1,257

 
2,624

 
2,051

 
1,439

 
936

 
7,923

 
16,230

Junior subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 
405

 
405

Nonbank VIEs (1)

 
458

 
242

 
89

 
22

 
1,995

 
2,806

Other
203

 
902

 
409

 
29

 
6

 
355

 
1,904

Total other debt
1,480

 
3,984

 
2,703

 
1,557

 
964

 
10,679

 
21,367

Total long-term debt
$
15,967

 
$
41,684

 
$
41,326

 
$
32,390

 
$
23,349

 
$
88,698

 
$
243,414

(1) Represents the total long-term debt included in the liabilities of consolidated VIEs on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Table 31 presents our long-term debt by major currency at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 31
Long-term Debt By Major Currency
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
U.S. Dollar
$
196,020

 
$
191,264

Euro
28,473

 
30,687

British Pound
7,635

 
7,881

Japanese Yen
4,321

 
6,058

Australian Dollar
1,973

 
2,135

Canadian Dollar
1,933

 
1,779

Swiss Franc
949

 
897

Other
2,110

 
2,438

Total long-term debt
$
243,414

 
$
243,139


Total long-term debt remained relatively unchanged during the six months ended June 30, 2015, as maturities approximated new issuances. We may, from time to time, purchase outstanding debt instruments in various transactions, depending on prevailing market conditions, liquidity and other factors. In addition, our other regulated entities may make markets in our debt instruments to provide liquidity for investors. For more information on long-term debt funding, see Note 11 – Long-term Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K and for more information regarding funding and liquidity risk management, see page 65 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


74

Table of Contents

We use derivative transactions to manage the duration, interest rate and currency risks of our borrowings, considering the characteristics of the assets they are funding. For further details on our ALM activities, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Non-trading Activities on page 122.

We may also issue unsecured debt in the form of structured notes for client purposes. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, we issued $2.8 billion and $3.6 billion of structured notes, a majority of which was issued by Bank of America Corporation. Structured notes are debt obligations that pay investors returns linked to other debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. We typically hedge the returns we are obligated to pay on these liabilities with derivatives and/or investments in the underlying instruments, so that from a funding perspective, the cost is similar to our other unsecured long-term debt. We could be required to settle certain structured liability obligations for cash or other securities prior to maturity under certain circumstances, which we consider for liquidity planning purposes. We believe, however, that a portion of such borrowings will remain outstanding beyond the earliest put or redemption date. We had outstanding structured liabilities with a carrying value of $35.0 billion and $38.8 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Substantially all of our senior and subordinated debt obligations contain no provisions that could trigger a requirement for an early repayment, require additional collateral support, result in changes to terms, accelerate maturity or create additional financial obligations upon an adverse change in our credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, cash flows or stock price.

Contingency Planning

We maintain contingency funding plans that outline our potential responses to liquidity stress events at various levels of severity. These policies and plans are based on stress scenarios and include potential funding strategies and communication and notification procedures that we would implement in the event we experienced stressed liquidity conditions. We periodically review and test the contingency funding plans to validate efficacy and assess readiness.

Our U.S. bank subsidiaries can access contingency funding through the Federal Reserve Discount Window. Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries have access to central bank facilities in the jurisdictions in which they operate. While we do not rely on these sources in our liquidity modeling, we maintain the policies, procedures and governance processes that would enable us to access these sources if necessary.

Credit Ratings

Our borrowing costs and ability to raise funds are impacted by our credit ratings. In addition, credit ratings may be important to customers or counterparties when we compete in certain markets and when we seek to engage in certain transactions, including OTC derivatives. Thus, it is our objective to maintain high-quality credit ratings, and management maintains an active dialogue with the rating agencies.

Credit ratings and outlooks are opinions expressed by rating agencies on our creditworthiness and that of our obligations or securities, including long-term debt, short-term borrowings, preferred stock and other securities, including asset securitizations. Our credit ratings are subject to ongoing review by the rating agencies, and they consider a number of factors, including our own financial strength, performance, prospects and operations, as well as factors not under our control. The rating agencies could make adjustments to our ratings at any time, and they provide no assurances that they will maintain our ratings at current levels.

Other factors that influence our credit ratings include changes to the rating agencies' methodologies for our industry or certain security types; the rating agencies' assessment of the general operating environment for financial services companies; our relative positions in the markets in which we compete; our various risk exposures and risk management policies and activities; pending litigation and other contingencies or potential tail risks; our reputation; our liquidity position, diversity of funding sources and funding costs; the current and expected level and volatility of our earnings; our capital position and capital management practices; our corporate governance; the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government; current or future regulatory and legislative initiatives; and the agencies' views on whether the U.S. government would provide meaningful support to the Corporation or its subsidiaries in a crisis.


75

Table of Contents

On July 23, 2015, Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (S&P) concluded a periodic review of the eight U.S. G-SIBs. As a result, S&P upgraded Bank of America's stand-alone credit profile (SACP) to 'a-' from 'bbb+', reflecting S&P's view that the Corporation's potential legal and regulatory risks have declined, and that it has made steady progress on reducing the size of its legacy mortgage portfolio resulting in lower credit costs and an improved risk profile. S&P concurrently upgraded the ratings of Bank of America Corporation's preferred stock and trust preferred securities to BB+ from BB. S&P also revised the outlook to positive from stable on the ratings of Bank of America's core rated operating subsidiaries, including Bank of America, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Merrill Lynch International, and Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited. Those entities' long-term and short-term senior debt ratings remain unchanged at A and A-1. S&P also left Bank of America Corporation's long-term and short-term senior debt ratings unchanged at A- and A-2, but retained a negative outlook. The negative outlook on the holding company ratings reflects S&P's ongoing evaluation of whether it deems the U.S. G-SIB resolution regime to be effective and thus eliminates the remaining notch of uplift in those ratings for potential extraordinary government support. The positive outlook on the operating subsidiary ratings reflects the possibility that for those subsidiaries, S&P could offset the elimination of the notch of uplift for government support with two notches of uplift from the agency's implementation of a new framework for incorporating additional loss-absorbing debt and equity capital buffers at the holding company into operating company credit ratings.

On May 28, 2015, Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (Moody's) concluded its previously announced review of several global investment banking groups, including Bank of America, which followed the publication of the agency's new bank rating methodology. As a result, Moody's upgraded Bank of America Corporation's long-term senior debt rating to Baa1 from Baa2, and the preferred stock rating to Ba2 from Ba3. Moody's also upgraded the long-term senior debt and long-term deposit ratings of Bank of America, N.A. to A1 from A2. Moody's affirmed the short-term ratings at P-2 for Bank of America Corporation and P-1 for Bank of America, N.A. Moody's now has a stable outlook on all of our ratings.

On May 19, 2015, Fitch Ratings (Fitch) completed its review of sovereign support for 12 large, complex securities trading and universal banks, including Bank of America. As a result, Fitch revised the support rating floors for the U.S. global systemically important BHCs to No Floor from A, effectively removing the implied government support uplift from those institutions' ratings. The rating agency also upgraded Bank of America Corporation's stand-alone rating, or Viability Rating to 'a' from 'a-', while affirming its long-term and short-term senior debt ratings at A and F1, respectively. Fitch indicated that the upgrade of the Viability Rating was driven by the Corporation's maintenance of good capital and liquidity levels, materially lower potential litigation costs compared to recent years and a gradually improving earnings profile. Fitch concurrently upgraded Bank of America, N.A.'s long-term senior debt rating to A+ from A, and its long-term deposit rating to AA- from A+. Fitch set the outlook on these ratings at stable. Fitch also revised the outlook to positive on the ratings of Bank of America's material international operating subsidiaries, including Merrill Lynch International.

Table 32 presents the Corporation's current long-term/short-term senior debt ratings and outlooks expressed by the rating agencies.

Table 32
Senior Debt Ratings
 
 
Moody's Investors Service
 
Standard & Poor's
 
Fitch Ratings
 
Long-term
 
Short-term
 
Outlook
 
Long-term
 
Short-term
 
Outlook
 
Long-term
 
Short-term
 
Outlook
Bank of America Corporation
Baa1
 
P-2
 
Stable
 
A-
 
A-2
 
Negative
 
A
 
F1
 
Stable
Bank of America, N.A.
A1
 
P-1
 
Stable
 
A
 
A-1
 
Positive
 
A+
 
F1
 
Stable
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
NR
 
NR
 
NR
 
A
 
A-1
 
Positive
 
A+
 
F1
 
Stable
Merrill Lynch International
NR
 
NR
 
NR
 
A
 
A-1
 
Positive
 
A
 
F1
 
Positive
NR = not rated

A reduction in certain of our credit ratings or the ratings of certain asset-backed securitizations may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, potential loss of access to credit markets, the related cost of funds, our businesses and on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where counterparty creditworthiness is critical. In addition, under the terms of certain OTC derivative contracts and other trading agreements, in the event of downgrades of our or our rated subsidiaries' credit ratings, the counterparties to those agreements may require us to provide additional collateral, or to terminate these contracts or agreements, which could cause us to sustain losses and/or adversely impact our liquidity. If the short-term credit ratings of our parent company, bank or broker-dealer subsidiaries were downgraded by one or more levels, the potential loss of access to short-term funding sources such as repo financing and the effect on our incremental cost of funds could be material.


76

Table of Contents

Table 33 presents the amount of additional collateral that would have been contractually required by derivative contracts and other trading agreements at June 30, 2015 if the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries by one incremental notch and by an additional second incremental notch.

Table 33
Additional Collateral Required to be Posted Upon Downgrade
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
One incremental notch
 
Second incremental notch
Bank of America Corporation
$
1,429

 
$
1,799

Bank of America, N.A. and subsidiaries (1)
1,186

 
1,390

(1) 
Included in Bank of America Corporation collateral requirements in this table.

Table 34 presents the derivative liabilities that would be subject to unilateral termination by counterparties and the amounts of collateral that would have been contractually required at June 30, 2015 if the long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries had been lower by one incremental notch and by an additional second incremental notch.

Table 34
Derivative Liability Subject to Unilateral Termination Upon Downgrade
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
One incremental notch
 
Second incremental notch
Derivative liability
$
600

 
$
2,992

Collateral posted
560

 
2,625


While certain potential impacts are contractual and quantifiable, the full scope of the consequences of a credit rating downgrade to a financial institution is inherently uncertain, as it depends upon numerous dynamic, complex and inter-related factors and assumptions, including whether any downgrade of a company's long-term credit ratings precipitates downgrades to its short-term credit ratings, and assumptions about the potential behaviors of various customers, investors and counterparties. For more information on potential impacts of credit rating downgrades, see Liquidity Risk – Time-to-required Funding and Stress Modeling on page 72.

For more information on the additional collateral and termination payments that could be required in connection with certain OTC derivative contracts and other trading agreements as a result of such a credit rating downgrade, see Note 2 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements herein and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


77

Table of Contents

Credit Risk Management

Credit quality remained strong in the second quarter of 2015 driven by lower U.S. unemployment and improving home prices as well as our proactive credit risk management activities positively impacting our credit portfolio as nonperforming loans and leases and delinquencies continued to improve. For additional information, see Executive Summary – Second Quarter 2015 Economic and Business Environment on page 4.

We proactively refine our underwriting and credit risk management practices as well as credit standards to meet the changing economic environment. To actively mitigate losses and enhance customer support in our consumer businesses, we have in place collection programs and loan modification and customer assistance infrastructures. We utilize a number of actions to mitigate losses in the commercial businesses including increasing the frequency and intensity of portfolio monitoring, hedging activity and our practice of transferring management of deteriorating commercial exposures to independent special asset officers as credits enter criticized categories.

We have non-U.S. exposure largely in Europe and Asia Pacific. For more information on our exposures and related risks in non-U.S. countries, see Non-U.S. Portfolio on page 110 and Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

For more information on our credit risk management activities, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 78, Commercial Portfolio Credit Risk Management on page 98, Non-U.S. Portfolio on page 110, Provision for Credit Losses on page 112, Allowance for Credit Losses on page 112, and Note 4 – Outstanding Loans and Leases and Note 5 – Allowance for Credit Losses to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management

Credit risk management for the consumer portfolio begins with initial underwriting and continues throughout a borrower's credit cycle. Statistical techniques in conjunction with experiential judgment are used in all aspects of portfolio management including underwriting, product pricing, risk appetite, setting credit limits, and establishing operating processes and metrics to quantify and balance risks and returns. Statistical models are built using detailed behavioral information from external sources such as credit bureaus and/or internal historical experience. These models are a component of our consumer credit risk management process and are used in part to assist in making both new and ongoing credit decisions, as well as portfolio management strategies, including authorizations and line management, collection practices and strategies, and determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses and allocated capital for credit risk.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, we completed approximately 31,300 customer loan modifications with a total unpaid principal balance of approximately $5.2 billion, including approximately 12,300 permanent modifications, under the U.S. government's Making Home Affordable Program. Of the loan modifications completed during the six months ended June 30, 2015, in terms of both the volume of modifications and the unpaid principal balance associated with the underlying loans, more than half were in the Corporation's held-for-investment (HFI) portfolio. For modified loans on our balance sheet, these modification types are generally considered troubled debt restructurings (TDR). For more information on TDRs and portfolio impacts, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Nonperforming Consumer Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity on page 95 and Note 4 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consumer Credit Portfolio

Improvement in the U.S. unemployment rate and home prices continued during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 resulting in improved credit quality and lower credit losses across most major consumer portfolios compared to the same periods in 2014. Nearly all consumer loan portfolios 30 days or more past due and all consumer loan portfolios 90 days or more past due declined during the six months ended June 30, 2015 as a result of improved delinquency trends. Although home prices have shown steady improvement since the beginning of 2012, they have not fully recovered to their 2006 levels.

Improved credit quality and continued loan balance run-off across the consumer portfolio drove a $1.5 billion decrease in the consumer allowance for loan and lease losses during the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $8.4 billion at June 30, 2015. For additional information, see Allowance for Credit Losses on page 112.


78

Table of Contents

For more information on our accounting policies regarding delinquencies, nonperforming status, charge-offs and TDRs for the consumer portfolio, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. For more information on representations and warranties related to our residential mortgage and home equity portfolios, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Representations and Warranties on page 52 and Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 35 presents our outstanding consumer loans and leases, and the PCI loan portfolio. In addition to being included in the "Outstandings" columns in Table 35, PCI loans are also shown separately, net of purchase accounting adjustments, in the "Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio" columns. The impact of the PCI loan portfolio on certain credit statistics is reported where appropriate. For more information on PCI loans, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 90 and Note 4 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 35
Consumer Loans and Leases
 
Outstandings
 
Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Residential mortgage (1)
$
198,825

 
$
216,197

 
$
13,229

 
$
15,152

Home equity
81,006

 
85,725

 
5,113

 
5,617

U.S. credit card
88,403

 
91,879

 
n/a

 
n/a

Non-U.S. credit card
10,276

 
10,465

 
n/a

 
n/a

Direct/Indirect consumer (2)
84,754

 
80,381

 
n/a

 
n/a

Other consumer (3)
2,000

 
1,846

 
n/a

 
n/a

Consumer loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option
465,264

 
486,493

 
18,342

 
20,769

Loans accounted for under the fair value option (4)
1,971

 
2,077

 
n/a

 
n/a

Total consumer loans and leases
$
467,235

 
$
488,570

 
$
18,342

 
$
20,769

(1) 
Outstandings include pay option loans of $2.6 billion and $3.2 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. We no longer originate pay option loans.
(2) 
Outstandings include auto and specialty lending loans of $39.6 billion and $37.7 billion, unsecured consumer lending loans of $1.1 billion and $1.5 billion, U.S. securities-based lending loans of $38.6 billion and $35.8 billion, non-U.S. consumer loans of $4.0 billion and $4.0 billion, student loans of $596 million and $632 million and other consumer loans of $809 million and $761 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(3) 
Outstandings include consumer finance loans of $618 million and $676 million, consumer leases of $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion and consumer overdrafts of $227 million and $162 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(4) 
Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option include residential mortgage loans of $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion and home equity loans of $208 million and $196 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For more information on the fair value option, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 94 and Note 15 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
n/a = not applicable


79

Table of Contents

Table 36 presents consumer nonperforming loans and accruing consumer loans past due 90 days or more. Nonperforming loans do not include past due consumer credit card loans, other unsecured loans and in general, consumer non-real estate-secured loans (loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy are included) as these loans are typically charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due. Real estate-secured past due consumer loans that are insured by the FHA or individually insured under long-term standby agreements with FNMA and FHLMC (collectively, the fully-insured loan portfolio) are reported as accruing as opposed to nonperforming since the principal repayment is insured. Fully-insured loans included in accruing past due 90 days or more are primarily from our repurchases of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA. Additionally, nonperforming loans and accruing balances past due 90 days or more do not include the PCI loan portfolio or loans accounted for under the fair value option even though the customer may be contractually past due.

Table 36
Consumer Credit Quality
 
Nonperforming
 
Accruing Past Due 90 Days or More
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Residential mortgage (1)
$
5,985

 
$
6,889

 
$
8,917

 
$
11,407

Home equity
3,563

 
3,901

 

 

U.S. credit card
n/a

 
n/a

 
742

 
866

Non-U.S. credit card
n/a

 
n/a

 
86

 
95

Direct/Indirect consumer
26

 
28

 
38

 
64

Other consumer
1

 
1

 
1

 
1

Total (2)
$
9,575

 
$
10,819

 
$
9,784

 
$
12,433

Consumer loans and leases as a percentage of outstanding consumer loans and leases (2)
2.06
%
 
2.22
%
 
2.10
%
 
2.56
%
Consumer loans and leases as a percentage of outstanding loans and leases, excluding PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios (2)
2.41

 
2.70

 
0.22

 
0.26

(1) 
Residential mortgage loans accruing past due 90 days or more are fully-insured loans. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, residential mortgage included $5.5 billion and $7.3 billion of loans on which interest has been curtailed by the FHA, and therefore are no longer accruing interest, although principal is still insured, and $3.4 billion and $4.1 billion of loans on which interest was still accruing.
(2) 
Balances exclude consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $339 million and $392 million of loans accounted for under the fair value option were past due 90 days or more and not accruing interest.
n/a = not applicable


80

Table of Contents

Table 37 presents net charge-offs and related ratios for consumer loans and leases.

Table 37
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Net Charge-offs and Related Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-offs (1)
 
Net Charge-off Ratios (1, 2)
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Residential mortgage
$
177

 
$
(35
)
 
$
374

 
$
92

 
0.35
%
 
(0.06
)%
 
0.36
%
 
0.08
%
Home equity
151

 
239

 
323

 
541

 
0.73

 
1.06

 
0.78

 
1.19

U.S. credit card
584

 
683

 
1,205

 
1,401

 
2.68

 
3.11

 
2.76

 
3.18

Non-U.S. credit card
51

 
47

 
95

 
123

 
2.03

 
1.59

 
1.91

 
2.12

Direct/Indirect consumer
24

 
33

 
58

 
91

 
0.11

 
0.16

 
0.14

 
0.22

Other consumer
33

 
47

 
82

 
105

 
7.00

 
9.26

 
8.91

 
10.64

Total
$
1,020

 
$
1,014

 
$
2,137

 
$
2,353

 
0.87

 
0.79

 
0.91

 
0.91

(1) 
Net charge-offs exclude write-offs in the PCI loan portfolio. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For more information on PCI write-offs, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 90.
(2) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans and leases excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Net charge-off ratios, excluding the PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios, were 0.52 percent and 0.55 percent for residential mortgage, 0.78 percent and 0.83 percent for home equity, and 1.00 percent and 1.05 percent for the total consumer portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively. Net charge-off (recovery) ratios, excluding the PCI and fully-insured loan portfolios, were (0.10) percent and 0.13 percent for residential mortgage, 1.14 percent and 1.28 percent for home equity, and 0.99 percent and 1.15 percent for the total consumer portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively. These are the only product classifications that include PCI and fully-insured loans for these periods.

Net charge-offs, as shown in Tables 37 and 38, exclude write-offs in the PCI loan portfolio of $264 million and $452 million in residential mortgage and $26 million and $126 million in home equity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015. Net charge-offs, as shown in Tables 37 and 38, exclude write-offs in the PCI loan portfolio of $70 million and $351 million in residential mortgage and $90 million and $200 million in home equity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Net charge-off ratios including the PCI write-offs were 0.86 percent and 0.80 percent for residential mortgage and 0.86 percent and 1.08 percent for home equity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015. Net charge-off ratios including the PCI write-offs were 0.06 percent and 0.37 percent for residential mortgage and 1.46 percent and 1.63 percent for home equity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014. For more information on PCI write-offs, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 90.


81

Table of Contents

Table 38 presents outstandings, nonperforming balances, net charge-offs, allowance for loan and lease losses and provision for loan and lease losses for the Core portfolio and the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio within the consumer real estate portfolio. For more information on the Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio, see LAS on page 46.

Table 38
 
 
 
 
Consumer Real Estate Portfolio (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Nonperforming
 
Net Charge-offs (2)
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
151,007

 
$
162,220

 
$
2,201

 
$
2,398

 
$
32

 
$
60

 
$
83

 
$
99

Home equity
50,025

 
51,887

 
1,408

 
1,496

 
51

 
69

 
102

 
154

Total Core portfolio
201,032

 
214,107

 
3,609

 
3,894

 
83

 
129

 
185

 
253

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
47,818

 
53,977

 
3,784

 
4,491

 
145

 
(95
)
 
291

 
(7
)
Home equity
30,981

 
33,838

 
2,155

 
2,405

 
100

 
170

 
221

 
387

Total Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
78,799

 
87,815

 
5,939

 
6,896

 
245

 
75

 
512

 
380

Consumer real estate portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
198,825

 
216,197

 
5,985

 
6,889

 
177

 
(35
)
 
374

 
92

Home equity
81,006

 
85,725

 
3,563

 
3,901

 
151

 
239

 
323

 
541

Total consumer real estate portfolio
$
279,831

 
$
301,922

 
$
9,548

 
$
10,790

 
$
328

 
$
204

 
$
697

 
$
633

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan
and Lease Losses
 
Provision for Loan
and Lease Losses
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
$
477

 
$
593

 
$
(38
)
 
$
48

 
$
(33
)
 
$
4

Home equity
 
 
 
 
686

 
702

 
38

 
8

 
86

 
18

Total Core portfolio

 

 
1,163

 
1,295

 

 
56

 
53

 
22

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
1,520

 
2,307

 
50

 
(302
)
 
(44
)
 
(422
)
Home equity
 
 
 
 
2,058

 
2,333

 
58

 
(38
)
 
71

 
(25
)
Total Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio


 


 
3,578

 
4,640

 
108

 
(340
)
 
27

 
(447
)
Consumer real estate portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
1,997

 
2,900

 
12

 
(254
)
 
(77
)
 
(418
)
Home equity
 
 
 
 
2,744

 
3,035

 
96

 
(30
)
 
157

 
(7
)
Total consumer real estate portfolio
 
 
 
 
$
4,741

 
$
5,935

 
$
108

 
$
(284
)
 
$
80

 
$
(425
)
(1) 
Outstandings and nonperforming amounts exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option. Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option include residential mortgage loans of $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion and home equity loans of $208 million and $196 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For more information on the fair value option, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 94 and Note 15 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
Net charge-offs exclude write-offs in the PCI loan portfolio. Write-offs in the PCI loan portfolio decrease the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For more information on PCI write-offs, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 90.


82

Table of Contents

We believe that the presentation of information adjusted to exclude the impact of the PCI loan portfolio, the fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option is more representative of the ongoing operations and credit quality of the business. As a result, in the following discussions of the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios, we provide information that excludes the impact of the PCI loan portfolio, the fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option in certain credit quality statistics. We separately disclose information on the PCI loan portfolio on page 90.

Residential Mortgage

The residential mortgage portfolio makes up the largest percentage of our consumer loan portfolio at 43 percent of consumer loans and leases at June 30, 2015. Approximately 65 percent of the residential mortgage portfolio is in All Other and is comprised of originated loans, purchased loans used in our overall ALM activities, delinquent FHA loans repurchased pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA as well as loans repurchased related to our representations and warranties. Approximately 27 percent of the residential mortgage portfolio is in GWIM and represents residential mortgages originated for the home purchase and refinancing needs of our wealth management clients and the remaining portion of the portfolio is primarily in Consumer Banking.

Outstanding balances in the residential mortgage portfolio, excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, decreased $17.4 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to loan sales of $13.6 billion, including $10.2 billion of loans with standby insurance agreements, $1.8 billion of nonperforming and other delinquent loans, $1.5 billion of consolidated agency residential mortgage securitization vehicles, and runoff outpacing the retention of new originations. These declines were partially offset by repurchases of delinquent loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA, which are part of our mortgage banking activities.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the residential mortgage portfolio included $48.9 billion and $65.0 billion of outstanding fully-insured loans. On this portion of the residential mortgage portfolio, we are protected against principal loss as a result of either FHA insurance or long-term standby agreements with FNMA and FHLMC. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $40.7 billion and $47.8 billion had FHA insurance with the remainder protected by long-term standby agreements. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $13.9 billion and $15.9 billion of the FHA-insured loan population were repurchases of delinquent FHA loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA.

The long-term standby agreements with FNMA and FHLMC reduce our regulatory risk-weighted assets due to the transfer of a portion of our credit risk to unaffiliated parties. At June 30, 2015, these programs had the cumulative effect of reducing our risk-weighted assets by $2.5 billion, increasing both our Tier 1 capital ratio and Common equity tier 1 capital ratio by two bps under the Basel 3 Standardized Transition. This compared to reducing our risk-weighted assets by $5.2 billion, increasing both our Tier 1 capital ratio and Tier 1 Common capital ratio by five bps at December 31, 2014 under Basel 3 Standardized Transition.


83

Table of Contents

Table 39 presents certain residential mortgage key credit statistics on both a reported basis excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, and excluding the PCI loan portfolio, our fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option. Additionally, in the "Reported Basis" columns in the table below, accruing balances past due and nonperforming loans do not include the PCI loan portfolio, in accordance with our accounting policies, even though the customer may be contractually past due. As such, the following discussion presents the residential mortgage portfolio excluding the PCI loan portfolio, the fully-insured loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option. For more information on the PCI loan portfolio, see page 90.
Table 39
Residential Mortgage – Key Credit Statistics
 
 
 
Reported Basis (1)
 
Excluding Purchased
Credit-impaired and
Fully-insured Loans
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
198,825

 
$
216,197

 
$
136,654

 
$
136,075

Accruing past due 30 days or more
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13,555

 
16,485

 
1,684

 
1,868

Accruing past due 90 days or more
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,917

 
11,407

 

 

Nonperforming loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,985

 
6,889

 
5,985

 
6,889

Percent of portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refreshed LTV greater than 90 but less than or equal to 100
 
9
%
 
9
 %
 
5
%
 
6
%
Refreshed LTV greater than 100
 
 
 
 
 
11

 
12

 
6

 
7

Refreshed FICO below 620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15

 
16

 
7

 
8

2006 and 2007 vintages (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18

 
19

 
20

 
22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Basis
 
Excluding Purchased Credit-impaired and Fully-insured Loans
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net charge-off ratio (3)
0.35
%
 
(0.06
)%
 
0.36
%
 
0.08
%
 
0.52
%
 
(0.10
)%
 
0.55
%
 
0.13
%
(1) 
Outstandings, accruing past due, nonperforming loans and percentages of portfolio exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option. There were $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion of residential mortgage loans accounted for under the fair value option at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For more information on the fair value option, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 94 and Note 15 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
These vintages of loans account for $2.2 billion, or 37 percent, and $2.8 billion, or 41 percent of nonperforming residential mortgage loans at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, these vintages accounted for $71 million, or 40 percent, and $118 million, or 32 percent of total residential mortgage net charge-offs. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, these vintages contributed net recoveries of $78 million and $13 million to residential mortgage net charge-offs.
(3) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Nonperforming residential mortgage loans decreased $904 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 including sales of $771 million, partially offset by a $248 million net increase related to the settlement with the DoJ for those loans that are no longer fully insured. Excluding these items, nonperforming residential mortgage loans decreased as outflows, including the transfer of certain qualifying borrowers discharged in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy to performing status, outpaced new inflows. Of the nonperforming residential mortgage loans at June 30, 2015, $2.3 billion, or 38 percent, were current on contractual payments. Nonperforming loans that are contractually current primarily consist of collateral-dependent TDRs, including those that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy, as well as loans that have not yet demonstrated a sustained period of payment performance. In addition, $2.4 billion, or 41 percent of nonperforming residential mortgage loans were 180 days or more past due and had been written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell. Accruing loans that were 30 days or more past due decreased $184 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015.


84

Table of Contents

Net charge-offs increased $212 million to $177 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015, or 0.52 percent of total average residential mortgage loans, compared to a net recovery of $35 million, or 0.10 percent, for the same period in 2014. Net charge-offs increased $282 million to $374 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, or 0.55 percent of total average residential mortgage loans, compared to net charge-offs of $92 million, or 0.13 percent, for the same period in 2014. These increases in net charge-offs were primarily driven by $145 million and $330 million of charge-offs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 related to the consumer relief portion of the settlement with the DoJ. In addition, net charge-offs included lower recoveries related to nonperforming loan sales of $22 million and $62 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $185 million for both of the same periods in 2014. Excluding these items, losses declined driven by favorable portfolio trends and decreased write-downs on loans greater than 180 days past due, which were written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell, due in part to improvement in home prices and the U.S. economy.

Residential mortgage loans with a greater than 90 percent but less than or equal to 100 percent refreshed loan-to-value (LTV) represented five percent and six percent of the residential mortgage portfolio at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent represented six percent and seven percent of the residential mortgage loan portfolio at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Of the loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent, 96 percent were performing at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent reflect loans where the outstanding carrying value of the loan is greater than the most recent valuation of the property securing the loan. The majority of these loans have a refreshed LTV greater than 100 percent primarily due to home price deterioration since 2006, somewhat mitigated by subsequent appreciation. Loans to borrowers with refreshed FICO scores below 620 represented seven percent and eight percent of the residential mortgage portfolio at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Of the $136.7 billion in total residential mortgage loans outstanding at June 30, 2015, as shown in Table 40, 40 percent were originated as interest-only loans. The outstanding balance of interest-only residential mortgage loans that have entered the amortization period was $12.3 billion, or 23 percent, at June 30, 2015. Residential mortgage loans that have entered the amortization period generally have experienced a higher rate of early stage delinquencies and nonperforming status compared to the residential mortgage portfolio as a whole. At June 30, 2015, $233 million, or two percent of outstanding interest-only residential mortgages that had entered the amortization period were accruing past due 30 days or more compared to $1.7 billion, or one percent for the entire residential mortgage portfolio. In addition, at June 30, 2015, $857 million, or seven percent of outstanding interest-only residential mortgages that had entered the amortization period were nonperforming, of which $457 million were contractually current, compared to $6.0 billion, or four percent for the entire residential mortgage portfolio, of which $2.3 billion were contractually current. Loans in our interest-only residential mortgage portfolio have an interest-only period of three to ten years and more than 90 percent of these loans have yet to enter the amortization period and will not be required to make a fully-amortizing payment until 2016 or later.


85

Table of Contents

Table 40 presents outstandings, nonperforming loans and net charge-offs by certain state concentrations for the residential mortgage portfolio. The Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) within California represented 13 percent of outstandings at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, loans within this MSA contributed net recoveries of $0 and $5 million within the residential mortgage portfolio. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, loans within this MSA contributed net recoveries of $17 million and $22 million within the residential mortgage portfolio. In the New York area, the New York-Northern New Jersey-Long Island MSA made up 11 percent of outstandings at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, loans within this MSA contributed net charge-offs of $34 million and $73 million within the residential mortgage portfolio. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, loans within this MSA contributed net charge-offs of $6 million and $29 million within the residential mortgage portfolio.

Table 40
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings (1)
 
Nonperforming (1)
 
Net Charge-offs (2)
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
California
$
46,517

 
$
45,496

 
$
1,256

 
$
1,459

 
$
2

 
$
(86
)
 
$
(7
)
 
$
(94
)
New York (3)
12,260

 
11,826

 
476

 
477

 
22

 
4

 
35

 
17

Florida (3)
10,062

 
10,116

 
703

 
858

 
22

 
(13
)
 
46

 
(8
)
Texas
6,225

 
6,635

 
222

 
269

 
4

 
3

 
9

 
4

Virginia
4,257

 
4,402

 
203

 
244

 
7

 
4

 
14

 
10

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
57,333

 
57,600

 
3,125

 
3,582

 
120

 
53

 
277

 
163

Residential mortgage loans (4)
$
136,654

 
$
136,075

 
$
5,985

 
$
6,889

 
$
177

 
$
(35
)
 
$
374

 
$
92

Fully-insured loan portfolio
48,942

 
64,970

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchased credit-impaired residential mortgage loan portfolio
13,229

 
15,152

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total residential mortgage loan portfolio
$
198,825

 
$
216,197

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Outstandings and nonperforming loans exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option. There were $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion of residential mortgage loans accounted for under the fair value option at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For more information on the fair value option, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 94 and Note 15 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
Net charge-offs exclude $264 million and $452 million of write-offs in the residential mortgage PCI loan portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $70 million and $351 million for the same periods in 2014. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For additional information, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 90.
(3) 
In these states, foreclosure requires a court order following a legal proceeding (judicial states).
(4) 
Amounts exclude the PCI residential mortgage and fully-insured loan portfolios.

The Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) encourages banks to meet the credit needs of their communities for housing and other purposes, particularly in neighborhoods with low or moderate incomes. Our CRA portfolio was $8.5 billion and $9.0 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, or six percent and seven percent of the residential mortgage portfolio. The CRA portfolio included $783 million and $986 million of nonperforming loans at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, representing 13 percent and 14 percent of total nonperforming residential mortgage loans. The CRA portfolio reported net charge-offs of $37 million and net recoveries of $13 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, or 21 percent of total net charge-offs and 38 percent of total net recoveries for the residential mortgage portfolio. Net charge-offs in the CRA portfolio were $71 million and $21 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, or 19 percent and 23 percent of total net charge-offs for the residential mortgage portfolio.

Home Equity

At June 30, 2015, the home equity portfolio made up 17 percent of the consumer portfolio and is comprised of home equity lines of credit (HELOCs), home equity loans and reverse mortgages.

At June 30, 2015, our HELOC portfolio had an outstanding balance of $70.3 billion, or 87 percent of the total home equity portfolio compared to $74.2 billion, or 87 percent, at December 31, 2014. HELOCs generally have an initial draw period of 10 years. During the initial draw period, the borrowers are only required to pay the interest due on the loans on a monthly basis. After the initial draw period ends, the loans generally convert to 15-year amortizing loans.


86

Table of Contents

At June 30, 2015, our home equity loan portfolio had an outstanding balance of $8.9 billion, or 11 percent of the total home equity portfolio compared to $9.8 billion, or 11 percent, at December 31, 2014. Home equity loans are almost all fixed-rate loans with amortizing payment terms of 10 to 30 years and of the $8.9 billion at June 30, 2015, 54 percent have 25- to 30-year terms. At June 30, 2015, our reverse mortgage portfolio had an outstanding balance, excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, of $1.8 billion, or two percent of the total home equity portfolio compared to $1.7 billion, or two percent, at December 31, 2014. We no longer originate reverse mortgages.

At June 30, 2015, approximately 55 percent of the home equity portfolio was included in Consumer Banking, 36 percent was included in LAS and the remainder of the portfolio was primarily in GWIM. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio, excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, decreased $4.7 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to paydowns, charge-offs and sales outpacing new originations and draws on existing lines. Of the total home equity portfolio at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $20.6 billion, or 25 percent and 24 percent, were in first-lien positions (27 percent and 26 percent excluding the PCI home equity portfolio). At June 30, 2015, outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio that were in a second-lien or more junior-lien position and where we also held the first-lien loan totaled $14.1 billion, or 19 percent of our total home equity portfolio excluding the PCI loan portfolio.

Unused HELOCs totaled $52.1 billion at June 30, 2015 compared to $53.7 billion at December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to customers choosing to close accounts, as well as accounts reaching the end of their draw period, which automatically eliminates open line exposure. Both of these more than offset customer paydowns of principal balances and the impact of new production. The HELOC utilization rate was 57 percent at June 30, 2015 compared to 58 percent at December 31, 2014.

Table 41 presents certain home equity portfolio key credit statistics on both a reported basis excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, and excluding the PCI loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option. Additionally, in the "Reported Basis" columns in the table below, accruing balances past due 30 days or more and nonperforming loans do not include the PCI loan portfolio, in accordance with our accounting policies, even though the customer may be contractually past due. As such, the following discussion presents the home equity portfolio excluding the PCI loan portfolio and loans accounted for under the fair value option. For more information on the PCI loan portfolio, see page 90.

Table 41
Home Equity – Key Credit Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Basis (1)
 
Excluding Purchased
Credit-impaired Loans
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
81,006

 
$
85,725

 
$
75,893

 
$
80,108

Accruing past due 30 days or more (2)
 
 
 
 
 
556

 
640

 
556

 
640

Nonperforming loans (2)
 
 
 
 
 
3,563

 
3,901

 
3,563

 
3,901

Percent of portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Refreshed CLTV greater than 90 but less than or equal to 100
 
7
%
 
8
%
 
7
%
 
7
%
Refreshed CLTV greater than 100
 
 
 
16

 
16

 
14

 
14

Refreshed FICO below 620
 
 
 
 
 
7

 
8

 
7

 
7

2006 and 2007 vintages (3)
 
 
 
 
 
45

 
46

 
42

 
43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Basis
 
Excluding Purchased Credit-impaired Loans
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net charge-off ratio (4)
0.73
%
 
1.06
%
 
0.78
%
 
1.19
%
 
0.78
%
 
1.14
%
 
0.83
%
 
1.28
%
(1)
Outstandings, accruing past due, nonperforming loans and percentages of the portfolio exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option. There were $208 million and $196 million of home equity loans accounted for under the fair value option at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For more information on the fair value option, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 94 and Note 15 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
Accruing past due 30 days or more includes $77 million and $98 million and nonperforming loans include $470 million and $505 million of loans where we serviced the underlying first-lien at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(3) 
These vintages of loans have higher refreshed combined LTV ratios and accounted for 46 percent and 47 percent of nonperforming home equity loans at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and 57 percent and 58 percent of net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 56 percent and 57 percent for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014.
(4) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.

87

Table of Contents

Nonperforming outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio decreased $338 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 as outflows, including sales of $142 million and the transfer of certain qualifying borrowers discharged in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy to performing status, outpaced new inflows. Of the nonperforming home equity portfolio at June 30, 2015, $1.6 billion, or 45 percent, were current on contractual payments. Nonperforming loans that are contractually current primarily consist of collateral-dependent TDRs, including those that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy, junior-lien loans where the underlying first-lien is 90 days or more past due, as well as loans that have not yet demonstrated a sustained period of payment performance. In addition, $1.3 billion, or 37 percent of nonperforming home equity loans were 180 days or more past due and had been written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell. Outstanding balances accruing past due 30 days or more decreased $84 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015.

In some cases, the junior-lien home equity outstanding balance that we hold is performing, but the underlying first-lien is not. For outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio on which we service the first-lien loan, we are able to track whether the first-lien loan is in default. For loans where the first-lien is serviced by a third party, we utilize credit bureau data to estimate the delinquency status of the first-lien. Given that the credit bureau database we use does not include a property address for the mortgages, we are unable to identify with certainty whether a reported delinquent first-lien mortgage pertains to the same property for which we hold a junior-lien loan. For certain loans, we utilize a third-party vendor to combine credit bureau and public record data to better link a junior-lien loan with the underlying first-lien mortgage. At June 30, 2015, we estimate that $1.4 billion of current and $174 million of 30 to 89 days past due junior-lien loans were behind a delinquent first-lien loan. We service the first-lien loans on $257 million of these combined amounts, with the remaining $1.3 billion serviced by third parties. Of the $1.6 billion of current to 89 days past due junior-lien loans, based on available credit bureau data and our own internal servicing data, we estimate that approximately $599 million had first-lien loans that were 90 days or more past due.

Net charge-offs decreased $88 million to $151 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015, or 0.78 percent of the total average home equity portfolio, compared to $239 million, or 1.14 percent for the same period in 2014. Net charge-offs decreased $218 million to $323 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, or 0.83 percent of the total average home equity portfolio, compared to $541 million, or 1.28 percent for the same period in 2014. These decreases in net charge-offs for the three- and six-month periods were primarily driven by favorable portfolio trends due in part to improvement in home prices and the U.S. economy, partially offset by $21 million and $66 million of charge-offs related to the consumer relief portion of the settlement with the DoJ. The net charge-off ratios were also impacted by lower outstanding balances primarily as a result of paydowns and charge-offs outpacing new originations and draws on existing lines.

Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio with greater than 90 percent but less than or equal to 100 percent refreshed combined loan-to-value (CLTV) comprised seven percent of the home equity portfolio at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Outstanding balances with a refreshed CLTV greater than 100 percent comprised 14 percent of the home equity portfolio at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio with a refreshed CLTV greater than 100 percent reflect loans where the carrying value and available line of credit of the combined loans are equal to or greater than the most recent valuation of the property securing the loan. Depending on the value of the property, there may be collateral in excess of the first-lien that is available to reduce the severity of loss on the second-lien. Of those outstanding balances with a refreshed CLTV greater than 100 percent, 97 percent of the customers were current on their home equity loan and 93 percent of second-lien loans with a refreshed CLTV greater than 100 percent were current on both their second-lien and underlying first-lien loans at June 30, 2015. Outstanding balances in the home equity portfolio to borrowers with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented seven percent of the home equity portfolio at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Of the $75.9 billion in total home equity portfolio outstandings at June 30, 2015, as shown in Table 42, 72 percent were interest-only loans, almost all of which were HELOCs. The outstanding balance of HELOCs that have entered the amortization period was $7.5 billion, or 11 percent of total HELOCs at June 30, 2015. The HELOCs that have entered the amortization period have experienced a higher percentage of early stage delinquencies and nonperforming status when compared to the HELOC portfolio as a whole. At June 30, 2015, $160 million, or two percent of outstanding HELOCs that had entered the amortization period were accruing past due 30 days or more compared to $506 million, or one percent for the entire HELOC portfolio. In addition, at June 30, 2015, $1.1 billion, or 14 percent of outstanding HELOCs that had entered the amortization period were nonperforming, of which $470 million were contractually current, compared to $3.3 billion, or five percent for the entire HELOC portfolio, of which $1.4 billion were contractually current. Loans in our HELOC portfolio generally have an initial draw period of 10 years and more than 75 percent of these loans have yet to enter the amortization period and will not be required to make a fully-amortizing payment until 2016 or later. We communicate to contractually current customers more than a year prior to the end of their draw period to inform them of the potential change to the payment structure before entering the amortization period, and provide payment options to customers prior to the end of the draw period.


88

Table of Contents

Although we do not actively track how many of our home equity customers pay only the minimum amount due on their home equity loans and lines, we can infer some of this information through a review of our HELOC portfolio that we service and that is still in its revolving period (i.e., customers may draw on and repay their line of credit, but are generally only required to pay interest on a monthly basis). During the three months ended June 30, 2015, approximately 52 percent of these customers with an outstanding balance did not pay any principal on their HELOCs.

Table 42 presents outstandings, nonperforming balances and net charge-offs by certain state concentrations for the home equity portfolio. In the New York area, the New York-Northern New Jersey-Long Island MSA made up 12 percent of the outstanding home equity portfolio at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For both the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, loans within this MSA contributed 12 percent of net charge-offs. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, loans within this MSA contributed 12 percent and 13 percent of net charge-offs. The Los Angeles-Long Beach-Santa Ana MSA within California made up 12 percent of the outstanding home equity portfolio at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, loans within this MSA contributed three percent and four percent of net charge-offs. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, loans within this MSA contributed four percent and six percent of net charge-offs.

Table 42
 
 
 
 
Home Equity State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings (1)
 
Nonperforming (1)
 
Net Charge-offs (2)
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
California
$
21,886

 
$
23,250

 
$
968

 
$
1,012

 
$
13

 
$
34

 
$
37

 
$
92

Florida (3)
9,042

 
9,633

 
537

 
574

 
32

 
37

 
62

 
84

New Jersey (3)
5,744

 
5,883

 
260

 
299

 
12

 
15

 
25

 
37

New York (3)
5,495

 
5,671

 
355

 
387

 
13

 
22

 
25

 
49

Massachusetts
3,543

 
3,655

 
127

 
148

 
4

 
6

 
9

 
14

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
30,183

 
32,016

 
1,316

 
1,481

 
77

 
125

 
165

 
265

Home equity loans (4)
$
75,893

 
$
80,108

 
$
3,563

 
$
3,901

 
$
151

 
$
239

 
$
323

 
$
541

Purchased credit-impaired home equity portfolio
5,113

 
5,617

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total home equity loan portfolio
$
81,006

 
$
85,725

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Outstandings and nonperforming amounts exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option. There were $208 million and $196 million of home equity loans accounted for under the fair value option at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For more information on the fair value option, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 94 and Note 15 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
Net charge-offs exclude $26 million and $126 million of write-offs in the home equity PCI loan portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $90 million and $200 million for the same periods in 2014. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For more information on PCI write-offs, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 90.
(3) 
In these states, foreclosure requires a court order following a legal proceeding (judicial states).
(4) 
Amount excludes the PCI home equity portfolio.


89

Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio

Loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and for which it is probable at purchase that we will be unable to collect all contractually required payments are accounted for under the accounting guidance for PCI loans, which addresses accounting for differences between contractual and expected cash flows to be collected from the purchaser's initial investment in loans if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality.

Table 43 presents the unpaid principal balance, carrying value, related valuation allowance and the net carrying value as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance for the PCI loan portfolio.

Table 43
Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Valuation
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value Net of
Valuation
Allowance
 
Percent of Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Residential mortgage
$
13,577

 
$
13,229

 
$
513

 
$
12,716

 
93.66
%
Home equity
5,160

 
5,113

 
589

 
4,524

 
87.67

Total purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio
$
18,737

 
$
18,342

 
$
1,102

 
$
17,240

 
92.01

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
Residential mortgage
$
15,726

 
$
15,152

 
$
880

 
$
14,272

 
90.75
%
Home equity
5,605

 
5,617

 
772

 
4,845

 
86.44

Total purchased credit-impaired loan portfolio
$
21,331

 
$
20,769

 
$
1,652

 
$
19,117

 
89.62


The total PCI unpaid principal balance decreased $2.6 billion, or 12 percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily driven by sales, paydowns, payoffs and write-offs. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, we sold PCI loans with a carrying value of $987 million compared to sales of $552 million for the same period in 2014.

Of the unpaid principal balance of $18.7 billion at June 30, 2015, $15.9 billion, or 85 percent, was current based on the contractual terms, $1.3 billion, or seven percent, was in early stage delinquency, and $1.1 billion was 180 days or more past due, including $1.0 billion of first-lien mortgages and $93 million of home equity loans.

During the three months ended June 30, 2015, we recorded provision expense of $78 million for the PCI loan portfolio which included an expense of $98 million for residential mortgage and a benefit of $20 million for home equity. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, we recorded provision expense of $28 million for the PCI loan portfolio which included an expense of $85 million for residential mortgage and a benefit of $57 million for home equity. This compared to a provision benefit of $106 million for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2014. The provision expense for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily driven by lower expected cash flows from future modifications.

The PCI valuation allowance declined $550 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to write-offs in the PCI loan portfolio of $452 million in residential mortgage and $126 million in home equity, partially offset by provision expense of $28 million.


90

Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-impaired Residential Mortgage Loan Portfolio

The PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio represented 72 percent of the total PCI loan portfolio at June 30, 2015. Those loans to borrowers with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented 35 percent of the PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio at June 30, 2015. Loans with a refreshed LTV greater than 90 percent, after consideration of purchase accounting adjustments and the related valuation allowance, represented 33 percent of the PCI residential mortgage loan portfolio and 40 percent based on the unpaid principal balance at June 30, 2015. Table 44 presents outstandings net of purchase accounting adjustments and before the related valuation allowance, by certain state concentrations.

Table 44
Outstanding Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio – Residential Mortgage State Concentrations
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
California
$
6,169

 
$
6,885

Florida (1)
1,039

 
1,289

Virginia
575

 
640

Maryland
501

 
602

Texas
270

 
318

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
4,675

 
5,418

Total
$
13,229

 
$
15,152

(1)
In this state, foreclosure requires a court order following a legal proceeding (judicial state).

Pay option adjustable-rate mortgages (ARMs), which are included in the PCI residential mortgage portfolio, have interest rates that adjust monthly and minimum required payments that adjust annually, subject to resetting if minimum payments are made and deferred interest limits are reached. Annual payment adjustments are subject to a 7.5 percent maximum change. To ensure that contractual loan payments are adequate to repay a loan, the fully-amortizing loan payment amount is re-established after the initial five- or ten-year period and again every five years thereafter. These payment adjustments are not subject to the 7.5 percent limit and may be substantial due to changes in interest rates and the addition of unpaid interest to the loan balance. Payment advantage ARMs have interest rates that are fixed for an initial period of five years. Payments are subject to reset if the minimum payments are made and deferred interest limits are reached. If interest deferrals cause a loan's principal balance to reach a certain level within the first 10 years of the life of the loan, the payment is reset to the interest-only payment; then at the 10-year point, the fully-amortizing payment is required.

The difference between the frequency of changes in a loan's interest rates and payments along with a limitation on changes in the minimum monthly payments of 7.5 percent per year can result in payments that are not sufficient to pay all of the monthly interest charges (i.e., negative amortization). Unpaid interest is added to the loan balance until the loan balance increases to a specified limit, which can be no more than 115 percent of the original loan amount, at which time a new monthly payment amount adequate to repay the loan over its remaining contractual life is established.

At June 30, 2015, the unpaid principal balance of pay option loans, which include pay option ARMs and payment advantage ARMs, was $2.7 billion, with a carrying value of $2.6 billion, including $2.2 billion of loans that were credit-impaired upon acquisition and, accordingly, the reserve is based on a life-of-loan loss estimate. The total unpaid principal balance of pay option loans with accumulated negative amortization was $666 million, including $39 million of negative amortization. For those borrowers who are making payments in accordance with their contractual terms, one percent at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 elected to make only the minimum payment on pay option loans. We believe the majority of borrowers are now making scheduled payments primarily because the low rate environment has caused the fully indexed rates to be affordable to more borrowers. We continue to evaluate our exposure to payment resets on the acquired negative-amortizing loans including the PCI pay option loan portfolio and have taken into consideration in the evaluation several assumptions including prepayment and default rates. Of the loans in the pay option portfolio at June 30, 2015 that have not already experienced a payment reset, two percent are expected to reset in 2015, 47 percent are expected to reset in 2016 and 20 percent are expected to reset thereafter. In addition, six percent are expected to prepay and approximately 25 percent are expected to default prior to being reset, most of which were severely delinquent as of June 30, 2015. We no longer originate pay option loans.


91

Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-impaired Home Equity Loan Portfolio

The PCI home equity portfolio represented 28 percent of the total PCI loan portfolio at June 30, 2015. Those loans with a refreshed FICO score below 620 represented 15 percent of the PCI home equity portfolio at June 30, 2015. Loans with a refreshed CLTV greater than 90 percent, after consideration of purchase accounting adjustments and the related valuation allowance, represented 63 percent of the PCI home equity portfolio and 67 percent based on the unpaid principal balance at June 30, 2015. Table 45 presents outstandings net of purchase accounting adjustments and before the related valuation allowance, by certain state concentrations.

Table 45
Outstanding Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio – Home Equity State Concentrations
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
California
$
1,502

 
$
1,646

Florida (1)
286

 
313

Virginia
243

 
265

Arizona
174

 
188

Colorado
127

 
151

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
2,781

 
3,054

Total
$
5,113

 
$
5,617

(1)
In this state, foreclosure requires a court order following a legal proceeding (judicial state).

U.S. Credit Card

At June 30, 2015, 97 percent of the U.S. credit card portfolio was managed in Consumer Banking with the remainder managed in GWIM. Outstandings in the U.S. credit card portfolio decreased $3.5 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to a seasonal decline in retail transaction volume. Net charge-offs decreased $99 million to $584 million and $196 million to $1.2 billion during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014 due to improvements in delinquencies and bankruptcies as a result of an improved economic environment and the impact of higher credit quality originations. U.S. credit card loans 30 days or more past due and still accruing interest decreased $215 million while loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest decreased $124 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 as a result of the factors mentioned above that contributed to lower net charge-offs.

Table 46 presents certain key credit statistics for the U.S. credit card portfolio.

Table 46
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Credit Card – Key Credit Statistics
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
$
88,403

 
$
91,879

Accruing past due 30 days or more
 
 
 
 
1,486

 
1,701

Accruing past due 90 days or more
 
 
 
 
742

 
866

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net charge-offs
$
584


$
683

 
$
1,205

 
$
1,401

Net charge-off ratios (1)
2.68
%

3.11
%
 
2.76
%
 
3.18
%
(1)
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans.

Unused lines of credit for U.S. credit card totaled $317.9 billion and $305.9 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The $12.0 billion increase was driven by account growth, lines of credit increases and a seasonal decrease in line utilization due to lower transaction volumes.


92

Table of Contents

Table 47 presents certain state concentrations for the U.S. credit card portfolio.

Table 47
 
 
 
 
U.S. Credit Card State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Accruing Past Due
90 Days or More
 
Net Charge-offs
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
California
$
13,230

 
$
13,682

 
$
112

 
$
127

 
$
89

 
$
107

 
$
183

 
$
221

Florida
7,278

 
7,530

 
74

 
89

 
61

 
72

 
128

 
148

Texas
6,430

 
6,586

 
52

 
58

 
39

 
45

 
80

 
94

New York
5,450

 
5,655

 
54

 
59

 
41

 
44

 
83

 
90

Washington
3,818

 
3,908

 
18

 
22

 
16

 
18

 
31

 
38

Other U.S.
52,197

 
54,518

 
432

 
511

 
338

 
397

 
700

 
810

Total U.S. credit card portfolio
$
88,403

 
$
91,879

 
$
742

 
$
866

 
$
584

 
$
683

 
$
1,205

 
$
1,401


Non-U.S. Credit Card

Outstandings in the non-U.S. credit card portfolio, which are recorded in All Other, decreased $189 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to a seasonal decline in retail transaction volume, partially offset by strengthening of the British Pound against the U.S. Dollar. For the three months ended June 30, 2015, net charge-offs increased $4 million to $51 million compared to the same period in 2014 due to decreased recoveries from the sale of previously charged-off loans, partially offset by improvement in delinquencies as a result of higher credit quality originations and an improved economic environment. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, net charge-offs decreased $28 million to $95 million compared to the same period in 2014 due to improvement in delinquencies as a result of higher credit quality originations and an improved economic environment.

Unused lines of credit for non-U.S. credit card totaled $28.9 billion and $28.2 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The $747 million increase was driven by account growth, lines of credit increases and strengthening of the British Pound against the U.S. Dollar.

Table 48 presents certain key credit statistics for the non-U.S. credit card portfolio.

Table 48
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. Credit Card – Key Credit Statistics
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Outstandings
 
 
 
 
$
10,276

 
$
10,465

Accruing past due 30 days or more
 
 
 
 
164

 
183

Accruing past due 90 days or more
 
 
 
 
86

 
95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net charge-offs
$
51


$
47

 
$
95

 
$
123

Net charge-off ratios (1)
2.03
%

1.59
%
 
1.91
%
 
2.12
%
(1)
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans.


93

Table of Contents

Direct/Indirect Consumer

At June 30, 2015, approximately 51 percent of the direct/indirect portfolio was included in GWIM (principally securities-based lending loans), 48 percent was included in Consumer Banking (consumer auto and specialty lending – automotive, marine, aircraft, recreational vehicle loans, and consumer personal loans) and the remainder was primarily student loans in All Other.

Outstandings in the direct/indirect portfolio increased $4.4 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015 as growth in the securities-based lending portfolio and a bulk auto loan purchase were partially offset by lower outstandings in the unsecured consumer lending portfolio.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, net charge-offs decreased $9 million to $24 million and $33 million to $58 million, or 0.11 percent and 0.14 percent of total average direct/indirect loans, compared to 0.16 percent and 0.22 percent for the same periods in 2014. These decreases in net charge-offs were primarily driven by improvements in delinquencies and bankruptcies in the unsecured consumer lending portfolio as a result of an improved economic environment as well as reduced outstandings in this portfolio.

Direct/indirect loans that were past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest declined $26 million to $38 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to decreases in the unsecured consumer lending, and consumer auto and specialty lending portfolios.

Table 49 presents certain state concentrations for the direct/indirect consumer loan portfolio.

Table 49
 
 
 
 
Direct/Indirect State Concentrations
 
 
 
 
 
Outstandings
 
Accruing Past Due
90 Days or More
 
Net Charge-offs
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
California
$
10,575

 
$
9,770

 
$
3

 
$
5

 
$
1

 
$
3

 
$
4

 
$
8

Florida
8,431

 
7,930

 
5

 
5

 
4

 
3

 
8

 
11

Texas
8,179

 
7,741

 
3

 
5

 
4

 
4

 
8

 
10

New York
4,717

 
4,458

 
1

 
2

 

 
1

 
1

 
5

New Jersey
2,739

 
2,625

 
1

 
2

 

 
(1
)
 
1

 
3

Other U.S./Non-U.S.
50,113

 
47,857

 
25

 
45

 
15

 
23

 
36

 
54

Total direct/indirect loan portfolio
$
84,754

 
$
80,381

 
$
38

 
$
64

 
$
24

 
$
33

 
$
58

 
$
91


Other Consumer

At June 30, 2015, approximately 58 percent of the $2.0 billion other consumer portfolio was consumer auto leases included in Consumer Banking. The remainder is primarily associated with certain consumer finance businesses that we previously exited.

Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option

Outstanding consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option totaled $2.0 billion at June 30, 2015 and were comprised of residential mortgage loans that were previously classified as held-for-sale, residential mortgage loans held in consolidated variable interest entities (VIEs) and repurchased home equity loans. The loans that were previously classified as held-for-sale were transferred to the residential mortgage portfolio in connection with the decision to retain the loans. The fair value option had been elected at the time of origination and the loans continue to be measured at fair value after the reclassification. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, we recorded net gains of $8 million resulting from changes in the fair value of these loans, including gains of $11 million on loans held in consolidated VIEs that were offset by losses recorded on related long-term debt.


94

Table of Contents

Nonperforming Consumer Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity

Table 50 presents nonperforming consumer loans, leases and foreclosed properties activity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Nonperforming LHFS are excluded from nonperforming loans as they are recorded at either fair value or the lower of cost or fair value. Nonperforming loans do not include past due consumer credit card loans, other unsecured loans and in general, consumer non-real estate-secured loans (loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy are included) as these loans are typically charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due. The charge-offs on these loans have no impact on nonperforming activity and, accordingly, are excluded from this table. The fully-insured loan portfolio is not reported as nonperforming as principal repayment is insured. Additionally, nonperforming loans do not include the PCI loan portfolio or loans accounted for under the fair value option. For more information on nonperforming loans, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, nonperforming consumer loans declined $1.2 billion to $9.6 billion and included the impact of sales of $913 million, partially offset by a net increase of $182 million related to the impact of the consumer relief portion of the settlement with the DoJ for those loans that are no longer fully insured. Excluding these, nonperforming loans declined as outflows, including the transfer of certain qualifying borrowers discharged in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy to performing status, outpaced new inflows.

The outstanding balance of a real estate-secured loan that is in excess of the estimated property value less costs to sell is charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due unless repayment of the loan is fully insured. At June 30, 2015, $4.3 billion, or 43 percent of nonperforming consumer real estate loans and foreclosed properties had been written down to their estimated property value less costs to sell, including $3.8 billion of nonperforming loans 180 days or more past due and $553 million of foreclosed properties. In addition, at June 30, 2015, $3.9 billion, or 41 percent of nonperforming consumer loans were modified and are now current after successful trial periods, or are current loans classified as nonperforming loans in accordance with applicable policies.

Foreclosed properties decreased $77 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 as liquidations outpaced additions. PCI loans are excluded from nonperforming loans as these loans were written down to fair value at the acquisition date; however, once the underlying real estate is acquired by the Corporation upon foreclosure of the delinquent PCI loan, it is included in foreclosed properties. PCI-related foreclosed properties increased $26 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015. Not included in foreclosed properties at June 30, 2015 was $1.3 billion of real estate that was acquired upon foreclosure of certain delinquent government-guaranteed loans (principally FHA-insured loans). We exclude these amounts from our nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties activity as we expect we will be reimbursed once the property is conveyed to the guarantor for principal and, up to certain limits, costs incurred during the foreclosure process and interest incurred during the holding period. For more information on the review of our foreclosure processes, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations – Servicing, Foreclosure and Other Mortgage Matters on page 56.

Restructured Loans

Nonperforming loans also include certain loans that have been modified in TDRs where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions typically result from the Corporation's loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructuring and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower's sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months. Nonperforming TDRs, excluding those modified loans in the PCI loan portfolio, are included in Table 50.


95

Table of Contents

Table 50
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Consumer Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Nonperforming loans and leases, beginning of period
$
10,209

 
$
15,844

 
$
10,819

 
$
15,840

Additions to nonperforming loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New nonperforming loans and leases
1,424

 
1,825

 
2,893

 
3,852

Reductions to nonperforming loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Paydowns and payoffs
(289
)
 
(325
)
 
(542
)
 
(793
)
Sales
(542
)
 
(1,825
)
 
(913
)
 
(1,825
)
Returns to performing status (2)
(631
)
 
(939
)
 
(1,498
)
 
(1,739
)
Charge-offs
(484
)
 
(640
)
 
(944
)
 
(1,223
)
Transfers to foreclosed properties (3)
(112
)
 
(157
)
 
(240
)
 
(329
)
Transfers to loans held-for-sale

 
(323
)
 

 
(323
)
Total net reductions to nonperforming loans and leases
(634
)
 
(2,384
)
 
(1,244
)
 
(2,380
)
Total nonperforming loans and leases, June 30 (4)
9,575

 
13,460

 
9,575

 
13,460

Foreclosed properties, beginning of period
632

 
538

 
630

 
533

Additions to foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New foreclosed properties (3)
157

 
247

 
353

 
433

Reductions to foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
(202
)
 
(222
)
 
(370
)
 
(381
)
Write-downs
(34
)
 
(16
)
 
(60
)
 
(38
)
Total net additions (reductions) to foreclosed properties
(79
)
 
9

 
(77
)
 
14

Total foreclosed properties, June 30 (5)
553

 
547

 
553

 
547

Nonperforming consumer loans, leases and foreclosed properties, June 30
$
10,128

 
$
14,007

 
$
10,128

 
$
14,007

Nonperforming consumer loans and leases as a percentage of outstanding consumer loans and leases (6)
2.06
%
 
2.63
%
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming consumer loans, leases and foreclosed properties as a percentage of outstanding consumer loans, leases and foreclosed properties (6)
2.17

 
2.73

 
 
 
 
(1)
Balances do not include nonperforming LHFS of $8 million and $341 million and nonaccruing TDRs removed from the PCI loan portfolio prior to January 1, 2010 of $72 million and $140 million at June 30, 2015 and 2014 as well as loans accruing past due 90 days or more as presented in Table 36 and Note 4 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) 
Consumer loans may be returned to performing status when all principal and interest is current and full repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected, or when the loan otherwise becomes well-secured and is in the process of collection.
(3) 
New foreclosed properties represents transfers of nonperforming loans to foreclosed properties net of charge-offs taken during the first 90 days after transfer of a loan to foreclosed properties. New foreclosed properties also includes properties obtained upon foreclosure of delinquent PCI loans, properties repurchased due to representations and warranties exposure and properties acquired with newly consolidated subsidiaries.
(4) 
At June 30, 2015, 39 percent of nonperforming loans were 180 days or more past due.
(5) 
Foreclosed property balances do not include properties insured by certain government-guaranteed loans, principally FHA-insured loans, of $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion at June 30, 2015 and 2014.
(6) 
Outstanding consumer loans and leases exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Our policy is to record any losses in the value of foreclosed properties as a reduction in the allowance for loan and lease losses during the first 90 days after transfer of a loan to foreclosed properties. Thereafter, further losses in value as well as gains and losses on sale are recorded in noninterest expense. New foreclosed properties included in Table 50 are net of $44 million and $76 million of charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $40 million and $85 million for the same periods in 2014, recorded during the first 90 days after transfer.

We classify junior-lien home equity loans as nonperforming when the first-lien loan becomes 90 days past due even if the junior-lien loan is performing. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $599 million and $800 million of such junior-lien home equity loans were included in nonperforming loans and leases. This decline was driven by overall portfolio improvement as well as $66 million of charge-offs related to the consumer relief portion of the settlement with the DoJ.

96

Table of Contents

Table 51 presents TDRs for the consumer real estate portfolio. Performing TDR balances are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases in Table 50.

Table 51
Consumer Real Estate Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Total
 
Nonperforming
 
Performing
 
Total
 
Nonperforming
 
Performing
Residential mortgage (1, 2)
$
21,500

 
$
4,257

 
$
17,243

 
$
23,270

 
$
4,529

 
$
18,741

Home equity (3)
2,583

 
1,676

 
907

 
2,358

 
1,595

 
763

Total consumer real estate troubled debt restructurings
$
24,083

 
$
5,933

 
$
18,150

 
$
25,628

 
$
6,124

 
$
19,504

(1)
Residential mortgage TDRs deemed collateral dependent totaled $5.7 billion and $5.8 billion, and included $3.4 billion and $3.6 billion of loans classified as nonperforming and $2.3 billion and $2.2 billion of loans classified as performing at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(2)
Residential mortgage performing TDRs included $10.7 billion and $11.9 billion of loans that were fully-insured at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(3)
Home equity TDRs deemed collateral dependent totaled $1.6 billion and $1.6 billion, and included $1.4 billion and $1.4 billion of loans classified as nonperforming and $253 million and $178 million of loans classified as performing at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

In addition to modifying consumer real estate loans, we work with customers who are experiencing financial difficulty by modifying credit card and other consumer loans. Credit card and other consumer loan modifications generally involve a reduction in the customer's interest rate on the account and placing the customer on a fixed payment plan not exceeding 60 months, all of which are considered TDRs (the renegotiated TDR portfolio). In addition, the accounts of non-U.S. credit card customers who do not qualify for a fixed payment plan may have their interest rates reduced, as required by certain local jurisdictions. These modifications, which are also TDRs, tend to experience higher payment default rates given that the borrowers may lack the ability to repay even with the interest rate reduction. In all cases, the customer's available line of credit is canceled.

Modifications of credit card and other consumer loans are primarily made through internal renegotiation programs utilizing direct customer contact, but may also utilize external renegotiation programs. The renegotiated TDR portfolio is excluded in large part from Table 50 as substantially all of the loans remain on accrual status until either charged off or paid in full. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our renegotiated TDR portfolio was $934 million and $1.1 billion, of which $759 million and $907 million were current or less than 30 days past due under the modified terms. The decline in the renegotiated TDR portfolio was primarily driven by paydowns and charge-offs as well as lower program enrollments. For more information on the renegotiated TDR portfolio, see Note 4 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


97

Table of Contents

Commercial Portfolio Credit Risk Management

Commercial credit risk is evaluated and managed with the goal that concentrations of credit exposure do not result in undesirable levels of risk. We review, measure and manage concentrations of credit exposure by industry, product, geography, customer relationship and loan size. We also review, measure and manage commercial real estate loans by geographic location and property type. In addition, within our non-U.S. portfolio, we evaluate exposures by region and by country. Tables 56, 61 and 66 summarize our concentrations. We also utilize syndications of exposure to third parties, loan sales, hedging and other risk mitigation techniques to manage the size and risk profile of the commercial credit portfolio.

For more information on our accounting policies regarding delinquencies, nonperforming status and net charge-offs for the commercial portfolio, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Commercial Credit Portfolio

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, credit quality among large corporate borrowers continued to improve marginally. Credit quality of commercial real estate borrowers, however, improved notably as property valuations continued to increase and vacancy rates remained low.

Outstanding commercial loans and leases increased $26.4 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015, primarily in U.S. commercial and non-U.S. commercial. Nonperforming commercial loans and leases increased $59 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015. Nonperforming commercial loans and leases as a percentage of outstanding loans and leases, excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, decreased slightly during the six months ended June 30, 2015 to 0.28 percent from 0.29 percent at December 31, 2014. Reservable criticized balances increased $1.7 billion to $13.3 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015 as a result of downgrades outpacing paydowns and upgrades. The increases in nonperforming commercial loans and leases and reservable criticized balances were due in part to our oil, gas and energy exposure as the credit quality of certain borrowers was impacted by the sustained drop in oil prices. The allowance for loan and lease losses for the commercial portfolio increased $188 million to $4.6 billion at June 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 driven by loan growth and an increase in reservable criticized balances. For additional information, see Allowance for Credit Losses on page 112.


98

Table of Contents

Table 52 presents our commercial loans and leases portfolio, and related credit quality information at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 52
Commercial Loans and Leases
 
Outstandings
 
Nonperforming
 
Accruing Past Due 90
Days or More
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
U.S. commercial
$
235,048

 
$
220,293

 
$
869

 
$
701

 
$
66

 
$
110

Commercial real estate (1)
52,344

 
47,682

 
126

 
321

 

 
3

Commercial lease financing
25,342

 
24,866

 
19

 
3

 
27

 
41

Non-U.S. commercial
87,574

 
80,083

 
80

 
1

 

 

 
400,308

 
372,924

 
1,094

 
1,026

 
93

 
154

U.S. small business commercial (2)
13,248

 
13,293

 
78

 
87

 
63

 
67

Commercial loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option
413,556

 
386,217

 
1,172

 
1,113

 
156

 
221

Loans accounted for under the fair value option (3)
5,658

 
6,604

 

 

 

 

Total commercial loans and leases
$
419,214

 
$
392,821

 
$
1,172

 
$
1,113

 
$
156

 
$
221

(1) 
Includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $48.6 billion and $45.2 billion and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $3.7 billion and $2.5 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(2) 
Includes card-related products.
(3) 
Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option include U.S. commercial loans of $2.3 billion and $1.9 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $3.4 billion and $4.7 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For more information on the fair value option, see Note 15 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 53 presents net charge-offs and related ratios for our commercial loans and leases for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. The increase in net charge-offs of $17 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 was primarily related to a net recovery in commercial real estate in the prior-year period.

Table 53
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial Net Charge-offs and Related Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-offs
 
Net Charge-off Ratios (1)
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
U.S. commercial
$
(1
)
 
$
6

 
$
6

 
$
11

 
 %
 
0.01
 %
 
0.01
%
 
0.01
 %
Commercial real estate
(4
)
 
(32
)
 
1

 
(69
)
 
(0.03
)
 
(0.27
)
 
0.01

 
(0.29
)
Commercial lease financing

 
(5
)
 
5

 
(7
)
 

 
(0.07
)
 
0.04

 
(0.05
)
Non-U.S. commercial
2

 
12

 

 
31

 
0.01

 
0.06

 

 
0.07

 
(3
)
 
(19
)
 
12

 
(34
)
 

 
(0.02
)
 
0.01

 
(0.02
)
U.S. small business commercial
51

 
78

 
113

 
142

 
1.56

 
2.34

 
1.73

 
2.14

Total commercial
$
48

 
$
59

 
$
125

 
$
108

 
0.05

 
0.06

 
0.06

 
0.06

(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans and leases excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.


99

Table of Contents

Table 54 presents commercial credit exposure by type for utilized, unfunded and total binding committed credit exposure. Commercial utilized credit exposure includes standby letters of credit (SBLCs) and financial guarantees, bankers' acceptances and commercial letters of credit for which we are legally bound to advance funds under prescribed conditions, during a specified time period. Although funds have not yet been advanced, these exposure types are considered utilized for credit risk management purposes.

Total commercial utilized credit exposure increased $22.8 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015 driven by growth in loans and leases, partially offset by a decrease in LHFS. The utilization rate for loans and leases, SBLCs and financial guarantees, commercial letters of credit and bankers' acceptances, in the aggregate, was 58 percent and 57 percent at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 54
Commercial Credit Exposure by Type
 
Commercial Utilized (1)
 
Commercial Unfunded (2, 3)
 
Total Commercial Committed
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Loans and leases
$
419,214

 
$
392,821

 
$
331,235

 
$
317,258

 
$
750,449

 
$
710,079

Derivative assets (4)
50,977

 
52,682

 

 

 
50,977

 
52,682

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees
32,488

 
33,550

 
785

 
745

 
33,273

 
34,295

Debt securities and other investments
19,156

 
17,301

 
4,886

 
5,315

 
24,042

 
22,616

Loans held-for-sale
3,888

 
7,036

 
1,836

 
2,315

 
5,724

 
9,351

Commercial letters of credit
2,388

 
2,037

 
102

 
126

 
2,490

 
2,163

Bankers' acceptances
201

 
255

 

 

 
201

 
255

Foreclosed properties and other
1,158

 
960

 

 

 
1,158

 
960

Total
$
529,470

 
$
506,642

 
$
338,844

 
$
325,759

 
$
868,314

 
$
832,401

(1) 
Total commercial utilized exposure includes loans of $5.7 billion and $6.6 billion and issued letters of credit with a notional amount of $246 million and $535 million accounted for under the fair value option at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(2) 
Total commercial unfunded exposure includes loan commitments accounted for under the fair value option with a notional amount of $7.9 billion and $9.4 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(3) 
Excludes unused business card lines which are not legally binding.
(4) 
Derivative assets are carried at fair value, reflect the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and have been reduced by cash collateral of $39.7 billion and $47.3 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Not reflected in utilized and committed exposure is additional non-cash derivative collateral held of $22.6 billion and $23.8 billion which consists primarily of other marketable securities.


100

Table of Contents

Table 55 presents commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure by loan type. Criticized exposure corresponds to the Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful asset categories as defined by regulatory authorities. Total commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure increased $1.7 billion, or 15 percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2015 driven by downgrades related in part to our oil, gas and energy exposure outpacing paydowns and upgrades. Approximately 86 percent and 87 percent of commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure was secured at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 55
Commercial Utilized Reservable Criticized Exposure
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Amount (1)
 
Percent (2)
 
Amount (1)
 
Percent (2)
U.S. commercial
$
9,011

 
3.44
%
 
$
7,597

 
3.07
%
Commercial real estate
703

 
1.31

 
1,108

 
2.24

Commercial lease financing
1,063

 
4.20

 
1,034

 
4.16

Non-U.S. commercial
1,695

 
1.81

 
887

 
1.03

 
12,472

 
2.87

 
10,626

 
2.60

U.S. small business commercial
840

 
6.34

 
944

 
7.10

Total commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure
$
13,312

 
2.97

 
$
11,570

 
2.74

(1) 
Total commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure includes loans and leases of $12.0 billion and $10.2 billion and commercial letters of credit of $1.3 billion and $1.3 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(2) 
Percentages are calculated as commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure divided by total commercial utilized reservable exposure for each exposure category.

U.S. Commercial

At June 30, 2015, 70 percent of the U.S. commercial loan portfolio, excluding small business, was managed in Global Banking, 17 percent in Global Markets, 10 percent in GWIM (generally business-purpose loans for high net worth clients) and the remainder primarily in Consumer Banking. U.S. commercial loans, excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, increased $14.8 billion, or seven percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to growth across all of the commercial businesses. Nonperforming loans and leases increased $168 million, or 24 percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2015, largely related to our oil, gas and energy exposure. Net charge-offs decreased $7 million and $5 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014.

Commercial Real Estate

Commercial real estate primarily includes commercial loans and leases secured by non-owner-occupied real estate and is dependent on the sale or lease of the real estate as the primary source of repayment. The portfolio remains diversified across property types and geographic regions. California represented the largest state concentration at 21 percent and 22 percent of the commercial real estate loans and leases portfolio at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The commercial real estate portfolio is predominantly managed in Global Banking and consists of loans made primarily to public and private developers, and commercial real estate firms. Outstanding loans increased $4.7 billion, or 10 percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2015 due to new originations primarily in major metropolitan markets.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, we continued to see improvements in credit quality in both the residential and non-residential portfolios. We use a number of proactive risk mitigation initiatives to reduce adversely rated exposure in the commercial real estate portfolio including transfers of deteriorating exposures to management by independent special asset officers and the pursuit of loan restructurings or asset sales to achieve the best results for our customers and the Corporation.

Nonperforming commercial real estate loans and foreclosed properties increased $3 million and reservable criticized balances decreased $405 million, or 37 percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2015. The decrease in reservable criticized balances was primarily due to transfers to foreclosed properties of $205 million and reductions in performing loan balances. Net recoveries were $4 million and net charge-offs were $1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to net recoveries of $32 million and $69 million for the same periods in 2014.

101

Table of Contents

Table 56 presents outstanding commercial real estate loans by geographic region, based on the geographic location of the collateral, and by property type.

Table 56
Outstanding Commercial Real Estate Loans
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
By Geographic Region
 
 
 
California
$
11,177

 
$
10,352

Northeast
9,712

 
8,781

Southwest
7,281

 
6,570

Southeast
5,853

 
5,495

Midwest
3,148

 
2,867

Florida
2,797

 
2,520

Illinois
2,078

 
2,785

Northwest
2,069

 
2,151

Midsouth
1,943

 
1,724

Non-U.S. 
3,724

 
2,494

Other (1)
2,562

 
1,943

Total outstanding commercial real estate loans
$
52,344

 
$
47,682

By Property Type
 
 
 
Non-residential
 
 
 
Office
$
13,750

 
$
13,306

Multi-family rental
8,338

 
8,382

Shopping centers/retail
8,088

 
7,969

Industrial/warehouse
5,928

 
4,550

Hotels/motels
4,132

 
3,578

Unsecured
3,089

 
1,194

Multi-use
2,029

 
1,943

Land and land development
554

 
490

Other
4,449

 
4,560

Total non-residential
50,357

 
45,972

Residential
1,987

 
1,710

Total outstanding commercial real estate loans
$
52,344

 
$
47,682

(1) 
Includes unsecured loans to real estate investment trusts and national home builders whose portfolios of properties span multiple geographic regions and properties in the states of Colorado, Utah, Hawaii, Wyoming and Montana.


102

Table of Contents

Tables 57 and 58 present commercial real estate credit quality data by non-residential and residential property types. The residential portfolio presented in Tables 56, 57 and 58 includes condominiums and other residential real estate. Other property types in Tables 56, 57 and 58 primarily include special purpose, nursing/retirement homes, medical facilities and restaurants.

Table 57
Commercial Real Estate Credit Quality Data
 
Nonperforming Loans and
Foreclosed Properties (1)
 
Utilized Reservable
Criticized Exposure (2)
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Non-residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office
$
147

 
$
177

 
$
78

 
$
235

Multi-family rental
19

 
21

 
108

 
125

Shopping centers/retail
41

 
46

 
226

 
350

Industrial/warehouse
69

 
42

 
17

 
67

Hotels/motels
19

 
3

 
17

 
26

Unsecured

 
1

 
3

 
14

Multi-use
17

 
11

 
45

 
55

Land and land development
45

 
51

 
25

 
63

Other
9

 
14

 
149

 
145

Total non-residential
366

 
366

 
668

 
1,080

Residential
25

 
22

 
35

 
28

Total commercial real estate
$
391

 
$
388

 
$
703

 
$
1,108

(1) 
Includes commercial foreclosed properties of $265 million and $67 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(2) 
Includes loans, SBLCs and bankers' acceptances and excludes loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Table 58
 
 
 
 
Commercial Real Estate Net Charge-offs and Related Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-offs
 
Net Charge-off Ratios (1)
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Non-residential
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office
$

 
$

 
$
4

 
$
(1
)
 
 %
 
 %
 
0.07
 %
 
(0.02
)%
Multi-family rental

 
(6
)
 

 
(11
)
 

 
(0.30
)
 

 
(0.26
)
Shopping centers/retail

 
1

 

 
3

 

 
0.02

 

 
0.07

Industrial/warehouse

 
1

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
 

 
0.06

 
(0.07
)
 
(0.08
)
Hotels/motels

 

 
5

 

 

 

 
0.27

 

Unsecured
(1
)
 
(12
)
 
(2
)
 
(16
)
 
(0.12
)
 
(2.53
)
 
(0.26
)
 
(1.69
)
Multi-use
1

 

 

 
(9
)
 
0.20

 

 

 
(0.94
)
Land and land development
(6
)
 
(1
)
 
(6
)
 

 
(4.14
)
 
(0.21
)
 
(2.19
)
 

Other

 

 

 
(18
)
 

 

 

 
(0.78
)
Total non-residential
(6
)
 
(17
)
 
(1
)
 
(54
)
 
(0.05
)
 
(0.15
)
 

 
(0.23
)
Residential
2

 
(15
)
 
2

 
(15
)
 
0.38

 
(3.79
)
 
0.17

 
(1.89
)
Total commercial real estate
$
(4
)
 
$
(32
)
 
$
1

 
$
(69
)
 
(0.03
)
 
(0.27
)
 
0.01

 
(0.29
)
(1) 
Net charge-off ratios are calculated as annualized net charge-offs divided by average outstanding loans excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option.


103

Table of Contents

At June 30, 2015, total committed non-residential exposure was $71.3 billion compared to $67.7 billion at December 31, 2014, of which $50.4 billion and $46.0 billion were funded loans. Non-residential nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties of $366 million remained relatively unchanged at June 30, 2015 compared December 31, 2014 as a decrease in office property was offset by an increase in industrial/warehouse property. The non-residential nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties represented 0.72 percent and 0.79 percent of total non-residential loans and foreclosed properties at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Non-residential utilized reservable criticized exposure decreased $412 million, or 38 percent, to $668 million at June 30, 2015 compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2014, which represented 1.29 percent and 2.27 percent of non-residential utilized reservable exposure. For the non-residential portfolio, net recoveries decreased $11 million to $6 million and $53 million to $1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014.

At June 30, 2015, total committed residential exposure was $3.7 billion compared to $3.6 billion at December 31, 2014, of which $2.0 billion and $1.7 billion were funded secured loans at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Residential nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties increased $3 million, or 14 percent, and residential utilized reservable criticized exposure increased $7 million, or 25 percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2015. The nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties and the utilized reservable criticized ratios for the residential portfolio were 1.24 percent and 1.70 percent at June 30, 2015 compared to 1.28 percent and 1.51 percent at December 31, 2014.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the commercial real estate loan portfolio included $7.1 billion and $6.7 billion of funded construction and land development loans that were originated to fund the construction and/or rehabilitation of commercial properties. Reservable criticized construction and land development loans totaled $108 million and $164 million, and nonperforming construction and land development loans and foreclosed properties totaled $52 million and $80 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. During a property's construction phase, interest income is typically paid from interest reserves that are established at the inception of the loan. As construction is completed and the property is put into service, these interest reserves are depleted and interest payments from operating cash flows begin. We do not recognize interest income on nonperforming loans regardless of the existence of an interest reserve.

Non-U.S. Commercial

At June 30, 2015, 76 percent of the non-U.S. commercial loan portfolio was managed in Global Banking and 24 percent in Global Markets. Outstanding loans, excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option, increased $7.5 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to growth in securitization finance on consumer loans and increased corporate demand. Net charge-offs were insignificant for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $12 million and $31 million for the same periods in 2014. For more information on the non-U.S. commercial portfolio, see Non-U.S. Portfolio on page 110.

U.S. Small Business Commercial

The U.S. small business commercial loan portfolio is comprised of small business card loans and small business loans managed in Consumer Banking. Credit card-related products were 45 percent and 43 percent of the U.S. small business commercial portfolio at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Net charge-offs were $51 million and $113 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $78 million and $142 million for the same periods in 2014, with the decrease driven by an improvement in small business card loan delinquencies, a reduction in higher risk vintages, as well as increased recoveries from the sale of previously charged-off loans in the small business loan portfolio. Of the U.S. small business commercial net charge-offs, 93 percent and 84 percent were credit card-related products for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 68 percent and 74 percent for the same periods in 2014.

Commercial Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option

The portfolio of commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option is held primarily in Global Markets and Global Banking. Outstanding commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option decreased $946 million to an aggregate fair value of $5.7 billion at June 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 primarily due to decreased corporate borrowings under bank credit facilities. We recorded net gains of $22 million and net losses of $75 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to net gains of $18 million and $35 million for the same periods in 2014 from changes in the fair value of this loan portfolio. These amounts were primarily attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, were recorded in other income and do not reflect the results of hedging activities.

In addition, unfunded lending commitments and letters of credit accounted for under the fair value option had an aggregate fair value of $392 million and $405 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, which was recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities. The associated aggregate notional amount of unfunded lending commitments and letters of credit accounted for under the fair value option was $8.1 billion and $9.9 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. We recorded net losses of $63 million and net gains of $55 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to net gains of $5 million and $14 million for the same

104

Table of Contents

periods in 2014 from changes in the fair value of commitments and letters of credit. These amounts were primarily attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, were recorded in other income and do not reflect the results of hedging activities.

Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity

Table 59 presents the nonperforming commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties activity during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Nonperforming loans do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, nonperforming commercial loans and leases increased $176 million and $59 million to $1.2 billion driven by new nonperforming loans largely related to our oil, gas and energy exposure outpacing paydowns, transfers to foreclosed properties, charge-offs and sales. Transfers to foreclosed properties of $7 million and $212 million were largely related to one client relationship. Approximately 97 percent of commercial nonperforming loans, leases and foreclosed properties were secured and approximately 62 percent were contractually current. Commercial nonperforming loans were carried at approximately 82 percent of their unpaid principal balance before consideration of the allowance for loan and lease losses as the carrying value of these loans has been reduced to the estimated property value less costs to sell.

Table 59
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Commercial Loans, Leases and Foreclosed Properties Activity (1, 2)
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Nonperforming loans and leases, beginning of period
$
996

 
$
1,265

 
$
1,113

 
$
1,309

Additions to nonperforming loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New nonperforming loans and leases
419

 
275

 
706

 
537

Advances
15

 
1

 
17

 
9

Reductions to nonperforming loans and leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Paydowns
(103
)
 
(183
)
 
(213
)
 
(354
)
Sales
(65
)
 
(29
)
 
(81
)
 
(56
)
Returns to performing status (3)
(27
)
 
(41
)
 
(51
)
 
(104
)
Charge-offs
(56
)
 
(71
)
 
(107
)
 
(121
)
Transfers to foreclosed properties (4)
(7
)
 
(1
)
 
(212
)
 
(4
)
Total net additions (reductions) to nonperforming loans and leases
176

 
(49
)
 
59

 
(93
)
Total nonperforming loans and leases, June 30
1,172

 
1,216

 
1,172

 
1,216

Foreclosed properties, beginning of period
264

 
85

 
67

 
90

Additions to foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New foreclosed properties (4)
7

 
1

 
207

 
3

Reductions to foreclosed properties:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
(5
)
 
(8
)
 
(7
)
 
(13
)
Write-downs
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(2
)
 
(3
)
Total net additions (reductions) to foreclosed properties
1

 
(8
)
 
198

 
(13
)
Total foreclosed properties, June 30
265

 
77

 
265

 
77

Nonperforming commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties, June 30
$
1,437

 
$
1,293

 
$
1,437

 
$
1,293

Nonperforming commercial loans and leases as a percentage of outstanding commercial loans and leases (5)
0.28
%
 
0.31
%
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties as a percentage of outstanding commercial loans, leases and foreclosed properties (5)
0.35

 
0.33

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Balances do not include nonperforming LHFS of $298 million and $256 million at June 30, 2015 and 2014.
(2) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial activity. Small business card loans are excluded as they are not classified as nonperforming.
(3) 
Commercial loans and leases may be returned to performing status when all principal and interest is current and full repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected, or when the loan otherwise becomes well-secured and is in the process of collection. TDRs are generally classified as performing after a sustained period of demonstrated payment performance.
(4) 
New foreclosed properties represents transfers of nonperforming loans to foreclosed properties net of charge-offs recorded during the first 90 days after transfer of a loan to foreclosed properties.
(5) 
Outstanding commercial loans exclude loans accounted for under the fair value option.


105

Table of Contents

Table 60 presents our commercial TDRs by product type and performing status. U.S. small business commercial TDRs are comprised of renegotiated small business card loans and are not classified as nonperforming as they are charged off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due. For more information on TDRs, see Note 4 – Outstanding Loans and Leases to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 60
Commercial Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Total
 
Non-performing
 
Performing
 
Total
 
Non-performing
 
Performing
U.S. commercial
$
1,403

 
$
485

 
$
918

 
$
1,096

 
$
308

 
$
788

Commercial real estate
218

 
34

 
184

 
456

 
234

 
222

Non-U.S. commercial
109

 
13

 
96

 
43

 

 
43

U.S. small business commercial
25

 

 
25

 
35

 

 
35

Total commercial troubled debt restructurings
$
1,755

 
$
532

 
$
1,223

 
$
1,630

 
$
542

 
$
1,088


Industry Concentrations

Table 61 presents commercial committed and utilized credit exposure by industry and the total net credit default protection purchased to cover the funded and unfunded portions of certain credit exposures. Our commercial credit exposure is diversified across a broad range of industries. Total commercial committed credit exposure increased $35.9 billion, or four percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $868.3 billion. Increases in commercial committed exposure were concentrated in diversified financials, media, retailing and real estate, partially offset by lower exposure to healthcare equipment and services.

Industry limits are used internally to manage industry concentrations and are based on committed exposures and capital usage that are allocated on an industry-by-industry basis. A risk management framework is in place to set and approve industry limits as well as to provide ongoing monitoring. The Management Risk Committee (MRC) oversees industry limit governance.

Diversified financials, our largest industry concentration with committed exposure of $114.4 billion, increased $10.9 billion, or 11 percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2015. The increase was driven by growth in loan and loan equivalent exposure to asset managers and capital markets.

Real estate, our second largest industry concentration with committed exposure of $79.0 billion, increased $2.8 billion, or four percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2015. The increase was primarily due to new originations and renewals outpacing paydowns and sales. Real estate construction and land development exposure represented 13 percent of the total real estate industry committed exposure at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For more information on the commercial real estate and related portfolios, see Commercial Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Commercial Real Estate on page 101.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015 committed exposure to the media industry increased $5.7 billion, or 26 percent, primarily driven by a bridge commitment for an acquisition. Retailing committed exposure increased $5.1 billion, or nine percent, primarily reflecting bridge commitments for acquisitions. Healthcare equipment and services committed exposure decreased $1.9 billion, or four percent, primarily due to repayment of bridge financing for acquisitions.

Our committed state and municipal exposure of $40.3 billion at June 30, 2015 consisted of $33.5 billion of commercial utilized exposure (including $19.2 billion of funded loans, $6.4 billion of SBLCs and $2.1 billion of derivative assets) and $6.8 billion of unfunded commercial exposure (primarily unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit) and is reported in the government and public education industry in Table 61. With the U.S. economy gradually strengthening, most state and local governments are experiencing improved fiscal circumstances and continue to honor debt obligations as agreed. While historical default rates have been low, as part of our overall and ongoing risk management processes, we continually monitor these exposures through a rigorous review process. Additionally, internal communications are regularly circulated such that exposure levels are maintained in compliance with established concentration guidelines.


106

Table of Contents

Table 61
Commercial Credit Exposure by Industry (1)
 
Commercial
Utilized
 
Total Commercial
Committed
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Diversified financials
$
68,976

 
$
63,306

 
$
114,441

 
$
103,528

Real estate (2)
58,006

 
53,834

 
78,965

 
76,153

Retailing
36,731

 
33,683

 
63,136

 
58,043

Capital goods
30,566

 
29,028

 
55,057

 
54,653

Government and public education
43,055

 
42,095

 
50,582

 
49,937

Healthcare equipment and services
33,232

 
32,923

 
50,548

 
52,450

Banking
42,764

 
42,330

 
48,942

 
48,353

Energy
22,473

 
23,830

 
47,341

 
47,667

Materials
24,382

 
23,664

 
46,661

 
45,821

Food, beverage and tobacco
17,796

 
16,131

 
35,664

 
34,465

Consumer services
21,635

 
21,657

 
34,310

 
33,269

Commercial services and supplies
19,132

 
17,997

 
31,892

 
30,451

Media
12,181

 
11,128

 
27,153

 
21,502

Transportation
18,391

 
17,538

 
26,006

 
24,541

Utilities
11,161

 
9,399

 
25,601

 
25,235

Individuals and trusts
17,614

 
16,749

 
22,375

 
21,195

Software and services
5,607

 
5,927

 
14,451

 
14,071

Technology hardware and equipment
6,187

 
5,489

 
13,792

 
12,350

Pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
6,049

 
5,707

 
13,054

 
13,493

Consumer durables and apparel
6,110

 
6,111

 
10,633

 
10,613

Automobiles and components
4,799

 
4,114

 
10,185

 
9,683

Insurance, including monolines
4,404

 
5,204

 
10,154

 
11,252

Telecommunication services
3,934

 
3,814

 
9,990

 
9,295

Food and staples retailing
3,831

 
3,848

 
7,286

 
7,418

Religious and social organizations
4,700

 
4,881

 
6,257

 
6,548

Other
5,754

 
6,255

 
13,838

 
10,415

Total commercial credit exposure by industry
$
529,470

 
$
506,642

 
$
868,314

 
$
832,401

Net credit default protection purchased on total commitments (3)
 
 
 
 
$
(5,584
)
 
$
(7,302
)
(1) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial exposure.
(2) 
Industries are viewed from a variety of perspectives to best isolate the perceived risks. For purposes of this table, the real estate industry is defined based on the borrowers' or counterparties' primary business activity using operating cash flows and primary source of repayment as key factors.
(3) 
Represents net notional credit protection purchased. For additional information, see Commercial Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Risk Mitigation on page 108.


107

Table of Contents

Risk Mitigation

We purchase credit protection to cover the funded portion as well as the unfunded portion of certain credit exposures. To lower the cost of obtaining our desired credit protection levels, we may add credit exposure within an industry, borrower or counterparty group by selling protection.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, net notional credit default protection purchased in our credit derivatives portfolio to hedge our funded and unfunded exposures for which we elected the fair value option, as well as certain other credit exposures, was $5.6 billion and $7.3 billion. We recorded net losses of $42 million and $113 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to net losses of $72 million and $102 million for the same periods in 2014 on these positions. The losses on these instruments were offset by gains on the related exposures. The Value-at-Risk (VaR) results for these exposures are included in the fair value option portfolio information in Table 69. For additional information, see Trading Risk Management on page 117.

Tables 62 and 63 present the maturity profiles and the credit exposure debt ratings of the net credit default protection portfolio at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 62
Net Credit Default Protection by Maturity
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Less than or equal to one year
35
%
 
43
%
Greater than one year and less than or equal to five years
63

 
55

Greater than five years
2

 
2

Total net credit default protection
100
%
 
100
%

Table 63
Net Credit Default Protection by Credit Exposure Debt Rating
(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Ratings (1, 2)
Net
Notional (3)
 
Percent of
Total
 
Net
Notional (3)
 
Percent of
Total
AA
$

 
%
 
$
(30
)
 
0.4
%
A
(622
)
 
11.1

 
(660
)
 
9.0

BBB
(2,196
)
 
39.3

 
(4,401
)
 
60.3

BB
(1,908
)
 
34.2

 
(1,527
)
 
20.9

B
(762
)
 
13.6

 
(610
)
 
8.4

CCC and below
(70
)
 
1.3

 
(42
)
 
0.6

NR (4)
(26
)
 
0.5

 
(32
)
 
0.4

Total net credit default protection
$
(5,584
)
 
100.0
%
 
$
(7,302
)
 
100.0
%
(1) 
Ratings are refreshed on a quarterly basis.
(2) 
Ratings of BBB- or higher are considered to meet the definition of investment grade.
(3) 
Represents net credit default protection (purchased) sold.
(4) 
NR is comprised of index positions held and any names that have not been rated.

In addition to our net notional credit default protection purchased to cover the funded and unfunded portion of certain credit exposures, credit derivatives are used for market-making activities for clients and establishing positions intended to profit from directional or relative value changes. We execute the majority of our credit derivative trades in the OTC market with large, multinational financial institutions, including broker-dealers and, to a lesser degree, with a variety of other investors. Because these transactions are executed in the OTC market, we are subject to settlement risk. We are also subject to credit risk in the event that these counterparties fail to perform under the terms of these contracts. In most cases, credit derivative transactions are executed on a daily margin basis. Therefore, events such as a credit downgrade, depending on the ultimate rating level, or a breach of credit covenants would typically require an increase in the amount of collateral required by the counterparty, where applicable, and/or allow us to take additional protective measures such as early termination of all trades.


108

Table of Contents

Table 64 presents the total contract/notional amount of credit derivatives outstanding and includes both purchased and written credit derivatives. The credit risk amounts are measured as net asset exposure by counterparty, taking into consideration all contracts with the counterparty. For more information on our written credit derivatives, see Note 2 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The credit risk amounts discussed above and presented in Table 64 take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements while amounts disclosed in Note 2 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements are shown on a gross basis. Credit risk reflects the potential benefit from offsetting exposure to non-credit derivative products with the same counterparties that may be netted upon the occurrence of certain events, thereby reducing our overall exposure.

Table 64
Credit Derivatives
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Contract/
Notional
 
Credit Risk
 
Contract/
Notional
 
Credit Risk
Purchased credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
$
1,007,559

 
$
3,755

 
$
1,094,796

 
$
3,833

Total return swaps/other
60,330

 
362

 
44,333

 
510

Total purchased credit derivatives
$
1,067,889

 
$
4,117

 
$
1,139,129

 
$
4,343

Written credit derivatives:
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
$
991,809

 
n/a

 
$
1,073,101

 
n/a

Total return swaps/other
63,892

 
n/a

 
61,031

 
n/a

Total written credit derivatives
$
1,055,701

 
n/a

 
$
1,134,132

 
n/a

n/a = not applicable

Counterparty Credit Risk Valuation Adjustments

We record counterparty credit risk valuation adjustments on certain derivative assets, including our credit default protection purchased, in order to properly reflect the credit risk of the counterparty, as presented in Table 65. We calculate CVA based on a modeled expected exposure that incorporates current market risk factors including changes in market spreads and non-credit related market factors that affect the value of a derivative. The exposure also takes into consideration credit mitigants such as legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral. For additional information, see Note 2 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 65
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Valuation Gains and Losses
Gains (Losses)
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in millions)
Gross
 
Hedge
 
Net
 
Gross

 
Hedge

 
Net
 
Gross
 
Hedge
 
Net
 
Gross

 
Hedge

 
Net
Credit valuation
$
215

 
$
(232
)
 
$
(17
)
 
$
266

 
$
(105
)
 
$
161

 
$
223

 
$
(116
)
 
$
107

 
$
318

 
$
(117
)
 
$
201



109

Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Portfolio

Our non-U.S. credit and trading portfolios are subject to country risk. We define country risk as the risk of loss from unfavorable economic and political conditions, currency fluctuations, social instability and changes in government policies. A risk management framework is in place to measure, monitor and manage non-U.S. risk and exposures. Management oversight of country risk, including cross-border risk, is the responsibility of a subcommittee of the MRC. In addition to the direct risk of doing business in a country, we also are exposed to indirect country risks (e.g., related to the collateral received on secured financing transactions or related to client clearing activities). These indirect exposures are managed in the normal course of business through credit, market and operational risk governance, rather than through country risk governance.

Table 66 presents our 20 largest non-U.S. country exposures at June 30, 2015. These exposures accounted for 88 percent of our total non-U.S. exposure at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Net country exposure for these 20 countries increased $9.3 billion from December 31, 2014 primarily driven by increases in the United Kingdom, Germany, France and South Korea, partially offset by reductions in Japan, China, Mexico and Russia. On a product basis, the increase was driven by higher funded loans and loan equivalents in the United Kingdom, Hong Kong, India and Switzerland, higher derivatives exposure in the United Kingdom, Germany, South Korea and Japan, and reductions in hedges in France, Italy, United Kingdom, Russia and Spain. These increases were partially offset by reductions in unfunded commitments in Germany, Switzerland, Spain, Brazil and France.

Non-U.S. exposure is presented on an internal risk management basis and includes sovereign and non-sovereign credit exposure, securities and other investments issued by or domiciled in countries other than the U.S. The risk assignments by country can be adjusted for external guarantees and certain collateral types. Exposures that are subject to external guarantees are reported under the country of the guarantor. Exposures with tangible collateral are reflected in the country where the collateral is held. For securities received, other than cross-border resale agreements, outstandings are assigned to the domicile of the issuer of the securities.

Funded loans and loan equivalents include loans, leases, and other extensions of credit and funds, including letters of credit and due from placements, which have not been reduced by collateral, hedges or credit default protection. Funded loans and loan equivalents are reported net of charge-offs but prior to any allowance for loan and lease losses. Unfunded commitments are the undrawn portion of legally binding commitments related to loans and loan equivalents.

Net counterparty exposure includes the fair value of derivatives, including the counterparty risk associated with credit default swaps (CDS), and secured financing transactions. Derivatives exposures are presented net of collateral, which is predominantly cash, pledged under legally enforceable master netting agreements. Secured financing transaction exposures are presented net of eligible cash or securities pledged as collateral.

Securities and other investments are carried at fair value and long securities exposures are netted against short exposures with the same underlying issuer to, but not below, zero (i.e., negative issuer exposures are reported as zero). Other investments include our GPI portfolio and strategic investments.

Net country exposure represents country exposure less hedges and credit default protection purchased, net of credit default protection sold. We hedge certain of our country exposures with credit default protection primarily in the form of single-name, as well as indexed and tranched CDS. The exposures associated with these hedges represent the amount that would be realized upon the isolated default of an individual issuer in the relevant country assuming a zero recovery rate for that individual issuer, and are calculated based on the CDS notional amount adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable. Changes in the assumption of an isolated default can produce different results in a particular tranche.


110

Table of Contents

Table 66
Top 20 Non-U.S. Countries Exposure
(Dollars in millions)
Funded Loans and Loan Equivalents
 
Unfunded Loan Commitments
 
Net Counterparty Exposure
 
Securities/
Other
Investments
 
Country Exposure at June 30
2015
 
Hedges and Credit Default Protection
 
Net Country Exposure at June 30
2015
 
Increase (Decrease) from December 31
2014
United Kingdom
$
26,804

 
$
12,270

 
$
7,914

 
$
5,527

 
$
52,515

 
$
(2,846
)
 
$
49,669

 
$
4,122

Canada
6,385

 
6,948

 
2,060

 
4,355

 
19,748

 
(1,922
)
 
17,826

 
(714
)
Germany
5,534

 
4,401

 
4,199

 
5,047

 
19,181

 
(3,299
)
 
15,882

 
3,323

Brazil
10,801

 
315

 
452

 
4,252

 
15,820

 
(340
)
 
15,480

 
496

Japan
9,491

 
500

 
3,992

 
2,845

 
16,828

 
(1,762
)
 
15,066

 
(1,668
)
France
2,428

 
4,709

 
1,500

 
6,302

 
14,939

 
(2,877
)
 
12,062

 
1,624

China
9,799

 
385

 
691

 
1,251

 
12,126

 
(841
)
 
11,285

 
(1,007
)
India
6,779

 
324

 
181

 
3,533

 
10,817

 
(263
)
 
10,554

 
(32
)
Hong Kong
7,896

 
340

 
1,022

 
591

 
9,849

 
(35
)
 
9,814

 
1,206

Netherlands
3,143

 
3,373

 
957

 
1,644

 
9,117

 
(893
)
 
8,224

 
89

South Korea
4,036

 
963

 
1,138

 
2,548

 
8,685

 
(696
)
 
7,989

 
1,540

Australia
3,320

 
2,027

 
680

 
1,819

 
7,846

 
(532
)
 
7,314

 
(359
)
Switzerland
3,567

 
3,127

 
688

 
733

 
8,115

 
(1,023
)
 
7,092

 
561

Italy
2,988

 
1,475

 
1,618

 
929

 
7,010

 
(1,522
)
 
5,488

 
89

Singapore
2,417

 
240

 
675

 
1,126

 
4,458

 
(64
)
 
4,394

 
390

Spain
2,300

 
529

 
269

 
1,105

 
4,203

 
(499
)
 
3,704

 
88

Mexico
2,904

 
917

 
222

 
41

 
4,084

 
(611
)
 
3,473

 
(798
)
Turkey
2,998

 
173

 
26

 
50

 
3,247

 
(192
)
 
3,055

 
567

Russia
3,310

 
51

 
245

 
19

 
3,625

 
(741
)
 
2,884

 
(725
)
United Arab Emirates
1,733

 
258

 
976

 
35

 
3,002

 
(125
)
 
2,877

 
470

Total top 20 non-U.S. countries exposure
$
118,633

 
$
43,325

 
$
29,505

 
$
43,752

 
$
235,215

 
$
(21,083
)
 
$
214,132

 
$
9,262


Our net exposure to Greece at June 30, 2015 was $276 million, primarily in the form of sovereign derivatives. Implementation risks surrounding the release of new bailout funds to Greece, conditional on reforms, remain high and the additional austerity also required will have a negative impact on the Greek economy in the short term. We are closely monitoring the financial crisis in Greece through established routines and crisis control processes, and do not currently anticipate a material adverse impact to our portfolio or widespread contagion from a potential Greek default or eurozone exit.

Russian intervention in Ukraine initiated in 2014 significantly increased regional geopolitical tensions. The Russian economy continues to slow due to the negative impacts of weak oil prices, ongoing economic sanctions and high interest rates resulting from Russian central bank actions taken to counter ruble depreciation. At June 30, 2015, our net exposure to Russia remained relatively unchanged from March 31, 2015 at $2.9 billion, concentrated in oil and gas companies and commercial banks. Our exposure to Ukraine was minimal. In response to Russian actions, U.S. and European governments have imposed sanctions on a limited number of Russian individuals and business entities. Geopolitical and economic conditions remain fluid with potential for further escalation of tensions, increased severity of sanctions against Russian interests, sustained low oil prices and rating agency downgrades.

Certain European countries, including Italy, Spain, Ireland and Portugal, have experienced varying degrees of financial stress in recent years. While market conditions have improved in Europe, policymakers continue to address fundamental challenges of competitiveness, growth, deflation and high unemployment. A return of political stress or financial instability in these countries could disrupt financial markets and have a detrimental impact on global economic conditions and sovereign and non-sovereign debt in these countries. Our net exposure at June 30, 2015 to Italy and Spain was $5.5 billion and $3.7 billion as presented in Table 66. Net exposure at June 30, 2015 to Ireland and Portugal was $928 million and $142 million, respectively. We expect to continue to support client activities in the region and our exposures may vary over time as we monitor the situation and manage our risk profile.

111

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses increased $369 million to $780 million, and increased $125 million to $1.5 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014. The provision for credit losses was $288 million and $717 million lower than net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, resulting in a reduction in the allowance for credit losses. This compared to a reduction of $662 million and $1.0 billion in the allowance for credit losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014. We expect net charge-offs and the provision for credit losses to more closely align throughout the remainder of 2015.

The provision for credit losses for the consumer portfolio increased $396 million to $553 million, and increased $365 million to $1.2 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014. The consumer provision for credit losses increased as we continue to release reserves but at a slower pace than in the prior-year periods and also due to a lower level of recoveries on nonperforming loan sales. In addition, we recorded provision expense of $78 million and $28 million related to the PCI loan portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to a benefit of $106 million for both of the same periods in 2014.

The provision for credit losses for the commercial portfolio, including unfunded lending commitments, decreased $27 million to $227 million, and decreased $240 million to $373 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014, primarily in the U.S. commercial portfolio.

Allowance for Credit Losses
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses is comprised of two components. The first component covers nonperforming commercial loans and TDRs. The second component covers loans and leases on which there are incurred losses that are not yet individually identifiable, as well as incurred losses that may not be represented in the loss forecast models. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses based on the total of these two components, each of which is described in more detail below. The allowance for loan and lease losses excludes LHFS and loans accounted for under the fair value option as the fair value reflects a credit risk component.

The first component of the allowance for loan and lease losses covers both nonperforming commercial loans and all TDRs within the consumer and commercial portfolios. These loans are subject to impairment measurement based on the present value of projected future cash flows discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate, or in certain circumstances, impairment may also be based upon the collateral value or the loan's observable market price if available. Impairment measurement for the renegotiated consumer credit card, small business credit card and unsecured consumer TDR portfolios is based on the present value of projected cash flows discounted using the average portfolio contractual interest rate, excluding promotionally priced loans, in effect prior to restructuring. For purposes of computing this specific loss component of the allowance, larger impaired loans are evaluated individually and smaller impaired loans are evaluated as a pool using historical experience for the respective product types and risk ratings of the loans.

The second component of the allowance for loan and lease losses covers the remaining consumer and commercial loans and leases that have incurred losses that are not yet individually identifiable. The allowance for consumer and certain homogeneous commercial loan and lease products is based on aggregated portfolio evaluations, generally by product type. Loss forecast models are utilized that consider a variety of factors including, but not limited to, historical loss experience, estimated defaults or foreclosures based on portfolio trends, delinquencies, economic trends and credit scores. Our consumer real estate loss forecast model estimates the portion of loans that will default based on individual loan attributes, the most significant of which are refreshed LTV or CLTV, and borrower credit score as well as vintage and geography, all of which are further broken down into current delinquency status. Additionally, we incorporate the delinquency status of underlying first-lien loans on our junior-lien home equity portfolio in our allowance process. Incorporating refreshed LTV and CLTV into our probability of default allows us to factor the impact of changes in home prices into our allowance for loan and lease losses. These loss forecast models are updated on a quarterly basis to incorporate information reflecting the current economic environment. As of June 30, 2015, the loss forecast process resulted in reductions in the allowance for all major consumer portfolios compared to December 31, 2014.

The allowance for commercial loan and lease losses is established by product type after analyzing historical loss experience, internal risk rating, current economic conditions, industry performance trends, geographic and obligor concentrations within each portfolio and any other pertinent information. The statistical models for commercial loans are generally updated annually and utilize our historical database of actual defaults and other data. The loan risk ratings and composition of the commercial portfolios used to calculate the allowance are updated quarterly to incorporate the most recent data reflecting the current economic environment. For risk-rated commercial loans, we estimate the probability of default and the LGD based on our historical experience of defaults and credit losses. Factors considered when assessing the internal risk rating include the value of the underlying collateral, if applicable, the industry in which the obligor

112

Table of Contents

operates, the obligor's liquidity and other financial indicators, and other quantitative and qualitative factors relevant to the obligor's credit risk. As of June 30, 2015, the allowance increased for all major commercial portfolios compared to December 31, 2014.

Also included within the second component of the allowance for loan and lease losses are reserves to cover losses that are incurred but, in our assessment, may not be adequately represented in the historical loss data used in the loss forecast models. For example, factors that we consider include, among others, changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and size of the portfolio, changes in portfolio concentrations, changes in the volume and severity of past due loans and nonaccrual loans, the effect of external factors such as competition, and legal and regulatory requirements. We also consider factors that are applicable to unique portfolio segments. For example, we consider the risk of uncertainty in our loss forecasting models related to junior-lien home equity loans that are current, but have first-lien loans that we do not service that are 30 days or more past due. In addition, we consider the increased risk of default associated with our interest-only loans that have yet to enter the amortization period. Further, we consider the inherent uncertainty in mathematical models that are built upon historical data.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the factors that impacted the allowance for loan and lease losses included overall improvements in the credit quality of the portfolios driven by continuing improvements in the U.S. economy and labor markets, continuing proactive credit risk management initiatives and the impact of recent higher credit quality originations. Additionally, the resolution of uncertainties through current recognition of net charge-offs has impacted the amount of reserve needed in certain portfolios. Evidencing the improvements in the U.S. economy and labor markets are modest growth in consumer spending, improvements in unemployment levels and a decrease in the absolute level and our share of national consumer bankruptcy filings. In addition to these improvements, returns to performing status, charge-offs, sales, paydowns and transfers to foreclosed properties continued to outpace new nonaccrual loans. Also impacting the allowance for loan and lease losses was growth in loan balances across the commercial portfolio.

We monitor differences between estimated and actual incurred loan and lease losses. This monitoring process includes periodic assessments by senior management of loan and lease portfolios and the models used to estimate incurred losses in those portfolios.

Additions to, or reductions of, the allowance for loan and lease losses generally are recorded through charges or credits to the provision for credit losses. Credit exposures deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Recoveries of previously charged off amounts are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The allowance for loan and lease losses for the consumer portfolio, as presented in Table 68, was $8.4 billion at June 30, 2015, a decrease of $1.5 billion from December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily in the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios due to improved delinquencies, a decrease in consumer loan balances, as well as the utilization of reserves built as a part of the settlement with the DoJ. Further, the residential mortgage and home equity allowance declined due to write-offs in our PCI loan portfolio.

The decrease in the allowance related to the U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in Consumer Banking was primarily due to improvement in delinquencies and more generally in unemployment levels. For example, in the U.S. credit card portfolio, accruing loans 30 days or more past due decreased to $1.5 billion at June 30, 2015 from $1.7 billion (to 1.68 percent from 1.85 percent of outstanding U.S. credit card loans) at December 31, 2014, and accruing loans 90 days or more past due decreased to $742 million at June 30, 2015 from $866 million (to 0.84 percent from 0.94 percent of outstanding U.S. credit card loans) at December 31, 2014. See Tables 36, 37, 46 and 48 for additional details on key credit statistics for the credit card and other unsecured consumer lending portfolios.

The allowance for loan and lease losses for the commercial portfolio, as presented in Table 68, was $4.6 billion at June 30, 2015, an increase of $188 million from December 31, 2014. Commercial utilized reservable criticized exposure increased to $13.3 billion at June 30, 2015 from $11.6 billion (to 2.97 percent from 2.74 percent of total commercial utilized reservable exposure) at December 31, 2014. Nonperforming commercial loans increased to $1.2 billion at June 30, 2015 from $1.1 billion (to 0.28 percent from 0.29 percent of outstanding commercial loans) at December 31, 2014. Commercial loans and leases outstanding increased to $419.2 billion at June 30, 2015 from $392.8 billion at December 31, 2014. See Tables 52, 53 and 55 for additional details on key commercial credit statistics.

The allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding was 1.49 percent at June 30, 2015 compared to 1.65 percent at December 31, 2014. The decrease in the ratio was primarily due to improved credit quality driven by improved economic conditions, write-offs in the PCI loan portfolio and utilization of reserves related to the settlement with the DoJ. The June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ratios above include the PCI loan portfolio. Excluding the PCI loan portfolio, the allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding was 1.39 percent at June 30, 2015 compared to 1.50 percent at December 31, 2014.


113

Table of Contents

Table 67 presents a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses, which includes the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Table 67
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period
$
13,676

 
$
16,618

 
$
14,419

 
$
17,428

Loans and leases charged off
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
(270
)
 
(293
)
 
(570
)
 
(495
)
Home equity
(263
)
 
(339
)
 
(515
)
 
(733
)
U.S. credit card
(691
)
 
(792
)
 
(1,420
)
 
(1,618
)
Non-U.S. credit card
(73
)
 
(96
)
 
(143
)
 
(194
)
Direct/Indirect consumer
(92
)
 
(106
)
 
(198
)
 
(241
)
Other consumer
(40
)
 
(57
)
 
(99
)
 
(126
)
Total consumer charge-offs
(1,429
)
 
(1,683
)
 
(2,945
)
 
(3,407
)
U.S. commercial (1)
(113
)
 
(145
)
 
(222
)
 
(261
)
Commercial real estate
(5
)
 
(3
)
 
(18
)
 
(10
)
Commercial lease financing
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
(10
)
 
(2
)
Non-U.S. commercial
(3
)
 
(12
)
 
(3
)
 
(32
)
Total commercial charge-offs
(124
)
 
(161
)
 
(253
)
 
(305
)
Total loans and leases charged off
(1,553
)
 
(1,844
)
 
(3,198
)
 
(3,712
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
93

 
328

 
196

 
403

Home equity
112

 
100

 
192

 
192

U.S. credit card
107

 
109

 
215

 
217

Non-U.S. credit card
22

 
49

 
48

 
71

Direct/Indirect consumer
68

 
73

 
140

 
150

Other consumer
7

 
10

 
17

 
21

Total consumer recoveries
409

 
669

 
808

 
1,054

U.S. commercial (2)
63

 
61

 
103

 
108

Commercial real estate
9

 
35

 
17

 
79

Commercial lease financing
3

 
6

 
5

 
9

Non-U.S. commercial
1

 

 
3

 
1

Total commercial recoveries
76

 
102

 
128

 
197

Total recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
485

 
771

 
936

 
1,251

Net charge-offs
(1,068
)
 
(1,073
)
 
(2,262
)
 
(2,461
)
Write-offs of PCI loans
(290
)
 
(160
)
 
(578
)
 
(551
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
729

 
417

 
1,485

 
1,401

Other (3)
21

 
9

 
4

 
(6
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, June 30
13,068

 
15,811

 
13,068

 
15,811

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, beginning of period
537

 
509

 
528

 
484

Provision for unfunded lending commitments
51

 
(6
)
 
60

 
19

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, June 30
588

 
503

 
588

 
503

Allowance for credit losses, June 30
$
13,656

 
$
16,314

 
$
13,656

 
$
16,314

(1) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial charge-offs of $72 million and $150 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $94 million and $173 million for the same periods in 2014.
(2) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial recoveries of $21 million and $37 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $16 million and $31 million for the same periods in 2014.
(3) 
Primarily represents the net impact of portfolio sales, consolidations and deconsolidations, and foreign currency translation adjustments.

114

Table of Contents

Table 67
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Loan and allowance ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (4)
$
878,820

 
$
900,998

 
$
878,820

 
$
900,998

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (4)
1.49
%
 
1.75
%
 
1.49
%
 
1.75
%
Consumer allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total consumer loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (5)
1.81

 
2.21

 
1.81

 
2.21

Commercial allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total commercial loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (6)
1.12

 
1.15

 
1.12

 
1.15

Average loans and leases outstanding (4)
$
873,677

 
$
901,359

 
$
868,633

 
$
905,292

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (4, 7)
0.49
%
 
0.48
%
 
0.53
%
 
0.55
%
Annualized net charge-offs and PCI write-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (4)
0.62

 
0.55

 
0.66

 
0.67

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases at June 30 (4, 8)
122

 
108

 
122

 
108

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at June 30 to annualized net charge-offs (7)
3.05

 
3.67

 
2.86

 
3.19

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at June 30 to annualized net charge-offs and PCI write-offs
2.40

 
3.20

 
2.28

 
2.60

Amounts included in allowance for loan and lease losses for loans and leases that are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases at June 30 (9)
$
5,050

 
$
6,488

 
$
5,050

 
$
6,488

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases, excluding the allowance for loan and lease losses for loans and leases that are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases at June 30 (4, 9)
75
%
 
64
%
 
75
%
 
64
%
Loan and allowance ratios excluding PCI loans and the related valuation allowance: (10)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (4)
1.39
%
 
1.59
%
 
1.39
%
 
1.59
%
Consumer allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total consumer loans and leases outstanding at June 30 (5)
1.64

 
1.94

 
1.64

 
1.94

Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding (4)
0.50

 
0.49

 
0.54

 
0.56

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans and leases at June 30 (4, 8)
111

 
95

 
111

 
95

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses at June 30 to annualized net charge-offs
2.79

 
3.25

 
2.62

 
2.82

(4) 
Outstanding loan and lease balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option of $7.6 billion and $10.9 billion at June 30, 2015 and 2014. Average loans accounted for under the fair value option were $7.7 billion and $8.3 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $11.2 billion and $10.7 billion for the same periods in 2014.
(5) 
Excludes consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option of $2.0 billion and $2.2 billion at June 30, 2015 and 2014.
(6) 
Excludes commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option of $5.7 billion and $8.7 billion at June 30, 2015 and 2014.
(7) 
Net charge-offs exclude $290 million and $578 million of write-offs in the PCI loan portfolio for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $160 million and $551 million for the same periods in 2014. These write-offs decreased the PCI valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For more information on PCI write-offs, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-impaired Loan Portfolio on page 90.
(8) 
For more information on our definition of nonperforming loans, see pages 95 and 105.
(9) 
Primarily includes amounts allocated to U.S. credit card and unsecured consumer lending portfolios in Consumer Banking, PCI loans and the non-U.S. credit card portfolio in All Other.
(10) 
For more information on the PCI loan portfolio and the valuation allowance for PCI loans, see Note 4 – Outstanding Loans and Leases and Note 5 – Allowance for Credit Losses to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

115

Table of Contents

For reporting purposes, we allocate the allowance for credit losses across products. However, the allowance is generally available to absorb any credit losses without restriction. Table 68 presents our allocation by product type.

Table 68
Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses by Product Type
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Amount
 
Percent of
Total
 
Percent of
Loans and
Leases
Outstanding 
(1)
 
Amount
 
Percent of
Total
 
Percent of
Loans and
Leases
Outstanding
(1)
Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
1,997

 
15.28
%
 
1.00
%
 
$
2,900

 
20.11
%
 
1.34
%
Home equity
2,744

 
21.00

 
3.39

 
3,035

 
21.05

 
3.54

U.S. credit card
3,060

 
23.42

 
3.46

 
3,320

 
23.03

 
3.61

Non-U.S. credit card
339

 
2.59

 
3.30

 
369

 
2.56

 
3.53

Direct/Indirect consumer
254

 
1.94

 
0.30

 
299

 
2.07

 
0.37

Other consumer
49

 
0.37

 
2.45

 
59

 
0.41

 
3.15

Total consumer
8,443

 
64.60

 
1.81

 
9,982

 
69.23

 
2.05

U.S. commercial (2)
2,694

 
20.62

 
1.08

 
2,619

 
18.16

 
1.12

Commercial real estate
1,041

 
7.97

 
1.99

 
1,016

 
7.05

 
2.13

Commercial lease financing
157

 
1.20

 
0.62

 
153

 
1.06

 
0.62

Non-U.S. commercial
733

 
5.61

 
0.84

 
649

 
4.50

 
0.81

Total commercial (3)
4,625

 
35.40

 
1.12

 
4,437

 
30.77

 
1.15

Allowance for loan and lease losses (4)
13,068

 
100.00
%
 
1.49

 
14,419

 
100.00
%
 
1.65

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments
588

 
 
 
 
 
528

 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses
$
13,656

 
 
 
 
 
$
14,947

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Ratios are calculated as allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of loans and leases outstanding excluding loans accounted for under the fair value option. Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option included residential mortgage loans of $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and home equity loans of $208 million and $196 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option included U.S. commercial loans of $2.3 billion and $1.9 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $3.4 billion and $4.7 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(2) 
Includes allowance for loan and lease losses for U.S. small business commercial loans of $525 million and $536 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(3) 
Includes allowance for loan and lease losses for impaired commercial loans of $156 million and $159 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(4) 
Includes $1.1 billion and $1.7 billion of valuation allowance presented with the allowance for loan and lease losses related to PCI loans at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments

In addition to the allowance for loan and lease losses, we also estimate probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments such as letters of credit, financial guarantees, unfunded bankers' acceptances and binding loan commitments, excluding commitments accounted for under the fair value option. Unfunded lending commitments are subject to the same assessment as funded loans, including estimates of probability of default and LGD. Due to the nature of unfunded commitments, the estimate of probable losses must also consider utilization. To estimate the portion of these undrawn commitments that is likely to be drawn by a borrower at the time of estimated default, analyses of the Corporation's historical experience are applied to the unfunded commitments to estimate the funded EAD. The expected loss for unfunded lending commitments is the product of the probability of default, the LGD and the EAD, adjusted for any qualitative factors including economic uncertainty and inherent imprecision in models.

The reserve for unfunded lending commitments was $588 million at June 30, 2015, an increase of $60 million from December 31, 2014 driven by increased unfunded balances.


116

Table of Contents

Market Risk Management

Market risk is the risk that values of assets and liabilities or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions. This risk is inherent in the financial instruments associated with our operations, primarily within our Global Markets segment. We are also exposed to these risks in other areas of the Corporation (e.g., our ALM activities). In the event of market stress, these risks could have a material impact on the results of the Corporation. For additional information, see Interest Rate Risk Management for Non-trading Activities on page 122.

Our traditional banking loan and deposit products are non-trading positions and are generally reported at amortized cost for assets or the amount owed for liabilities (historical cost). However, these positions are still subject to changes in economic value based on varying market conditions, with one of the primary risks being changes in the levels of interest rates. The risk of adverse changes in the economic value of our non-trading positions arising from changes in interest rates is managed through our ALM activities. We have elected to account for certain assets and liabilities under the fair value option.

Our trading positions are reported at fair value with changes reflected in income. Trading positions are subject to various changes in market-based risk factors. The majority of this risk is generated by our activities in the interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, equity and commodities markets. In addition, the values of assets and liabilities could change due to market liquidity, correlations across markets and expectations of market volatility. We seek to manage these risk exposures by using a variety of techniques that encompass a broad range of financial instruments. The key risk management techniques are discussed in more detail in the Trading Risk Management section.

A subcommittee has been designated by the MRC as the primary risk governance authority for Global Markets (Global Markets, or GM subcommittee). The GM subcommittee's focus is to take a forward-looking view of the primary credit, market and operational risks impacting Global Markets and prioritize those that need a proactive risk mitigation strategy.

Global Markets Risk Management is responsible for providing senior management with a clear and comprehensive understanding of the trading risks to which the Corporation is exposed. These responsibilities include ownership of market risk policy, developing and maintaining quantitative risk models, calculating aggregated risk measures, establishing and monitoring position limits consistent with risk appetite, conducting daily reviews and analysis of trading inventory, approving material risk exposures and fulfilling regulatory requirements. Market risks that impact businesses outside of Global Markets are monitored and governed by their respective governance functions.

Quantitative risk models, such as VaR, are an essential component in evaluating the market risks within a portfolio. A subcommittee of the MRC is responsible for providing management oversight and approval of model risk management and governance (Risk Management, or RM subcommittee). The RM subcommittee defines model risk standards, consistent with the Corporation's risk framework and risk appetite, prevailing regulatory guidance and industry best practice. Models must meet certain validation criteria, including effective challenge of the model development process and a sufficient demonstration of developmental evidence incorporating a comparison of alternative theories and approaches. The RM subcommittee ensures model standards are consistent with model risk requirements and monitors the effective challenge in the model validation process across the Corporation. In addition, the relevant stakeholders must agree on any required actions or restrictions to the models and maintain a stringent monitoring process to ensure continued compliance.

For more information on the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities, see Note 14 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For more information on our market risk management process, see page 99 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Trading Risk Management

To evaluate risk in our trading activities, we focus on the actual and potential volatility of revenues generated by individual positions as well as portfolios of positions. Various techniques and procedures are utilized to enable the most complete understanding of these risks. Quantitative measures of market risk are evaluated on a daily basis from a single position to the portfolio of the Corporation. These measures include sensitivities of positions to various market risk factors, such as the potential impact on revenue from a one basis point change in interest rates, and statistical measures utilizing both actual and hypothetical market moves, such as VaR and stress testing. Periods of extreme market stress influence the reliability of these techniques to varying degrees. Qualitative evaluations of market risk utilize the suite of quantitative risk measures while understanding each of their respective limitations. Additionally, risk managers independently evaluate the risk of the portfolios under the current market environment and potential future environments.

117

Table of Contents

VaR is a common statistic used to measure market risk as it allows the aggregation of market risk factors, including the effects of portfolio diversification. A VaR model simulates the value of a portfolio under a range of scenarios in order to generate a distribution of potential gains and losses. VaR represents the loss a portfolio is not expected to exceed more than a certain number of times per period, based on a specified holding period, confidence level and window of historical data. We use one VaR model consistently across the trading portfolios and it uses a historical simulation approach based on a three-year window of historical data. Our primary VaR statistic is equivalent to a 99 percent confidence level. This means that for a VaR with a one-day holding period, there should not be losses in excess of VaR, on average, 99 out of 100 trading days.

Within any VaR model, there are significant and numerous assumptions that will differ from company to company. The accuracy of a VaR model depends on the availability and quality of historical data for each of the risk factors in the portfolio. A VaR model may require additional modeling assumptions for new products that do not have the necessary historical market data or for less liquid positions for which accurate daily prices are not consistently available. For positions with insufficient historical data for the VaR calculation, the process for establishing an appropriate proxy is based on fundamental and statistical analysis of the new product or less liquid position. This analysis identifies reasonable alternatives that replicate both the expected volatility and correlation to other market risk factors that the missing data would be expected to experience.

VaR may not be indicative of realized revenue volatility as changes in market conditions or in the composition of the portfolio can have a material impact on the results. In particular, the historical data used for the VaR calculation might indicate higher or lower levels of portfolio diversification than will be experienced. In order for the VaR model to reflect current market conditions, we update the historical data underlying our VaR model on a weekly basis, or more frequently during periods of market stress, and regularly review the assumptions underlying the model. A relatively minor portion of risks related to our trading positions is not included in VaR. These risks are reviewed as part of our ICAAP.

Global Markets Risk Management continually reviews, evaluates and enhances our VaR model so that it reflects the material risks in our trading portfolio. Changes to the VaR model are reviewed and approved prior to implementation and any material changes are reported to management through the appropriate management committees.

Trading limits on quantitative risk measures, including VaR, are independently set by Global Markets Risk Management and reviewed on a regular basis to ensure they remain relevant and within our overall risk appetite for market risks. Trading limits are reviewed in the context of market liquidity, volatility and strategic business priorities. Trading limits are set at both a granular level to ensure extensive coverage of risks as well as at aggregated portfolios to account for correlations among risk factors. All trading limits are approved at least annually and the MRC has given authority to the GM subcommittee to approve changes to trading limits throughout the year. Approved trading limits are stored and tracked in a centralized limits management system. Trading limit excesses are communicated to management for review. Certain quantitative market risk measures and corresponding limits have been identified as critical in the Corporation's Risk Appetite Statement. These risk appetite limits are reported on a daily basis and are approved at least annually by the ERC and the Board.

In periods of market stress, the GM subcommittee members communicate daily to discuss losses, key risk positions and any limit excesses. As a result of this process, the businesses may selectively reduce risk.

Table 69 presents the total market-based trading portfolio VaR which is the combination of the covered positions trading portfolio and the impact from less liquid trading exposures. Covered positions are defined by regulatory standards as trading assets and liabilities, both on- and off-balance sheet, that meet a defined set of specifications. These specifications identify the most liquid trading positions which are intended to be held for a short-term horizon and where the Corporation is able to hedge the material risk elements in a two-way market. Positions in less liquid markets, or where there are restrictions on the ability to trade the positions, typically do not qualify as covered positions. Foreign exchange and commodity positions are always considered covered positions, except for structural foreign currency positions that we choose to exclude with prior regulatory approval. In addition, Table 69 presents our fair value option portfolio, which includes the funded and unfunded exposures for which we elect the fair value option and their corresponding hedges. The fair value option portfolio combined with the total market-based trading portfolio VaR represents the Corporation's total market-based portfolio VaR. Additionally, market risk VaR for trading activities as presented in Table 69 differs from VaR used for regulatory capital calculations due to the holding period used. The holding period for VaR used for regulatory capital calculations is 10 days, while for the market risk VaR presented below, it is one day. Both measures utilize the same process and methodology.

The total market-based portfolio VaR results in Table 69 include market risk from all business segments to which the Corporation is exposed, excluding CVA and DVA. The majority of this portfolio is within the Global Markets segment.


118

Table of Contents

Table 69 presents period-end, average, high and low daily trading VaR for the three months ended June 30, 2015, March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2014, as well as average daily trading VaR for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, using a 99 percent confidence level.

Table 69
 
 
 
Market Risk VaR for Trading Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months
 
Three Months Ended
 
Ended
 
June 30, 2015
 
March 31, 2015
 
June 30, 2014
 
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
Period End
Average
High (1)
Low (1)
 
Period End
Average
High (1)
Low (1)
 
Period End
Average
High (1)
Low (1)
 
2015 Average
2014 Average
Foreign exchange
$
11

$
8

$
23

$
6

 
$
10

$
10

$
17

$
6

 
$
15

$
17

$
23

$
10

 
$
9

$
17

Interest rate
19

26

38

16

 
32

30

42

22

 
41

38

60

22

 
28

37

Credit
31

36

42

31

 
44

41

46

37

 
56

52

62

45

 
39

57

Equity
13

13

18

9

 
10

13

22

9

 
14

16

23

12

 
13

16

Commodity
4

6

8

4

 
6

6

8

5

 
7

7

10

6

 
6

7

Portfolio diversification
(32
)
(45
)


 
(40
)
(46
)


 
(95
)
(84
)


 
(46
)
(80
)
Total covered positions trading portfolio
46

44

65

35

 
62

54

66

40

 
38

46

61

37

 
49

54

Impact from less liquid exposures
9

11



 
9

8



 
8

5



 
10

7

Total market-based trading portfolio
55

55

74

47

 
71

62

74

52

 
46

51

65

42

 
59

61

Fair value option loans
19

21

28

17

 
28

31

36

26

 
37

31

37

27

 
26

31

Fair value option hedges
10

9

14

8

 
14

17

22

11

 
17

14

17

12

 
13

14

Fair value option portfolio diversification
(17
)
(18
)


 
(27
)
(31
)


 
(28
)
(24
)


 
(25
)
(23
)
Total fair value option portfolio
12

12

16

10

 
15

17

19

15

 
26

21

26

19

 
14

22

Portfolio diversification
(5
)
(6
)


 
(8
)
(8
)


 
(20
)
(13
)


 
(7
)
(11
)
Total market-based portfolio
$
62

$
61

$
80

$
52

 
$
78

$
71

$
85

$
60

 
$
52

$
59

$
78

$
50

 
$
66

$
72

(1) 
The high and low for each portfolio may have occurred on different trading days than the high and low for the components. Therefore the impact from less liquid exposures and the amount of portfolio diversification, which is the difference between the total portfolio and the sum of the individual components, are not relevant.

The average total market-based trading portfolio VaR decreased for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to reduced exposure to the credit and interest rate markets.

The graph below presents the daily total market-based trading portfolio VaR for the previous five quarters, corresponding to the data in Table 69.



119

Table of Contents

Additional VaR statistics produced within the Corporation's single VaR model are provided in Table 70 at the same level of detail as in Table 69. Evaluating VaR with additional statistics allows for an increased understanding of the risks in the portfolio as the historical market data used in the VaR calculation does not necessarily follow a predefined statistical distribution. Table 70 presents average trading VaR statistics for 99 percent and 95 percent confidence levels for the three months ended June 30, 2015, March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2014.

Table 70
Average Market Risk VaR for Trading Activities – 99 Percent and 95 Percent VaR Statistics
 
Three Months Ended
 
June 30, 2015
 
March 31, 2015
 
June 30, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
99 percent
95 percent
 
99 percent
95 percent
 
99 percent
95 percent
Foreign exchange
$
8

$
5

 
$
10

$
6

 
$
17

$
10

Interest rate
26

15

 
30

20

 
38

22

Credit
36

20

 
41

22

 
52

26

Equity
13

7

 
13

7

 
16

9

Commodity
6

3

 
6

4

 
7

4

Portfolio diversification
(45
)
(31
)
 
(46
)
(31
)
 
(84
)
(46
)
Total covered positions trading portfolio
44

19

 
54

28

 
46

25

Impact from less liquid exposures
11

4

 
8

2

 
5

2

Total market-based trading portfolio
55

23

 
62

30

 
51

27

Fair value option loans
21

12

 
31

18

 
31

14

Fair value option hedges
9

6

 
17

11

 
14

9

Fair value option portfolio diversification
(18
)
(11
)
 
(31
)
(19
)
 
(24
)
(14
)
Total fair value option portfolio
12

7

 
17

10

 
21

9

Portfolio diversification
(6
)
(5
)
 
(8
)
(7
)
 
(13
)
(6
)
Total market-based portfolio
$
61

$
25

 
$
71

$
33

 
$
59

$
30


Backtesting

The accuracy of the VaR methodology is evaluated by backtesting, which compares the daily VaR results, utilizing a one-day holding period, against a comparable subset of trading revenue. A backtesting excess occurs when a trading loss exceeds the VaR for the corresponding day. These excesses are evaluated to understand the positions and market moves that produced the trading loss and to ensure that the VaR methodology accurately represents those losses. As our primary VaR statistic used for backtesting is based on a 99 percent confidence level and a one-day holding period, we expect one trading loss in excess of VaR every 100 days, or between two to three trading losses in excess of VaR over the course of a year. The number of backtesting excesses observed can differ from the statistically expected number of excesses if the current level of market volatility is materially different than the level of market volatility that existed during the three years of historical data used in the VaR calculation.

We conduct daily backtesting on our portfolios, ranging from the total market-based portfolio to individual trading areas. Additionally, we conduct daily backtesting on the VaR results used for regulatory capital calculations as well as the VaR results for key legal entities, regions and risk factors. These results are reported to senior market risk management. Senior management regularly reviews and evaluates the results of these tests.

The trading revenue used for backtesting is defined by regulatory agencies in order to most closely align with the VaR component of the regulatory capital calculation. This revenue differs from total trading-related revenue in that it excludes revenue from trading activities that either do not generate market risk or the market risk cannot be included in VaR. Some examples of the types of revenue excluded for backtesting are fees, commissions, reserves, net interest income and intraday trading revenues.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, there were no days in which there was a backtesting excess for our total market-based portfolio VaR, utilizing a one-day holding period.


120

Table of Contents

Total Trading-related Revenue

Total trading-related revenue, excluding brokerage fees, and CVA and DVA related revenue, represents the total amount earned from trading positions, including market-based net interest income, which are taken in a diverse range of financial instruments and markets. Trading account assets and liabilities are reported at fair value. For more information on fair value, see Note 14 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Trading-related revenues can be volatile and are largely driven by general market conditions and customer demand. Also, trading-related revenues are dependent on the volume and type of transactions, the level of risk assumed, and the volatility of price and rate movements at any given time within the ever-changing market environment. Significant daily revenues by business are monitored and the primary drivers of these are reviewed. When it is deemed material, an explanation of these revenues is provided to the GM subcommittee.

The histogram below is a graphic depiction of trading volatility and illustrates the daily level of trading-related revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015. During the three months ended June 30, 2015, positive trading-related revenue was recorded for 98 percent of the trading days, of which 78 percent were daily trading gains of over $25 million and the largest loss was $4 million. This compares to the three months ended March 31, 2015, where positive trading-related revenue was recorded for 97 percent of the trading days, of which 86 percent were daily trading gains of over $25 million and the largest loss was $3 million.


121

Table of Contents

Trading Portfolio Stress Testing

Because the very nature of a VaR model suggests results can exceed our estimates and it is dependent on a limited historical window, we also stress test our portfolio using scenario analysis. This analysis estimates the change in value of our trading portfolio that may result from abnormal market movements.

A set of scenarios, categorized as either historical or hypothetical, are computed daily for the overall trading portfolio and individual businesses. These scenarios include shocks to underlying market risk factors that may be well beyond the shocks found in the historical data used to calculate VaR. Historical scenarios simulate the impact of the market moves that occurred during a period of extended historical market stress. Generally, a multi-week period representing the most severe point during a crisis is selected for each historical scenario. Hypothetical scenarios provide simulations of the estimated portfolio impact from potential future market stress events. Scenarios are reviewed and updated in response to changing positions and new economic or political information. In addition, new or ad hoc scenarios are developed to address specific potential market events or particular vulnerabilities in the portfolio. The stress tests are reviewed on a regular basis and the results are presented to senior management.

Stress testing for the trading portfolio is integrated with enterprise-wide stress testing and incorporated into the limits framework. The macroeconomic scenarios used for enterprise-wide stress testing purposes differ from the typical trading portfolio scenarios in that they have a longer time horizon and the results are forecasted over multiple periods for use in consolidated capital and liquidity planning. For additional information, see Managing Risk on page 57.

Interest Rate Risk Management for Nontrading Activities

The following discussion presents net interest income excluding the impact of trading-related activities.

Interest rate risk represents the most significant market risk exposure to our non-trading balance sheet. Interest rate risk is measured as the potential change in net interest income caused by movements in market interest rates. Client-facing activities, primarily lending and deposit-taking, create interest rate sensitive positions on our balance sheet.

We prepare forward-looking forecasts of net interest income. The baseline forecast takes into consideration expected future business growth, ALM positioning and the direction of interest rate movements as implied by the market-based forward curve. We then measure and evaluate the impact that alternative interest rate scenarios have on the baseline forecast in order to assess interest rate sensitivity under varied conditions. The net interest income forecast is frequently updated for changing assumptions and differing outlooks based on economic trends, market conditions and business strategies. Thus, we continually monitor our balance sheet position in order to maintain an acceptable level of exposure to interest rate changes.

The interest rate scenarios that we analyze incorporate balance sheet assumptions such as loan and deposit growth and pricing, changes in funding mix, product repricing and maturity characteristics. Our overall goal is to manage interest rate risk so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect earnings and capital.

Table 71 presents the spot and 12-month forward rates used in our baseline forecasts at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Table 71
Forward Rates
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Federal Funds
 
Three-month
LIBOR
 
10-Year Swap
 
Federal Funds
 
Three-month
LIBOR
 
10-Year Swap
Spot rates
0.25
%
 
0.28
%
 
2.46
%
 
0.25
%
 
0.26
%
 
2.28
%
12-month forward rates
0.75

 
0.91

 
2.73

 
0.75

 
0.91

 
2.55


Table 72 shows the pretax dollar impact to forecasted net interest income over the next 12 months from June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, resulting from instantaneous parallel and non-parallel shocks to the market-based forward curve. Periodically we evaluate the scenarios presented to ensure that they are meaningful in the context of the current rate environment. For more information on net interest income excluding the impact of trading-related activities, see page 21.


122

Table of Contents

For the three months ended June 30, 2015, the asset sensitivity to long-end rates on our balance sheet decreased due to higher interest rates. The asset sensitivity of our balance sheet has remained relatively stable for the six months ended June 30, 2015. We continue to be asset sensitive to a parallel move in interest rates with the majority of that benefit coming from the short end of the yield curve. Additionally, rising interest rates impact the fair value of debt securities and, accordingly, for debt securities classified as AFS, may adversely affect accumulated OCI and thus capital levels under the Basel 3 capital rules. Under instantaneous upward parallel shifts, the near term adverse impact to accumulated OCI and Basel 3 capital is reduced over time by offsetting positive impacts to net interest income. For more information on the phase-in provisions of Basel 3, see Capital Management – Regulatory Capital on page 59.

Table 72
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated Net Interest Income Excluding Trading-related Net Interest Income
(Dollars in millions)
Curve Change
Short Rate (bps)
 
Long Rate (bps)
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Parallel shifts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 +100 bps instantaneous shift
+100

 
+100

 
$
3,854

 
$
3,685

 -50 bps instantaneous shift
-50

 
-50

 
(3,153
)
 
(3,043
)
Flatteners
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-end instantaneous change
+100

 

 
2,410

 
1,966

Long-end instantaneous change

 
-50

 
(1,559
)
 
(1,772
)
Steepeners
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-end instantaneous change
-50

 

 
(1,549
)
 
(1,261
)
Long-end instantaneous change

 
+100

 
1,496

 
1,782


The sensitivity analysis in Table 72 assumes that we take no action in response to these rate shocks and does not assume any change in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates. As part of our ALM activities, we use securities, residential mortgages, and interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives in managing interest rate sensitivity.

The behavior of our deposit portfolio in the baseline forecast and in alternate interest rate scenarios is a key assumption in our projected estimates of net interest income. The sensitivity analysis in Table 72 assumes no change in deposit portfolio size or mix from the baseline forecast in alternate rate environments. In higher rate scenarios, any customer activity resulting in the replacement of low-cost or noninterest-bearing deposits with higher-yielding deposits or market-based funding would reduce the Corporation's benefit in those scenarios.

Securities

The securities portfolio is an integral part of our interest rate risk management, which includes our ALM positioning, and is primarily comprised of debt securities including MBS and U.S. Treasury securities. As part of the ALM positioning, we use derivatives to hedge interest rate and duration risk. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our debt securities portfolio had a carrying value of $392.4 billion and $380.5 billion.

During the three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, we purchased debt securities of $42.1 billion and $48.6 billion, sold $10.7 billion and $19.5 billion, and had maturities and received paydowns of $24.8 billion and $20.6 billion, respectively. During the three months ended June 30, 2015, we also exchanged $5.0 billion of loans supported by long-term standby agreements with FNMA and FHLMC into debt securities guaranteed by FNMA and FHLMC. We realized $168 million and $382 million in net gains on sales of AFS debt securities during the three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, we purchased debt securities of $89.1 billion and $105.7 billion, sold $40.4 billion and $42.3 billion, and had maturities and received paydowns of $44.2 billion and $39.8 billion, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, we also exchanged $10.2 billion of loans supported by long-term standby agreements with FNMA and FHLMC into debt securities guaranteed by FNMA and FHLMC. We realized $436 million and $759 million in net gains on sales of AFS debt securities during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.


123

Table of Contents

At June 30, 2015, accumulated OCI included after-tax net unrealized gains of $94 million on AFS debt securities and after-tax net unrealized gains of $65 million on AFS marketable equity securities compared to after-tax net unrealized gains of $355 million and after-tax net unrealized losses of $22 million at June 30, 2014. For more information on accumulated OCI, see Note 12 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The pretax net amounts in accumulated OCI related to AFS debt securities decreased $4.1 billion and $2.0 billion during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 to a $149 million net unrealized gain primarily due to the impact of interest rates. For more information on our securities portfolio, see Note 3 – Securities to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Residential Mortgage Portfolio

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our residential mortgage portfolio was $198.8 billion and $216.2 billion excluding $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion of consumer residential mortgage loans accounted for under the fair value option at each period end. For more information on consumer fair value option loans, see Consumer Portfolio Credit Risk Management – Consumer Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option on page 94. The $17.4 billion decrease in the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily due to loan sales of $13.6 billion, including $10.2 billion of loans with standby insurance agreements, $1.8 billion of nonperforming and other delinquent loans, $1.5 billion of consolidated agency residential mortgage securitization vehicles, and runoff outpacing the retention of new originations. These declines were partially offset by repurchases of delinquent loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA, which are part of our mortgage banking activities.

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

During the three months ended June 30, 2015, Consumer Banking and GWIM originated $9.6 billion of first-lien mortgages that we retained compared to $6.0 billion in the same period in 2014. We received paydowns of $10.8 billion compared to $8.8 billion in the same period in 2014. We repurchased $741 million of loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA and redelivered $732 million, primarily FHA-insured loans, compared to repurchases of $1.0 billion and redeliveries of $1.0 billion in the same period in 2014. Sales of loans, excluding redelivered FHA-insured loans, were $7.3 billion compared to $2.4 billion in the same period in 2014. Gains recognized on the sales of residential mortgages were $284 million compared to $170 million in the same period in 2014.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, Consumer Banking and GWIM originated $17.7 billion of first-lien mortgages that we retained compared to $10.6 billion in the same period in 2014. We received paydowns of $20.8 billion compared to $17.8 billion in the same period in 2014. We repurchased $1.8 billion of loans pursuant to our servicing agreements with GNMA and redelivered $1.3 billion, primarily FHA-insured loans, compared to repurchases of $2.3 billion and redeliveries of $2.4 billion in the same period in 2014. Sales of loans, excluding redelivered FHA-insured loans, were $13.6 billion compared to $3.1 million in the same period in 2014. Gains recognized on the sales of residential mortgages were $517 million compared to $182 million in the same period in 2014.

Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Derivative Contracts

Interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts are utilized in our ALM activities and serve as an efficient tool to manage our interest rate and foreign exchange risk. We use derivatives to hedge the variability in cash flows or changes in fair value on our balance sheet due to interest rate and foreign exchange components. For more information on our hedging activities, see Note 2 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our interest rate contracts are generally non-leveraged generic interest rate and foreign exchange basis swaps, options, futures and forwards. In addition, we use foreign exchange contracts, including cross-currency interest rate swaps, foreign currency futures contracts, foreign currency forward contracts and options to mitigate the foreign exchange risk associated with foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities.

Changes to the composition of our derivatives portfolio during the six months ended June 30, 2015 reflect actions taken for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk management. The decisions to reposition our derivatives portfolio are based on the current assessment of economic and financial conditions including the interest rate and foreign currency environments, balance sheet composition and trends, and the relative mix of our cash and derivative positions.

124

Table of Contents

Table 73 presents derivatives utilized in our ALM activities including those designated as accounting and economic hedging instruments and shows the notional amount, fair value, weighted-average receive-fixed and pay-fixed rates, expected maturity and average estimated durations of our open ALM derivatives at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. These amounts do not include derivative hedges on our MSRs.

Table 73
Asset and Liability Management Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected Maturity
 
 
(Dollars in millions, average estimated duration in years)
Fair
Value
 
Total
 
Remainder of 2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter
 
Average
Estimated
Duration
Receive-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
$
5,993

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
4.87

Notional amount
 

 
$
114,937

 
$
7,385

 
$
15,339

 
$
21,453

 
$
20,599

 
$
9,783

 
$
40,378

 
 

Weighted-average fixed-rate
 

 
3.19
%
 
2.87
%
 
3.12
%
 
3.64
%
 
3.32
%
 
2.37
%
 
3.16
%
 
 

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
(73
)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
4.13

Notional amount
 

 
$
7,379

 
$

 
$
1,025

 
$
1,527

 
$
2,908

 
$
350

 
$
1,569

 
 

Weighted-average fixed-rate
 

 
1.86
%
 
%
 
1.65
%
 
1.84
%
 
1.62
%
 
1.75
%
 
2.48
%
 
 

Same-currency basis swaps (3)
(75
)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount
 

 
$
84,081

 
$
8,702

 
$
15,691

 
$
20,884

 
$
11,026

 
$
6,794

 
$
20,984

 
 

Foreign exchange basis swaps (2, 4, 5)
(3,474
)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount
 

 
154,267

 
11,062

 
25,024

 
27,965

 
18,663

 
12,389

 
59,164

 
 

Option products (6)

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount (7)
 

 
15

 

 

 

 

 

 
15

 
 

Foreign exchange contracts (2, 5, 8)
1,451

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount (7)
 

 
(25,195
)
 
(32,450
)
 
(2,477
)
 
5,485

 
(2,413
)
 
2,208

 
4,452

 
 

Futures and forward rate contracts
194

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notional amount (7)
 

 
(14,267
)
 
(14,267
)
 

 

 

 

 

 
 

Net ALM contracts
$
4,016

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected Maturity
 
 
(Dollars in millions, average estimated duration in years)
Fair
Value
 
Total
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter
 
Average
Estimated
Duration
Receive-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
$
7,626

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.34

Notional amount
 
 
$
113,766

 
$
11,785

 
$
15,339

 
$
21,453

 
$
15,299

 
$
10,233

 
$
39,657

 
 
Weighted-average fixed-rate
 
 
2.98
%
 
3.56
%
 
3.12
%
 
3.64
%
 
4.07
%
 
0.49
%
 
2.63
%
 
 
Pay-fixed interest rate swaps (1, 2)
(829
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.05

Notional amount
 
 
$
14,668

 
$
520

 
$
1,025

 
$
1,527

 
$
2,908

 
$
425

 
$
8,263

 
 
Weighted-average fixed-rate
 
 
2.27
%
 
2.30
%
 
1.65
%
 
1.84
%
 
1.62
%
 
0.09
%
 
2.77
%
 
 
Same-currency basis swaps (3)
(74
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount
 
 
$
94,413

 
$
18,881

 
$
15,691

 
$
21,068

 
$
11,026

 
$
6,787

 
$
20,960

 
 
Foreign exchange basis swaps (2, 4, 5)
(2,352
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount
 
 
161,196

 
27,629

 
26,118

 
27,026

 
14,255

 
12,359

 
53,809

 
 
Option products (6)
11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount (7)
 
 
980

 
964

 

 

 

 

 
16

 
 
Foreign exchange contracts (2, 5, 8)
3,700

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount (7)
 
 
(22,572
)
 
(29,931
)
 
(2,036
)
 
6,134

 
(2,335
)
 
2,359

 
3,237

 
 
Futures and forward rate contracts
(129
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notional amount (7)
 
 
(14,949
)
 
(14,949
)
 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Net ALM contracts
$
7,953

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
There were no forward starting receive-fixed interest rate swap positions at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. There were no forward starting pay-fixed swap positions at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(2) 
Does not include basis adjustments on either fixed-rate debt issued by the Corporation or AFS debt securities, which are hedged using derivatives designated as fair value hedging instruments, that substantially offset the fair values of these derivatives.
(3) 
At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the notional amount of same-currency basis swaps was comprised of $84.1 billion and $94.4 billion in both foreign currency and U.S. Dollar-denominated basis swaps in which both sides of the swap are in the same currency.
(4) 
Foreign exchange basis swaps consisted of cross-currency variable interest rate swaps used separately or in conjunction with receive-fixed interest rate swaps.
(5) 
Does not include foreign currency translation adjustments on certain non-U.S. debt issued by the Corporation that substantially offset the fair values of these derivatives.
(6) 
The notional amount of option products of $15 million at June 30, 2015 was comprised of $15 million in purchased caps/floors. Option products of $980 million at December 31, 2014 were comprised of $974 million in foreign exchange options, $16 million in purchased caps/floors and $(10) million in swaptions.
(7) 
Reflects the net of long and short positions. Amounts shown as negative reflect a net short position.
(8) 
The notional amount of foreign exchange contracts of $(25.2) billion at June 30, 2015 was comprised of $21.2 billion in foreign currency-denominated and cross-currency receive-fixed swaps, $(39.6) billion in net foreign currency forward rate contracts, $(7.8) billion in foreign currency-denominated pay-fixed swaps and $1.0 billion in net foreign currency futures contracts. Foreign exchange contracts of $(22.6) billion at December 31, 2014 were comprised of $21.0 billion in foreign currency-denominated and cross-currency receive-fixed swaps, $(36.4) billion in net foreign currency forward rate contracts, $(8.3) billion in foreign currency-denominated pay-fixed swaps and $1.1 billion in foreign currency futures contracts.

125

Table of Contents

We use interest rate derivative instruments to hedge the variability in the cash flows of our assets and liabilities and other forecasted transactions (collectively referred to as cash flow hedges). The net losses on both open and terminated cash flow hedge derivative instruments recorded in accumulated OCI were $2.2 billion and $2.7 billion, on a pretax basis, at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. These net losses are expected to be reclassified into earnings in the same period as the hedged cash flows affect earnings and will decrease income or increase expense on the respective hedged cash flows. Assuming no change in open cash flow derivative hedge positions and no changes in prices or interest rates beyond what is implied in forward yield curves at June 30, 2015, the pretax net losses are expected to be reclassified into earnings as follows: $698 million, or 32 percent, within the next year, 42 percent in years two through five, and 17 percent in years six through ten, with the remaining nine percent thereafter. For more information on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, see Note 2 – Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We hedge our net investment in non-U.S. operations determined to have functional currencies other than the U.S. Dollar using forward foreign exchange contracts that typically settle in less than 180 days, cross-currency basis swaps and foreign exchange options. We recorded net after-tax losses on derivatives in accumulated OCI associated with net investment hedges which were offset by gains on our net investments in consolidated non-U.S. entities at June 30, 2015.

Mortgage Banking Risk Management

We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subject us to credit, liquidity and interest rate risks, among others. We determine whether loans will be HFI or held-for-sale at the time of commitment and manage credit and liquidity risks by selling or securitizing a portion of the loans we originate.

Interest rate risk and market risk can be substantial in the mortgage business. Fluctuations in interest rates drive consumer demand for new mortgages and the level of refinancing activity which, in turn, affects total origination and servicing income. Hedging the various sources of interest rate risk in mortgage banking is a complex process that requires complex modeling and ongoing monitoring. Typically, an increase in mortgage interest rates will lead to a decrease in mortgage originations and related fees. IRLCs and the related residential first mortgage LHFS are subject to interest rate risk between the date of the IRLC and the date the loans are sold to the secondary market, as an increase in mortgage interest rates will typically lead to a decrease in the value of these instruments.

MSRs are nonfinancial assets created when the underlying mortgage loan is sold to investors and we retain the right to service the loan. Typically, an increase in mortgage rates will lead to an increase in the value of the MSRs driven by lower prepayment expectations. This increase in value from increases in mortgage rates is opposite of, and therefore offsets, the risk described for IRLCs and LHFS. Because the interest rate risks of these two hedged items offset, we combine them into one overall hedged item with one combined economic hedge portfolio.

Interest rate and certain market risks of IRLCs and residential mortgage LHFS are economically hedged in combination with MSRs. To hedge these combined assets, we use certain derivatives such as interest rate options, interest rate swaps, forward sale commitments, eurodollar and U.S. Treasury futures, and mortgage TBAs, as well as other securities including agency MBS, principal-only and interest-only MBS and U.S. Treasury securities. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, we recorded losses in mortgage banking income of $306 million and $64 million related to the change in fair value of the derivative contracts and other securities used to hedge the market risks of the MSRs and funded LHFS compared to gains of $211 million and $528 million for the same periods in 2014. For more information on MSRs, see Note 17 – Mortgage Servicing Rights to the Consolidated Financial Statements and for more information on mortgage banking income, see Consumer Banking on page 29.


126

Table of Contents

Compliance Risk Management

Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss or damage to the reputation of the Corporation in the event of the failure of the Corporation to comply with the requirements of applicable laws, rules, regulations, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct (collectively, applicable laws, rules and regulations). Global Compliance independently assesses compliance risk, and evaluates adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations, including identifying compliance issues and risks, performing monitoring and testing, and reporting on the state of compliance activities across the Corporation. Additionally, Global Compliance works with Front Line Units (FLUs) and control functions so that day-to-day activities operate in a compliant manner. For more information on FLUs and control functions, see Managing Risk on page 55 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Corporation's approach to the management of compliance risk is further described in the Global Compliance Policy, which outlines the requirements of the Corporation's global compliance program, and defines roles and responsibilities related to the implementation, execution and management of the compliance program by Global Compliance. The requirements work together to drive a comprehensive risk-based approach for the proactive identification, management and escalation of compliance risks throughout the Corporation.

The Global Compliance Policy sets the requirements for reporting compliance risk information to executive management as well as the Board or appropriate Board-level committees with an outline for conducting objective oversight of the Corporation's compliance risk management activities. The Board provides oversight of compliance risks through its Audit Committee and ERC.

Operational Risk Management

The Corporation defines operational risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk may occur anywhere in the Corporation, including third-party business processes, and is not limited to operations functions. Effects may extend beyond financial losses and may result in reputational risk impacts. Operational risk includes legal risk. Successful operational risk management is particularly important to diversified financial services companies because of the nature, volume and complexity of the financial services business. Operational risk is a significant component in the calculation of total risk-weighted assets used in the Basel 3 capital estimate under the Advanced approaches. For more information on Basel 3 Advanced approaches, see Capital Management – Advanced Approaches on page 61.

We approach operational risk management from two perspectives within the structure of the Corporation: (1) at the enterprise level to provide independent, integrated management of operational risk across the organization, and (2) at the business and control function levels to address operational risk in revenue producing and non-revenue producing units. The Operational Risk Management Program addresses the overarching processes for identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling operational risk, and reporting operational risk information to management and the Board. A sound internal governance structure enhances the effectiveness of the Corporation's Operational Risk Management Program and is accomplished at the enterprise level through formal oversight by the Board, the ERC, the Chief Risk Officer and a variety of management committees and risk oversight groups aligned to the Corporation's overall risk governance framework and practices. Of these, the MRC oversees the Corporation's policies and processes for sound operational risk management. The MRC also serves as an escalation point for critical operational risk matters within the Corporation. The MRC reports operational risk activities to the ERC. The independent operational risk management teams oversee the businesses and control functions to monitor adherence to the Operational Risk Management Program and advise and challenge operational risk exposures.

Within the Global Risk Management organization, the Corporate Operational Risk team develops and guides the strategies, enterprise-wide policies, practices, controls and monitoring tools for assessing and managing operational risks across the organization and reports results to businesses, control functions, senior management, governance committees, the ERC and the Board.

The businesses and control functions are responsible for assessing, monitoring and managing all the risks within their units, including operational risks. In addition to enterprise risk management tools such as loss reporting, scenario analysis and Risk and Control Self Assessments (RCSAs), operational risk executives, working in conjunction with senior business executives, have developed key tools to help identify, measure, monitor and control risk in each business and control function. Examples of these include personnel management practices; data reconciliation processes; fraud management units; cybersecurity controls, processes and systems; transaction processing, monitoring and analysis; business recovery planning; and new product introduction processes. The business and control functions are also responsible for consistently implementing and monitoring adherence to corporate practices.


127

Table of Contents

Business and control function management uses the enterprise RCSA process to capture the identification and assessment of operational risk exposures and evaluate the status of risk and control issues including mitigation plans, as appropriate. The goals of this process are to assess changing market and business conditions, evaluate key risks impacting each business and control function, and assess the controls in place to mitigate the risks. Key operational risk indicators have been developed and are used to assist in identifying trends and issues on an enterprise, business and control function level. Independent review and challenge to the Corporation's overall operational risk management framework is performed by the Corporate Operational Risk Program Adherence Team and reported through the operational risk governance committees and management routines.

Where appropriate, insurance policies are purchased to mitigate the impact of operational losses. These insurance policies are explicitly incorporated in the structural features of operational risk evaluation. As insurance recoveries, especially given recent market events, are subject to legal and financial uncertainty, the inclusion of these insurance policies is subject to reductions in their expected mitigating benefits.

Complex Accounting Estimates

Our significant accounting principles, as described in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K, are essential in understanding the MD&A. Many of our significant accounting principles require complex judgments to estimate the values of assets and liabilities. We have procedures and processes in place to facilitate making these judgments.

The more judgmental estimates impacting results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are summarized in the following discussion. We have identified and described the development of the variables most important in the estimation processes that involve mathematical models to derive the estimates. In many cases, there are numerous alternative judgments that could be used in the process of determining the inputs to the models. Where alternatives exist, we have used the factors that we believe represent the most reasonable value in developing the inputs. Actual performance that differs from our estimates of the key variables could impact our results of operations. Separate from the possible future impact to our results of operations from input and model variables, the value of our lending portfolio and market-sensitive assets and liabilities may change subsequent to the balance sheet date, often significantly, due to the nature and magnitude of future credit and market conditions. Such credit and market conditions may change quickly and in unforeseen ways and the resulting volatility could have a significant, negative effect on future operating results. These fluctuations would not be indicative of deficiencies in our models or inputs.

For additional information, see Complex Accounting Estimates on page 109 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We classify the fair values of financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established under applicable accounting guidance which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Applicable accounting guidance establishes three levels of inputs used to measure fair value. For additional information, see Note 14 – Fair Value Measurements and Note 15 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and Complex Accounting Estimates on page 109 of the MD&A of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities where values are based on valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and are significant to the overall fair value measurement are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy established in applicable accounting guidance. The Level 3 financial assets and liabilities include certain loans, MBS, ABS, collateralized debt obligations, CLOs and structured liabilities, as well as highly structured, complex or long-dated derivative contracts, private equity investments and consumer MSRs. The fair value of these Level 3 financial assets and liabilities is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.


128

Table of Contents

Table 74
Recurring Level 3 Asset and Liability Summary
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Assets
 
As a %
of Total
Assets
 
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Assets
 
As a %
of Total
Assets
Trading account assets
$
6,339

 
29.80
%
 
0.29
%
 
$
6,259

 
28.12
%
 
0.30
%
Derivative assets
6,489

 
30.50

 
0.30

 
6,851

 
30.77

 
0.33

AFS debt securities
1,504

 
7.07

 
0.07

 
2,555

 
11.48

 
0.12

Mortgage servicing rights
3,521

 
16.55

 
0.16

 
3,530

 
15.86

 
0.17

All other Level 3 assets at fair value
3,420

 
16.08

 
0.17

 
3,067

 
13.77

 
0.14

Total Level 3 assets at fair value (1)
$
21,273

 
100.00
%
 
0.99
%
 
$
22,262

 
100.00
%
 
1.06
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Liabilities
 
As a %
of Total
Liabilities
 
Level 3
Fair Value
 
As a %
of Total
Level 3
Liabilities
 
As a %
of Total
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities
$
6,840

 
68.47
%
 
0.36
%
 
$
7,771

 
76.34
%
 
0.42
%
Long-term debt
2,716

 
27.19

 
0.14

 
2,362

 
23.20

 
0.13

All other Level 3 liabilities at fair value
434

 
4.34

 
0.03

 
46

 
0.46

 

Total Level 3 liabilities at fair value (1)
$
9,990

 
100.00
%
 
0.53
%
 
$
10,179

 
100.00
%
 
0.55
%
(1) 
Level 3 total assets and liabilities are shown before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting related to our derivative positions.

Level 3 financial instruments may be hedged with derivatives classified as Level 1 or 2; therefore, gains or losses associated with Level 3 financial instruments may be offset by gains or losses associated with financial instruments classified in other levels of the fair value hierarchy. The Level 3 gains and losses recorded in earnings did not have a significant impact on our liquidity or capital resources. We conduct a review of our fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Transfers into or out of Level 3 are made if the significant inputs used in the financial models measuring the fair values of the assets and liabilities became unobservable or observable, respectively, in the current marketplace. These transfers are considered to be effective as of the beginning of the quarter in which they occur. For more information on the significant transfers into and out of Level 3 during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, see Note 14 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

129

Table of Contents

Glossary
Alt-A Mortgage – A type of U.S. mortgage that, for various reasons, is considered riskier than A-paper, or "prime," and less risky than "subprime," the riskiest category. Alt-A interest rates, which are determined by credit risk, therefore tend to be between those of prime and subprime consumer real estate loans. Typically, Alt-A mortgages are characterized by borrowers with less than full documentation, lower credit scores and higher LTVs.
Assets in Custody – Consist largely of custodial and non-discretionary trust assets excluding brokerage assets administered for clients. Trust assets encompass a broad range of asset types including real estate, private company ownership interest, personal property and investments.
Assets Under Management (AUM) – The total market value of assets under the investment advisory and discretion of GWIM which generate asset management fees based on a percentage of the assets' market values. AUM reflects assets that are generally managed for institutional, high net worth and retail clients, and are distributed through various investment products including mutual funds, other commingled vehicles and separate accounts. AUM is classified in two categories, Liquidity AUM and Long-term AUM. Liquidity AUM are assets under advisory and discretion of GWIM in which the investment strategy seeks current income, while maintaining liquidity and capital preservation. The duration of these strategies is primarily less than one year. Long-term AUM are assets under advisory and discretion of GWIM in which the duration of investment strategy is longer than one year.
Carrying Value (with respect to loans) – The amount at which a loan is recorded on the balance sheet. For loans recorded at amortized cost, carrying value is the unpaid principal balance net of unamortized deferred loan origination fees and costs, and unamortized purchase premium or discount. For loans that are or have been on nonaccrual status, the carrying value is also reduced by any net charge-offs that have been recorded and the amount of interest payments applied as a reduction of principal under the cost recovery method. For PCI loans, the carrying value equals fair value upon acquisition adjusted for subsequent cash collections and yield accreted to date. For credit card loans, the carrying value also includes interest that has been billed to the customer. For loans classified as held-for-sale, carrying value is the lower of carrying value as described in the sentences above, or fair value. For loans for which we have elected the fair value option, the carrying value is fair value.
Client Brokerage Assets – Include client assets which are held in brokerage accounts. This includes non-discretionary brokerage and fee-based assets which generate brokerage income and asset management fee revenue.
Committed Credit Exposure – Includes any funded portion of a facility plus the unfunded portion of a facility on which the lender is legally bound to advance funds during a specified period under prescribed conditions.
Credit Derivatives – Contractual agreements that provide protection against a credit event on one or more referenced obligations. The nature of a credit event is established by the protection purchaser and the protection seller at the inception of the transaction, and such events generally include bankruptcy or insolvency of the referenced credit entity, failure to meet payment obligations when due, as well as acceleration of indebtedness and payment repudiation or moratorium. The purchaser of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a payment by the protection seller upon the occurrence, if any, of such a credit event. A credit default swap is a type of credit derivative.
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) – A portfolio adjustment required to properly reflect the counterparty credit risk exposure as part of the fair value of derivative instruments.
Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA) – A portfolio adjustment required to properly reflect the Corporation's own credit risk exposure as part of the fair value of derivative instruments and/or structured liabilities.
Funding Valuation Adjustment (FVA) – A portfolio adjustment required to include funding costs on uncollateralized derivatives and derivatives where the Corporation is not permitted to use the collateral it receives.
Interest Rate Lock Commitment (IRLC) – Commitment with a loan applicant in which the loan terms, including interest rate and price, are guaranteed for a designated period of time subject to credit approval.
Letter of Credit – A document issued on behalf of a customer to a third party promising to pay the third party upon presentation of specified documents. A letter of credit effectively substitutes the issuer's credit for that of the customer.

130

Table of Contents

Loan-to-value (LTV) – A commonly used credit quality metric that is reported in terms of ending and average LTV. Ending LTV is calculated as the outstanding carrying value of the loan at the end of the period divided by the estimated value of the property securing the loan. An additional metric related to LTV is combined loan-to-value (CLTV) which is similar to the LTV metric, yet combines the outstanding balance on the residential mortgage loan and the outstanding carrying value on the home equity loan or available line of credit, both of which are secured by the same property, divided by the estimated value of the property. A LTV of 100 percent reflects a loan that is currently secured by a property valued at an amount exactly equal to the carrying value or available line of the loan. Estimated property values are generally determined through the use of automated valuation models (AVMs) or the CoreLogic Case-Shiller Index. An AVM is a tool that estimates the value of a property by reference to large volumes of market data including sales of comparable properties and price trends specific to the MSA in which the property being valued is located. CoreLogic Case-Shiller is a widely used index based on data from repeat sales of single family homes. CoreLogic Case-Shiller indexed-based values are reported on a three-month or one-quarter lag.
Margin Receivable An extension of credit secured by eligible securities in certain brokerage accounts.
Market-related Adjustments Include adjustments to premium amortization or discount accretion on debt securities when a decrease in long-term rates shortens (or an increase extends) the estimated lives of mortgage-related debt securities. Also included in market-related adjustments is hedge ineffectiveness that impacts net interest income.
Matched Book – Repurchase and resale agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions entered into to accommodate customers and earn interest rate spreads.
Mortgage Servicing Right (MSR) – The right to service a mortgage loan when the underlying loan is sold or securitized. Servicing includes collections for principal, interest and escrow payments from borrowers and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to investors.
Net Interest Yield – Net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
Nonperforming Loans and Leases – Include loans and leases that have been placed on nonaccrual status, including nonaccruing loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties (TDRs). Loans accounted for under the fair value option, PCI loans and LHFS are not reported as nonperforming loans and leases. Consumer credit card loans, business card loans, consumer loans secured by personal property (except for certain secured consumer loans, including those that have been modified in a TDR), and consumer loans secured by real estate that are insured by the FHA or through long-term credit protection agreements with FNMA and FHLMC (fully-insured loan portfolio) are not placed on nonaccrual status and are, therefore, not reported as nonperforming loans and leases.
Purchased Credit-impaired (PCI) Loan – A loan purchased as an individual loan, in a portfolio of loans or in a business combination with evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination for which it is probable, upon acquisition, that the investor will be unable to collect all contractually required payments. These loans are recorded at fair value upon acquisition.
Subprime Loans – Although a standard industry definition for subprime loans (including subprime mortgage loans) does not exist, the Corporation defines subprime loans as specific product offerings for higher risk borrowers, including individuals with one or a combination of high credit risk factors, such as low FICO scores, high debt to income ratios and inferior payment history.
Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) – Loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. Certain consumer loans for which a binding offer to restructure has been extended are also classified as TDRs. Concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate to a rate that is below market on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance, loans discharged in bankruptcy or other actions intended to maximize collection. Secured consumer loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not been reaffirmed by the borrower are classified as TDRs at the time of discharge from bankruptcy. TDRs are generally reported as nonperforming loans and leases while on nonaccrual status. Nonperforming TDRs may be returned to accrual status when, among other criteria, payment in full of all amounts due under the restructured terms is expected and the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of repayment performance, generally six months. TDRs that are on accrual status are reported as performing TDRs through the end of the calendar year in which the restructuring occurred or the year in which they are returned to accrual status. In addition, if accruing TDRs bear less than a market rate of interest at the time of modification, they are reported as performing TDRs throughout their remaining lives unless and until they cease to perform in accordance with their modified contractual terms, at which time they would be placed on nonaccrual status and reported as nonperforming TDRs.
Value-at-Risk (VaR) – VaR is a model that simulates the value of a portfolio under a range of hypothetical scenarios in order to generate a distribution of potential gains and losses. VaR represents the loss the portfolio is expected to experience with a given confidence level based on historical data. A VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of potential gains and losses on our trading portfolios.

131

Table of Contents

Acronyms
 
 
 
ABS
 
Asset-backed securities
AFS
 
Available-for-sale
ALM
 
Asset and liability management
ARM
 
Adjustable-rate mortgage
AUM
 
Assets under management
BHC
 
Bank holding company
CCAR
 
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CDO
 
Collateralized debt obligation
CLO
 
Collateralized loan obligation
CRA
 
Community Reinvestment Act
CVA
 
Credit valuation adjustment
DVA
 
Debit valuation adjustment
EAD
 
Exposure at default
ERC
 
Enterprise Risk Committee
FHA
 
Federal Housing Administration
FHLB
 
Federal Home Loan Bank
FHLMC
 
Freddie Mac
FICC
 
Fixed-income, currencies and commodities
FICO
 
Fair Isaac Corporation (credit score)
FLUs
 
Front line units
FNMA
 
Fannie Mae
FSB
 
Financial Stability Board
FTE
 
Fully taxable-equivalent
FVA
 
Funding valuation adjustment
GAAP
 
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
GNMA
 
Government National Mortgage Association
GSE
 
Government-sponsored enterprise
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HELOC
 
Home equity lines of credit
HFI
 
Held-for-investment
HQLA
 
High Quality Liquid Assets
HUD
 
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
LCR
 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LGD
 
Loss-given default
LHFS
 
Loans held-for-sale
LIBOR
 
London InterBank Offered Rate
LTV
 
Loan-to-value
MBS
 
Mortgage-backed securities
MD&A
 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
MI
 
Mortgage insurance
MRC
 
Management Risk Committee
MSR
 
Mortgage servicing right
NSFR
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio
OCI
 
Other comprehensive income
OTC
 
Over-the-counter
OTTI
 
Other-than-temporary impairment
PCI
 
Purchased credit-impaired
PPI
 
Payment protection insurance
RCSAs
 
Risk and Control Self Assessments
RMBS
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
SEC
 
Securities and Exchange Commission
SLR
 
Supplementary leverage ratio
TDR
 
Troubled debt restructurings
VIE
 
Variable interest entity



132

Table of Contents

Item 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

See Market Risk Management on page 117 in the MD&A and the sections referenced therein for Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Item 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report and pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), the Corporation's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness and design of the Corporation's disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the Corporation's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation's disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered by this report, in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms.

Changes in Internal Controls

There have been no changes in the Corporation's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the three months ended June 30, 2015 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Corporation's internal control over financial reporting.


133

Table of Contents

Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases
$
7,978

 
$
8,635

 
$
16,014

 
$
17,395

Debt securities
3,070

 
2,124

 
4,957

 
4,121

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
268

 
297

 
499

 
562

Trading account assets
1,074

 
1,175

 
2,157

 
2,352

Other interest income
742

 
710

 
1,468

 
1,446

Total interest income
13,132

 
12,941

 
25,095

 
25,876

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
216

 
282

 
436

 
573

Short-term borrowings
686

 
763

 
1,271

 
1,372

Trading account liabilities
335

 
398

 
729

 
833

Long-term debt
1,407

 
1,485

 
2,720

 
3,000

Total interest expense
2,644

 
2,928

 
5,156

 
5,778

Net interest income
10,488

 
10,013

 
19,939

 
20,098

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Card income
1,477

 
1,441

 
2,871

 
2,834

Service charges
1,857

 
1,866

 
3,621

 
3,692

Investment and brokerage services
3,387

 
3,291

 
6,765

 
6,560

Investment banking income
1,526

 
1,631

 
3,013

 
3,173

Equity investment income
88

 
357

 
115

 
1,141

Trading account profits
1,647

 
1,832

 
3,894

 
4,299

Mortgage banking income
1,001

 
527

 
1,695

 
939

Gains on sales of debt securities
168

 
382

 
436

 
759

Other income
478

 
407

 
970

 
818

Total noninterest income
11,629

 
11,734

 
23,380

 
24,215

Total revenue, net of interest expense
22,117

 
21,747

 
43,319

 
44,313

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
780

 
411

 
1,545

 
1,420

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personnel
7,890

 
8,306

 
17,504

 
18,055

Occupancy
1,027

 
1,079

 
2,054

 
2,194

Equipment
500

 
534

 
1,012

 
1,080

Marketing
445

 
450

 
885

 
892

Professional fees
494

 
626

 
915

 
1,184

Amortization of intangibles
212

 
235

 
425

 
474

Data processing
715

 
761

 
1,567

 
1,594

Telecommunications
202

 
324

 
373

 
694

Other general operating
2,333

 
6,226

 
4,778

 
14,612

Total noninterest expense
13,818

 
18,541

 
29,513

 
40,779

Income before income taxes
7,519

 
2,795

 
12,261

 
2,114

Income tax expense
2,199

 
504

 
3,584

 
99

Net income
$
5,320

 
$
2,291

 
$
8,677

 
$
2,015

Preferred stock dividends
330

 
256

 
712

 
494

Net income applicable to common shareholders
$
4,990

 
$
2,035

 
$
7,965

 
$
1,521

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per common share information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings
$
0.48

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.76

 
$
0.14

Diluted earnings
0.45

 
0.19

 
0.72

 
0.14

Dividends paid
0.05

 
0.01

 
0.10

 
0.02

Average common shares issued and outstanding (in thousands)
10,488,137

 
10,519,359

 
10,503,379

 
10,539,769

Average diluted common shares issued and outstanding (in thousands)
11,238,060

 
11,265,123

 
11,252,417

 
10,599,641

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

134

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net income
$
5,320

 
$
2,291

 
$
8,677

 
$
2,015

Other comprehensive income (loss), net-of-tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities
(2,537
)
 
2,305

 
(1,201
)
 
3,594

Net change in derivatives
246

 
7

 
289

 
215

Employee benefit plan adjustments
25

 
7

 
50

 
56

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments
43

 
7

 
(8
)
 
(119
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(2,223
)
 
2,326

 
(870
)
 
3,746

Comprehensive income
$
3,097

 
$
4,617

 
$
7,807

 
$
5,761

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



135

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
29,974

 
$
33,118

Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve, non-U.S. central banks and other banks
133,540

 
105,471

Cash and cash equivalents
163,514

 
138,589

Time deposits placed and other short-term investments
7,996

 
7,510

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell (includes $70,791 and $62,182 measured at fair value)
199,903

 
191,823

Trading account assets (includes $116,777 and $110,621 pledged as collateral)
189,106

 
191,785

Derivative assets
50,977

 
52,682

Debt securities:
 
 
 
Carried at fair value (includes $41,309 and $46,976 pledged as collateral)
332,307

 
320,695

Held-to-maturity, at cost (fair value – $59,163 and $59,641; $15,732 and $17,124 pledged as collateral)
60,072

 
59,766

Total debt securities
392,379

 
380,461

Loans and leases (includes $7,629 and $8,681 measured at fair value and $56,259 and $52,959 pledged as collateral)
886,449

 
881,391

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(13,068
)
 
(14,419
)
Loans and leases, net of allowance
873,381

 
866,972

Premises and equipment, net
9,700

 
10,049

Mortgage servicing rights (includes $3,521 and $3,530 measured at fair value)
3,521

 
3,530

Goodwill
69,775

 
69,777

Intangible assets
4,188

 
4,612

Loans held-for-sale (includes $4,924 and $6,801 measured at fair value)
6,914

 
12,836

Customer and other receivables
64,505

 
61,845

Other assets (includes $14,545 and $13,873 measured at fair value)
113,175

 
112,063

Total assets
$
2,149,034

 
$
2,104,534

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets of consolidated variable interest entities included in total assets above (isolated to settle the liabilities of the variable interest entities)
Trading account assets
$
4,863

 
$
6,890

Loans and leases
85,467

 
95,187

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(1,711
)
 
(1,968
)
Loans and leases, net of allowance
83,756

 
93,219

Loans held-for-sale
413

 
1,822

All other assets
3,681

 
2,769

Total assets of consolidated variable interest entities
$
92,713

 
$
104,700

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

136

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet (continued)
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Liabilities
 
 
 
Deposits in U.S. offices:
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
$
411,862

 
$
393,102

Interest-bearing (includes $1,215 and $1,469 measured at fair value)
668,447

 
660,161

Deposits in non-U.S. offices:
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
8,294

 
7,230

Interest-bearing
60,957

 
58,443

Total deposits
1,149,560

 
1,118,936

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $32,017 and $35,357 measured at fair value)
213,024

 
201,277

Trading account liabilities
72,596

 
74,192

Derivative liabilities
43,583

 
46,909

Short-term borrowings (includes $1,841 and $2,697 measured at fair value)
39,903

 
31,172

Accrued expenses and other liabilities (includes $13,124 and $12,055 measured at fair value and $588 and $528 of reserve for unfunded lending commitments)
135,295

 
145,438

Long-term debt (includes $32,920 and $36,404 measured at fair value)
243,414

 
243,139

Total liabilities
1,897,375

 
1,861,063

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities, Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies)


 


 
 
 
 
Shareholders' equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized – 100,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding – 3,767,790 and 3,647,790 shares
22,273

 
19,309

Common stock and additional paid-in capital, $0.01 par value; authorized – 12,800,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding – 10,471,836,636 and 10,516,542,476 shares
152,638

 
153,458

Retained earnings
81,938

 
75,024

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(5,190
)
 
(4,320
)
Total shareholders' equity
251,659

 
243,471

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
2,149,034

 
$
2,104,534

 
 
 
 
Liabilities of consolidated variable interest entities included in total liabilities above
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
$
358

 
$
1,032

Long-term debt (includes $12,969 and $11,943 of non-recourse debt)
14,471

 
13,307

All other liabilities (includes $52 and $84 of non-recourse liabilities)
109

 
138

Total liabilities of consolidated variable interest entities
$
14,938

 
$
14,477

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

137

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
 
 
Preferred
Stock
Common Stock and Additional Paid-in Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
Shareholders'
Equity
(Dollars in millions, shares in thousands)
Shares
Amount
Balance, December 31, 2013
$
13,352

10,591,808

$
155,293

$
72,497

$
(8,457
)
$
232,685

Net income
 
 
 
2,015

 
2,015

Net change in available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
3,594

3,594

Net change in derivatives
 
 
 
 
215

215

Employee benefit plan adjustments
 
 
 
 
56

56

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
 
(119
)
(119
)
Dividends paid:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common
 
 
 
(210
)
 
(210
)
Preferred
 
 
 
(494
)
 
(494
)
Issuance of preferred stock
1,494

 
 
 
 
1,494

Common stock issued under employee plans and related tax effects
 
25,149

(150
)
 
 
(150
)
Common stock repurchased
 
(101,132
)
(1,675
)
 
 
(1,675
)
Balance, June 30, 2014
$
14,846

10,515,825

$
153,468

$
73,808

$
(4,711
)
$
237,411

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2014
$
19,309

10,516,542

$
153,458

$
75,024

$
(4,320
)
$
243,471

Net income
 
 
 
8,677

 
8,677

Net change in available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
(1,201
)
(1,201
)
Net change in derivatives
 
 
 
 
289

289

Employee benefit plan adjustments
 
 
 
 
50

50

Net change in foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
 
(8
)
(8
)
Dividends paid:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common
 
 
 
(1,051
)
 
(1,051
)
Preferred
 
 
 
(712
)
 
(712
)
Issuance of preferred stock
2,964

 
 
 
 
2,964

Common stock issued under employee plans and related tax effects
 
3,947

(45
)
 
 
(45
)
Common stock repurchased
 
(48,652
)
(775
)
 
 
(775
)
Balance, June 30, 2015
$
22,273

10,471,837

$
152,638

$
81,938

$
(5,190
)
$
251,659

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



138

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
Operating activities
 
 
 
Net income
$
8,677

 
$
2,015

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
1,545

 
1,420

Gains on sales of debt securities
(436
)
 
(759
)
Depreciation and premises improvements amortization
786

 
781

Amortization of intangibles
425

 
474

Net amortization of premium/discount on debt securities
475

 
1,278

Deferred income taxes
1,673

 
320

Loans held-for-sale:
 
 
 
Originations and purchases
(19,868
)
 
(18,794
)
Proceeds from sales and paydowns of loans originally classified as held-for-sale
22,114

 
19,351

Net change in:
 
 
 
Trading and derivative instruments
(848
)
 
12,874

Other assets
(16,189
)
 
(6,936
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
(10,203
)
 
15,374

Other operating activities, net
(794
)
 
103

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
(12,643
)
 
27,501

Investing activities
 
 
 
Net change in:
 
 
 
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments
(486
)
 
2,894

Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
(8,080
)
 
(39,121
)
Debt securities carried at fair value:
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales
40,872

 
43,062

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities
37,294

 
36,773

Purchases
(81,512
)
 
(97,512
)
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities
6,927

 
3,016

Purchases
(7,579
)
 
(8,207
)
Loans and leases:
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales
11,662

 
11,863

Purchases
(5,807
)
 
(5,079
)
Other changes in loans and leases, net
(11,695
)
 
7,389

Net purchases of premises and equipment
(437
)
 
(451
)
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed properties
377

 
394

Proceeds from sales of investments
332

 
1,429

Other investing activities, net
(297
)
 
(259
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(18,429
)
 
(43,809
)
Financing activities
 
 
 
Net change in:
 
 
 
Deposits
30,624

 
15,058

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
11,747

 
19,723

Short-term borrowings
8,731

 
(126
)
Long-term debt:
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance
25,661

 
35,789

Retirement of long-term debt
(20,842
)
 
(31,871
)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
2,964

 
1,494

Common stock repurchased
(775
)
 
(1,675
)
Cash dividends paid
(1,763
)
 
(704
)
Excess tax benefits on share-based payments
16

 
34

Other financing activities, net
(21
)
 
(26
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
56,342

 
37,696

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(345
)
 
189

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
24,925

 
21,577

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1
138,589

 
131,322

Cash and cash equivalents at June 30
$
163,514

 
$
152,899

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

139

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles

Bank of America Corporation (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the Corporation), a bank holding company and a financial holding company, provides a diverse range of financial services and products throughout the U.S. and in certain international markets. The term "the Corporation" as used herein may refer to Bank of America Corporation individually, Bank of America Corporation and its subsidiaries, or certain of Bank of America Corporation's subsidiaries or affiliates.

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its majority-owned subsidiaries, and those variable interest entities (VIEs) where the Corporation is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Results of operations of acquired companies are included from the dates of acquisition and for VIEs, from the dates that the Corporation became the primary beneficiary. Assets held in an agency or fiduciary capacity are not included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Corporation accounts for investments in companies for which it owns a voting interest and for which it has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financing decisions using the equity method of accounting. These investments are included in other assets. Equity method investments are subject to impairment testing and the Corporation's proportionate share of income or loss is included in equity investment income.

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Realized results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

The Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 as supplemented by a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2015 to reflect reclassified business segment information is referred to herein as the 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. These unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The nature of the Corporation's business is such that the results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the interim period results have been made. The Corporation evaluates subsequent events through the date of filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Certain prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. In the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Corporation revised certain line item amounts (e.g., purchases and proceeds from sales of debt securities carried at fair value) in the investing activities section to appropriately reflect sweep activity. This had no impact on total cash flows from investing activities.

140

Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued new accounting guidance that amends the criteria for determining whether limited partnerships and similar entities are VIEs, clarifies when a general partner or asset manager should consolidate an entity and eliminates the indefinite deferral of certain aspects of VIE accounting guidance for investments in certain investment funds. Money market funds registered under Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act and similar funds are exempt from consolidation under the new guidance. The new accounting guidance is effective beginning on January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted; however, the Corporation does not expect to adopt this new guidance early. The Corporation does not expect the new guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In June 2014, the FASB issued new guidance on accounting and disclosure of repurchase-to-maturity (RTM) transactions and repurchase financings (repos). Under this new accounting guidance, RTMs are accounted for as secured borrowings rather than sales of an asset, and transfers of financial assets with a contemporaneous repo are no longer evaluated to determine whether they should be accounted for on a combined basis as forward contracts. The new guidance also prescribes additional disclosures particularly on the nature of collateral pledged in repos accounted for as secured borrowings. The new guidance was effective beginning on January 1, 2015 and did not have a material impact on the Corporation's consolidated financial position or results of operations. For the additional disclosures under this guidance, see Note 2 – Derivatives and Note 9 – Federal Funds Sold or Purchased, Securities Financing Agreements and Short-term Borrowings.

In May 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. The new accounting guidance, which does not apply to financial instruments, is effective on a retrospective basis beginning on January 1, 2018. The Corporation is assessing the impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

141

Table of Contents

NOTE 2 – Derivatives
 
Derivative Balances

Derivatives are entered into on behalf of customers, for trading, or to support risk management activities. Derivatives used in risk management activities include derivatives that may or may not be designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships. Derivatives that are not designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships are referred to as other risk management derivatives. For more information on the Corporation's derivatives and hedging activities, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following tables present derivative instruments included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in derivative assets and liabilities at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Balances are presented on a gross basis, prior to the application of counterparty and cash collateral netting. Total derivative assets and liabilities are adjusted on an aggregate basis to take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and have been reduced by the cash collateral received or paid.

 
June 30, 2015
 
 
 
Gross Derivative Assets
 
Gross Derivative Liabilities
(Dollars in billions)
Contract/
Notional (1)
 
Trading and Other Risk Management Derivatives
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
 
Trading and Other Risk Management Derivatives
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
$
22,487.0

 
$
462.5

 
$
7.2

 
$
469.7

 
$
462.1

 
$
1.4

 
$
463.5

Futures and forwards
8,595.9

 
1.7

 

 
1.7

 
1.7

 

 
1.7

Written options
1,648.3

 

 

 

 
63.2

 

 
63.2

Purchased options
1,626.4

 
63.9

 

 
63.9

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Swaps
2,195.2

 
46.1

 
0.8

 
46.9

 
48.4

 
2.4

 
50.8

Spot, futures and forwards
4,538.0

 
47.8

 
0.5

 
48.3

 
50.9

 
0.5

 
51.4

Written options
621.5

 

 

 

 
12.7

 

 
12.7

Purchased options
583.7

 
12.1

 

 
12.1

 

 

 

Equity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Swaps
192.6

 
3.3

 

 
3.3

 
3.9

 

 
3.9

Futures and forwards
78.2

 
1.8

 

 
1.8

 
2.2

 

 
2.2

Written options
405.3

 

 

 

 
26.8

 

 
26.8

Purchased options
367.7

 
28.7

 

 
28.7

 

 

 

Commodity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Swaps
59.3

 
3.6

 

 
3.6

 
6.5

 

 
6.5

Futures and forwards
378.5

 
3.8

 

 
3.8

 
1.3

 

 
1.3

Written options
119.6

 

 

 

 
6.4

 

 
6.4

Purchased options
135.1

 
6.6

 

 
6.6

 

 

 

Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Purchased credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Credit default swaps
1,007.6

 
10.8

 

 
10.8

 
19.3

 

 
19.3

Total return swaps/other
60.3

 
0.2

 

 
0.2

 
1.2

 

 
1.2

Written credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
991.8

 
19.5

 

 
19.5

 
9.5

 

 
9.5

Total return swaps/other
63.9

 
1.0

 

 
1.0

 
0.8

 

 
0.8

Gross derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
$
713.4

 
$
8.5

 
$
721.9

 
$
716.9

 
$
4.3

 
$
721.2

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements
 
 
 
(631.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
(631.2
)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
(39.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
(46.4
)
Total derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
$
51.0

 
 
 
 
 
$
43.6

(1) 
Represents the total contract/notional amount of derivative assets and liabilities outstanding.

142

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
Gross Derivative Assets
 
Gross Derivative Liabilities
(Dollars in billions)
Contract/
Notional (1)
 
Trading and Other Risk Management Derivatives
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
 
Trading and Other Risk Management Derivatives
 
Qualifying
Accounting
Hedges
 
Total
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
$
29,445.4

 
$
658.5

 
$
8.5

 
$
667.0

 
$
658.2

 
$
0.5

 
$
658.7

Futures and forwards
10,159.4

 
1.7

 

 
1.7

 
2.0

 

 
2.0

Written options
1,725.2

 

 

 

 
85.4

 

 
85.4

Purchased options
1,739.8

 
85.6

 

 
85.6

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
2,159.1

 
51.5

 
0.8

 
52.3

 
54.6

 
1.9

 
56.5

Spot, futures and forwards
4,226.4

 
68.9

 
1.5

 
70.4

 
72.4

 
0.2

 
72.6

Written options
600.7

 

 

 

 
16.0

 

 
16.0

Purchased options
584.6

 
15.1

 

 
15.1

 

 

 

Equity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
193.7

 
3.2

 

 
3.2

 
4.0

 

 
4.0

Futures and forwards
69.5

 
2.1

 

 
2.1

 
1.8

 

 
1.8

Written options
341.0

 

 

 

 
26.0

 

 
26.0

Purchased options
318.4

 
27.9

 

 
27.9

 

 

 

Commodity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
74.3

 
5.8

 

 
5.8

 
8.5

 

 
8.5

Futures and forwards
376.5

 
4.5

 

 
4.5

 
1.8

 

 
1.8

Written options
129.5

 

 

 

 
11.5

 

 
11.5

Purchased options
141.3

 
10.7

 

 
10.7

 

 

 

Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchased credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,094.8

 
13.3

 

 
13.3

 
23.4

 

 
23.4

Total return swaps/other
44.3

 
0.2

 

 
0.2

 
1.4

 

 
1.4

Written credit derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit default swaps
1,073.1

 
24.5

 

 
24.5

 
11.9

 

 
11.9

Total return swaps/other
61.0

 
0.5

 

 
0.5

 
0.3

 

 
0.3

Gross derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
$
974.0

 
$
10.8

 
$
984.8

 
$
979.2

 
$
2.6

 
$
981.8

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements
 
 
 
(884.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
(884.8
)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
(47.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
(50.1
)
Total derivative assets/liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
$
52.7

 
 
 
 
 
$
46.9

(1) 
Represents the total contract/notional amount of derivative assets and liabilities outstanding.

Offsetting of Derivatives

The Corporation enters into International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) master netting agreements or similar agreements with substantially all of the Corporation's derivative counterparties. Where legally enforceable, these master netting agreements give the Corporation, in the event of default by the counterparty, the right to liquidate securities held as collateral and to offset receivables and payables with the same counterparty. For purposes of the Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Corporation offsets derivative assets and liabilities and cash collateral held with the same counterparty where it has such a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

The Offsetting of Derivatives table presents derivative instruments included in derivative assets and liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 by primary risk (e.g., interest rate risk) and the platform, where applicable, on which these derivatives are transacted. Exchange-traded derivatives include listed options transacted on an exchange. Over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives include bilateral transactions between the Corporation and a particular counterparty. OTC-cleared derivatives include bilateral transactions between the Corporation and a counterparty where the transaction is cleared through a clearinghouse. Balances are presented on a gross basis, prior to the application of counterparty and cash collateral netting. Total gross derivative assets and liabilities

143

Table of Contents

are adjusted on an aggregate basis to take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements which includes reducing the balance for counterparty netting and cash collateral received or paid.

Other gross derivative assets and liabilities in the table represent derivatives entered into under master netting agreements where uncertainty exists as to the enforceability of these agreements under bankruptcy laws in some countries or industries and, accordingly, receivables and payables with counterparties in these countries or industries are reported on a gross basis.

Also included in the table is financial instruments collateral related to legally enforceable master netting agreements that represents securities collateral received or pledged and customer cash collateral held at third-party custodians. These amounts are not offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet but are shown as a reduction to total derivative assets and liabilities in the table to derive net derivative assets and liabilities.

For more information on offsetting of securities financing agreements, see Note 9 – Federal Funds Sold or Purchased, Securities Financing Agreements and Short-term Borrowings.

Offsetting of Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in billions)
Derivative
Assets
 
Derivative
Liabilities
 
Derivative
Assets
 
Derivative
Liabilities
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over-the-counter
$
316.5

 
$
303.2

 
$
386.6

 
$
373.2

Exchange-traded
0.1

 
0.1

 
0.1

 
0.1

Over-the-counter cleared
216.6

 
221.4

 
365.7

 
368.7

Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over-the-counter
103.3

 
110.2

 
133.0

 
139.9

Over-the-counter cleared
0.1

 
0.1

 

 

Equity contracts
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
Over-the-counter
19.4

 
16.8

 
19.5

 
16.7

Exchange-traded
9.6

 
9.1

 
8.6

 
7.8

Commodity contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over-the-counter
6.4

 
8.8

 
10.2

 
11.9

Exchange-traded
4.0

 
3.9

 
7.4

 
7.7

Over-the-counter cleared
0.1

 
0.1

 
0.1

 
0.6

Credit derivatives
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Over-the-counter
24.3

 
24.1

 
30.8

 
30.2

Over-the-counter cleared
6.5

 
6.4

 
7.0

 
6.8

Total gross derivative assets/liabilities, before netting


 


 
 
 
 
Over-the-counter
469.9

 
463.1

 
580.1

 
571.9

Exchange-traded
13.7

 
13.1

 
16.1

 
15.6

Over-the-counter cleared
223.3

 
228.0

 
372.8

 
376.1

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements and cash collateral received/paid
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over-the-counter
(437.0
)
 
(438.5
)
 
(545.7
)
 
(545.5
)
Exchange-traded
(11.2
)
 
(11.2
)
 
(13.9
)
 
(13.9
)
Over-the-counter cleared
(222.7
)
 
(227.9
)
 
(372.5
)
 
(375.5
)
Derivative assets/liabilities, after netting
36.0

 
26.6

 
36.9

 
28.7

Other gross derivative assets/liabilities
15.0

 
17.0

 
15.8

 
18.2

Total derivative assets/liabilities
51.0

 
43.6

 
52.7

 
46.9

Less: Financial instruments collateral (1)
(12.3
)
 
(6.3
)
 
(13.3
)
 
(8.9
)
Total net derivative assets/liabilities
$
38.7

 
$
37.3

 
$
39.4

 
$
38.0

(1)
These amounts are limited to the derivative asset/liability balance and, accordingly, do not include excess collateral received/pledged.

144

Table of Contents

ALM and Risk Management Derivatives

The Corporation's asset and liability management (ALM) and risk management activities include the use of derivatives to mitigate risk to the Corporation including derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships and derivatives used in other risk management activities. Interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, commodity and credit contracts are utilized in the Corporation's ALM and risk management activities.

The Corporation maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of interest rate contracts, which are generally non-leveraged generic interest rate and basis swaps, options, futures and forwards, to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by interest rate volatility. The Corporation's goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity and volatility so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect earnings or capital. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities appreciate or depreciate in fair value. Gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities are expected to substantially offset this unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

Market risk, including interest rate risk, can be substantial in the mortgage business. Market risk is the risk that values of mortgage assets or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions such as interest rate movements. To mitigate the interest rate risk in mortgage banking production income, the Corporation utilizes forward loan sale commitments and other derivative instruments, including purchased options, and certain debt securities. The Corporation also utilizes derivatives such as interest rate options, interest rate swaps, forward settlement contracts and eurodollar futures to hedge certain market risks of mortgage servicing rights (MSR). For more information on MSRs, see Note 17 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.

The Corporation uses foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, as well as the Corporation's investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. Foreign exchange contracts, which include spot and forward contracts, represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon settlement date. Exposure to loss on these contracts will increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange and interest rates fluctuate.

The Corporation enters into derivative commodity contracts such as futures, swaps, options and forwards as well as non-derivative commodity contracts to provide price risk management services to customers or to manage price risk associated with its physical and financial commodity positions. The non-derivative commodity contracts and physical inventories of commodities expose the Corporation to earnings volatility. Fair value accounting hedges provide a method to mitigate a portion of this earnings volatility.

The Corporation purchases credit derivatives to manage credit risk related to certain funded and unfunded credit exposures. Credit derivatives include credit default swaps (CDS), total return swaps and swaptions. These derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in other income.


145

Table of Contents

Derivatives Designated as Accounting Hedges

The Corporation uses various types of interest rate, commodity and foreign exchange derivative contracts to protect against changes in the fair value of its assets and liabilities due to fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices and exchange rates (fair value hedges). The Corporation also uses these types of contracts and equity derivatives to protect against changes in the cash flows of its assets and liabilities, and other forecasted transactions (cash flow hedges). The Corporation hedges its net investment in consolidated non-U.S. operations determined to have functional currencies other than the U.S. Dollar using forward exchange contracts and cross-currency basis swaps, and by issuing foreign currency-denominated debt (net investment hedges).

Fair Value Hedges

The table below summarizes information related to fair value hedges for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, including hedges of interest rate risk on long-term debt that were acquired as part of a business combination and redesignated at that time. At redesignation, the fair value of the derivatives was positive. As the derivatives mature, the fair value will approach zero. As a result, ineffectiveness will occur and the fair value changes in the derivatives and the long-term debt being hedged may be directionally the same in certain scenarios. Based on a regression analysis, the derivatives continue to be highly effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the long-term debt attributable to interest rate risk.

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains (Losses)
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2015
(Dollars in millions)
Derivative
 
Hedged
Item
 
Hedge
Ineffectiveness
 
Derivative
 
Hedged
Item
 
Hedge
Ineffectiveness
Interest rate risk on long-term debt (1)
$
(2,293
)
 
$
2,041

 
$
(252
)
 
$
(1,197
)
 
$
749

 
$
(448
)
Interest rate and foreign currency risk on long-term debt (1)
388

 
(402
)
 
(14
)
 
(1,256
)
 
1,186

 
(70
)
Interest rate risk on available-for-sale securities (2)
2

 
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
45

 
(48
)
 
(3
)
Price risk on commodity inventory (3)
2

 
(2
)
 

 
13

 
(9
)
 
4

Total
$
(1,901
)
 
$
1,634

 
$
(267
)
 
$
(2,395
)
 
$
1,878

 
$
(517
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
2014
Interest rate risk on long-term debt (1)
$
735

 
$
(944
)
 
$
(209
)
 
$
1,101

 
$
(1,504
)
 
$
(403
)
Interest rate and foreign currency risk on long-term debt (1)
145

 
(171
)
 
(26
)
 
263

 
(315
)
 
(52
)
Interest rate risk on available-for-sale securities (2)
(23
)
 
19

 
(4
)
 
(21
)
 
16

 
(5
)
Price risk on commodity inventory (3)

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
 
2

 
3

 
5

Total
$
857

 
$
(1,098
)
 
$
(241
)
 
$
1,345

 
$
(1,800
)
 
$
(455
)
(1) 
Amounts are recorded in interest expense on long-term debt and in other income.
(2) 
Amounts are recorded in interest income on debt securities.
(3) 
Amounts relating to commodity inventory are recorded in trading account profits.


146

Table of Contents

Cash Flow and Net Investment Hedges

The table below summarizes certain information related to cash flow hedges and net investment hedges for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Of the $1.4 billion net loss (after-tax) on derivatives in accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) at June 30, 2015, $698 million ($436 million after-tax) is expected to be reclassified into earnings in the next 12 months. These net losses reclassified into earnings are expected to primarily reduce net interest income related to the respective hedged items. Amounts related to price risk on restricted stock awards reclassified from accumulated OCI are recorded in personnel expense.

Derivatives Designated as Cash Flow and Net Investment Hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2015
(Dollars in millions, amounts pretax)
Gains (Losses) Recognized in Accumulated OCI on Derivatives
 
Gains (Losses) in Income Reclassified from Accumulated OCI
 
Hedge Ineffectiveness and Amounts Excluded from Effectiveness Testing (1)
 
Gains (Losses) Recognized in Accumulated OCI on Derivatives
 
Gains (Losses) in Income Reclassified from Accumulated OCI
 
Hedge Ineffectiveness and Amounts Excluded from Effectiveness Testing (1)
Cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate risk on variable-rate portfolios
$
(19
)
 
$
(259
)
 
$

 
$
5

 
$
(514
)
 
$
(1
)
Price risk on restricted stock awards (2)
181

 
28

 

 
(29
)
 
27

 

Total
$
162

 
$
(231
)
 
$

 
$
(24
)
 
$
(487
)
 
$
(1
)
Net investment hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange risk
$
(992
)
 
$
84

 
$
11

 
$
990

 
$
84

 
$
(87
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
2014
Cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate risk on variable-rate portfolios
$
28

 
$
(279
)
 
$

 
$
45

 
$
(560
)
 
$

Price risk on restricted stock awards (2)
(220
)
 
75

 

 
(64
)
 
225

 

Total
$
(192
)
 
$
(204
)
 
$

 
$
(19
)
 
$
(335
)
 
$

Net investment hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange risk
$
(797
)
 
$

 
$
(118
)
 
$
(978
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$
(176
)
(1) 
Amounts related to derivatives designated as cash flow hedges represent hedge ineffectiveness and amounts related to net investment hedges represent amounts excluded from effectiveness testing.
(2) 
The hedge gain (loss) recognized in accumulated OCI is primarily related to the change in the Corporation's stock price for the period.

147

Table of Contents

Other Risk Management Derivatives

Other risk management derivatives are used by the Corporation to reduce certain risk exposures. These derivatives are not qualifying accounting hedges because either they did not qualify for or were not designated as accounting hedges. The table below presents gains (losses) on these derivatives for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. These gains (losses) are largely offset by the income or expense that is recorded on the hedged item.

Other Risk Management Derivatives
 
 
 
 
Gains (Losses)
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Interest rate risk on mortgage banking income (1)
$
(390
)
 
$
196

 
$
(94
)
 
$
376

Credit risk on loans (2)
(31
)
 
(27
)
 
(58
)
 
(33
)
Interest rate and foreign currency risk on ALM activities (3)
585

 
(713
)
 
266

 
(1,311
)
Price risk on restricted stock awards (4)
226

 
(338
)
 
(244
)
 
26

Other
(20
)
 
(1
)
 
(7
)
 
(4
)
(1) 
Net gains (losses) on these derivatives are recorded in mortgage banking income as they are used to mitigate the interest rate risk related to MSRs, interest rate lock commitments and mortgage loans held-for-sale, all of which are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage banking income. The net gains on interest rate lock commitments related to the origination of mortgage loans that are held-for-sale, which are not included in the table but are considered derivative instruments, were $167 million and $427 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $225 million and $398 million for the same periods in 2014.
(2) 
Primarily related to derivatives that are economic hedges of credit risk on loans. Net gains (losses) on these derivatives are recorded in other income.
(3) 
Primarily related to hedges of debt securities carried at fair value and hedges of foreign currency-denominated debt. Gains (losses) on these derivatives and the related hedged items are recorded in other income.
(4) 
Gains (losses) on these derivatives are recorded in personnel expense.

Transfers of Financial Assets with Risk Retained through Derivatives

The Corporation enters into certain transactions involving the transfer of financial assets that are accounted for as sales where substantially all of the economic exposure to the transferred financial assets is retained by the Corporation through a derivative agreement with the initial transferee. These transactions are accounted for as sales because the Corporation does not retain control over the assets transferred.

Through June 30, 2015, the Corporation transferred $8.9 billion of non-U.S. government-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and non-U.S. government securities primarily to a trust created by a third party. The Corporation received gross cash proceeds of $8.9 billion at the transfer dates. The Corporation simultaneously entered into derivatives with those counterparties whereby the Corporation retained certain economic exposures to those securities (e.g., interest rate and/or credit risk). Generally, the maturity of the derivatives is the same as the maturity of assets initially transferred. A derivative asset of $110 million and a liability of $15 million were recorded at June 30, 2015 and are included in credit derivatives in the derivative instruments table on page 142. At June 30, 2015, the fair value of the securities previously transferred was $9.1 billion. The economic exposure retained by the Corporation, which is primarily interest rate risk and prepayment risk, is typically hedged with interest rate swaps and interest rate swaptions and, to a lesser extent, total return swaps.

Sales and Trading Revenue

The Corporation enters into trading derivatives to facilitate client transactions and to manage risk exposures arising from trading account assets and liabilities. It is the Corporation's policy to include these derivative instruments in its trading activities which include derivatives and non-derivative cash instruments. The resulting risk from these derivatives is managed on a portfolio basis as part of the Corporation's Global Markets business segment. The related sales and trading revenue generated within Global Markets is recorded in various income statement line items including trading account profits and net interest income as well as other revenue categories.

Sales and trading revenue includes changes in the fair value and realized gains and losses on the sales of trading and other assets, net interest income, and fees primarily from commissions on equity securities. Revenue is generated by the difference in the client price for an instrument and the price at which the trading desk can execute the trade in the dealer market. For equity securities, commissions related to purchases and sales are recorded in the "Other" column in the Sales and Trading Revenue table. Changes in the fair value of these securities are included in trading account profits. For debt securities, revenue, with the exception of interest associated with the debt securities, is typically included in trading account profits. Unlike commissions for equity securities, the initial revenue related to

148

Table of Contents

broker-dealer services for debt securities is typically included in the pricing of the instrument rather than being charged through separate fee arrangements. Therefore, this revenue is recorded in trading account profits as part of the initial mark to fair value. For derivatives, the majority of revenue is included in trading account profits. In transactions where the Corporation acts as agent, which include exchange-traded futures and options, fees are recorded in other income.

The table below, which includes both derivatives and non-derivative cash instruments, identifies the amounts in the respective income statement line items attributable to the Corporation's sales and trading revenue in Global Markets, categorized by primary risk, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. The difference between total trading account profits in the table below and in the Consolidated Statement of Income represents trading activities in business segments other than Global Markets. This table includes debit valuation and funding valuation adjustment (DVA/FVA) gains (losses). Global Markets results in Note 18 – Business Segment Information are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) basis. The table below is not presented on an FTE basis.

Sales and Trading Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2015
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
 
Net Interest Income
 
Other (1)
 
Total
 
Trading
Account
Profits
 
Net Interest Income
 
Other (1)
 
Total
Interest rate risk
$
333

 
$
333

 
$
129

 
$
795

 
$
845

 
$
639

 
$
216

 
$
1,700

Foreign exchange risk
295

 
(1
)
 
(31
)
 
263

 
741

 
(3
)
 
(62
)
 
676

Equity risk
667

 
(37
)
 
565

 
1,195

 
1,237

 
(24
)
 
1,142

 
2,355

Credit risk
297

 
603

 
125

 
1,025

 
741

 
1,190

 
292

 
2,223

Other risk
101

 
(18
)
 
18

 
101

 
256

 
(39
)
 
75

 
292

Total sales and trading revenue
$
1,693

 
$
880

 
$
806

 
$
3,379

 
$
3,820

 
$
1,763

 
$
1,663

 
$
7,246

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
2014
Interest rate risk
$
438

 
$
302

 
$
81

 
$
821

 
$
807

 
$
581

 
$
219

 
$
1,607

Foreign exchange risk
228

 
2

 
(31
)
 
199

 
465

 
4

 
(61
)
 
408

Equity risk
550

 
(69
)
 
566

 
1,047

 
1,151

 
(83
)
 
1,170

 
2,238

Credit risk
509

 
679

 
207

 
1,395

 
1,536

 
1,378

 
362

 
3,276

Other risk
43

 
(94
)
 
14

 
(37
)
 
176

 
(184
)
 
84

 
76

Total sales and trading revenue
$
1,768

 
$
820

 
$
837

 
$
3,425

 
$
4,135

 
$
1,696

 
$
1,774

 
$
7,605

(1) 
Represents amounts in investment and brokerage services and other income that are recorded in Global Markets and included in the definition of sales and trading revenue. Includes investment and brokerage services revenue of $544 million and $1.1 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and $540 million and $1.1 billion for the same periods in 2014.

Credit Derivatives

The Corporation enters into credit derivatives primarily to facilitate client transactions and to manage credit risk exposures. Credit derivatives derive value based on an underlying third-party referenced obligation or a portfolio of referenced obligations and generally require the Corporation, as the seller of credit protection, to make payments to a buyer upon the occurrence of a pre-defined credit event. Such credit events generally include bankruptcy of the referenced credit entity and failure to pay under the obligation, as well as acceleration of indebtedness and payment repudiation or moratorium. For credit derivatives based on a portfolio of referenced credits or credit indices, the Corporation may not be required to make payment until a specified amount of loss has occurred and/or may only be required to make payment up to a specified amount.


149

Table of Contents

Credit derivative instruments where the Corporation is the seller of credit protection and their expiration are summarized in the table below. These instruments are classified as investment and non-investment grade based on the credit quality of the underlying referenced obligation. The Corporation considers ratings of BBB- or higher as investment grade. Non-investment grade includes non-rated credit derivative instruments. The Corporation discloses internal categorizations of investment grade and non-investment grade consistent with how risk is managed for these instruments.

Credit Derivative Instruments
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
Carrying Value
(Dollars in millions)
Less than
One Year
 
One to
Three Years
 
Three to
Five Years
 
Over Five
Years
 
Total
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
38

 
$
239

 
$
876

 
$
876

 
$
2,029

Non-investment grade
301

 
1,775

 
1,558

 
3,853

 
7,487

Total
339

 
2,014

 
2,434

 
4,729

 
9,516

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
53

 

 

 

 
53

Non-investment grade
315

 
249

 
8

 
170

 
742

Total
368

 
249

 
8

 
170

 
795

Total credit derivatives
$
707

 
$
2,263

 
$
2,442

 
$
4,899

 
$
10,311

Credit-related notes:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
28

 
$
71

 
$
427

 
$
2,985

 
$
3,511

Non-investment grade
72

 
172

 
84

 
1,125

 
1,453

Total credit-related notes
$
100

 
$
243

 
$
511

 
$
4,110

 
$
4,964

 
Maximum Payout/Notional
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
124,622

 
$
325,859

 
$
204,971

 
$
30,565

 
$
686,017

Non-investment grade
53,198

 
172,583

 
59,595

 
20,416

 
305,792

Total
177,820

 
498,442

 
264,566

 
50,981

 
991,809

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
33,482

 

 

 

 
33,482

Non-investment grade
20,293

 
9,238

 
650

 
229

 
30,410

Total
53,775

 
9,238

 
650

 
229

 
63,892

Total credit derivatives
$
231,595

 
$
507,680

 
$
265,216

 
$
51,210

 
$
1,055,701

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
Carrying Value
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
100

 
$
714

 
$
1,455

 
$
939

 
$
3,208

Non-investment grade
916

 
2,107

 
1,338

 
4,301

 
8,662

Total
1,016

 
2,821

 
2,793

 
5,240

 
11,870

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
24

 

 

 

 
24

Non-investment grade
64

 
247

 
2

 

 
313

Total
88

 
247

 
2

 

 
337

Total credit derivatives
$
1,104

 
$
3,068

 
$
2,795

 
$
5,240

 
$
12,207

Credit-related notes:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
2

 
$
365

 
$
568

 
$
2,634

 
$
3,569

Non-investment grade
5

 
141

 
85

 
1,443

 
1,674

Total credit-related notes
$
7

 
$
506

 
$
653

 
$
4,077

 
$
5,243

 
Maximum Payout/Notional
Credit default swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
$
132,974

 
$
342,914

 
$
242,728

 
$
28,982

 
$
747,598

Non-investment grade
54,326

 
170,580

 
80,011

 
20,586

 
325,503

Total
187,300

 
513,494

 
322,739

 
49,568

 
1,073,101

Total return swaps/other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
22,645

 

 

 

 
22,645

Non-investment grade
23,839

 
10,792

 
3,268

 
487

 
38,386

Total
46,484

 
10,792

 
3,268

 
487

 
61,031

Total credit derivatives
$
233,784

 
$
524,286

 
$
326,007

 
$
50,055

 
$
1,134,132



150

Table of Contents

The notional amount represents the maximum amount payable by the Corporation for most credit derivatives. However, the Corporation does not monitor its exposure to credit derivatives based solely on the notional amount because this measure does not take into consideration the probability of occurrence. As such, the notional amount is not a reliable indicator of the Corporation's exposure to these contracts. Instead, a risk framework is used to define risk tolerances and establish limits to help ensure that certain credit risk-related losses occur within acceptable, predefined limits.

The Corporation manages its market risk exposure to credit derivatives by entering into a variety of offsetting derivative contracts and security positions. For example, in certain instances, the Corporation may purchase credit protection with identical underlying referenced names to offset its exposure. The carrying value and notional amount of written credit derivatives for which the Corporation held purchased credit derivatives with identical underlying referenced names and terms were $5.1 billion and $814.1 billion at June 30, 2015, and $5.7 billion and $880.6 billion at December 31, 2014.

Credit-related notes in the table on page 150 include investments in securities issued by collateralized debt obligation (CDO), collateralized loan obligation (CLO) and credit-linked note vehicles. These instruments are primarily classified as trading securities. The carrying value of these instruments equals the Corporation's maximum exposure to loss. The Corporation is not obligated to make any payments to the entities under the terms of the securities owned.

Credit-related Contingent Features and Collateral

The Corporation executes the majority of its derivative contracts in the OTC market with large, international financial institutions, including broker-dealers and, to a lesser degree, with a variety of non-financial companies. Substantially all of the derivative transactions are executed on a daily margin basis. Therefore, events such as a credit rating downgrade (depending on the ultimate rating level) or a breach of credit covenants would typically require an increase in the amount of collateral required of the counterparty, where applicable, and/or allow the Corporation to take additional protective measures such as early termination of all trades. Further, as previously discussed on page 142, the Corporation enters into legally enforceable master netting agreements which reduce risk by permitting the closeout and netting of transactions with the same counterparty upon the occurrence of certain events.

A majority of the Corporation's derivative contracts contain credit risk-related contingent features, primarily in the form of ISDA master netting agreements and credit support documentation that enhance the creditworthiness of these instruments compared to other obligations of the respective counterparty with whom the Corporation has transacted. These contingent features may be for the benefit of the Corporation as well as its counterparties with respect to changes in the Corporation's creditworthiness and the mark-to-market exposure under the derivative transactions. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Corporation held cash and securities collateral of $73.5 billion and $82.0 billion, and posted cash and securities collateral of $62.5 billion and $67.7 billion in the normal course of business under derivative agreements.

In connection with certain OTC derivative contracts and other trading agreements, the Corporation can be required to provide additional collateral or to terminate transactions with certain counterparties in the event of a downgrade of the senior debt ratings of the Corporation or certain subsidiaries. The amount of additional collateral required depends on the contract and is usually a fixed incremental amount and/or the market value of the exposure.

At June 30, 2015, the amount of collateral, calculated based on the terms of the contracts, that the Corporation and certain subsidiaries could be required to post to counterparties but had not yet posted to counterparties was approximately $1.4 billion, including $659 million for Bank of America, N.A. (BANA).

Some counterparties are currently able to unilaterally terminate certain contracts, or the Corporation or certain subsidiaries may be required to take other action such as find a suitable replacement or obtain a guarantee. At June 30, 2015, the current liability recorded for these derivative contracts was $397 million, against which the Corporation and certain subsidiaries had posted approximately $16 million of collateral.


151

Table of Contents

The table below presents the amount of additional collateral that would have been contractually required by derivative contracts and other trading agreements at June 30, 2015 if the rating agencies had downgraded their long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries by one incremental notch and by an additional second incremental notch.

Additional Collateral Required to Be Posted Upon Downgrade
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
One incremental notch
 
Second incremental notch
Bank of America Corporation
$
1,429

 
$
1,799

Bank of America, N.A. and subsidiaries (1)
1,186

 
1,390

(1) 
Included in Bank of America Corporation collateral requirements in this table.

The table below presents the derivative liabilities that would be subject to unilateral termination by counterparties and the amounts of collateral that would have been contractually required at June 30, 2015 if the long-term senior debt ratings for the Corporation or certain subsidiaries had been lower by one incremental notch and by an additional second incremental notch.

Derivative Liabilities Subject to Unilateral Termination Upon Downgrade
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
One incremental notch
 
Second incremental notch
Derivative liabilities
$
600

 
$
2,992

Collateral posted
560

 
2,625



152

Table of Contents

Valuation Adjustments on Derivatives

The Corporation records credit risk valuation adjustments on derivatives in order to properly reflect the credit quality of the counterparties and its own credit quality. The Corporation calculates valuation adjustments on derivatives based on a modeled expected exposure that incorporates current market risk factors. The exposure also takes into consideration credit mitigants such as enforceable master netting agreements and collateral. CDS spread data is used to estimate the default probabilities and severities that are applied to the exposures. Where no observable credit default data is available for counterparties, the Corporation uses proxies and other market data to estimate default probabilities and severity.

Valuation adjustments on derivatives are affected by changes in market spreads, non-credit related market factors such as interest rate and currency changes that affect the expected exposure, and other factors like changes in collateral arrangements and partial payments. Credit spreads and non-credit factors can move independently. For example, for an interest rate swap, changes in interest rates may increase the expected exposure, which would increase the counterparty credit valuation adjustment (CVA). Independently, counterparty credit spreads may tighten, which would result in an offsetting decrease to CVA.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Corporation adopted a funding valuation adjustment (FVA) into valuation estimates primarily to include funding costs on uncollateralized derivatives and derivatives where the Corporation is not permitted to use the collateral it receives. The Corporation calculates this valuation adjustment based on modeled expected exposure profiles discounted for the funding risk premium inherent in these derivatives. FVA related to derivative assets and liabilities is the effect of funding costs on the fair value of these derivatives.

The Corporation enters into risk management activities to offset market driven exposures. The Corporation often hedges the counterparty spread risk in CVA with CDS. The Corporation hedges other market risks in both CVA and debit valuation adjustment (DVA) primarily with currency and interest rate swaps. In certain instances, the net-of-hedge amounts in the table below move in the same direction as the gross amount or may move in the opposite direction. This is a consequence of the complex interaction of the risks being hedged resulting in limitations in the ability to perfectly hedge all of the market exposures at all times.

The table below presents CVA, DVA and FVA gains (losses) on derivatives, which are recorded in trading account profits, on a gross and net of hedge basis for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. CVA gains reduce the cumulative CVA thereby increasing the derivative assets balance. DVA gains increase the cumulative DVA thereby decreasing the derivative liabilities balance. CVA and DVA losses have the opposite impact. FVA gains related to derivative assets reduce the cumulative FVA thereby increasing the derivative assets balance. FVA gains related to derivative liabilities increase the cumulative FVA thereby decreasing the derivative liabilities balance.

Valuation Adjustments on Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains (Losses)
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in millions)
Gross
Net
 
Gross
Net
 
Gross
Net
 
Gross
Net
Derivative assets (CVA) (1)
$
215

$
(17
)
 
$
266

$
161

 
$
223

$
107

 
$
318

$
201

Derivative assets (FVA) (2)
(23
)
(23
)
 


 
11

11

 


Derivative liabilities (DVA) (3)
(14
)
(4
)
 
(2
)
1

 
9

(50
)
 
(84
)
(84
)
Derivative liabilities (FVA) (2)
82

82

 


 
54

54

 


(1) 
At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the cumulative CVA reduced the derivative assets balance by $1.4 billion and $1.6 billion.
(2) 
At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the cumulative FVA reduced the net derivatives balances by $0.4 billion and $0.5 billion.
(3) 
At both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the cumulative DVA reduced the derivative liabilities balance by $0.8 billion.


153

Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – Securities

The table below presents the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities, other debt securities carried at fair value, held-to-maturity (HTM) debt securities and AFS marketable equity securities at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Debt Securities and Available-for-Sale Marketable Equity Securities
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
Available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
57,699

 
$
661

 
$
(16
)
 
$
58,344

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
189,228

 
931

 
(1,899
)
 
188,260

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
12,749

 
224

 
(42
)
 
12,931

Non-agency residential (1)
3,649

 
299

 
(62
)
 
3,886

Commercial
5,087

 
54

 
(31
)
 
5,110

Non-U.S. securities
6,124

 
25

 
(4
)
 
6,145

Corporate/Agency bonds
252

 
6

 
(1
)
 
257

Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
10,389

 
35

 
(21
)
 
10,403

Total taxable securities
285,177

 
2,235

 
(2,076
)
 
285,336

Tax-exempt securities
10,811

 
15

 
(25
)
 
10,801

Total available-for-sale debt securities
295,988

 
2,250

 
(2,101
)
 
296,137

Other debt securities carried at fair value
36,452

 
164

 
(446
)
 
36,170

Total debt securities carried at fair value
332,440

 
2,414

 
(2,547
)
 
332,307

Held-to-maturity debt securities, substantially all U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities
60,072

 
160

 
(1,069
)
 
59,163

Total debt securities
$
392,512

 
$
2,574

 
$
(3,616
)
 
$
391,470

Available-for-sale marketable equity securities (2)
$
336

 
$
104

 
$

 
$
440

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
Available-for-sale debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
69,267

 
$
360

 
$
(32
)
 
$
69,595

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
163,592

 
2,040

 
(593
)
 
165,039

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
14,175

 
152

 
(79
)
 
14,248

Non-agency residential (1)
4,244

 
287

 
(77
)
 
4,454

Commercial
3,931

 
69

 

 
4,000

Non-U.S. securities
6,208

 
33

 
(11
)
 
6,230

Corporate/Agency bonds
361

 
9

 
(2
)
 
368

Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
10,774

 
39

 
(22
)
 
10,791

Total taxable securities
272,552

 
2,989

 
(816
)
 
274,725

Tax-exempt securities
9,556

 
12

 
(19
)
 
9,549

Total available-for-sale debt securities
282,108

 
3,001

 
(835
)
 
284,274

Other debt securities carried at fair value
36,524

 
261

 
(364
)
 
36,421

Total debt securities carried at fair value
318,632

 
3,262

 
(1,199
)
 
320,695

Held-to-maturity debt securities, substantially all U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities
59,766

 
486

 
(611
)
 
59,641

Total debt securities
$
378,398

 
$
3,748

 
$
(1,810
)
 
$
380,336

Available-for-sale marketable equity securities (2)
$
336

 
$
27

 
$

 
$
363

(1) 
At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the underlying collateral type included approximately 74 percent and 76 percent prime, 14 percent and 14 percent Alt-A, and 12 percent and 10 percent subprime.
(2) 
Classified in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

154

Table of Contents

At June 30, 2015, the accumulated net unrealized gain on AFS debt securities included in accumulated OCI was $94 million, net of the related income tax expense of $55 million. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Corporation had nonperforming AFS debt securities of $182 million and $161 million.

The table below presents the components of other debt securities carried at fair value where the changes in fair value are reported in other income. In the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the Corporation recorded unrealized mark-to-market net losses of $359 million and $170 million, and realized net losses of $17 million and $13 million, compared to unrealized net gains of $416 million and $860 million, and realized net gains of $100 million and $83 million for the same periods in 2014. These amounts exclude hedge results.

Other Debt Securities Carried at Fair Value
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$

 
$
1,541

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
Agency
14,885

 
15,704

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
9

 

Non-agency residential
3,787

 
3,745

Non-U.S. securities (1)
17,198

 
15,132

Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
291

 
299

Total
$
36,170

 
$
36,421

(1) 
These securities are primarily used to satisfy certain international regulatory liquidity requirements.

The gross realized gains and losses on sales of AFS debt securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 are presented in the table below.

Gains and Losses on Sales of AFS Debt Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Gross gains
$
170

 
$
383

 
$
445

 
$
761

Gross losses
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(9
)
 
(2
)
Net gains on sales of AFS debt securities
$
168

 
$
382

 
$
436

 
$
759

Income tax expense attributable to realized net gains on sales of
AFS debt securities
$
64

 
$
145

 
$
166

 
$
288


The table below presents the amortized cost and fair value of the Corporation's debt securities carried at fair value and HTM debt securities from Fannie Mae (FNMA), the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), U.S. Treasury and Freddie Mac (FHLMC), where the investment exceeded 10 percent of consolidated shareholders' equity at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Selected Securities Exceeding 10 Percent of Shareholders' Equity
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
Fannie Mae
$
145,370

 
$
144,395

 
$
130,725

 
$
131,418

Government National Mortgage Association
90,844

 
90,049

 
98,278

 
98,633

U.S. Treasury
55,590

 
56,174

 
68,481

 
68,801

Freddie Mac
46,282

 
46,059

 
28,288

 
28,556



155

Table of Contents

The table below presents the fair value and the associated gross unrealized losses on AFS debt securities and whether these securities have had gross unrealized losses for less than 12 months or for 12 months or longer as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Temporarily Impaired and Other-than-temporarily Impaired AFS Debt Securities
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
Less than Twelve Months
 
Twelve Months or Longer
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Temporarily impaired AFS debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
1,561

 
$
(12
)
 
$
259

 
$
(4
)
 
$
1,820

 
$
(16
)
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
106,914

 
(1,362
)
 
16,042

 
(537
)
 
122,956

 
(1,899
)
Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
1,648

 
(12
)
 
1,339

 
(30
)
 
2,987

 
(42
)
Non-agency residential
385

 
(3
)
 
724

 
(43
)
 
1,109

 
(46
)
Commercial
1,716

 
(31
)
 

 

 
1,716

 
(31
)
Non-U.S. securities
125

 
(1
)
 
45

 
(3
)
 
170

 
(4
)
Corporate/Agency bonds
79

 
(1
)
 

 

 
79

 
(1
)
Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
787

 
(3
)
 
1,208

 
(18
)
 
1,995

 
(21
)
Total taxable securities
113,215

 
(1,425
)
 
19,617

 
(635
)
 
132,832

 
(2,060
)
Tax-exempt securities
2,092

 
(2
)
 
1,496

 
(23
)
 
3,588

 
(25
)
Total temporarily impaired AFS debt securities
115,307

 
(1,427
)
 
21,113

 
(658
)
 
136,420

 
(2,085
)
Other-than-temporarily impaired AFS debt securities (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
407

 
(9
)
 
87

 
(7
)
 
494

 
(16
)
Total temporarily impaired and other-than-temporarily impaired AFS debt securities
$
115,714

 
$
(1,436
)
 
$
21,200

 
$
(665
)
 
$
136,914

 
$
(2,101
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
Temporarily impaired AFS debt securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
10,121

 
$
(22
)
 
$
667

 
$
(10
)
 
$
10,788

 
$
(32
)
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
1,366

 
(8
)
 
43,118

 
(585
)
 
44,484

 
(593
)
Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
2,242

 
(19
)
 
3,075

 
(60
)
 
5,317

 
(79
)
Non-agency residential
307

 
(3
)
 
809

 
(41
)
 
1,116

 
(44
)
Non-U.S. securities
157

 
(9
)
 
32

 
(2
)
 
189

 
(11
)
Corporate/Agency bonds
43

 
(1
)
 
93

 
(1
)
 
136

 
(2
)
Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
575

 
(3
)
 
1,080

 
(19
)
 
1,655

 
(22
)
Total taxable securities
14,811

 
(65
)
 
48,874

 
(718
)
 
63,685

 
(783
)
Tax-exempt securities
980

 
(1
)
 
680

 
(18
)
 
1,660

 
(19
)
Total temporarily impaired AFS debt securities
15,791

 
(66
)
 
49,554

 
(736
)
 
65,345

 
(802
)
Other-than-temporarily impaired AFS debt securities (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities
555

 
(33
)
 

 

 
555

 
(33
)
Total temporarily impaired and other-than-temporarily impaired AFS debt securities
$
16,346

 
$
(99
)
 
$
49,554

 
$
(736
)
 
$
65,900

 
$
(835
)
(1)
Includes other-than-temporarily impaired AFS debt securities on which an OTTI loss, primarily related to changes in interest rates, remains in accumulated OCI.

The Corporation recorded other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses on AFS debt securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 as presented in the Net Credit-related Impairment Losses Recognized in Earnings table. Substantially all OTTI losses in the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 consisted of credit losses on non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) and were recorded in other income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. The credit losses on the RMBS during the six months ended June 30, 2015 were driven by decreases in the estimated RMBS cash flows primarily due to a model change resulting in the refinement of the expected cash flows. A debt security is impaired when its fair value is less than its amortized cost. If the Corporation intends or will more-likely-than-not be required to sell a debt security prior to recovery, the entire impairment loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income. For AFS debt securities the Corporation does not intend or will not more-likely-than-not be required

156

Table of Contents

to sell, an analysis is performed to determine if any of the impairment is due to credit or whether it is due to other factors (e.g., interest rate). Credit losses are considered unrecoverable and are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income with the remaining unrealized losses recorded in OCI. In certain instances, the credit loss on a debt security may exceed the total impairment, in which case, the excess of the credit loss over the total impairment is recorded as an unrealized gain in OCI.

Net Credit-related Impairment Losses Recognized in Earnings
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Total OTTI losses
$
(11
)
 
$
(12
)
 
$
(82
)
 
$
(13
)
Less: non-credit portion of total OTTI losses recognized in OCI
6

 
2

 
7

 
2

Net credit-related impairment losses recognized in earnings
$
(5
)
 
$
(10
)
 
$
(75
)
 
$
(11
)

The table below presents a rollforward of the credit losses recognized in earnings for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 on AFS debt securities that the Corporation does not have the intent to sell or will not more-likely-than-not be required to sell.

Rollforward of OTTI Credit Losses Recognized
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Balance, beginning of period
$
256

 
$
185

 
$
201

 
$
184

Additions for credit losses recognized on AFS debt securities that had no previous impairment losses
2

 
10

 
49

 
10

Additions for credit losses recognized on AFS debt securities that had previously incurred impairment losses
3

 

 
26

 
1

Reductions for AFS debt securities matured, sold or intended to be sold

 

 
(15
)
 

Balance, June 30
$
261

 
$
195

 
$
261

 
$
195


The Corporation estimates the portion of a loss on a security that is attributable to credit using a discounted cash flow model and estimates the expected cash flows of the underlying collateral using internal credit, interest rate and prepayment risk models that incorporate management's best estimate of current key assumptions such as default rates, loss severity and prepayment rates. Assumptions used for the underlying loans that support the MBS can vary widely from loan to loan and are influenced by such factors as loan interest rate, geographic location of the borrower, borrower characteristics and collateral type. Based on these assumptions, the Corporation then determines how the underlying collateral cash flows will be distributed to each MBS issued from the applicable special purpose entity. Expected principal and interest cash flows on an impaired AFS debt security are discounted using the effective yield of each individual impaired AFS debt security.

Significant assumptions used in estimating the expected cash flows for measuring credit losses on non-agency RMBS were as follows at June 30, 2015.

Significant Assumptions
 
 
 
Range (1)
 
Weighted-
average
 
10th
Percentile (2)
 
90th
Percentile (2)
Annual prepayment speed
12.0
%
 
3.7
%
 
24.2
%
Loss severity
38.9

 
13.2

 
48.0

Life default rate
34.6

 
1.3

 
97.5

(1) 
Represents the range of inputs/assumptions based upon the underlying collateral.
(2) 
The value of a variable below which the indicated percentile of observations will fall.

Annual constant prepayment speed and loss severity rates are projected considering collateral characteristics such as loan-to-value (LTV), creditworthiness of borrowers as measured using FICO scores, and geographic concentrations. The weighted-average severity by collateral type was 35.6 percent for prime, 37.4 percent for Alt-A and 50.4 percent for subprime at June 30, 2015. Additionally, default rates are projected by considering collateral characteristics including, but not limited to, LTV, FICO and geographic concentration. Weighted-average life default rates by collateral type were 21.5 percent for prime, 36.9 percent for Alt-A and 38.2 percent for subprime at June 30, 2015.


157

Table of Contents

The expected maturity distribution of the Corporation's MBS, the contractual maturity distribution of the Corporation's other debt securities carried at fair value and HTM debt securities, and the yields on the Corporation's debt securities carried at fair value and HTM debt securities at June 30, 2015 are summarized in the table below. Actual maturities may differ from the contractual or expected maturities since borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

Maturities of Debt Securities Carried at Fair Value and Held-to-maturity Debt Securities
 
June 30, 2015
 
Due in One
Year or Less
 
Due after One Year
through Five Years
 
Due after Five
Years through Ten Years
 
Due after
Ten Years
 
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
 
Amount
Yield (1)
Amortized cost of debt securities carried at fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
572

0.23
%
 
$
51,424

1.60
%
 
$
5,701

2.20
%
 
$
2

4.60
%
 
$
57,699

1.69
%
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
37

4.40

 
18,004

2.60

 
170,756

2.80

 
15,618

2.90

 
204,415

2.80

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
372

0.60

 
2,567

2.00

 
9,816

2.80

 
1

0.60

 
12,756

2.60

Non-agency residential
409

4.10

 
1,512

4.90

 
1,324

4.52

 
4,188

8.19

 
7,433

6.61

Commercial
87

6.40

 
519

2.10

 
4,478

2.80

 
3

2.83

 
5,087

2.76

Non-U.S. securities
21,371

0.57

 
1,933

2.96

 
6

2.87

 


 
23,310

0.79

Corporate/Agency bonds
66

3.51

 
89

3.64

 
95

3.48

 
2

6.34

 
252

3.48

Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
2,726

1.07

 
4,908

1.29

 
2,131

2.40

 
912

3.23

 
10,677

1.57

Total taxable securities
25,640

0.90

 
80,956

1.96

 
194,307

2.80

 
20,726

4.00

 
321,629

2.53

Tax-exempt securities
651

1.02

 
2,833

1.40

 
2,482

1.67

 
4,845

1.02

 
10,811

1.26

Total amortized cost of debt securities carried at fair value
$
26,291

0.90

 
$
83,789

1.94

 
$
196,789

2.78

 
$
25,571

3.41

 
$
332,440

2.49

Amortized cost of HTM debt securities (2)
$


 
$
11,629

2.30

 
$
46,652

2.40

 
$
1,791

2.94

 
$
60,072

2.40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities carried at fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
$
572

 
 
$
52,001

 
 
$
5,769

 
 
$
2

 
 
$
58,344

 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency
38

 
 
18,277

 
 
169,457

 
 
15,373

 
 
203,145

 
Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations
373

 
 
2,566

 
 
10,000

 
 
1

 
 
12,940

 
Non-agency residential
440

 
 
1,509

 
 
1,425

 
 
4,299

 
 
7,673

 
Commercial
88

 
 
526

 
 
4,493

 
 
3

 
 
5,110

 
Non-U.S. securities
21,371

 
 
1,966

 
 
6

 
 

 
 
23,343

 
Corporate/Agency bonds
66

 
 
93

 
 
96

 
 
2

 
 
257

 
Other taxable securities, substantially all asset-backed securities
3,017

 
 
4,617

 
 
2,144

 
 
916

 
 
10,694

 
Total taxable securities
25,965

 
 
81,555

 
 
193,390

 
 
20,596

 
 
321,506

 
Tax-exempt securities
651

 
 
2,839

 
 
2,479

 
 
4,832

 
 
10,801

 
Total debt securities carried at fair value
$
26,616

 
 
$
84,394

 
 
$
195,869

 
 
$
25,428

 
 
$
332,307

 
Fair value of HTM debt securities (2)
$

 
 
$
11,567

 
 
$
45,827

 
 
$
1,769

 
 
$
59,163

 
(1) 
Average yield is computed using the effective yield of each security at the end of the period, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective yield considers the contractual coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and excludes the effect of related hedging derivatives.
(2) 
Substantially all U.S. agency MBS.

Certain Corporate and Strategic Investments

The Corporation's 49 percent investment in a merchant services joint venture, which is recorded in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and in All Other, had a carrying value of $3.1 billion at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For additional information, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies.


158

Table of Contents

NOTE 4 – Outstanding Loans and Leases

The following tables present total outstanding loans and leases and an aging analysis for the Consumer Real Estate, Credit Card and Other Consumer, and Commercial portfolio segments, by class of financing receivables, at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
30-59 Days
Past Due
(1)
60-89 Days
Past Due
(1)
90 Days or
More
 Past Due (2)
Total Past
Due 30 Days or More
Total Current or Less Than 30 Days Past Due (3)
Purchased
Credit -
impaired
(4)
Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option
Total
Outstandings
Consumer real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
1,812

$
657

$
4,661

$
7,130

$
143,877

 
 
$
151,007

Home equity
190

104

688

982

49,043

 
 
50,025

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (5)
1,869

932

7,431

10,232

24,357

$
13,229

 
47,818

Home equity
308

162

1,047

1,517

24,351

5,113

 
30,981

Credit card and other consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
448

296

742

1,486

86,917

 
 
88,403

Non-U.S. credit card
43

35

86

164

10,112

 
 
10,276

Direct/Indirect consumer (6)
196

54

40

290

84,464

 
 
84,754

Other consumer (7)
11

2

2

15

1,985

 
 
2,000

Total consumer
4,877

2,242

14,697

21,816

425,106

18,342

 
465,264

Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option (8)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,971

1,971

Total consumer loans and leases
4,877

2,242

14,697

21,816

425,106

18,342

1,971

467,235

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
365

78

283

726

234,322

 
 
235,048

Commercial real estate (9)
79

14

101

194

52,150

 
 
52,344

Commercial lease financing
77

54

35

166

25,176

 
 
25,342

Non-U.S. commercial
5

4


9

87,565

 
 
87,574

U.S. small business commercial
67

36

86

189

13,059

 
 
13,248

Total commercial
593

186

505

1,284

412,272

 
 
413,556

Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option (8)
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,658

5,658

Total commercial loans and leases
593

186

505

1,284

412,272

 
5,658

419,214

Total loans and leases
$
5,470

$
2,428

$
15,202

$
23,100

$
837,378

$
18,342

$
7,629

$
886,449

Percentage of outstandings
0.62
%
0.27
%
1.72
%
2.61
%
94.46
%
2.07
%
0.86
%
100.00
%
(1) 
Consumer real estate loans 30-59 days past due includes fully-insured loans of $2.0 billion and nonperforming loans of $460 million. Consumer real estate loans 60-89 days past due includes fully-insured loans of $1.0 billion and nonperforming loans of $336 million.
(2) 
Consumer real estate includes fully-insured loans of $8.9 billion.
(3) 
Consumer real estate includes $3.9 billion and direct/indirect consumer includes $24 million of nonperforming loans.
(4) 
PCI loan amounts are shown gross of the valuation allowance.
(5) 
Total outstandings includes pay option loans of $2.6 billion. The Corporation no longer originates this product.
(6) 
Total outstandings includes auto and specialty lending loans of $39.6 billion, unsecured consumer lending loans of $1.1 billion, U.S. securities-based lending loans of $38.6 billion, non-U.S. consumer loans of $4.0 billion, student loans of $596 million and other consumer loans of $809 million.
(7) 
Total outstandings includes consumer finance loans of $618 million, consumer leases of $1.2 billion and consumer overdrafts of $227 million.
(8) 
Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option were residential mortgage loans of $1.8 billion and home equity loans of $208 million. Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option were U.S. commercial loans of $2.3 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $3.4 billion. For additional information, see Note 14 – Fair Value Measurements and Note 15 – Fair Value Option.
(9) 
Total outstandings includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $48.6 billion and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $3.7 billion.

159

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
30-59 Days
Past Due
(1)
60-89 Days
Past Due
(1)
90 Days or
More
 Past Due (2)
Total Past
Due 30 Days or More
Total Current or Less Than 30 Days Past Due (3)
Purchased
Credit -
impaired
(4)
Loans
Accounted
for Under
 the Fair
Value Option
Total
Outstandings
Consumer real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
1,847

$
700

$
5,561

$
8,108

$
154,112

 
 
$
162,220

Home equity
218

105

744

1,067

50,820

 
 
51,887

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (5)
2,008

1,060

10,513

13,581

25,244

$
15,152

 
53,977

Home equity
374

174

1,166

1,714

26,507

5,617

 
33,838

Credit card and other consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
494

341

866

1,701

90,178

 
 
91,879

Non-U.S. credit card
49

39

95

183

10,282

 
 
10,465

Direct/Indirect consumer (6)
245

71

65

381

80,000

 
 
80,381

Other consumer (7)
11

2

2

15

1,831

 
 
1,846

Total consumer
5,246

2,492

19,012

26,750

438,974

20,769

 
486,493

Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option (8)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,077

2,077

Total consumer loans and leases
5,246

2,492

19,012

26,750

438,974

20,769

2,077

488,570

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
320

151

318

789

219,504

 
 
220,293

Commercial real estate (9)
138

16

288

442

47,240

 
 
47,682

Commercial lease financing
121

41

42

204

24,662

 
 
24,866

Non-U.S. commercial
5

4


9

80,074

 
 
80,083

U.S. small business commercial
88

45

94

227

13,066

 
 
13,293

Total commercial
672

257

742

1,671

384,546

 
 
386,217

Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option (8)
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,604

6,604

Total commercial loans and leases
672

257

742

1,671

384,546

 
6,604

392,821

Total loans and leases
$
5,918

$
2,749

$
19,754

$
28,421

$
823,520

$
20,769

$
8,681

$
881,391

Percentage of outstandings
0.67
%
0.31
%
2.24
%
3.22
%
93.44
%
2.36
%
0.98
%
100.00
%
(1) 
Consumer real estate loans 30-59 days past due includes fully-insured loans of $2.1 billion and nonperforming loans of $392 million. Consumer real estate loans 60-89 days past due includes fully-insured loans of $1.1 billion and nonperforming loans of $332 million.
(2) 
Consumer real estate includes fully-insured loans of $11.4 billion.
(3) 
Consumer real estate includes $3.6 billion and direct/indirect consumer includes $27 million of nonperforming loans.
(4) 
PCI loan amounts are shown gross of the valuation allowance.
(5) 
Total outstandings includes pay option loans of $3.2 billion. The Corporation no longer originates this product.
(6) 
Total outstandings includes auto and specialty lending loans of $37.7 billion, unsecured consumer lending loans of $1.5 billion, U.S. securities-based lending loans of $35.8 billion, non-U.S. consumer loans of $4.0 billion, student loans of $632 million and other consumer loans of $761 million.
(7) 
Total outstandings includes consumer finance loans of $676 million, consumer leases of $1.0 billion and consumer overdrafts of $162 million.
(8) 
Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option were residential mortgage loans of $1.9 billion and home equity loans of $196 million. Commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option were U.S. commercial loans of $1.9 billion and non-U.S. commercial loans of $4.7 billion. For additional information, see Note 14 – Fair Value Measurements and Note 15 – Fair Value Option.
(9) 
Total outstandings includes U.S. commercial real estate loans of $45.2 billion and non-U.S. commercial real estate loans of $2.5 billion.

The Corporation has entered into long-term credit protection agreements with FNMA and FHLMC on loans totaling $8.3 billion and $17.2 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, providing full credit protection on residential mortgage loans that become severely delinquent. All of these loans are individually insured and therefore the Corporation does not record an allowance for credit losses related to these loans.

Nonperforming Loans and Leases

The Corporation classifies junior-lien home equity loans as nonperforming when the first-lien loan becomes 90 days past due even if the junior-lien loan is performing. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $599 million and $800 million of such junior-lien home equity loans were included in nonperforming loans.


160

Table of Contents

The Corporation classifies consumer real estate loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower as troubled debt restructurings (TDR), irrespective of payment history or delinquency status, even if the repayment terms for the loan have not been otherwise modified. The Corporation continues to have a lien on the underlying collateral. At June 30, 2015, nonperforming loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy with no change in repayment terms were $980 million of which $585 million were current on their contractual payments, while $334 million were 90 days or more past due. Of the contractually current nonperforming loans, more than 75 percent were discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy more than 12 months ago, and more than 55 percent were discharged 24 months or more ago. As subsequent cash payments are received on these nonperforming loans that are contractually current, the interest component of the payments is generally recorded as interest income on a cash basis and the principal component is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the loan.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the Corporation sold nonperforming and other delinquent consumer real estate loans with a carrying value of $1.0 billion and $1.9 billion, including $401 million and $987 million of purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, compared to $2.1 billion and $2.8 billion, including $98 million and $552 million of PCI loans, for the same periods in 2014. The Corporation recorded recoveries related to these sales of $27 million and $67 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to recoveries of $185 million for both of the same periods in 2014. Gains in noninterest income of $40 million and $75 million were also recorded for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to gains of $158 million and $170 million for the same periods in 2014.

The table below presents the Corporation's nonperforming loans and leases including nonperforming TDRs, and loans accruing past due 90 days or more at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Nonperforming loans held-for-sale (LHFS) are excluded from nonperforming loans and leases as they are recorded at either fair value or the lower of cost or fair value. For more information on the criteria for classification as nonperforming, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Credit Quality
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Loans and Leases
 
Accruing Past Due 90 Days or More
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Consumer real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (1)
$
2,201

 
$
2,398

 
$
3,326

 
$
3,942

Home equity
1,408

 
1,496

 

 

Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage (1)
3,784

 
4,491

 
5,591

 
7,465

Home equity
2,155

 
2,405

 

 

Credit card and other consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
n/a

 
n/a

 
742

 
866

Non-U.S. credit card
n/a

 
n/a

 
86

 
95

Direct/Indirect consumer
26

 
28

 
38

 
64

Other consumer
1

 
1

 
1

 
1

Total consumer
9,575

 
10,819

 
9,784

 
12,433

Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
869

 
701

 
66

 
110

Commercial real estate
126

 
321

 

 
3

Commercial lease financing
19

 
3

 
27

 
41

Non-U.S. commercial
80

 
1

 

 

U.S. small business commercial
78

 
87

 
63

 
67

Total commercial
1,172

 
1,113

 
156

 
221

Total loans and leases
$
10,747

 
$
11,932

 
$
9,940

 
$
12,654

(1) 
Residential mortgage loans in the Core and Legacy Assets & Servicing portfolios accruing past due 90 days or more are fully-insured loans. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, residential mortgage includes $5.5 billion and $7.3 billion of loans on which interest has been curtailed by the FHA, and therefore are no longer accruing interest, although principal is still insured, and $3.4 billion and $4.1 billion of loans on which interest is still accruing.
n/a = not applicable


161

Table of Contents

Credit Quality Indicators

The Corporation monitors credit quality within its Consumer Real Estate, Credit Card and Other Consumer, and Commercial portfolio segments based on primary credit quality indicators. For more information on the portfolio segments, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Within the Consumer Real Estate portfolio segment, the primary credit quality indicators are refreshed LTV and refreshed FICO score. Refreshed LTV measures the carrying value of the loan as a percentage of the value of the property securing the loan, refreshed quarterly. Home equity loans are evaluated using combined loan-to-value (CLTV) which measures the carrying value of the combined loans that have liens against the property and the available line of credit as a percentage of the value of the property securing the loan, refreshed quarterly. FICO score measures the creditworthiness of the borrower based on the financial obligations of the borrower and the borrower's credit history. At a minimum, FICO scores are refreshed quarterly, and in many cases, more frequently. FICO scores are also a primary credit quality indicator for the Credit Card and Other Consumer portfolio segment and the business card portfolio within U.S. small business commercial. Within the Commercial portfolio segment, loans are evaluated using the internal classifications of pass rated or reservable criticized as the primary credit quality indicators. The term reservable criticized refers to those commercial loans that are internally classified or listed by the Corporation as Special Mention, Substandard or Doubtful, which are asset quality categories defined by regulatory authorities. These assets have an elevated level of risk and may have a high probability of default or total loss. Pass rated refers to all loans not considered reservable criticized. In addition to these primary credit quality indicators, the Corporation uses other credit quality indicators for certain types of loans.

162

Table of Contents

The following tables present certain credit quality indicators for the Corporation's Consumer Real Estate, Credit Card and Other Consumer, and Commercial portfolio segments, by class of financing receivables, at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Consumer Real Estate – Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Core Portfolio Residential Mortgage (2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing Residential Mortgage (2)
Residential
Mortgage PCI
(3)
Core Portfolio Home Equity (2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing Home Equity (2)
Home
Equity PCI
Refreshed LTV (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than or equal to 90 percent
$
103,478

$
17,554

$
8,839

$
44,270

$
16,208

$
1,908

Greater than 90 percent but less than or equal to 100 percent
4,799

2,555

1,682

2,130

2,892

912

Greater than 100 percent
3,848

4,420

2,708

3,625

6,768

2,293

Fully-insured loans (5)
38,882

10,060





Total consumer real estate
$
151,007

$
34,589

$
13,229

$
50,025

$
25,868

$
5,113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refreshed FICO score
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
3,920

$
5,366

$
4,633

$
2,026

$
3,111

$
771

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
5,996

3,787

2,796

3,471

4,237

908

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
21,914

6,071

3,201

9,670

7,261

1,495

Greater than or equal to 740
80,295

9,305

2,599

34,858

11,259

1,939

Fully-insured loans (5)
38,882

10,060





Total consumer real estate
$
151,007

$
34,589

$
13,229

$
50,025

$
25,868

$
5,113

(1) 
Excludes $2.0 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Excludes PCI loans.
(3) 
Includes $2.2 billion of pay option loans. The Corporation no longer originates this product.
(4) 
Refreshed LTV percentages for PCI loans are calculated using the carrying value net of the related valuation allowance.
(5) 
Credit quality indicators are not reported for fully-insured loans as principal repayment is insured.

Credit Card and Other Consumer – Credit Quality Indicators
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Credit
Card
 
Non-U.S.
Credit Card
 
Direct/Indirect
Consumer
 
Other
Consumer
(1)
Refreshed FICO score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
4,023

 
$

 
$
1,266

 
$
237

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
11,624

 

 
1,748

 
218

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
33,678

 

 
10,667

 
315

Greater than or equal to 740
39,078

 

 
27,077

 
1,000

Other internal credit metrics (2, 3, 4)

 
10,276

 
43,996

 
230

Total credit card and other consumer
$
88,403

 
$
10,276

 
$
84,754

 
$
2,000

(1) 
Thirty-one percent of the other consumer portfolio is associated with portfolios from certain consumer finance businesses that the Corporation previously exited.
(2) 
Other internal credit metrics may include delinquency status, geography or other factors.
(3) 
Direct/indirect consumer includes $42.6 billion of securities-based lending which is overcollateralized and therefore has minimal credit risk and $600 million of loans the Corporation no longer originates, primarily student loans.
(4) 
Non-U.S. credit card represents the U.K. credit card portfolio which is evaluated using internal credit metrics, including delinquency status. At June 30, 2015, 98 percent of this portfolio was current or less than 30 days past due, one percent was 30-89 days past due and one percent was 90 days or more past due.

Commercial – Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
U.S.
Commercial
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Lease
Financing
 
Non-U.S.
Commercial
 
U.S. Small
Business
Commercial
(2)
Risk ratings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass rated
$
227,063

 
$
51,656

 
$
24,279

 
$
86,193

 
$
640

Reservable criticized
7,985

 
688

 
1,063

 
1,381

 
127

Refreshed FICO score (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
178

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
544

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,653

Greater than or equal to 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,122

Other internal credit metrics (3, 4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,984

Total commercial
$
235,048

 
$
52,344

 
$
25,342

 
$
87,574

 
$
13,248

(1) 
Excludes $5.7 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
U.S. small business commercial includes $713 million of criticized business card and small business loans which are evaluated using refreshed FICO scores or internal credit metrics, including delinquency status, rather than risk ratings. At June 30, 2015, 99 percent of the balances where internal credit metrics are used was current or less than 30 days past due.
(3) 
Refreshed FICO score and other internal credit metrics are applicable only to the U.S. small business commercial portfolio.
(4) 
Other internal credit metrics may include delinquency status, application scores, geography or other factors.

163

Table of Contents

Consumer Real Estate – Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Core Portfolio
Residential
Mortgage
(2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing
Residential Mortgage
(2)
Residential
Mortgage PCI
(3)
Core Portfolio Home Equity (2)
Legacy Assets & Servicing Home
Equity
(2)
Home
Equity PCI
Refreshed LTV (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than or equal to 90 percent
$
100,255

$
18,499

$
9,972

$
45,414

$
17,453

$
2,046

Greater than 90 percent but less than or equal to 100 percent
4,958

3,081

2,005

2,442

3,272

1,048

Greater than 100 percent
4,017

5,265

3,175

4,031

7,496

2,523

Fully-insured loans (5)
52,990

11,980





Total consumer real estate
$
162,220

$
38,825

$
15,152

$
51,887

$
28,221

$
5,617

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refreshed FICO score
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
4,184

$
6,313

$
6,109

$
2,169

$
3,470

$
864

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
6,272

4,032

3,014

3,683

4,529

995

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
21,946

6,463

3,310

10,231

7,905

1,651

Greater than or equal to 740
76,828

10,037

2,719

35,804

12,317

2,107

Fully-insured loans (5)
52,990

11,980





Total consumer real estate
$
162,220

$
38,825

$
15,152

$
51,887

$
28,221

$
5,617

(1) 
Excludes $2.1 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Excludes PCI loans.
(3) 
Includes $2.8 billion of pay option loans. The Corporation no longer originates this product.
(4) 
Refreshed LTV percentages for PCI loans are calculated using the carrying value net of the related valuation allowance.
(5) 
Credit quality indicators are not reported for fully-insured loans as principal repayment is insured.

Credit Card and Other Consumer – Credit Quality Indicators
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Credit
Card
 
Non-U.S.
Credit Card
 
Direct/Indirect
Consumer
 
Other
Consumer
(1)
Refreshed FICO score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
$
4,467

 
$

 
$
1,296

 
$
266

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
12,177

 

 
1,892

 
227

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
34,986

 

 
10,749

 
307

Greater than or equal to 740
40,249

 

 
25,279

 
881

Other internal credit metrics (2, 3, 4)

 
10,465

 
41,165

 
165

Total credit card and other consumer
$
91,879

 
$
10,465

 
$
80,381

 
$
1,846

(1) 
Thirty-seven percent of the other consumer portfolio is associated with portfolios from certain consumer finance businesses that the Corporation previously exited.
(2) 
Other internal credit metrics may include delinquency status, geography or other factors.
(3) 
Direct/indirect consumer includes $39.7 billion of securities-based lending which is overcollateralized and therefore has minimal credit risk and $632 million of loans the Corporation no longer originates, primarily student loans.
(4) 
Non-U.S. credit card represents the U.K. credit card portfolio which is evaluated using internal credit metrics, including delinquency status. At December 31, 2014, 98 percent of this portfolio was current or less than 30 days past due, one percent was 30-89 days past due and one percent was 90 days or more past due.

Commercial – Credit Quality Indicators (1)
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
U.S.
Commercial
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
Lease
Financing
 
Non-U.S.
Commercial
 
U.S. Small
Business
Commercial
(2)
Risk ratings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass rated
$
213,839

 
$
46,632

 
$
23,832

 
$
79,367

 
$
751

Reservable criticized
6,454

 
1,050

 
1,034

 
716

 
182

Refreshed FICO score (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 620
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
184

Greater than or equal to 620 and less than 680
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
529

Greater than or equal to 680 and less than 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,591

Greater than or equal to 740
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,910

Other internal credit metrics (3, 4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,146

Total commercial
$
220,293

 
$
47,682

 
$
24,866

 
$
80,083

 
$
13,293

(1) 
Excludes $6.6 billion of loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
U.S. small business commercial includes $762 million of criticized business card and small business loans which are evaluated using refreshed FICO scores or internal credit metrics, including delinquency status, rather than risk ratings. At December 31, 2014, 98 percent of the balances where internal credit metrics are used was current or less than 30 days past due.
(3) 
Refreshed FICO score and other internal credit metrics are applicable only to the U.S. small business commercial portfolio.
(4) 
Other internal credit metrics may include delinquency status, application scores, geography or other factors.


164

Table of Contents

Impaired Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonperforming commercial loans and all consumer and commercial TDRs. Impaired loans exclude nonperforming consumer loans and nonperforming commercial leases unless they are classified as TDRs. Loans accounted for under the fair value option are also excluded. PCI loans are excluded and reported separately on page 177. For additional information, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Consumer Real Estate

Impaired consumer real estate loans within the Consumer Real Estate portfolio segment consist entirely of TDRs. Excluding PCI loans, most modifications of consumer real estate loans meet the definition of TDRs when a binding offer is extended to a borrower. Modifications of consumer real estate loans are done in accordance with the government's Making Home Affordable Program (modifications under government programs) or the Corporation's proprietary programs (modifications under proprietary programs). These modifications are considered to be TDRs if concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. Concessions may include reductions in interest rates, capitalization of past due amounts, principal and/or interest forbearance, payment extensions, principal and/or interest forgiveness, or combinations thereof.

Prior to permanently modifying a loan, the Corporation may enter into trial modifications with certain borrowers under both government and proprietary programs. Trial modifications generally represent a three- to four-month period during which the borrower makes monthly payments under the anticipated modified payment terms. Upon successful completion of the trial period, the Corporation and the borrower enter into a permanent modification. Binding trial modifications are classified as TDRs when the trial offer is made and continue to be classified as TDRs regardless of whether the borrower enters into a permanent modification.

Consumer real estate loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy with no change in repayment terms and not reaffirmed by the borrower of $2.2 billion were included in TDRs at June 30, 2015, of which $980 million were classified as nonperforming and $915 million were loans fully-insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA). For more information on loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy, see Nonperforming Loans and Leases in this Note.

A consumer real estate loan, excluding PCI loans which are reported separately, is not classified as impaired unless it is a TDR. Once such a loan has been designated as a TDR, it is then individually assessed for impairment. Consumer real estate TDRs are measured primarily based on the net present value of the estimated cash flows discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate, as discussed in the following paragraph. If the carrying value of a TDR exceeds this amount, a specific allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Alternatively, consumer real estate TDRs that are considered to be dependent solely on the collateral for repayment (e.g., due to the lack of income verification) are measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral and a charge-off is recorded if the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the collateral. Consumer real estate loans that reached 180 days past due prior to modification had been charged off to their net realizable value, less costs to sell, before they were modified as TDRs in accordance with established policy. Therefore, modifications of consumer real estate loans that are 180 or more days past due as TDRs do not have an impact on the allowance for loan and lease losses nor are additional charge-offs required at the time of modification. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the collateral after a loan has reached 180 days past due are recorded as charge-offs. Fully-insured loans are protected against principal loss, and therefore, the Corporation does not record an allowance for loan and lease losses on the outstanding principal balance, even after they have been modified in a TDR.


165

Table of Contents

The net present value of the estimated cash flows used to measure impairment is based on model-driven estimates of projected payments, prepayments, defaults and loss-given-default (LGD). Using statistical modeling methodologies, the Corporation estimates the probability that a loan will default prior to maturity based on the attributes of each loan. The factors that are most relevant to the probability of default are the refreshed LTV, or in the case of a subordinated lien, refreshed CLTV, borrower credit score, months since origination (i.e., vintage) and geography. Each of these factors is further broken down by present collection status (whether the loan is current, delinquent, in default or in bankruptcy). Severity (or LGD) is estimated based on the refreshed LTV for first mortgages or CLTV for subordinated liens. The estimates are based on the Corporation's historical experience as adjusted to reflect an assessment of environmental factors that may not be reflected in the historical data, such as changes in real estate values, local and national economies, underwriting standards and the regulatory environment. The probability of default models also incorporate recent experience with modification programs including redefaults subsequent to modification, a loan's default history prior to modification and the change in borrower payments post-modification.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a consumer real estate TDR were immaterial. Consumer real estate foreclosed properties totaled $553 million and $630 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The carrying value of consumer real estate loans, including fully-insured and PCI loans, for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process as of June 30, 2015 was $6.7 billion.

The table below provides the unpaid principal balance, carrying value and related allowance at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the average carrying value and interest income recognized for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 for impaired loans in the Corporation's Consumer Real Estate portfolio segment and includes primarily loans managed by Legacy Assets & Servicing (LAS). Certain impaired consumer real estate loans do not have a related allowance as the current valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the carrying value, which is net of previously recorded charge-offs.

Impaired Loans – Consumer Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
$
17,058

 
$
13,577

 
$

 
$
19,710

 
$
15,605

 
$

Home equity
 
 
 
 
3,597

 
1,752

 

 
3,540

 
1,630

 

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
$
8,096

 
$
7,923

 
$
477

 
$
7,861

 
$
7,665

 
$
531

Home equity
 
 
 
 
963

 
831

 
197

 
852

 
728

 
196

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
 
 
 
 
$
25,154

 
$
21,500

 
$
477

 
$
27,571

 
$
23,270

 
$
531

Home equity
 
 
 
 
4,560

 
2,583

 
197

 
4,392

 
2,358

 
196

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(1)
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
14,401

 
$
105

 
$
15,202

 
$
125

 
$
14,897

 
$
213

 
$
15,781

 
$
285

Home equity
1,805

 
20

 
1,436

 
20

 
1,748

 
45

 
1,419

 
42

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
7,706

 
$
61

 
$
11,493

 
$
118

 
$
7,646

 
$
125

 
$
11,913

 
$
249

Home equity
744

 
5

 
744

 
5

 
729

 
12

 
747

 
13

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
22,107

 
$
166

 
$
26,695

 
$
243

 
$
22,543

 
$
338

 
$
27,694

 
$
534

Home equity
2,549

 
25

 
2,180

 
25

 
2,477

 
57

 
2,166

 
55

(1) 
Interest income recognized includes interest accrued and collected on the outstanding balances of accruing impaired loans as well as interest cash collections on nonaccruing impaired loans for which the principal is considered collectible.


166

Table of Contents

The table below presents the June 30, 2015 and 2014 unpaid principal balance, carrying value, and average pre- and post-modification interest rates on consumer real estate loans that were modified in TDRs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, and net charge-offs recorded during the period in which the modification occurred. The following Consumer Real Estate portfolio segment tables include loans that were initially classified as TDRs during the period and also loans that had previously been classified as TDRs and were modified again during the period. These TDRs are primarily managed by LAS.

Consumer Real Estate – TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 (1)
 
June 30, 2015
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Carrying
 Value
 
Pre-Modification Interest Rate
 
Post-Modification Interest Rate (2)
 
Net Charge-offs (3)
Residential mortgage
$
1,409

 
$
1,294

 
4.87
%
 
4.71
%
 
$
25

Home equity
348

 
285

 
3.49

 
3.36

 
19

Total
$
1,757

 
$
1,579

 
4.60

 
4.44

 
$
44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2014
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
Residential mortgage
$
1,677

 
$
1,475

 
5.07
%
 
4.69
%
 
$
24

Home equity
236

 
163

 
3.97

 
3.58

 
29

Total
$
1,913

 
$
1,638

 
4.94

 
4.55

 
$
53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Real Estate – TDRs Entered into During the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 (1)
 
June 30, 2015
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
Residential mortgage
$
2,760

 
$
2,479

 
4.98
%
 
4.64
%
 
$
42

Home equity
579

 
447

 
3.72

 
3.36

 
30

Total
$
3,339

 
$
2,926

 
4.76

 
4.42

 
$
72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2014
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
Residential mortgage
$
2,873

 
$
2,513

 
5.09
%
 
4.59
%
 
$
41

Home equity
420

 
281

 
4.17

 
3.47

 
44

Total
$
3,293

 
$
2,794

 
4.98

 
4.45

 
$
85

(1) 
TDRs entered into during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 include modifications with principal forgiveness of $102 million and $261 million related to residential mortgage and $2 million and $3 million related to home equity. TDRs entered into during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 include modifications with principal forgiveness of $22 million and $39 million related to residential mortgage and none related to home equity.
(2) 
The post-modification interest rate reflects the interest rate applicable only to permanently completed modifications, which exclude loans that are in a trial modification period.
(3) 
Net charge-offs include amounts recorded on loans modified during the period that are no longer held by the Corporation at June 30, 2015 and 2014 due to sales and other dispositions.

167

Table of Contents

The table below presents the June 30, 2015 and 2014 carrying value for consumer real estate loans that were modified in a TDR during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 by type of modification.

Consumer Real Estate – Modification Programs
 
TDRs Entered into During the
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Residential Mortgage
 
Home
Equity
 
Total Carrying Value
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
95

 
$
3

 
$
98

Principal and/or interest forbearance

 
2

 
2

Other modifications (1)
11

 

 
11

Total modifications under government programs
106

 
5

 
111

Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
38

 
1

 
39

Capitalization of past due amounts
19

 
1

 
20

Principal and/or interest forbearance
18

 
1

 
19

Other modifications (1)
14

 
1

 
15

Total modifications under proprietary programs
89

 
4

 
93

Trial modifications
997

 
230

 
1,227

Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy (2)
102

 
46

 
148

Total modifications
$
1,294

 
$
285

 
$
1,579

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs Entered into During the
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
262

 
$
11

 
$
273

Principal and/or interest forbearance
1

 
3

 
4

Other modifications (1)
52

 

 
52

Total modifications under government programs
315

 
14

 
329

Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
53

 
4

 
57

Capitalization of past due amounts
5

 

 
5

Principal and/or interest forbearance
15

 
3

 
18

Other modifications (1)
4

 

 
4

Total modifications under proprietary programs
77

 
7

 
84

Trial modifications
917

 
94

 
1,011

Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy (2)
166

 
48

 
214

Total modifications
$
1,475

 
$
163

 
$
1,638

(1) 
Includes other modifications such as term or payment extensions and repayment plans.
(2) 
Includes loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy with no change in repayment terms that are classified as TDRs.

168

Table of Contents

Consumer Real Estate – Modification Programs
 
TDRs Entered into During the
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Residential Mortgage
 
Home
Equity
 
Total Carrying Value
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
266

 
$
15

 
$
281

Principal and/or interest forbearance
2

 
5

 
7

Other modifications (1)
23

 
1

 
24

Total modifications under government programs
291

 
21

 
312

Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
113

 
6

 
119

Capitalization of past due amounts
50

 
3

 
53

Principal and/or interest forbearance
75

 
9

 
84

Other modifications (1)
18

 
26

 
44

Total modifications under proprietary programs
256

 
44

 
300

Trial modifications
1,734

 
298

 
2,032

Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy (2)
198

 
84

 
282

Total modifications
$
2,479

 
$
447

 
$
2,926

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs Entered into During the
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
Modifications under government programs
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
$
456

 
$
33

 
$
489

Principal and/or interest forbearance
10

 
11

 
21

Other modifications (1)
70

 

 
70

Total modifications under government programs
536

 
44

 
580

Modifications under proprietary programs
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual interest rate reduction
161

 
8

 
169

Capitalization of past due amounts
31

 
1

 
32

Principal and/or interest forbearance
41

 
8

 
49

Other modifications (1)
22

 
4

 
26

Total modifications under proprietary programs
255

 
21

 
276

Trial modifications 
1,389

 
115

 
1,504

Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy (2)
333

 
101

 
434

Total modifications
$
2,513

 
$
281

 
$
2,794

(1) 
Includes other modifications such as term or payment extensions and repayment plans.
(2) 
Includes loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy with no change in repayment terms that are classified as TDRs.


169

Table of Contents

The table below presents the carrying value of consumer real estate loans that entered into payment default during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 that were modified in a TDR during the 12 months preceding payment default. A payment default for consumer real estate TDRs is recognized when a borrower has missed three monthly payments (not necessarily consecutively) since modification. Payment defaults on a trial modification where the borrower has not yet met the terms of the agreement are included in the table below if the borrower is 90 days or more past due three months after the offer to modify is made.

Consumer Real Estate – TDRs Entering Payment Default That Were Modified During the Preceding 12 Months
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
 Residential Mortgage
 
Home
Equity
 
Total Carrying Value (1)
Modifications under government programs
$
99

 
$
1

 
$
100

Modifications under proprietary programs
38

 
6

 
44

Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy (2)
61

 
10

 
71

Trial modifications (3)
468

 
27

 
495

Total modifications
$
666

 
$
44

 
$
710

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
Modifications under government programs
$
186

 
$
1

 
$
187

Modifications under proprietary programs
203

 
3

 
206

Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy (2)
153

 
41

 
194

Trial modifications
516

 
15

 
531

Total modifications
$
1,058

 
$
60

 
$
1,118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
Modifications under government programs
$
206

 
$
2

 
$
208

Modifications under proprietary programs
78

 
18

 
96

Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy (2)
132

 
20

 
152

Trial modifications (3)
2,236

 
51

 
2,287

Total modifications
$
2,652

 
$
91

 
$
2,743

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
Modifications under government programs
$
344

 
$
2

 
$
346

Modifications under proprietary programs
475

 
3

 
478

Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy (2)
274

 
42

 
316

Trial modifications
1,291

 
18

 
1,309

Total modifications
$
2,384

 
$
65

 
$
2,449

(1) 
Includes loans with a carrying value of $771 million and $545 million that entered into payment default during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 but were no longer held by the Corporation as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 due to sales and other dispositions.
(2) 
Includes loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy with no change in repayment terms that are classified as TDRs.
(3) 
Includes $116 million and $1.5 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 of trial modification offers made in connection with the August 2014 Department of Justice settlement to which the customer has not responded.

Credit Card and Other Consumer

Impaired loans within the Credit Card and Other Consumer portfolio segment consist entirely of loans that have been modified in TDRs (the renegotiated credit card and other consumer TDR portfolio, collectively referred to as the renegotiated TDR portfolio). The Corporation seeks to assist customers that are experiencing financial difficulty by modifying loans while ensuring compliance with federal, local and international laws and guidelines. Credit card and other consumer loan modifications generally involve reducing the interest rate on the account and placing the customer on a fixed payment plan not exceeding 60 months, all of which are considered TDRs. In addition, the accounts of non-U.S. credit card customers who do not qualify for a fixed payment plan may have their interest rates reduced, as required by certain local jurisdictions. These modifications, which are also TDRs, tend to experience higher payment default rates given that the borrowers may lack the ability to repay even with the interest rate reduction. In all cases, the customer's available line of credit is canceled. The Corporation makes loan modifications directly with borrowers for debt held only by the Corporation (internal programs). Additionally, the Corporation makes loan modifications for borrowers working with third-party renegotiation agencies that provide solutions to customers' entire unsecured debt structures (external programs). The Corporation classifies other secured

170

Table of Contents

consumer loans that have been discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy as TDRs which are written down to collateral value and placed on nonaccrual status no later than the time of discharge. For more information on the regulatory guidance on loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy, see Nonperforming Loans and Leases in this Note.

All credit card and substantially all other consumer loans that have been modified in TDRs remain on accrual status until the loan is either paid in full or charged off, which occurs no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due or generally at 120 days past due for a loan that has been placed on a fixed payment plan.

The allowance for impaired credit card and substantially all other consumer loans is based on the present value of projected cash flows, which incorporates the Corporation's historical payment default and loss experience on modified loans, discounted using the portfolio's average contractual interest rate, excluding promotionally priced loans, in effect prior to restructuring. Credit card and other consumer loans are included in homogeneous pools which are collectively evaluated for impairment. For these portfolios, loss forecast models are utilized that consider a variety of factors including, but not limited to, historical loss experience, delinquency status, economic trends and credit scores.

The table below provides the unpaid principal balance, carrying value and related allowance at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the average carrying value and interest income recognized for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 on the Corporation's renegotiated TDR portfolio in the Credit Card and Other Consumer portfolio segment.

Impaired Loans – Credit Card and Other Consumer – Renegotiated TDRs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
(1)
 
Related
Allowance
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
(1)
 
Related
Allowance
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct/Indirect consumer
 
 
 
 
$
55

 
$
24

 
$

 
$
59

 
$
25

 
$

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
$
702

 
$
717

 
$
199

 
$
804

 
$
856

 
$
207

Non-U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
128

 
148

 
96

 
132

 
168

 
108

Direct/Indirect consumer
 
 
 
 
39

 
45

 
12

 
76

 
92

 
24

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
$
702

 
$
717

 
$
199

 
$
804

 
$
856

 
$
207

Non-U.S. credit card
 
 
 
 
128

 
148

 
96

 
132

 
168

 
108

Direct/Indirect consumer
 
 
 
 
94

 
69

 
12

 
135

 
117

 
24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct/Indirect consumer
$
24

 
$

 
$
30

 
$

 
$
24

 
$

 
$
29

 
$

Other consumer

 

 
34

 

 

 

 
34

 
1

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
$
776

 
$
11

 
$
1,205

 
$
18

 
$
812

 
$
24

 
$
1,306

 
$
40

Non-U.S. credit card
150

 
1

 
224

 
1

 
154

 
2

 
230

 
3

Direct/Indirect consumer
57

 
1

 
196

 
3

 
69

 
2

 
227

 
6

Other consumer

 

 
24

 
1

 

 

 
25

 
1

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. credit card
$
776

 
$
11

 
$
1,205

 
$
18

 
$
812

 
$
24

 
$
1,306

 
$
40

Non-U.S. credit card
150

 
1

 
224

 
1

 
154

 
2

 
230

 
3

Direct/Indirect consumer
81

 
1

 
226

 
3

 
93

 
2

 
256

 
6

Other consumer

 

 
58

 
1

 

 

 
59

 
2

(1) 
Includes accrued interest and fees.
(2) 
Interest income recognized includes interest accrued and collected on the outstanding balances of accruing impaired loans as well as interest cash collections on nonaccruing impaired loans for which the principal is considered collectible.


171

Table of Contents

The table below provides information on the Corporation's primary modification programs for the renegotiated TDR portfolio at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Credit Card and Other Consumer – Renegotiated TDRs by Program Type
 
Internal Programs
 
External Programs
 
Other (1)
 
Total
 
Percent of Balances Current or
Less Than 30 Days Past Due
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
December 31
2014
U.S. credit card
$
378

$
450

 
$
337

$
397

 
$
2

$
9

 
$
717

$
856

 
87.92
%
84.99
%
Non-U.S. credit card
30

41

 
14

16

 
104

111

 
148

168

 
45.77

47.56

Direct/Indirect consumer
24

50

 
17

34

 
28

33

 
69

117

 
87.85

85.21

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
432

$
541

 
$
368

$
447

 
$
134

$
153

 
$
934

$
1,141

 
81.24

79.51

(1) Other TDRs for non-U.S. credit card include modifications of accounts that are ineligible for a fixed payment plan.

The table below provides information on the Corporation's renegotiated TDR portfolio including the June 30, 2015 and 2014 unpaid principal balance, carrying value and average pre- and post-modification interest rates of loans that were modified in TDRs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, and net charge-offs recorded during the period in which the modification occurred.

Credit Card and Other Consumer – Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014
 
June 30, 2015
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Carrying
Value (1)
 
Pre-Modification Interest Rate
 
Post-Modification Interest Rate
 
Net Charge-offs
U.S. credit card
$
61

 
$
66

 
16.96
%
 
4.90
%
 
$
6

Non-U.S. credit card
36

 
42

 
24.19

 
0.34

 
10

Direct/Indirect consumer
7

 
5

 
6.03

 
5.05

 
2

Total
$
104

 
$
113

 
19.19

 
3.22

 
$
18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2014
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
U.S. credit card
$
78

 
$
87

 
16.74
%
 
5.03
%
 
$
8

Non-U.S. credit card
47

 
55

 
25.36

 
0.41

 
15

Direct/Indirect consumer
11

 
8

 
8.64

 
4.87

 
4

Other consumer
3

 
3

 
9.64

 
5.66

 

Total
$
139

 
$
153

 
19.30

 
3.37

 
$
27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Card and Other Consumer – Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014
 
June 30, 2015
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
U.S. credit card
$
123

 
$
133

 
16.98
%
 
5.01
%
 
$
8

Non-U.S. credit card
67

 
79

 
24.08

 
0.33

 
12

Direct/Indirect consumer
12

 
7

 
6.59

 
5.41

 
5

Total
$
202

 
$
219

 
19.17

 
3.35

 
$
25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2014
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
U.S. credit card
$
159

 
$
176

 
16.70
%
 
5.13
%
 
$
11

Non-U.S. credit card
91

 
107

 
25.47

 
0.48

 
17

Direct/Indirect consumer
20

 
15

 
9.35

 
4.68

 
7

Other consumer
5

 
5

 
9.13

 
5.31

 

Total
$
275

 
$
303

 
19.32

 
3.47

 
$
35

(1) 
Includes accrued interest and fees.

172

Table of Contents

The table below provides information on the Corporation's primary modification programs for the renegotiated TDR portfolio for loans that were modified in TDRs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Credit Card and Other Consumer – Renegotiated TDRs Entered into During the Period by Program Type
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Internal Programs
 
External Programs
 
Other (1)
 
Total
U.S. credit card
$
43

 
$
23

 
$

 
$
66

Non-U.S. credit card
1

 
1

 
40

 
42

Direct/Indirect consumer
1

 

 
4

 
5

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
45

 
$
24

 
$
44

 
$
113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
U.S. credit card
$
58

 
$
29

 
$

 
$
87

Non-U.S. credit card
1

 
2

 
52

 
55

Direct/Indirect consumer
2

 
1

 
5

 
8

Other consumer
3

 

 

 
3

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
64

 
$
32

 
$
57

 
$
153

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
U.S. credit card
$
88

 
$
45

 
$

 
$
133

Non-U.S. credit card
2

 
3

 
74

 
79

Direct/Indirect consumer
1

 

 
6

 
7

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
91

 
$
48

 
$
80

 
$
219

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
U.S. credit card
$
119

 
$
57

 
$

 
$
176

Non-U.S. credit card
4

 
4

 
99

 
107

Direct/Indirect consumer
4

 
2

 
9

 
15

Other consumer
5

 

 

 
5

Total renegotiated TDRs
$
132

 
$
63

 
$
108

 
$
303

(1) Other TDRs for non-U.S. credit card include modifications of accounts that are ineligible for a fixed payment plan.

Credit card and other consumer loans are deemed to be in payment default during the quarter in which a borrower misses the second of two consecutive payments. Payment defaults are one of the factors considered when projecting future cash flows in the calculation of the allowance for loan and lease losses for impaired credit card and other consumer loans. Based on historical experience, the Corporation estimates that 14 percent of new U.S. credit card TDRs, 85 percent of new non-U.S. credit card TDRs and 12 percent of new direct/indirect consumer TDRs may be in payment default within 12 months after modification. Loans that entered into payment default during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 that had been modified in a TDR during the preceding 12 months were $10 million and $22 million for U.S. credit card, $39 million and $80 million for non-U.S. credit card, and $1 million and $2 million for direct/indirect consumer. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, loans that entered into payment default that had been modified in a TDR during the preceding 12 months were $12 million and $25 million for U.S. credit card, $54 million and $110 million for non-U.S. credit card, and $1 million and $3 million for direct/indirect consumer.

173

Table of Contents

Commercial Loans

Impaired commercial loans, which include nonperforming loans and TDRs (both performing and nonperforming), are primarily measured based on the present value of payments expected to be received, discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate. Commercial impaired loans may also be measured based on observable market prices or, for loans that are solely dependent on the collateral for repayment, the estimated fair value of collateral, less costs to sell. If the carrying value of a loan exceeds this amount, a specific allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Modifications of loans to commercial borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulty are designed to reduce the Corporation's loss exposure while providing the borrower with an opportunity to work through financial difficulties, often to avoid foreclosure or bankruptcy. Each modification is unique and reflects the individual circumstances of the borrower. Modifications that result in a TDR may include extensions of maturity at a concessionary (below market) rate of interest, payment forbearances or other actions designed to benefit the customer while mitigating the Corporation's risk exposure. Reductions in interest rates are rare. Instead, the interest rates are typically increased, although the increased rate may not represent a market rate of interest. Infrequently, concessions may also include principal forgiveness in connection with foreclosure, short sale or other settlement agreements leading to termination or sale of the loan.

At the time of restructuring, the loans are remeasured to reflect the impact, if any, on projected cash flows resulting from the modified terms. If there was no forgiveness of principal and the interest rate was not decreased, the modification may have little or no impact on the allowance established for the loan. If a portion of the loan is deemed to be uncollectible, a charge-off may be recorded at the time of restructuring. Alternatively, a charge-off may have already been recorded in a previous period such that no charge-off is required at the time of modification. For more information on modifications for the U.S. small business commercial portfolio, see Credit Card and Other Consumer in this Note.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a commercial loan TDR were immaterial. Commercial foreclosed properties totaled $265 million and $67 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.


174

Table of Contents

The table below provides the unpaid principal balance, carrying value and related allowance at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the average carrying value and interest income recognized for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 for impaired loans in the Corporation's Commercial loan portfolio segment. Certain impaired commercial loans do not have a related allowance as the valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the carrying value, which is net of previously recorded charge-offs.

Impaired Loans – Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Related
Allowance
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
$
849

 
$
814

 
$

 
$
668

 
$
650

 
$

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
90

 
73

 

 
60

 
48

 

Non-U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
59

 
59

 

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
$
1,192

 
$
973

 
$
84

 
$
1,139

 
$
839

 
$
75

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
426

 
237

 
20

 
678

 
495

 
48

Non-U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
150

 
117

 
16

 
47

 
44

 
1

U.S. small business commercial (1)
 
 
 
 
114

 
103

 
36

 
133

 
122

 
35

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
$
2,041

 
$
1,787

 
$
84

 
$
1,807

 
$
1,489

 
$
75

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
516

 
310

 
20

 
738

 
543

 
48

Non-U.S. commercial
 
 
 
 
209

 
176

 
16

 
47

 
44

 
1

U.S. small business commercial (1)
 
 
 
 
114

 
103

 
36

 
133

 
122

 
35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
 
Average
Carrying
Value
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
(2)
With no recorded allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
$
710

 
$
5

 
$
480

 
$
3

 
$
669

 
$
8

 
$
499

 
$
5

Commercial real estate
83

 

 
193

 
1

 
77

 
1

 
206

 
2

Non-U.S. commercial
34

 
1

 
5

 

 
19

 
1

 
7

 

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
$
904

 
$
12

 
$
1,387

 
$
15

 
$
862

 
$
25

 
$
1,347

 
$
30

Commercial real estate
232

 
2

 
632

 
6

 
282

 
5

 
667

 
13

Non-U.S. commercial
118

 

 
63

 
1

 
92

 
1

 
68

 
2

U.S. small business commercial (1)
108

 

 
159

 
1

 
114

 

 
165

 
2

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. commercial
$
1,614

 
$
17

 
$
1,867

 
$
18

 
$
1,531

 
$
33

 
$
1,846

 
$
35

Commercial real estate
315

 
2

 
825

 
7

 
359

 
6

 
873

 
15

Non-U.S. commercial
152

 
1

 
68

 
1

 
111

 
2

 
75

 
2

U.S. small business commercial (1)
108

 

 
159

 
1

 
114

 

 
165

 
2

(1) 
Includes U.S. small business commercial renegotiated TDR loans and related allowance.
(2) 
Interest income recognized includes interest accrued and collected on the outstanding balances of accruing impaired loans as well as interest cash collections on nonaccruing impaired loans for which the principal is considered collectible.


175

Table of Contents

The table below presents the June 30, 2015 and 2014 unpaid principal balance and carrying value of commercial loans that were modified as TDRs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, and net charge-offs that were recorded during the period in which the modification occurred. The table below includes loans that were initially classified as TDRs during the period and also loans that had previously been classified as TDRs and were modified again during the period.

Commercial – TDRs Entered into During the Three Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014
 
June 30, 2015
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Net Charge-offs
U.S. commercial
$
602

 
$
583

 
$
3

Commercial real estate
4

 
4

 

Non-U.S. commercial
59

 
59

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
1

 
1

 

Total
$
666

 
$
647

 
$
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2014
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
U.S. commercial
$
493

 
$
488

 
$

Commercial real estate
39

 
39

 

Non-U.S. commercial
46

 
46

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
3

 
3

 

Total
$
581

 
$
576

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial – TDRs Entered into During the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014
 
June 30, 2015
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
U.S. commercial
$
794

 
$
773

 
$
6

Commercial real estate
28

 
28

 

Non-U.S. commercial
66

 
66

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
3

 
4

 

Total
$
891

 
$
871

 
$
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2014
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
U.S. commercial
$
740

 
$
726

 
$
2

Commercial real estate
282

 
282

 

Non-U.S. commercial
46

 
46

 

U.S. small business commercial (1)
4

 
4

 

Total
$
1,072

 
$
1,058

 
$
2

(1) 
U.S. small business commercial TDRs are comprised of renegotiated small business card loans.

A commercial TDR is generally deemed to be in payment default when the loan is 90 days or more past due, including delinquencies that were not resolved as part of the modification. U.S. small business commercial TDRs are deemed to be in payment default during the quarter in which a borrower misses the second of two consecutive payments. Payment defaults are one of the factors considered when projecting future cash flows, along with observable market prices or fair value of collateral when measuring the allowance for loan and lease losses. TDRs that were in payment default had a carrying value of $132 million and $63 million for U.S. commercial and $28 million and $82 million for commercial real estate at June 30, 2015 and 2014.


176

Table of Contents

Purchased Credit-impaired Loans

The table below shows activity for the accretable yield on PCI loans, which includes the Countrywide Financial Corporation (Countrywide) portfolio and loans repurchased in connection with the settlement with FNMA. For more information on the settlement with FNMA, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The amount of accretable yield is affected by changes in credit outlooks, including metrics such as default rates and loss severities, prepayment speeds, which can change the amount and period of time over which interest payments are expected to be received, and the interest rates on variable rate loans. The reclassifications from nonaccretable difference in the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 were primarily due to a decrease in forecasted prepayment speeds as a result of higher interest rates. Changes in the prepayment assumption affect the expected remaining life of the portfolio which results in a change to the amount of future interest cash flows.

Rollforward of Accretable Yield
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
Accretable yield, beginning of period
$
5,167

 
$
5,608

Accretion
(220
)
 
(453
)
Disposals/transfers
(129
)
 
(265
)
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference
150

 
78

Accretable yield, June 30, 2015
$
4,968

 
$
4,968


During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the Corporation sold PCI loans with a carrying value of $401 million and $987 million, excluding the related allowance of $65 million and $175 million. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the Corporation sold PCI loans with a carrying value of $98 million and $552 million, excluding the related allowance of $28 million and $186 million. For more information on PCI loans, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and for the carrying value and valuation allowance for PCI loans, see Note 5 – Allowance for Credit Losses.

Loans Held-for-sale

The Corporation had LHFS of $6.9 billion and $12.8 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Cash and non-cash proceeds from sales and paydowns of loans originally classified as LHFS were $23.2 billion and $19.8 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Cash used for originations and purchases of LHFS totaled $19.9 billion and $18.8 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

177

Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – Allowance for Credit Losses

The table below summarizes the changes in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer Real Estate
 
Credit Card
and Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
 
Total
Allowance for loan and lease losses, April 1
$
5,250

 
$
3,929

 
$
4,497

 
$
13,676

Loans and leases charged off
(533
)
 
(896
)
 
(124
)
 
(1,553
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
205

 
204

 
76

 
485

Net charge-offs
(328
)
 
(692
)
 
(48
)
 
(1,068
)
Write-offs of PCI loans
(290
)
 

 

 
(290
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
108

 
445

 
176

 
729

Other (1)
1

 
20

 

 
21

Allowance for loan and lease losses, June 30
4,741

 
3,702

 
4,625

 
13,068

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, April 1

 

 
537

 
537

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
51

 
51

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, June 30

 

 
588

 
588

Allowance for credit losses, June 30
$
4,741

 
$
3,702

 
$
5,213

 
$
13,656

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
Allowance for loan and lease losses, April 1
$
7,556

 
$
4,775

 
$
4,287

 
$
16,618

Loans and leases charged off
(632
)
 
(1,051
)
 
(161
)
 
(1,844
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
428

 
241

 
102

 
771

Net charge-offs
(204
)
 
(810
)
 
(59
)
 
(1,073
)
Write-offs of PCI loans
(160
)
 

 

 
(160
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
(284
)
 
441

 
260

 
417

Other (1)

 
11

 
(2
)
 
9

Allowance for loan and lease losses, June 30
6,908

 
4,417

 
4,486

 
15,811

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, April 1

 

 
509

 
509

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
(6
)
 
(6
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, June 30

 

 
503

 
503

Allowance for credit losses, June 30
$
6,908

 
$
4,417

 
$
4,989

 
$
16,314

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
Allowance for loan and lease losses, January 1
$
5,935

 
$
4,047

 
$
4,437

 
$
14,419

Loans and leases charged off
(1,085
)
 
(1,860
)
 
(253
)
 
(3,198
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
388

 
420

 
128

 
936

Net charge-offs
(697
)
 
(1,440
)
 
(125
)
 
(2,262
)
Write-offs of PCI loans
(578
)
 

 

 
(578
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
80

 
1,092

 
313

 
1,485

Other (1)
1

 
3

 

 
4

Allowance for loan and lease losses, June 30
4,741

 
3,702

 
4,625

 
13,068

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, January 1

 

 
528

 
528

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
60

 
60

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, June 30

 

 
588

 
588

Allowance for credit losses, June 30
$
4,741

 
$
3,702

 
$
5,213

 
$
13,656

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
Allowance for loan and lease losses, January 1
$
8,518

 
$
4,905

 
$
4,005

 
$
17,428

Loans and leases charged off
(1,228
)
 
(2,179
)
 
(305
)
 
(3,712
)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off
595

 
459

 
197

 
1,251

Net charge-offs
(633
)
 
(1,720
)
 
(108
)
 
(2,461
)
Write-offs of PCI loans
(551
)
 

 

 
(551
)
Provision for loan and lease losses
(425
)
 
1,232

 
594

 
1,401

Other (1)
(1
)
 

 
(5
)
 
(6
)
Allowance for loan and lease losses, June 30
6,908

 
4,417

 
4,486

 
15,811

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, January 1

 

 
484

 
484

Provision for unfunded lending commitments

 

 
19

 
19

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments, June 30

 

 
503

 
503

Allowance for credit losses, June 30
$
6,908

 
$
4,417

 
$
4,989

 
$
16,314

(1) 
Primarily represents the net impact of portfolio sales, consolidations and deconsolidations, and foreign currency translation adjustments.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, for the PCI loan portfolio, the Corporation recorded provision expense of $78 million and $28 million with a corresponding increase in the valuation allowance included as part of the allowance for loan and lease losses. This compared to a benefit of $106 million in the provision for credit losses for both of the same periods in 2014. Write-offs in

178

Table of Contents

the PCI loan portfolio totaled $290 million and $578 million with a corresponding decrease in the PCI valuation allowance during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $160 million and $551 million for the same periods in 2014. Write-offs included $65 million and $175 million associated with the sale of PCI loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $28 million and $186 million for the same periods in 2014. The valuation allowance associated with the PCI loan portfolio was $1.1 billion and $1.7 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

The table below presents the allowance and the carrying value of outstanding loans and leases by portfolio segment at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Allowance and Carrying Value by Portfolio Segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer Real Estate
 
Credit Card
and Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
 
Total
Impaired loans and troubled debt restructurings (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses (2)
$
674

 
$
307

 
$
156

 
$
1,137

Carrying value (3)
24,083

 
934

 
2,376

 
27,393

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value
2.80
%
 
32.87
%
 
6.57
%
 
4.15
%
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
2,965

 
$
3,395

 
$
4,469

 
$
10,829

Carrying value (3, 4)
237,406

 
184,499

 
411,180

 
833,085

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
1.25
%
 
1.84
%
 
1.09
%
 
1.30
%
Purchased credit-impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance
$
1,102

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
$
1,102

Carrying value gross of valuation allowance
18,342

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
18,342

Valuation allowance as a percentage of carrying value
6.01
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
6.01
%
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
4,741

 
$
3,702

 
$
4,625

 
$
13,068

Carrying value (3, 4)
279,831

 
185,433

 
413,556

 
878,820

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
1.69
%
 
2.00
%
 
1.12
%
 
1.49
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
Impaired loans and troubled debt restructurings (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses (2)
$
727

 
$
339

 
$
159

 
$
1,225

Carrying value (3)
25,628

 
1,141

 
2,198

 
28,967

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value
2.84
%
 
29.71
%
 
7.23
%
 
4.23
%
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
3,556

 
$
3,708

 
$
4,278

 
$
11,542

Carrying value (3, 4)
255,525

 
183,430

 
384,019

 
822,974

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
1.39
%
 
2.02
%
 
1.11
%
 
1.40
%
Purchased credit-impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance
$
1,652

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
$
1,652

Carrying value gross of valuation allowance
20,769

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
20,769

Valuation allowance as a percentage of carrying value
7.95
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

 
7.95
%
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses
$
5,935

 
$
4,047

 
$
4,437

 
$
14,419

Carrying value (3, 4)
301,922

 
184,571

 
386,217

 
872,710

Allowance as a percentage of carrying value (4)
1.97
%
 
2.19
%
 
1.15
%
 
1.65
%
(1) 
Impaired loans include nonperforming commercial loans and all TDRs, including both commercial and consumer TDRs. Impaired loans exclude nonperforming consumer loans unless they are TDRs, and all consumer and commercial loans accounted for under the fair value option.
(2) 
Allowance for loan and lease losses includes $36 million and $35 million related to impaired U.S. small business commercial at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(3) 
Amounts are presented gross of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
(4) 
Outstanding loan and lease balances and ratios do not include loans accounted for under the fair value option of $7.6 billion and $8.7 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
n/a = not applicable

179

Table of Contents

NOTE 6 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities

The Corporation utilizes variable interest entities (VIEs) in the ordinary course of business to support its own and its customers' financing and investing needs. The Corporation routinely securitizes loans and debt securities using VIEs as a source of funding for the Corporation and as a means of transferring the economic risk of the loans or debt securities to third parties. The assets are transferred into a trust or other securitization vehicle such that the assets are legally isolated from the creditors of the Corporation and are not available to satisfy its obligations. These assets can only be used to settle obligations of the trust or other securitization vehicle. The Corporation also administers, structures or invests in other VIEs including CDOs, investment vehicles and other entities. For more information on the Corporation's utilization of VIEs, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles and Note 6 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The tables in this Note present the assets and liabilities of consolidated and unconsolidated VIEs at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, in situations where the Corporation has continuing involvement with transferred assets or if the Corporation otherwise has a variable interest in the VIE. The tables also present the Corporation's maximum loss exposure at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 resulting from its involvement with consolidated VIEs and unconsolidated VIEs in which the Corporation holds a variable interest. The Corporation's maximum loss exposure is based on the unlikely event that all of the assets in the VIEs become worthless and incorporates not only potential losses associated with assets recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet but also potential losses associated with off-balance sheet commitments such as unfunded liquidity commitments and other contractual arrangements. The Corporation's maximum loss exposure does not include losses previously recognized through write-downs of assets.

The Corporation invests in asset-backed securities (ABS) issued by third-party VIEs with which it has no other form of involvement and enters into certain commercial lending arrangements that may also incorporate the use of VIEs to hold collateral. These securities and loans are included in Note 3 – Securities or Note 4 – Outstanding Loans and Leases. In addition, the Corporation uses VIEs such as trust preferred securities trusts in connection with its funding activities. For additional information, see Note 11 – Long-term Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Corporation uses VIEs, such as cash funds managed within Global Wealth & Investment Management (GWIM), to provide investment opportunities for clients. These VIEs, which are not consolidated by the Corporation, are not included in the tables in this Note.

Except as described below and in Note 6 – Securitizations and Other Variable Interest Entities to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Corporation did not provide financial support to consolidated or unconsolidated VIEs during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 or the year ended December 31, 2014 that it was not previously contractually required to provide, nor does it intend to do so.

Mortgage-related Securitizations

First-lien Mortgages

As part of its mortgage banking activities, the Corporation securitizes a portion of the first-lien residential mortgage loans it originates or purchases from third parties, generally in the form of RMBS guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises, FNMA and FHLMC (collectively the GSEs), or GNMA primarily in the case of FHA-insured and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA)-guaranteed mortgage loans. Securitization usually occurs in conjunction with or shortly after origination or purchase and the Corporation may also securitize loans held in its residential mortgage portfolio. In addition, the Corporation may, from time to time, securitize commercial mortgages it originates or purchases from other entities. The Corporation typically services the loans it securitizes. Further, the Corporation may retain beneficial interests in the securitization trusts including senior and subordinate securities and equity tranches issued by the trusts. Except as described below and in Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees, the Corporation does not provide guarantees or recourse to the securitization trusts other than standard representations and warranties.


180

Table of Contents

The table below summarizes select information related to first-lien mortgage securitizations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

First-lien Mortgage Securitizations
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Residential Mortgage
 
 
 
Agency
 
Non-agency - Subprime
 
Commercial Mortgage
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
 
2015
2014
 
2015
2014
Cash proceeds from new securitizations (1)
$
7,101

$
7,552

 
$

$
809

 
$
2,732

$
1,508

Gain (loss) on securitizations (2)
184

(21
)
 

49

 
39

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
2014
 
2015
2014
 
2015
2014
Cash proceeds from new securitizations (1)
$
14,672

$
15,018

 
$

$
809

 
$
4,888

$
2,212

Gain (loss) on securitizations (2)
357

(32
)
 

49

 
32

51

(1) 
The Corporation transfers residential mortgage loans to securitizations sponsored by the GSEs or GNMA in the normal course of business and receives RMBS in exchange which may then be sold into the market to third-party investors for cash proceeds.
(2) 
A majority of the first-lien residential and commercial mortgage loans securitized are initially classified as LHFS and accounted for under the fair value option. Gains recognized on these LHFS prior to securitization, which totaled $262 million and $431 million, net of hedges, during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $185 million and $383 million for the same periods in 2014, are not included in the table above.

In addition to cash proceeds as reported in the table above, the Corporation received securities with an initial fair value of $5.9 billion and $11.3 billion in connection with first-lien mortgage securitizations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $354 million and $860 million for the same periods in 2014. All of these securities were initially classified as Level 2 assets within the fair value hierarchy. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, there were no changes to the initial classification.

The Corporation recognizes consumer MSRs from the sale or securitization of first-lien mortgage loans. Servicing fee and ancillary fee income on consumer mortgage loans serviced, including securitizations where the Corporation has continuing involvement, were $353 million and $741 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $454 million and $948 million for the same periods in 2014. Servicing advances on consumer mortgage loans, including securitizations where the Corporation has continuing involvement, were $8.9 billion and $10.4 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The Corporation may have the option to repurchase delinquent loans out of securitization trusts, which reduces the amount of servicing advances it is required to make. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, $775 million and $1.9 billion of loans were repurchased from first-lien securitization trusts primarily as a result of loan delinquencies or to perform modifications compared to $1.1 billion and $2.4 billion for the same periods in 2014. The majority of these loans repurchased were FHA-insured mortgages collateralizing GNMA securities. For more information on MSRs, see Note 17 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.

During the three months ended June 30, 2015, the Corporation deconsolidated agency residential mortgage securitization vehicles with total assets of $1.5 billion following the sale of retained interests to third parties, after which the Corporation no longer had the unilateral ability to liquidate the vehicles. Gains on sale of $106 million were recorded in other income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

181

Table of Contents

The table below summarizes select information related to first-lien mortgage securitization trusts in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

First-lien Mortgage VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential Mortgage
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency
 
 
 
Agency
 
Prime
 
Subprime
 
Alt-A
 
Commercial Mortgage
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
December 31
2014
Unconsolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure (1)
$
24,816

$
14,918

 
$
1,163

$
1,288

 
$
3,132

$
3,167

 
$
684

$
710

 
$
354

$
352

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior securities held (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
1,206

$
584

 
$
3

$
3

 
$
25

$
14

 
$
87

$
81

 
$
99

$
54

Debt securities carried at fair value
22,921

13,473

 
716

816

 
2,675

2,811

 
369

383

 

76

Held-to-maturity securities
672

837

 


 


 


 
38

42

Subordinate securities held (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets


 


 
29


 
2

1

 
49

58

Debt securities carried at fair value


 
13

12

 
3

5

 
32


 
55

58

Held-to-maturity securities


 


 


 


 
14

15

Residual interests held


 
3

10

 


 


 
10

22

All other assets (3)
17

24

 
48

56

 

1

 
194

245

 


Total retained positions
$
24,816

$
14,918

 
$
783

$
897

 
$
2,732

$
2,831

 
$
684

$
710

 
$
265

$
325

Principal balance outstanding (4)
$
338,751

$
397,055

 
$
18,334

$
20,167

 
$
30,753

$
32,592

 
$
46,313

$
50,054

 
$
30,505

$
20,593

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure (1)
$
32,598

$
38,345

 
$
73

$
77

 
$
195

$
206

 
$

$

 
$

$

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
911

$
1,538

 
$

$

 
$
29

$
30

 
$

$

 
$

$

Loans and leases
30,988

36,187

 
123

130

 
740

768

 


 


Allowance for loan and lease losses
(2
)
(2
)
 


 


 


 


All other assets
701

623

 
3

6

 
19

15

 


 


Total assets
$
32,598

$
38,346

 
$
126

$
136

 
$
788

$
813

 
$

$

 
$

$

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$

$
1

 
$
53

$
56

 
$
755

$
770

 
$

$

 
$

$

All other liabilities
15


 

3

 
4

13

 


 


Total liabilities
$
15

$
1

 
$
53

$
59

 
$
759

$
783

 
$

$

 
$

$

(1) 
Maximum loss exposure excludes the liability for representations and warranties obligations and corporate guarantees and also excludes servicing advances and other servicing rights and obligations. For additional information, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 17 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.
(2) 
As a holder of these securities, the Corporation receives scheduled principal and interest payments. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, there were no OTTI losses recorded on those securities classified as AFS debt securities.
(3) 
Not included in the table above are all other assets of $180 million and $635 million, representing the unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans eligible for repurchase from unconsolidated residential mortgage securitization vehicles, principally guaranteed by GNMA, and all other liabilities of $180 million and $635 million, representing the principal amount that would be payable to the securitization vehicles if the Corporation was to exercise the repurchase option, at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(4) 
Principal balance outstanding includes loans the Corporation transferred with which it has continuing involvement, which may include servicing the loans.

182

Table of Contents

Home Equity Loans

The Corporation retains interests in home equity securitization trusts to which it transferred home equity loans. These retained interests include senior and subordinate securities and residual interests. In addition, the Corporation may be obligated to provide subordinate funding to the trusts during a rapid amortization event. The Corporation typically services the loans in the trusts. Except as described below and in Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees, the Corporation does not provide guarantees or recourse to the securitization trusts other than standard representations and warranties. There were no securitizations of home equity loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, and all of the home equity trusts that hold revolving home equity lines of credit have entered the rapid amortization phase.

The table below summarizes select information related to home equity loan securitization trusts in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Home Equity Loan VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated
VIEs
 
Unconsolidated
VIEs
 
Total
 
Consolidated
VIEs
 
Unconsolidated
VIEs
 
Total
Maximum loss exposure (1)
$
880

 
$
4,928

 
$
5,808

 
$
991

 
$
5,224

 
$
6,215

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$

 
$
69

 
$
69

 
$

 
$
14

 
$
14

Debt securities carried at fair value

 
114

 
114

 

 
39

 
39

Loans and leases
891

 

 
891

 
1,014

 

 
1,014

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(50
)
 

 
(50
)
 
(56
)
 

 
(56
)
All other assets
39

 

 
39

 
33

 

 
33

Total
$
880

 
$
183

 
$
1,063

 
$
991

 
$
53

 
$
1,044

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
933

 
$

 
$
933

 
$
1,076

 
$

 
$
1,076

Total
$
933

 
$

 
$
933

 
$
1,076

 
$

 
$
1,076

Principal balance outstanding
$
891

 
$
5,869

 
$
6,760

 
$
1,014

 
$
6,362

 
$
7,376

(1) 
For unconsolidated VIEs, the maximum loss exposure includes outstanding trust certificates issued by trusts in rapid amortization, net of recorded reserves, and excludes the liability for representations and warranties obligations and corporate guarantees.

The maximum loss exposure in the table above includes the Corporation's obligation to provide subordinate funding to the consolidated and unconsolidated home equity loan securitizations that have entered a rapid amortization period. During this period, cash payments from borrowers are accumulated to repay outstanding debt securities and the Corporation continues to make advances to borrowers when they draw on their lines of credit. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, home equity loan securitizations in rapid amortization for which the Corporation has a subordinate funding obligation, including both consolidated and unconsolidated trusts, had $5.7 billion and $6.3 billion of trust certificates outstanding. This amount is significantly greater than the amount the Corporation expects to fund. The charges that will ultimately be recorded as a result of the rapid amortization events depend on the undrawn available credit on the home equity lines, which totaled $27 million and $39 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, as well as performance of the loans, the amount of subsequent draws and the timing of related cash flows.

183

Table of Contents

Credit Card Securitizations

The Corporation securitizes originated and purchased credit card loans. The Corporation's continuing involvement with the securitization trust includes servicing the receivables, retaining an undivided interest (seller's interest) in the receivables, and holding certain retained interests including senior and subordinate securities, subordinate interests in accrued interest and fees on the securitized receivables, and cash reserve accounts. The seller's interest in the trust, which is pari passu to the investors' interest, is classified in loans and leases.

The table below summarizes select information related to consolidated credit card securitization trusts in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Credit Card VIEs
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Consolidated VIEs
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure
$
38,292

 
$
43,139

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
Loans and leases (1)
$
49,311

 
$
53,068

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(1,654
)
 
(1,904
)
All other assets (2)
1,365

 
392

Total assets
$
49,022

 
$
51,556

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
10,689

 
$
8,401

All other liabilities
41

 
16

Total liabilities
$
10,730

 
$
8,417

(1) 
At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, loans and leases included $29.2 billion and $36.9 billion of seller's interest.
(2) 
At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, all other assets included restricted cash, certain short-term investments, and unbilled accrued interest and fees.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, $1.2 billion and $2.3 billion of new senior debt securities were issued to third-party investors from the credit card securitization trust compared to $1.3 billion and $3.0 billion for the same periods in 2014.

The Corporation held subordinate securities issued by the credit card securitization trust with a notional principal amount of $7.7 billion and $7.4 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. These securities serve as a form of credit enhancement to the senior debt securities and have a stated interest rate of zero percent. There were $194 million and $371 million of these subordinate securities issued during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $202 million and $484 million for the same periods in 2014.

184

Table of Contents

Other Asset-backed Securitizations

Other asset-backed securitizations include resecuritization trusts, municipal bond trusts, and automobile and other securitization trusts. The table below summarizes select information related to other asset-backed securitizations in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Other Asset-backed VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Resecuritization Trusts
 
Municipal Bond Trusts
 
Automobile and Other
Securitization Trusts
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
 
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Unconsolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure
$
7,666

 
$
8,569

 
$
1,755

 
$
2,100

 
$
67

 
$
77

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior securities held (1, 2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
1,199

 
$
767

 
$
2

 
$
25

 
$

 
$
6

Debt securities carried at fair value
5,614

 
6,945

 

 

 
57

 
61

Held-to-maturity securities
710

 
740

 

 

 

 

Subordinate securities held (1, 2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
73

 
37

 

 

 

 

Debt securities carried at fair value
70

 
73

 

 

 

 

Residual interests held (3)

 
7

 

 

 

 

All other assets

 

 

 

 
10

 
10

Total retained positions
$
7,666

 
$
8,569

 
$
2

 
$
25

 
$
67

 
$
77

Total assets of VIEs (4)
$
33,339

 
$
28,065

 
$
2,781

 
$
3,314

 
$
440

 
$
1,276

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum loss exposure
$
439

 
$
654

 
$
1,682

 
$
2,440

 
$

 
$
92

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
666

 
$
1,295

 
$
1,693

 
$
2,452

 
$

 
$

Loans held-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 
555

All other assets

 

 
1

 

 

 
54

Total assets
$
666

 
$
1,295

 
$
1,694

 
$
2,452

 
$

 
$
609

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
$

 
$

 
$
358

 
$
1,032

 
$

 
$

Long-term debt
227

 
641

 
12

 
12

 

 
516

All other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 
1

Total liabilities
$
227

 
$
641

 
$
370

 
$
1,044

 
$

 
$
517

(1) 
As a holder of these securities, the Corporation receives scheduled principal and interest payments. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, there were no OTTI losses recorded on those securities classified as AFS debt securities.
(2) 
The retained senior and subordinate securities were valued using quoted market prices or observable market inputs (Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy).
(3) 
The retained residual interests are carried at fair value which was derived using model valuations (Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy).
(4) 
Total assets include loans the Corporation transferred with which the Corporation has continuing involvement, which may include servicing the loan.


185

Table of Contents

Resecuritization Trusts

The Corporation transfers existing securities, typically MBS, into resecuritization vehicles at the request of customers seeking securities with specific characteristics. The Corporation may also resecuritize securities within its investment portfolio for purposes of improving liquidity and capital, and managing credit or interest rate risk. Generally, there are no significant ongoing activities performed in a resecuritization trust and no single investor has the unilateral ability to liquidate the trust.

The Corporation resecuritized $6.9 billion and $13.0 billion of securities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $3.9 billion and $6.1 billion for the same periods in 2014. Securities transferred into resecuritization vehicles during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 were classified as trading account assets. As such, changes in fair value were recorded in trading account profits prior to the resecuritization and no gain or loss on sale was recorded.

Municipal Bond Trusts

The Corporation administers municipal bond trusts that hold highly-rated, long-term, fixed-rate municipal bonds. The trusts obtain financing by issuing floating-rate trust certificates that reprice on a weekly or other short-term basis to third-party investors. The Corporation may transfer assets into the trusts and may also serve as remarketing agent and/or liquidity provider for the trusts. The floating-rate investors have the right to tender the certificates at specified dates. Should the Corporation be unable to remarket the tendered certificates, it may be obligated to purchase them at par under standby liquidity facilities. The Corporation also provides credit enhancement to investors in certain municipal bond trusts whereby the Corporation guarantees the payment of interest and principal on floating-rate certificates issued by these trusts in the event of default by the issuer of the underlying municipal bond.

The Corporation's liquidity commitments to unconsolidated municipal bond trusts, including those for which the Corporation was transferor, totaled $1.8 billion and $2.1 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The weighted-average remaining life of bonds held in the trusts at June 30, 2015 was 7.1 years. There were no material write-downs or downgrades of assets or issuers during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Automobile and Other Securitization Trusts

The Corporation transfers automobile and other loans into securitization trusts, typically to improve liquidity or manage credit risk. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Corporation serviced assets or otherwise had continuing involvement with automobile and other securitization trusts with outstanding balances of $440 million and $1.9 billion, including trusts collateralized by automobile loans of $238 million and $400 million, student loans of $0 and $609 million, and other loans of $202 million and $876 million.

186

Table of Contents

Other Variable Interest Entities

The table below summarizes select information related to other VIEs in which the Corporation held a variable interest at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Other VIEs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
 
Consolidated
 
Unconsolidated
 
Total
Maximum loss exposure
$
6,632

 
$
10,769

 
$
17,401

 
$
7,981

 
$
12,391

 
$
20,372

On-balance sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets
$
1,564

 
$
324

 
$
1,888

 
$
1,575

 
$
355

 
$
1,930

Debt securities carried at fair value

 
165

 
165

 

 
483

 
483

Loans and leases
3,414

 
2,339

 
5,753

 
4,020

 
2,693

 
6,713

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(5
)
 

 
(5
)
 
(6
)
 

 
(6
)
Loans held-for-sale
413

 
261

 
674

 
1,267

 
814

 
2,081

All other assets
1,553

 
6,500

 
8,053

 
1,646

 
6,658

 
8,304

Total
$
6,939

 
$
9,589

 
$
16,528

 
$
8,502

 
$
11,003

 
$
19,505

On-balance sheet liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt (1)
$
1,802

 
$

 
$
1,802

 
$
1,834

 
$

 
$
1,834

All other liabilities
49

 
2,534

 
2,583

 
105

 
2,643

 
2,748

Total
$
1,851

 
$
2,534

 
$
4,385

 
$
1,939

 
$
2,643

 
$
4,582

Total assets of VIEs
$
6,939

 
$
38,761

 
$
45,700

 
$
8,502

 
$
41,467

 
$
49,969

(1)
Includes $780 million and $722 million of long-term debt at June 30, 2015 and $780 million and $584 million of long-term debt at December 31, 2014 issued by consolidated investment vehicles and customer vehicles, respectively, which has recourse to the general credit of the Corporation.

Customer Vehicles

Customer vehicles include credit-linked, equity-linked and commodity-linked note vehicles, repackaging vehicles, and asset acquisition vehicles, which are typically created on behalf of customers who wish to obtain market or credit exposure to a specific company, index, commodity or financial instrument. The Corporation may transfer assets to and invest in securities issued by these vehicles. The Corporation typically enters into credit, equity, interest rate, commodity or foreign currency derivatives to synthetically create or alter the investment profile of the issued securities.

The Corporation's maximum loss exposure to consolidated and unconsolidated customer vehicles totaled $3.4 billion and $4.7 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, including the notional amount of derivatives to which the Corporation is a counterparty, net of losses previously recorded, and the Corporation's investment, if any, in securities issued by the vehicles. The maximum loss exposure has not been reduced to reflect the benefit of offsetting swaps with the customers or collateral arrangements. The Corporation also had liquidity commitments, including written put options and collateral value guarantees, with certain unconsolidated vehicles of $655 million and $658 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, that are included in the table above.

187

Table of Contents

Collateralized Debt Obligation Vehicles

The Corporation receives fees for structuring CDO vehicles, which hold diversified pools of fixed-income securities, typically corporate debt or ABS, which they fund by issuing multiple tranches of debt and equity securities. Synthetic CDOs enter into a portfolio of CDS to synthetically create exposure to fixed-income securities. CLOs, which are a subset of CDOs, hold pools of loans, typically corporate loans. CDOs are typically managed by third-party portfolio managers. The Corporation typically transfers assets to these CDOs, holds securities issued by the CDOs and may be a derivative counterparty to the CDOs, including a CDS counterparty for synthetic CDOs. The Corporation has also entered into total return swaps with certain CDOs whereby the Corporation absorbs the economic returns generated by specified assets held by the CDO.

The Corporation's maximum loss exposure to consolidated and unconsolidated CDOs totaled $628 million and $780 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. This exposure is calculated on a gross basis and does not reflect any benefit from insurance purchased from third parties.

At June 30, 2015, the Corporation had $998 million of aggregate liquidity exposure, included in the Other VIEs table net of previously recorded losses, to unconsolidated CDOs which hold senior CDO debt securities or other debt securities on the Corporation's behalf. For additional information, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies.

Investment Vehicles

The Corporation sponsors, invests in or provides financing, which may be in connection with the sale of assets, to a variety of investment vehicles that hold loans, real estate, debt securities or other financial instruments and are designed to provide the desired investment profile to investors or the Corporation. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Corporation's consolidated investment vehicles had total assets of $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion. The Corporation also held investments in unconsolidated vehicles with total assets of $9.8 billion and $11.2 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The Corporation's maximum loss exposure associated with both consolidated and unconsolidated investment vehicles totaled $3.9 billion and $5.1 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 comprised primarily of on-balance sheet assets less non-recourse liabilities.

The Corporation transferred servicing advance receivables to independent third parties in connection with the sale of MSRs. Portions of the receivables were transferred into unconsolidated securitization trusts. The Corporation retained senior interests in such receivables with a maximum loss exposure and funding obligation of $250 million and $660 million, including a funded balance of $138 million and $431 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, which were classified in other debt securities carried at fair value.

Leveraged Lease Trusts

The Corporation's net investment in consolidated leveraged lease trusts totaled $3.1 billion and $3.3 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The trusts hold long-lived equipment such as rail cars, power generation and distribution equipment, and commercial aircraft. The Corporation structures the trusts and holds a significant residual interest. The net investment represents the Corporation's maximum loss exposure to the trusts in the unlikely event that the leveraged lease investments become worthless. Debt issued by the leveraged lease trusts is non-recourse to the Corporation.

Real Estate Vehicles

The Corporation held investments in unconsolidated real estate vehicles with total assets of $6.2 billion at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, which primarily consisted of investments in unconsolidated limited partnerships that finance the construction and rehabilitation of affordable rental housing and commercial real estate. An unrelated third party is typically the general partner and has control over the significant activities of the partnership. The Corporation earns a return primarily through the receipt of tax credits allocated to the real estate projects. The Corporation's risk of loss is mitigated by policies requiring that the project qualify for the expected tax credits prior to making its investment. The Corporation may from time to time be asked to invest additional amounts to support a troubled project. Such additional investments have not been and are not expected to be significant.


188

Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees
 
Background

The Corporation securitizes first-lien residential mortgage loans generally in the form of RMBS guaranteed by the GSEs or by GNMA in the case of FHA-insured, VA-guaranteed and Rural Housing Service-guaranteed mortgage loans, and sells pools of first-lien residential mortgage loans in the form of whole loans. In addition, in prior years, legacy companies and certain subsidiaries sold pools of first-lien residential mortgage loans and home equity loans as private-label securitizations (in certain of these securitizations, monoline insurers or other financial guarantee providers insured all or some of the securities) or in the form of whole loans. In connection with these transactions, the Corporation or certain of its subsidiaries or legacy companies made various representations and warranties. These representations and warranties, as set forth in the agreements, related to, among other things, the ownership of the loan, the validity of the lien securing the loan, the absence of delinquent taxes or liens against the property securing the loan, the process used to select the loan for inclusion in a transaction, the loan's compliance with any applicable loan criteria, including underwriting standards, and the loan's compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws. Breaches of these representations and warranties have resulted in and may continue to result in the requirement to repurchase mortgage loans or to otherwise make whole or provide other remedies to the GSEs, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) with respect to FHA-insured loans, VA, whole-loan investors, securitization trusts, monoline insurers or other financial guarantors as applicable (collectively, repurchases). In all such cases, subsequent to repurchasing the loan, the Corporation would be exposed to any credit loss on the repurchased mortgage loans after accounting for any mortgage insurance (MI) or mortgage guarantee payments that it may receive.

Subject to the requirements and limitations of the applicable sales and securitization agreements, including the applicable statute of limitations for contractual claims, these representations and warranties can be enforced by the GSEs, HUD, VA, the whole-loan investor, the securitization trustee or others as provided by the applicable agreement or, in certain first-lien and home equity securitizations where monoline insurers or other financial guarantee providers have insured all or some of the securities issued, by the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor, where the contract so provides. In the case of private-label securitizations, the applicable agreements may permit investors, which in some instances include the GSEs, with sufficient holdings to direct or influence action by the securitization trustee. In the case of loans sold to parties other than the GSEs or GNMA, the contractual liability to repurchase typically arises only if there is a breach of the representations and warranties that materially and adversely affects the interest of the investor, or investors, or of the monoline insurer or other financial guarantor (as applicable) in the loan. Contracts with the GSEs do not contain equivalent language. The Corporation believes that the longer a loan performs prior to default, the less likely it is that an alleged underwriting breach of representations and warranties would have a material impact on the loan's performance. Currently, the volume of unresolved repurchase claims from the FHA and VA for loans in GNMA-guaranteed securities is not significant because the claims are typically resolved promptly.

New York Court Decision on Statute of Limitations

On June 11, 2015, the New York Court of Appeals, New York's highest appellate court, issued its opinion in ACE Securities Corp. v. DB Structured Products, Inc. (ACE), holding that, under New York law the six-year statute of limitations starts to run at the time the representations and warranties are made, not the date when the repurchase demand was denied. In addition, the Court of Appeals held that compliance with the contractual notice and cure period was a pre-condition to filing suit, and claims that did not comply with such contractual requirements prior to the expiration of the statute of limitations period were invalid. While no entity affiliated with the Corporation was a party to this litigation, the vast majority of the private-label RMBS trusts into which entities affiliated with the Corporation sold loans and made representations and warranties are governed by New York law, and the ACE decision should therefore apply to representations and warranties claims and litigation brought on those RMBS trusts. A significant number of representations and warranties claims and lawsuits brought against the Corporation have involved or may involve claims where the statute of limitations has expired under the ACE decision and are therefore time-barred. The Corporation treats time-barred claims as resolved and no longer outstanding; however, while post-ACE case law is in very early stages, investors or trustees may seek to distinguish certain aspects of the ACE ruling or to assert other claims seeking to avoid the impact of the ACE ruling. The impact on the Corporation, if any, of such claims is unclear at this time. For more information on repurchase demands, see Unresolved Repurchase Claims in this Note.

The liability for representations and warranties exposures and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss are based upon currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of factors and assumptions, including those discussed in Liability for Representations and Warranties and Corporate Guarantees in this Note, that are subject to change. Changes to any one of these factors could significantly impact the liability for representations and warranties exposures and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss and could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation's results of operations for any particular period. Given that these factors vary by counterparty, the Corporation analyzes representations and warranties obligations based on the specific counterparty, or type of counterparty, with whom the sale was made. For additional information, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.


189

Table of Contents

Settlement Actions

The Corporation has vigorously contested any request for repurchase where it has concluded that a valid basis for repurchase does not exist and will continue to do so in the future. However, in an effort to resolve legacy mortgage-related issues, the Corporation has reached bulk settlements, including various settlements with the GSEs, and including settlement amounts which have been significant, with counterparties in lieu of a loan-by-loan review process. These bulk settlements generally did not cover all transactions with the relevant counterparties or all potential claims that may arise, including in some instances securities law, fraud and servicing claims, which may be addressed separately. The Corporation's liability in connection with the transactions and claims not covered by these settlements could be material to the Corporation's results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period. The Corporation may reach other settlements in the future if opportunities arise on terms it believes to be advantageous. However, there can be no assurance that the Corporation will reach future settlements or, if it does, that the terms of past settlements can be relied upon to predict the terms of future settlements. The following provides a summary of the settlement with Bank of New York Mellon (BNY Mellon), which remains subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. For a discussion of other large settlement actions entered into by the Corporation in recent years, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Settlement with the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee

On March 5, 2015, the New York Appellate Division, First Department issued an order unanimously approving the BNY Mellon Settlement in all respects. The deadline for further appeal has passed. On April 22, 2015, the New York County Supreme Court entered final judgment approving the settlement. The BNY Mellon Settlement remains subject to certain conditions, including that an Internal Revenue Service private letter ruling be obtained confirming that the settlement will not impact the real estate mortgage investment conduit tax status of the trusts and that certain state tax opinions be obtained. If those conditions are not satisfied by December 31, 2015, the Corporation and Countrywide may withdraw from the BNY Mellon Settlement, if the Trustee consents. If the conditions are not satisfied, or if the Corporation and Countrywide withdraw from the BNY Mellon Settlement in accordance with its terms, the Corporation's future representations and warranties losses could be substantially different from existing accruals and the estimated range of possible loss over existing accruals described under Private-label Securitizations and Whole-loan Sales Experience in this Note. For a description of the BNY Mellon Settlement, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 7 Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015.

Unresolved Repurchase Claims

Unresolved representations and warranties repurchase claims represent the notional amount of repurchase claims made by counterparties, typically the outstanding principal balance or the unpaid principal balance at the time of default. In the case of first-lien mortgages, the claim amount is often significantly greater than the expected loss amount due to the benefit of collateral and, in some cases, MI or mortgage guarantee payments. Claims received from a counterparty remain outstanding until the underlying loan is repurchased, the claim is rescinded by the counterparty, the Corporation determines that the applicable statute of limitations has expired (beginning in this quarter, this is determined, where applicable, in accordance with the ACE decision), or representations and warranties claims with respect to the applicable trust are settled, and fully and finally released. When a claim is denied and the Corporation does not receive a response from the counterparty, the claim remains in the unresolved repurchase claims balance until resolution in one of the ways described above. Certain of the claims that have been received are duplicate claims which represent more than one claim outstanding related to a particular loan, typically as the result of bulk claims submitted without individual file reviews.


190

Table of Contents

The table below presents unresolved repurchase claims at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The unresolved repurchase claims include only claims where the Corporation believes that the counterparty has the contractual right to submit claims. For additional information, see Private-label Securitizations and Whole-loan Sales Experience in this Note.

Unresolved Repurchase Claims by Counterparty and Product Type
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31 2014 (1)
By counterparty
 
 
 
Private-label securitization trustees, whole-loan investors, including third-party securitization sponsors and other (2, 3)
$
19,431

 
$
24,489

Monolines (4)
1,631

 
1,546

GSEs
31

 
59

Total gross claims (3)
21,093

 
26,094

Duplicate claims (5)
(2,622
)
 
(3,248
)
Total unresolved repurchase claims by counterparty, net of duplicate claims
$
18,471

 
$
22,846

By product type
 
 
 
Prime loans
$
200

 
$
587

Alt-A
1,208

 
2,397

Home equity
2,195

 
2,485

Pay option
4,986

 
6,294

Subprime
12,495

 
14,121

Other
9

 
210

Total (3)
21,093

 
26,094

Duplicate claims (5)
(2,622
)
 
(3,248
)
Total unresolved repurchase claims by product type, net of duplicate claims
$
18,471

 
$
22,846

(1) 
The December 31, 2014 amounts have been updated to reflect additional claims submitted from a single monoline, currently pursuing litigation, served in the fourth quarter of 2014, and addressed by the Corporation in 2015 pursuant to an existing litigation schedule. For more information on bond insurance litigation, see Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2) 
The total notional amount of unresolved repurchase claims does not include repurchase claims related to the trusts covered by the BNY Mellon Settlement.
(3) 
Includes $12.0 billion and $14.1 billion of claims based on individual file reviews and $7.4 billion and $10.4 billion of claims submitted without individual file reviews at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(4) 
At June 30, 2015, substantially all of the unresolved monoline claims are currently the subject of litigation with a single monoline insurer and predominately pertain to second-lien loans.
(5) 
Represents more than one claim outstanding related to a particular loan, typically as the result of bulk claims submitted without individual file reviews. The June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 amounts include approximately $2.5 billion and $2.9 billion of duplicate claims related to private-label investors submitted without individual loan file reviews.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the Corporation received $224 million and $3.6 billion in new repurchase claims, primarily $3.2 billion in claims submitted without individual loan file reviews. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, $7.3 billion and $7.5 billion in claims, net of duplicate claims, were resolved, including $7.1 billion which are deemed resolved as a result of the ACE decision.

In addition to the unresolved repurchase claims in the Unresolved Repurchase Claims by Counterparty and Product Type table, the Corporation has received notifications from sponsors of third-party securitizations with whom the Corporation engaged in whole-loan transactions indicating that the Corporation may have indemnity obligations with respect to loans for which the Corporation has not received a repurchase request. These notifications totaled $2.0 billion at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The Corporation has considered this risk in the estimated range of possible loss.

The Corporation also from time to time receives correspondence purporting to raise representations and warranties breach issues from entities that do not have contractual standing or ability to bring such claims. The Corporation believes such communications to be procedurally and/or substantively invalid, and generally does not respond.

The presence of repurchase claims on a given trust, receipt of notices of indemnification obligations and receipt of other communications, as discussed above, are all factors that inform the Corporation's liability for representations and warranties and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss.


191

Table of Contents

Government-sponsored Enterprises Experience

As a result of various bulk settlements with the GSEs, the Corporation has resolved substantially all outstanding and potential representations and warranties repurchase claims on whole loans sold by legacy Bank of America and Countrywide to FNMA and FHLMC through June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2009, respectively. After these settlements, the Corporation's exposure to representations and warranties liability for loans originated prior to 2009 and sold to the GSEs is limited to loans with an original principal balance of $18.3 billion and loans with certain characteristics excluded from the settlements that the Corporation does not believe will be material, such as certain specified violations of the GSEs' charters, fraud and title defects. As of June 30, 2015, of the $18.3 billion, approximately $15.9 billion in principal has been paid and $986 million in principal has defaulted or was severely delinquent. At June 30, 2015, the notional amount of unresolved repurchase claims submitted by the GSEs was $25 million related to these vintages.

Private-label Securitizations and Whole-loan Sales Experience

In prior years, legacy companies and certain subsidiaries sold pools of first-lien residential mortgage loans and home equity loans as private-label securitizations or in the form of whole loans. In connection with these transactions, the Corporation or certain of its subsidiaries or legacy companies made various representations and warranties. When the Corporation provided representations and warranties in connection with the sale of whole loans, the whole-loan investors may retain the right to make repurchase claims even when the loans were aggregated with other collateral into private-label securitizations sponsored by the whole-loan investors. In other third-party securitizations, the whole-loan investors' rights to enforce the representations and warranties were transferred to the securitization trustees. Private-label securitization investors generally do not have the contractual right to demand repurchase of loans directly or the right to access loan files directly.

In private-label securitizations, the applicable contracts provide that investors must meet certain presentation thresholds to issue a binding direction to a trustee to assert repurchase claims. However, in certain circumstances, the Corporation believes that trustees have presented repurchase claims without requiring investors to meet contractual voting rights thresholds. New private-label claims are primarily related to repurchase requests received from trustees for private-label securitization transactions not included in the BNY Mellon Settlement.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, for loans originated between 2004 and 2008, the notional amount of unresolved repurchase claims, net of duplicate claims, submitted by private-label securitization trustees, whole-loan investors, including third-party securitization sponsors, and others was $16.8 billion and $21.2 billion. These repurchase claims at June 30, 2015 exclude claims in the amount of $7.1 billion, net of duplicate claims, where the statute of limitations has expired without litigation being commenced (beginning in this quarter, this is determined, where applicable, in accordance with the ACE decision). At December 31, 2014, time-barred claims of $5.2 billion, net of duplicate claims, were included in unresolved repurchase claims. The notional amount of unresolved repurchase claims at both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 includes $3.5 billion of claims, net of duplicate claims, related to loans in specific private-label securitization groups or tranches where the Corporation owns substantially all of the outstanding securities.

The decrease in the notional amount of outstanding unresolved repurchase claims, net of duplicate claims, in the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 is primarily due to the impact of the ACE decision. Excluding time-barred claims that were treated as outstanding at December 31, 2014, the remaining outstanding unresolved repurchase claims are driven by: (1) continued submission of claims by private-label securitization trustees, (2) the level of detail, support and analysis accompanying such claims, which impact overall claim quality and, therefore, claims resolution and (3) the lack of an established process to resolve disputes related to these claims. For example, claims submitted without individual file reviews generally lack the level of detail and analysis of individual loans that is necessary to evaluate a claim.

The Corporation reviews properly presented repurchase claims on a loan-by-loan basis. Claims that are time-barred under the ACE decision are treated as resolved. If, after the Corporation's review of timely claims, it does not believe a claim is valid, it will deny the claim and generally indicate a reason for the denial. When the counterparty agrees with the Corporation's denial of the claim, the counterparty may rescind the claim. When there is disagreement as to the resolution of the claim, meaningful dialogue and negotiation between the parties are generally necessary to reach a resolution on an individual claim. When a claim has been denied and the Corporation does not hear from the counterparty for six months, the Corporation views these claims as inactive; however, they remain in the outstanding claims balance until resolution in one of the manners described above. In the case of private-label securitization trustees and third-party sponsors, there is currently no established process in place for the parties to reach a conclusion on an individual loan if there is a disagreement on the resolution of the claim. The Corporation has performed an initial review with respect to substantially all of these claims and, although the Corporation does not believe a valid basis for repurchase has been established by the claimant, it considers such claims activity in the computation of its liability for representations and warranties.


192

Table of Contents

Parties seeking to pursue claims and/or lawsuits with respect to trusts where the statute of limitations for representations and warranties claims against the sponsor has expired may pursue other claims against the sponsor and/or assert claims against other contractual parties. For example, institutional investors have filed lawsuits against trustees based upon alleged contractual, statutory and tort theories of liability and alleging failure to pursue representations and warranties claims and servicer defaults. The impact on the Corporation, if any, of such legal theories or claims is unclear at this time.

Monoline Insurers Experience

For a description of the Corporation's experience with monoline insurers, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees and Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Open Mortgage Insurance Rescission Notices

In addition to repurchase claims, the Corporation receives notices from mortgage insurance companies of claim denials, cancellations or coverage rescission (collectively, MI rescission notices). For more information, see Note 7 – Representations and Warranties Obligations and Corporate Guarantees to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Liability for Representations and Warranties and Corporate Guarantees

The liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related provision is included in mortgage banking income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. The liability for representations and warranties is established when those obligations are both probable and reasonably estimable.

The Corporation's liability and corresponding estimated range of possible loss at June 30, 2015 for obligations under representations and warranties given to the GSEs considers a number of factors. These include the Corporation's experience related to actual defaults, projected future defaults, historical loss experience, estimated home prices and other economic conditions. In addition, the liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees and corresponding estimated range of possible loss consider such factors as the number of payments made by the borrower prior to default as well as certain other assumptions and judgmental factors.

The Corporation's non-GSE representations and warranties liability and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss at June 30, 2015 considers, among other things, implied repurchase experience based on the BNY Mellon Settlement, adjusted to reflect differences between the trusts covered by the settlement and the remainder of the population of private-label securitizations where the statute of limitations for representations and warranties claims has not expired, and assumes that, for those trusts where timely representations and warranties claims exist or are still possible, the conditions to the BNY Mellon Settlement will be met. Since the securitization trusts that were included in the BNY Mellon Settlement differ from those that were not included in the BNY Mellon Settlement, the Corporation adjusted the repurchase experience implied in the settlement in order to determine the non-GSE representations and warranties liability and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss. The judgmental adjustments made include consideration of the differences in the mix of products in the subject securitizations, loan originator, likelihood of claims expected, the differences in the number of payments that the borrower has made prior to default and the sponsor of the securitizations. Where relevant, the Corporation also considers more recent experience, such as claim activity, notification of potential indemnification obligations, its experience with various counterparties, the ACE decision summarized above and other facts and circumstances, such as bulk settlements, as the Corporation believes appropriate.

A factor that impacts the non-GSE representations and warranties liability and the portion of the estimated range of possible loss corresponding to non-GSE representations and warranties exposures is the likelihood that timely claims will be presented, which is impacted by a number of factors, including whether the applicable statute of limitations has lapsed, as well as the contractual provisions that investors meet certain presentation thresholds under the non-GSE securitization agreements. A securitization trustee may investigate or demand repurchase on its own action, and most agreements contain a presentation threshold, for example 25 percent of the voting rights per trust, that allows investors to declare a servicing event of default under certain circumstances or to request certain action, such as requesting loan files, that the trustee may choose to accept and follow, exempt from liability, provided the trustee is acting in good faith. If there is an uncured servicing event of default and the trustee fails to bring suit during a 60-day period, then, under most agreements, investors may file suit. In addition to this, most agreements allow investors to direct the securitization trustee to investigate loan files or demand the repurchase of loans if security holders hold a specified percentage, for example, 25 percent, of the voting rights of each tranche of the outstanding securities. However, in certain circumstances, the Corporation believes that trustees have presented repurchase claims without requiring investors to meet contractual voting rights thresholds. The population of private-label securitizations included in the BNY Mellon Settlement encompasses almost all Countrywide first-lien private-label securitizations including loans originated principally between 2004 and 2008. For the remainder of the population of private-label securitizations, claimants have come forward

193

Table of Contents

on certain securitizations and the Corporation believes it is probable that other claimants may continue to come forward with claims that meet the contractual requirements of other securitizations. For more information on the representations and warranties liability and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss, see Estimated Range of Possible Loss in this Note.

The table below presents a rollforward of the liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees.

Representations and Warranties and Corporate Guarantees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees, beginning of period
$
11,992

 
$
13,411

 
$
12,081

 
$
13,282

Additions for new sales
2

 
2

 
3

 
5

Net reductions
(233
)
 
(1,417
)
 
(407
)
 
(1,469
)
Provision (benefit)
(205
)
 
88

 
(121
)
 
266

Liability for representations and warranties and corporate guarantees, June 30
$
11,556

 
$
12,084

 
$
11,556

 
$
12,084


The representations and warranties liability represents the Corporation's best estimate of probable incurred losses as of June 30, 2015. However, it is reasonably possible that future representations and warranties losses may occur in excess of the amounts recorded for these exposures. The benefit in the provision for representations and warranties for the three and six months compared to a provision in the same periods in 2014 was primarily driven by the impact of the ACE decision, as time-barred claims are now treated as resolved.

Estimated Range of Possible Loss

The Corporation currently estimates that the range of possible loss for representations and warranties exposures could be up to $2 billion over existing accruals at June 30, 2015 compared to up to $4 billion at March 31, 2015. The decrease in the estimated range of possible loss is primarily driven by the impact of the ACE decision on the Corporation's estimate of ongoing representations and warranties risk. The Corporation treats claims that are time-barred under the ACE decision as resolved and no longer considers such claims in the estimated range of possible loss. The estimated range of possible loss reflects principally non-GSE exposures. It represents a reasonably possible loss, but does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment and a number of assumptions that are subject to change.

The liability for representations and warranties exposures and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss do not consider losses related to servicing (except as such losses are included as potential costs of the BNY Mellon Settlement), including foreclosure and related costs, fraud, indemnity, or claims (including for RMBS) related to securities law or monoline insurance litigation. Losses with respect to one or more of these matters could be material to the Corporation's results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period.

Future provisions and/or ranges of possible loss for representations and warranties may be significantly impacted if actual experiences are different from the Corporation's assumptions in predictive models, including, without limitation, ultimate resolution of the BNY Mellon Settlement, the actual repurchase rates on loans in trusts not settled as part of the BNY Mellon settlement which may be different than the implied repurchase experience, estimated MI rescission rates, economic conditions, estimated home prices, consumer and counterparty behavior, the applicable statute of limitations, potential indemnity obligations to third parties to whom the Corporation has sold loans subject to representations and warranties and a variety of other judgmental factors. Adverse developments with respect to one or more of the assumptions underlying the liability for representations and warranties and the corresponding estimated range of possible loss could result in significant increases to future provisions and/or the estimated range of possible loss. Finally, although the Corporation believes that the representations and warranties typically given in non-GSE transactions are less rigorous than those given in GSE transactions, the Corporation does not have sufficient experience resolving loan-level claims in non-GSE transactions to measure the impact of these differences on the probability that a loan will be required to be repurchased.


194

Table of Contents

Cash Payments

The Loan Repurchases and Indemnification Payments table presents first-lien and home equity loan repurchases and indemnification payments made by the Corporation to reimburse the investor or securitization trust for losses they incurred, and to resolve repurchase claims. Cash paid for loan repurchases includes the unpaid principal balance of the loan plus past due interest. The amount of loss for loan repurchases is reduced by the fair value of the underlying loan collateral. The repurchase of loans and indemnification payments related to first-lien and home equity repurchase claims generally resulted from material breaches of representations and warranties related to the loans' material compliance with the applicable underwriting standards, including borrower misrepresentation, credit exceptions without sufficient compensating factors and non-compliance with underwriting procedures. The actual representations and warranties made in a sales transaction and the resulting repurchase and indemnification activity can vary by transaction or investor. Loan repurchases or indemnification payments related to first-lien residential mortgages primarily involved the GSEs while repurchases or indemnification payments related to home equity loans primarily involved the monoline insurers.

Loan Repurchases and Indemnification Payments (excluding cash payments for settlements)
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in millions)
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Cash Paid
for
Repurchases
 
Loss
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Cash Paid
for
Repurchases
 
Loss
First-lien
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases
$
38

 
$
42

 
$
12

 
$
58

 
$
63

 
$
20

Indemnification payments
260

 
28

 
27

 
142

 
80

 
80

Total first-lien
298

 
70

 
39

 
200

 
143

 
100

Home equity, indemnification payments
2

 
2

 
2

 
3

 
3

 
3

Total first-lien and home equity
$
300

 
$
72

 
$
41

 
$
203

 
$
146

 
$
103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
First-lien
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases
$
73

 
$
80

 
$
22

 
$
104

 
$
114

 
$
32

Indemnification payments
359

 
51

 
50

 
243

 
108

 
108

Total first-lien
432

 
131

 
72

 
347

 
222

 
140

Home equity, indemnification payments
6

 
6

 
6

 
14

 
14

 
14

Total first-lien and home equity
$
438

 
$
137

 
$
78

 
$
361

 
$
236

 
$
154


The amounts in the table above exclude amounts paid in monoline settlements during 2015 and 2014, including payments made directly to securitization trusts.

195

Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill

The table below presents goodwill balances by business segment at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The reporting units utilized for goodwill impairment testing are the operating segments or one level below. For additional information, see Note 8 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Goodwill
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
 
December 31
2014
Consumer Banking
$
30,123

 
$
30,123

Global Wealth & Investment Management
9,698

 
9,698

Global Banking
23,923

 
23,923

Global Markets
5,197

 
5,197

All Other
834

 
836

Total goodwill
$
69,775

 
$
69,777


There was no goodwill in LAS at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Intangible Assets

The table below presents the gross carrying value and accumulated amortization for intangible assets at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Intangible Assets (1, 2)
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Gross
Carrying Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying Value
 
Gross
Carrying Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying Value
Purchased credit card relationships
$
5,512

 
$
4,672

 
$
840

 
$
5,504

 
$
4,527

 
$
977

Core deposit intangibles
1,779

 
1,445

 
334

 
1,779

 
1,382

 
397

Customer relationships
4,025

 
2,822

 
1,203

 
4,025

 
2,648

 
1,377

Affinity relationships
1,566

 
1,325

 
241

 
1,565

 
1,283

 
282

Other intangibles
2,045

 
475

 
1,570

 
2,045

 
466

 
1,579

Total intangible assets
$
14,927

 
$
10,739

 
$
4,188

 
$
14,918

 
$
10,306

 
$
4,612

(1) 
Excludes fully amortized intangible assets.
(2) 
At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, none of the intangible assets were impaired.

196

Table of Contents

The table below presents intangible asset amortization expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Amortization Expense
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Purchased credit card and affinity relationships
$
89

 
$
102

 
$
178

 
$
207

Core deposit intangibles
31

 
36

 
63

 
72

Customer relationships
87

 
91

 
174

 
182

Other intangibles
5

 
6

 
10

 
13

Total amortization expense
$
212

 
$
235

 
$
425

 
$
474


The table below presents estimated future intangible asset amortization expense as of June 30, 2015.

Estimated Future Amortization Expense
(Dollars in millions)
Remainder of
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
2020
Purchased credit card and affinity relationships
$
179

 
$
299

 
$
239

 
$
180

 
$
121

 
$
62

Core deposit intangibles
60

 
104

 
90

 
80

 

 

Customer relationships
166

 
325

 
310

 
302

 

 

Other intangibles
5

 
9

 
6

 
4

 
2

 

Total estimated future amortization expense
$
410

 
$
737

 
$
645

 
$
566

 
$
123

 
$
62



197

Table of Contents

NOTE 9 – Federal Funds Sold or Purchased, Securities Financing Agreements and Short-term Borrowings

The table below presents federal funds sold or purchased, securities financing agreements, which include securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase, and short-term borrowings.

 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Average during period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$
214,326

 
$
235,393

 
0.50
%
 
0.51
%
 
$
214,130

 
$
224,012

 
0.47
%
 
0.51
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
$
219,946

 
$
222,524

 
1.03
%
 
1.10
%
 
$
217,348

 
$
213,714

 
0.97
%
 
1.07
%
Short-term borrowings
32,142

 
48,723

 
1.49

 
1.26

 
30,785

 
48,447

 
1.48

 
1.01

Total
$
252,088

 
$
271,247

 
1.09

 
1.13

 
$
248,133

 
$
262,161

 
1.03

 
1.06

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum month-end balance during period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$
224,701

 
$
240,122

 
 
 
 
 
$
226,502

 
$
240,122

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
$
227,753

 
$
240,154

 
 
 
 
 
$
227,753

 
$
240,154

 
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
39,903

 
50,071

 
 
 
 
 
39,903

 
51,409

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
 
 
Period-end
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$
199,903

 
0.51
%
 
 
 
 
 
$
191,823

 
0.47
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
$
213,024

 
0.92
%
 
 
 
 
 
$
201,277

 
0.98
%
 
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
39,903

 
1.18

 
 
 
 
 
31,172

 
1.47

 
 
 
 
Total
$
252,927

 
0.95

 
 
 
 
 
$
232,449

 
1.04

 
 
 
 


198

Table of Contents

Offsetting of Securities Financing Agreements

Substantially all of the Corporation's repurchase and resale activities are transacted under legally enforceable master repurchase agreements that give the Corporation, in the event of default by the counterparty, the right to liquidate securities held and to offset receivables and payables with the same counterparty. The Corporation offsets repurchase and resale transactions with the same counterparty on the Consolidated Balance Sheet where it has such a legally enforceable master netting agreement and the transactions have the same maturity date.

Substantially all securities borrowing and lending activities are transacted under legally enforceable master securities lending agreements that give the Corporation, in the event of default by the counterparty, the right to liquidate securities held and to offset receivables and payables with the same counterparty. The Corporation offsets securities borrowing and lending transactions with the same counterparty on the Consolidated Balance Sheet where it has such a legally enforceable master netting agreement and the transactions have the same maturity date.

The Securities Financing Agreements table presents securities financing agreements included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell, and in federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Balances are presented on a gross basis, prior to the application of counterparty netting. Gross assets and liabilities are adjusted on an aggregate basis to take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements. For more information on the offsetting of derivatives, see Note 2 – Derivatives.

The "Other" amount in the table, which is included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in accrued expenses and other liabilities, relates to transactions where the Corporation acts as the lender in a securities lending agreement and receives securities that can be pledged or sold as collateral. In these transactions, the Corporation recognizes an asset at fair value, representing the securities received, and a liability, representing the obligation to return those securities.

Gross assets and liabilities in the table include activity where uncertainty exists as to the enforceability of certain master netting agreements under bankruptcy laws in some countries or industries and, accordingly, these are reported on a gross basis.

The column titled "Financial Instruments" in the table includes securities collateral received or pledged under repurchase or securities lending agreements where there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement. These amounts are not offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, but are shown as a reduction to the net balance sheet amount in this table to derive a net asset or liability. Securities collateral received or pledged where the legal enforceability of the master netting agreements is not certain is not included.

Securities Financing Agreements
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Gross Assets/Liabilities
 
Amounts Offset
 
Net Balance Sheet Amount
 
Financial Instruments
 
Net Assets/Liabilities
Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell (1)
$
337,193

 
$
(137,290
)
 
$
199,903

 
$
(152,072
)
 
$
47,831

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
$
350,306

 
$
(137,290
)
 
$
213,016

 
$
(173,851
)
 
$
39,165

Other
12,723

 

 
12,723

 
(12,723
)
 

Total
$
363,029

 
$
(137,290
)
 
$
225,739

 
$
(186,574
)
 
$
39,165

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell (1)
$
316,567

 
$
(124,744
)
 
$
191,823

 
$
(145,573
)
 
$
46,250

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
$
326,007

 
$
(124,744
)
 
$
201,263

 
$
(164,306
)
 
$
36,957

Other
11,641

 

 
11,641

 
(11,641
)
 

Total
$
337,648

 
$
(124,744
)
 
$
212,904

 
$
(175,947
)
 
$
36,957

(1) 
Excludes repurchase activity of $9.6 billion and $5.6 billion reported in loans and leases on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.


199

Table of Contents

Repurchase Agreements and Securities Loaned Transactions Accounted for as Secured Borrowings

The tables below present securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned by remaining contractual term to maturity and class of collateral pledged. Also included in "Other" are transactions where the Corporation acts as the lender in a securities lending agreement and receives securities that can be pledged or sold as collateral. Certain agreements contain a right to substitute collateral and/or terminate the agreement prior to maturity at the option of the Corporation or the counterparty. Such agreements are included in the table below based on the remaining contractual term to maturity. At June 30, 2015, the Corporation had no outstanding repurchase-to-maturity transactions.

Remaining Contractual Maturity
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Overnight and Continuous
 
30 Days or Less
 
After 30 Days Through 90 Days
 
After 90 Days through 1 Year
 
After 1 Year (1)
 
Total
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
$
147,401

 
$
86,117

 
$
50,447

 
$
25,439

 
$
500

 
$
309,904

Securities loaned
34,615

 
1,161

 
2,205

 
2,229

 
192

 
40,402

Other
12,723

 

 

 

 

 
12,723

Total
$
194,739

 
$
87,278

 
$
52,652

 
$
27,668

 
$
692

 
$
363,029

(1) 
No agreements have maturities greater than three years.
Class of Collateral Pledged (1)
 
(Dollars in millions)
June 30
2015
U.S. government and agency securities
$
148,102

Corporate securities, trading loans and other
13,684

Equity securities
65,018

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
122,694

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
13,531

Total
$
363,029

(1) 
Amounts represent the carrying value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned by each class of collateral pledged.

The Corporation is required to post collateral with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount borrowed under repurchase agreements. For securities loaned transactions, the Corporation receives collateral in the form of cash, letters of credit or other securities. To ensure that the market value of the underlying collateral remains sufficient, collateral is generally valued daily and the Corporation may be required to deposit additional collateral or may receive or return collateral pledged when appropriate. Repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions are generally either overnight, continuous (i.e., no stated term) or short-term. The Corporation manages liquidity risks related to these agreements by sourcing funding from a diverse group of counterparties, providing a range of securities collateral and pursuing longer durations, when appropriate.

200

Table of Contents

NOTE 10 – Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into a number of off-balance sheet commitments. These commitments expose the Corporation to varying degrees of credit and market risk and are subject to the same credit and market risk limitation reviews as those instruments recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. For more information on commitments and contingencies, see Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Credit Extension Commitments

The Corporation enters into commitments to extend credit such as loan commitments, standby letters of credit (SBLCs) and commercial letters of credit to meet the financing needs of its customers. The table below includes the notional amount of unfunded legally binding lending commitments net of amounts distributed (e.g., syndicated) to other financial institutions of $13.7 billion and $15.7 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. At June 30, 2015, the carrying value of these commitments, excluding commitments accounted for under the fair value option, was $606 million, including deferred revenue of $18 million and a reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $588 million. At December 31, 2014, the comparable amounts were $546 million, $18 million and $528 million, respectively. The carrying value of these commitments is classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The table below also includes the notional amount of commitments of $8.1 billion and $9.9 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 that are accounted for under the fair value option. However, the table below excludes cumulative net fair value adjustments of $392 million and $405 million on these commitments, which are classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities. For more information regarding the Corporation's loan commitments accounted for under the fair value option, see Note 15 – Fair Value Option.

Credit Extension Commitments
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Expire in
One Year
or Less
 
Expire After
One Year Through
Three Years
 
Expire After Three Years Through
Five Years
 
Expire After Five Years
 
Total
Notional amount of credit extension commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan commitments
$
70,970

 
$
104,064

 
$
135,726

 
$
44,788

 
$
355,548

Home equity lines of credit
6,616

 
20,139

 
8,026

 
17,342

 
52,123

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees (1)
10,242

 
4,151

 
1,144

 
18,135

 
33,672

Letters of credit
2,177

 
52

 
3

 
258

 
2,490

Legally binding commitments
90,005

 
128,406

 
144,899

 
80,523

 
443,833

Credit card lines (2)
376,604

 

 

 

 
376,604

Total credit extension commitments
$
466,609

 
$
128,406

 
$
144,899

 
$
80,523

 
$
820,437

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
Notional amount of credit extension commitments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan commitments
$
79,897

 
$
97,583

 
$
146,743

 
$
18,942

 
$
343,165

Home equity lines of credit
6,292

 
19,679

 
12,319

 
15,417

 
53,707

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees (1)
19,259

 
9,106

 
4,519

 
1,807

 
34,691

Letters of credit
1,883

 
157

 
35

 
88

 
2,163

Legally binding commitments
107,331

 
126,525

 
163,616

 
36,254

 
433,726

Credit card lines (2)
363,989

 

 

 

 
363,989

Total credit extension commitments
$
471,320

 
$
126,525

 
$
163,616

 
$
36,254

 
$
797,715

(1) 
The notional amounts of SBLCs and financial guarantees classified as investment grade and non-investment grade based on the credit quality of the underlying reference name within the instrument were $25.5 billion and $7.8 billion at June 30, 2015, and $26.1 billion and $8.2 billion at December 31, 2014. Amounts include consumer SBLCs of $399 million and $396 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(2) 
Includes business card unused lines of credit.

Legally binding commitments to extend credit generally have specified rates and maturities. Certain of these commitments have adverse change clauses that help to protect the Corporation against deterioration in the borrower's ability to pay.

201

Table of Contents

Other Commitments

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Corporation had commitments to purchase loans (e.g., residential mortgage and commercial real estate) of $1.5 billion and $1.8 billion, which upon settlement will be included in loans or LHFS.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Corporation had commitments to purchase commodities, primarily liquefied natural gas of $3.0 billion and $241 million, which upon settlement will be included in trading account assets.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Corporation had commitments to enter into forward-dated resale and securities borrowing agreements of $95.0 billion and $73.2 billion, and commitments to enter into forward-dated repurchase and securities lending agreements of $81.0 billion and $55.8 billion. These commitments expire within the next 12 months.

The Corporation is a party to operating leases for certain of its premises and equipment. Commitments under these leases are approximately $1.3 billion, $2.4 billion, $2.0 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.3 billion for the remainder of 2015 and the years through 2019, respectively, and $5.3 billion in the aggregate for all years thereafter.

Other Guarantees

Bank-owned Life Insurance Book Value Protection

The Corporation sells products that offer book value protection to insurance carriers who offer group life insurance policies to corporations, primarily banks. The book value protection is provided on portfolios of intermediate investment-grade fixed-income securities and is intended to cover any shortfall in the event that policyholders surrender their policies and market value is below book value. These guarantees are recorded as derivatives and carried at fair value in the trading portfolio. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the notional amount of these guarantees totaled $13.7 billion and $13.6 billion. At both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 the Corporation's maximum exposure related to these guarantees totaled $3.1 billion with estimated maturity dates between 2031 and 2039. The net fair value including the fee receivable associated with these guarantees was $16 million and $25 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and reflects the probability of surrender as well as the multiple structural protection features in the contracts.

Merchant Services

In accordance with credit and debit card association rules, the Corporation sponsors merchant processing servicers that process credit and debit card transactions on behalf of various merchants. In connection with these services, a liability may arise in the event of a billing dispute between the merchant and a cardholder that is ultimately resolved in the cardholder's favor. If the merchant defaults on its obligation to reimburse the cardholder, the cardholder, through its issuing bank, generally has until six months after the date of the transaction to present a chargeback to the merchant processor, which is primarily liable for any losses on covered transactions. However, if the merchant processor fails to meet its obligation to reimburse the cardholder for disputed transactions, then the Corporation, as the sponsor, could be held liable for the disputed amount. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the sponsored entities processed and settled $171.0 billion and $325.6 billion of transactions and recorded losses of $6 million and $10 million. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the sponsored entities processed and settled $164.3 billion and $313.7 billion of transactions and recorded losses of $4 million and $8 million. A significant portion of this activity was processed by a joint venture in which the Corporation holds a 49 percent ownership. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the sponsored merchant processing servicers held as collateral $164 million and $130 million of merchant escrow deposits which may be used to offset amounts due from the individual merchants.

The Corporation believes the maximum potential exposure for chargebacks would not exceed the total amount of merchant transactions processed through Visa and MasterCard for the last six months, which represents the claim period for the cardholder, plus any outstanding delayed-delivery transactions. As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the maximum potential exposure for sponsored transactions totaled $262.4 billion and $269.3 billion. However, the Corporation believes that the maximum potential exposure is not representative of the actual potential loss exposure and does not expect to make material payments in connection with these guarantees.


202

Table of Contents

Other Derivative Contracts

The Corporation funds selected assets, including securities issued by CDOs and CLOs, through derivative contracts, typically total return swaps, with third parties and VIEs that are not consolidated by the Corporation. The total notional amount of these derivative contracts was $464 million and $527 million with commercial banks at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and $998 million and $1.2 billion with VIEs at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The underlying securities are senior securities and substantially all of the Corporation's exposures are insured. Accordingly, the Corporation's exposure to loss consists principally of counterparty risk to the insurers. In certain circumstances, generally as a result of ratings downgrades, the Corporation may be required to purchase the underlying assets, which would not result in additional gain or loss to the Corporation as such exposure is already reflected in the fair value of the derivative contracts.

Other Guarantees

The Corporation has entered into additional guarantee agreements and commitments, including sold risk participation swaps, liquidity facilities, lease-end obligation agreements, partial credit guarantees on certain leases, real estate joint venture guarantees, divested business commitments and sold put options that require gross settlement. The maximum potential future payment under these agreements was approximately $6.1 billion and $6.2 billion at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The estimated maturity dates of these obligations extend up to 2040. The Corporation has made no material payments under these guarantees.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation periodically guarantees the obligations of its affiliates in a variety of transactions including ISDA-related transactions and non-ISDA related transactions such as commodities trading, repurchase agreements, prime brokerage agreements and other transactions.

Payment Protection Insurance Claims Matter

In the U.K., the Corporation previously sold payment protection insurance (PPI) through its international card services business to credit card customers and consumer loan customers. PPI covers a consumer's loan or debt repayment if certain events occur such as loss of job or illness. In response to an elevated level of customer complaints across the industry, heightened media coverage and pressure from consumer advocacy groups, the U.K. Financial Services Authority, which has subsequently been replaced by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), investigated and raised concerns about the way some companies have handled complaints related to the sale of these insurance policies. In connection with this matter, the Corporation established a reserve for PPI. The reserve was $205 million and $378 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The Corporation recorded expense of $16 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $43 million and $184 million for the same periods in 2014. It is reasonably possible that the Corporation will incur additional expense related to PPI claims; however, the amount of such additional expense cannot be reasonably estimated.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

The following supplements the disclosure in Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015 (the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure).

In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to many pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. These actions and proceedings are generally based on alleged violations of consumer protection, securities, environmental, banking, employment, contract and other laws. In some of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are also subject to regulatory and governmental examinations, information gathering requests, inquiries, investigations, and threatened legal actions and proceedings. For example, certain subsidiaries of the Corporation are registered broker-dealers or investment advisors and are subject to regulation by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the European Commission, the PRA, the FCA and other international, federal and state securities regulators. In connection with formal and informal inquiries, the Corporation and its subsidiaries receive numerous requests, subpoenas and orders for documents, testimony and information in connection with various aspects of the Corporation's regulated activities.


203

Table of Contents

In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such litigation, regulatory and governmental matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages or where the matters present novel legal theories or involve a large number of parties, the Corporation generally cannot predict what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Corporation establishes an accrued liability for litigation, regulatory and governmental matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. In such cases, there may be an exposure to loss in excess of any amounts accrued. As a litigation, regulatory or governmental matter develops, the Corporation, in conjunction with any outside counsel handling the matter, evaluates on an ongoing basis whether such matter presents a loss contingency that is probable and estimable. When a loss contingency is not both probable and estimable, the Corporation does not establish an accrued liability. If, at the time of evaluation, the loss contingency related to a litigation, regulatory or governmental matter is not both probable and estimable, the matter will continue to be monitored for further developments that would make such loss contingency both probable and estimable. Once the loss contingency related to a litigation, regulatory or governmental matter is deemed to be both probable and estimable, the Corporation will establish an accrued liability with respect to such loss contingency and record a corresponding amount of litigation-related expense. The Corporation continues to monitor the matter for further developments that could affect the amount of the accrued liability that has been previously established. Excluding expenses of internal and external legal service providers, litigation-related expense of $175 million and $545 million was recognized for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $4.0 billion and $10.0 billion for the same periods in 2014.

For a limited number of the matters disclosed in this Note, and in the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure, for which a loss, whether in excess of a related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, is reasonably possible in future periods, the Corporation is able to estimate a range of possible loss. In determining whether it is possible to estimate a range of possible loss, the Corporation reviews and evaluates its material litigation, regulatory and governmental matters on an ongoing basis, in conjunction with any outside counsel handling the matter, in light of potentially relevant factual and legal developments. These may include information learned through the discovery process, rulings on dispositive motions, settlement discussions, and other rulings by courts, arbitrators or others. In cases in which the Corporation possesses sufficient appropriate information to estimate a range of possible loss, that estimate is aggregated and disclosed below. There may be other disclosed matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but such an estimate of the range of possible loss may not be possible. For those matters where an estimate of the range of possible loss is possible, management currently estimates the aggregate range of possible loss is $0 to $2.3 billion in excess of the accrued liability (if any) related to those matters. This estimated range of possible loss is based upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions, and known and unknown uncertainties. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and actual results may vary significantly from the current estimate. Those matters for which an estimate is not possible are not included within this estimated range. Therefore, this estimated range of possible loss represents what the Corporation believes to be an estimate of possible loss only for certain matters meeting these criteria. It does not represent the Corporation's maximum loss exposure.

Information is provided below, or in the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure, regarding the nature of all of these contingencies and, where specified, the amount of the claim associated with these loss contingencies. Based on current knowledge, management does not believe that loss contingencies arising from pending matters, including the matters described herein and in the prior commitments and contingencies disclosure, will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Corporation. However, in light of the inherent uncertainties involved in these matters, some of which are beyond the Corporation's control, and the very large or indeterminate damages sought in some of these matters, an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to the Corporation's results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period.

Bond Insurance Litigation

Ambac Countrywide Litigation

On July 2, 2015, the court in the Wisconsin action issued an order dismissing the complaint for lack of personal jurisdiction. Ambac appealed the Wisconsin court order on July 21, 2015. Also on July 21, 2015, Ambac filed a complaint in New York Supreme Court, New York County, regarding the same claims asserted in the Wisconsin complaint.

Interchange and Related Litigation

On May 19, 2015, one of the two opt-out suits naming the Corporation as a defendant was settled for an amount not material to the Corporation's results of operations.


204

Table of Contents

LIBOR, Other Reference Rate and Foreign Exchange (FX) Inquiries and Litigation

On May 20, 2015, the Corporation agreed to pay $205 million in civil penalties and to undertake various remedial measures pursuant to a consent order with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System regarding the Corporation’s FX business and related systems and controls.

Montgomery

Following the district court's dismissal of plaintiffs' complaint and subsequent denial of plaintiffs' motion to amend, on June 15, 2015, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the district court’s denial of plaintiffs' motion to amend. On June 29, 2015, plaintiffs filed a petition for rehearing en banc.

Mortgage Repurchase Litigation

U.S. Bank Summonses with Notice

The Trustee has served complaints on four of the seven Trusts. Defendants have until January 8, 2016 to demand complaints relating to the final three Trusts.

205

Table of Contents

NOTE 11 – Shareholders' Equity
 
Common Stock

The table below presents the declared quarterly cash dividends on common stock in 2015 and through July 29, 2015.

Declaration Date
Record Date
Payment Date
Dividend Per Share
 
July 23, 2015
September 4, 2015
September 25, 2015
$0.05
 
April 16, 2015
June 5, 2015
June 26, 2015
0.05
 
February 10, 2015
March 6, 2015
March 27, 2015
0.05
 

On March 11, 2015, the Corporation announced that the Federal Reserve completed its 2015 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and advised that it did not object to the 2015 capital plan but gave a conditional, non-objection under which the Corporation is required to resubmit its capital plan by September 30, 2015 and address certain weaknesses identified in the capital planning process. The requested capital actions include a request to repurchase $4.0 billion of common stock over five quarters that began in the second quarter of 2015, and to maintain the quarterly common stock dividend at the current rate of $0.05 per share. During the three months ended June 30, 2015, the Corporation repurchased and retired 48.7 million shares of common stock in connection with the 2015 capital plan, which reduced shareholders' equity by $775 million.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, in connection with employee stock plans, the Corporation issued approximately 7 million shares and repurchased approximately 3 million shares of its common stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations. At June 30, 2015, the Corporation had reserved 1.8 billion unissued shares of common stock for future issuances under employee stock plans, common stock warrants, convertible notes and preferred stock.

The Corporation has certain warrants outstanding and exercisable to purchase 150.4 million shares of its common stock, expiring on January 16, 2019 and warrants outstanding and exercisable to purchase 121.8 million shares of its common stock, expiring on October 28, 2018. These warrants were originally issued in connection with preferred stock issuances to the U.S. Department of the Treasury in 2009 and 2008, and are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The exercise price of the warrants expiring on January 16, 2019 is subject to continued adjustment each time the quarterly cash dividend is in excess of $0.01 per common share to compensate the holders of the warrants for dilution resulting from an increased dividend. As a result of the Corporation's second-quarter 2015 dividend of $0.05 per common share, the exercise price of these warrants was adjusted to $13.171. The warrants expiring on October 28, 2018 also contain this anti-dilution provision except the adjustment is triggered only when the Corporation declares quarterly dividends at a level greater than $0.32 per common share.

Preferred Stock

During the three months ended March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, the Corporation declared $382 million and $330 million of cash dividends on preferred stock, or a total of $712 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Restricted Stock Units

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, the Corporation granted 131 million restricted stock unit (RSU) awards to certain employees under the Bank of America Corporation 2003 Key Associate Stock Plan (KASP). On May 6, 2015, Bank of America shareholders approved the amendment and restatement of KASP, and renamed it the Bank of America Corporation Key Employee Equity Plan. Generally, one-third of the RSUs vest on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date provided that the employee remains continuously employed with the Corporation during that time. Except for two million RSUs that are authorized to settle in shares of common stock of the Corporation, the RSUs will be paid in cash to the employees on the vesting date based on the fair value of the Corporation's common stock as of the vesting date. The RSUs are expensed ratably over the vesting period, net of estimated forfeitures, for non-retirement eligible employees based upon the fair value of the Corporation's common stock on the accrual date. For RSUs granted to employees who are retirement eligible or will become retirement eligible during the vesting period, the RSUs are expensed as of the grant date or ratably over the period from the grant date to the date the employee becomes retirement eligible, net of estimated forfeitures. The accrued liability for the RSUs is adjusted to fair value based on changes in the fair value of the Corporation's common stock. The Corporation enters into cash-settled equity derivatives for a significant portion of the RSUs to minimize the change in expense driven by fluctuations in the fair value of the RSUs over the applicable vesting period. For additional information, see Note 18 – Stock-based Compensation Plans to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

206

Table of Contents

NOTE 12 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The table below presents the changes in accumulated OCI after-tax for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

(Dollars in millions)
Available-for-sale Debt Securities
 
Available-for-sale
Marketable
Equity Securities
 
Derivatives
 
Employee
Benefit Plans
 
Foreign
Currency (1)
 
Total
Balance, December 31, 2013
$
(3,257
)
 
$
(4
)
 
$
(2,277
)
 
$
(2,407
)
 
$
(512
)
 
$
(8,457
)
Net change
3,612

 
(18
)
 
215

 
56

 
(119
)
 
3,746

Balance, June 30, 2014
$
355

 
$
(22
)
 
$
(2,062
)
 
$
(2,351
)
 
$
(631
)
 
$
(4,711
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2014
$
1,343

 
$
17

 
$
(1,661
)
 
$
(3,350
)
 
$
(669
)
 
$
(4,320
)
Net change
(1,249
)
 
48

 
289

 
50

 
(8
)
 
(870
)
Balance, June 30, 2015
$
94

 
$
65

 
$
(1,372
)
 
$
(3,300
)
 
$
(677
)
 
$
(5,190
)
(1) 
The net change in fair value represents the impact of changes in spot foreign exchange rates on the Corporation's net investment in non-U.S. operations and related hedges.

The table below presents the net change in fair value recorded in accumulated OCI, net realized gains and losses reclassified into earnings and other changes for each component of OCI before- and after-tax for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Changes in OCI Components Before- and After-tax
 
Six Months Ended June 30
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in millions)
Before-tax
 
Tax effect
 
After-tax
 
Before-tax
 
Tax effect
 
After-tax
Available-for-sale debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in fair value
$
(1,656
)
 
$
631

 
$
(1,025
)
 
$
6,497

 
$
(2,421
)
 
$
4,076

Net realized gains reclassified into earnings
(361
)
 
137

 
(224
)
 
(748
)
 
284

 
(464
)
Net change
(2,017
)
 
768

 
(1,249
)
 
5,749

 
(2,137
)
 
3,612

Available-for-sale marketable equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in fair value
77

 
(29
)
 
48

 
(29
)
 
11

 
(18
)
Net change
77

 
(29
)
 
48

 
(29
)
 
11

 
(18
)
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in fair value
(24
)
 
10

 
(14
)
 
(19
)
 
25

 
6

Net realized losses reclassified into earnings
487

 
(184
)
 
303

 
335

 
(126
)
 
209

Net change
463

 
(174
)
 
289

 
316

 
(101
)
 
215

Employee benefit plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net decrease in fair value
(2
)
 
1

 
(1
)
 

 

 

Net realized losses reclassified into earnings
85

 
(33
)
 
52

 
25

 
(10
)
 
15

Settlements, curtailments and other

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 

 
41

 
41

Net change
83

 
(33
)
 
50

 
25

 
31

 
56

Foreign currency:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in fair value
167

 
(174
)
 
(7
)
 
(368
)
 
250

 
(118
)
Net realized gains reclassified into earnings
(31
)
 
30

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
 
1

 
(1
)
Net change
136

 
(144
)
 
(8
)
 
(370
)
 
251

 
(119
)
Total other comprehensive income
$
(1,258
)
 
$
388

 
$
(870
)
 
$
5,691

 
$
(1,945
)
 
$
3,746


207

Table of Contents

The table below presents impacts on net income of significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated OCI before- and after-tax for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. There were no amounts reclassified out of AFS marketable equity securities for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Reclassifications Out of Accumulated OCI
(Dollars in millions)
 
Six Months Ended June 30
Accumulated OCI Components
Income Statement Line Item Impacted
2015

2014
Available-for-sale debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Gains on sales of debt securities
$
436

 
$
759

 
Other loss
(75
)
 
(11
)
 
Income before income taxes
361

 
748

 
Income tax expense
137

 
284

 
Reclassification to net income
224

 
464

Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
Net interest income
(514
)
 
(560
)
Equity compensation contracts
Personnel
27

 
225

 
Loss before income taxes
(487
)
 
(335
)
 
Income tax benefit
(184
)
 
(126
)
 
Reclassification to net income
(303
)
 
(209
)
Employee benefit plans:
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial losses and prior service costs
Personnel
(85
)
 
(25
)
 
Loss before income taxes
(85
)
 
(25
)
 
Income tax benefit
(33
)
 
(10
)
 
Reclassification to net income
(52
)
 
(15
)
Foreign currency:
 
 
 
 
Insignificant items
Other income
31

 
2

 
Income before income taxes
31

 
2

 
Income tax expense
30

 
1

 
Reclassification to net income
1

 
1

Total reclassification adjustments
 
$
(130
)
 
$
241




208

Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – Earnings Per Common Share

The calculation of earnings per common share (EPS) and diluted EPS for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 is presented below. For more information on the calculation of EPS, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions, except per share information; shares in thousands)
2015
 
2014
 
2015

2014
Earnings per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
5,320

 
$
2,291

 
$
8,677

 
$
2,015

Preferred stock dividends
(330
)
 
(256
)
 
(712
)
 
(494
)
Net income applicable to common shareholders
$
4,990

 
$
2,035

 
$
7,965

 
$
1,521

Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,488,137

 
10,519,359

 
10,503,379

 
10,539,769

Earnings per common share
$
0.48

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.76

 
$
0.14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income applicable to common shareholders
$
4,990

 
$
2,035

 
$
7,965

 
$
1,521

Add preferred stock dividends due to assumed conversions
75

 
75

 
150

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders
$
5,065

 
$
2,110

 
$
8,115

 
$
1,521

Average common shares issued and outstanding
10,488,137

 
10,519,359

 
10,503,379

 
10,539,769

Dilutive potential common shares (1)
749,923

 
745,764

 
749,038

 
59,872

Total diluted average common shares issued and outstanding
11,238,060

 
11,265,123

 
11,252,417

 
10,599,641

Diluted earnings per common share
$
0.45

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.72

 
$
0.14

(1) 
Includes incremental dilutive shares from restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock options and warrants.

The Corporation previously issued a warrant to purchase 700 million shares of the Corporation's common stock to the holder of the Series T Preferred Stock. The warrant may be exercised, at the option of the holder, through tendering the Series T Preferred Stock or paying cash. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, the 700 million average dilutive potential common shares were included in the diluted share count under the "if-converted" method. For the three months ended June 30, 2014, the 700 million average dilutive potential common shares were included in the diluted share count under the "if-converted" method. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, the 700 million average dilutive potential common shares were not included in the diluted share count because the result would have been antidilutive under the "if-converted" method.

For both the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, 62 million average dilutive potential common shares associated with the 7.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series L were not included in the diluted share count because the result would have been antidilutive under the "if-converted" method. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, average options to purchase 64 million and 68 million shares of common stock were outstanding but not included in the computation of EPS because the result would have been antidilutive under the treasury stock method compared to 89 million and 95 million for the same periods in 2014. For both the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, average warrants to purchase 122 million shares of common stock were outstanding but not included in the computation of EPS because the result would have been antidilutive under the treasury stock method and average warrants to purchase 150 million shares of common stock were included in the diluted EPS calculation using the treasury stock method.


209

Table of Contents

NOTE 14 – Fair Value Measurements

Under applicable accounting guidance, fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Corporation determines the fair values of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established under applicable accounting guidance which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. There are three levels of inputs used to measure fair value. The Corporation conducts a review of its fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Transfers into or out of fair value hierarchy classifications are made if the significant inputs used in the financial models measuring the fair values of the assets and liabilities became unobservable or observable, respectively, in the current marketplace. These transfers are considered to be effective as of the beginning of the quarter in which they occur. For more information regarding the fair value hierarchy and how the Corporation measures fair value, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Principles and Note 20 – Fair Value Measurements to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Corporation accounts for certain financial instruments under the fair value option. For additional information, see Note 15 – Fair Value Option.

Valuation Processes and Techniques

The Corporation has various processes and controls in place to ensure that fair value is reasonably estimated. A model validation policy governs the use and control of valuation models used to estimate fair value. This policy requires review and approval of models by personnel who are independent of the front office, and periodic reassessments of models to ensure that they are continuing to perform as designed. In addition, detailed reviews of trading gains and losses are conducted on a daily basis by personnel who are independent of the front office. A price verification group, which is also independent of the front office, utilizes available market information including executed trades, market prices and market-observable valuation model inputs to ensure that fair values are reasonably estimated. The Corporation performs due diligence procedures over third-party pricing service providers in order to support their use in the valuation process. Where market information is not available to support internal valuations, independent reviews of the valuations are performed and any material exposures are escalated through a management review process.

While the Corporation believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, there were no changes to the valuation techniques that had, or are expected to have, a material impact on the Corporation's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Level 1, 2 and 3 Valuation Techniques

Financial instruments are considered Level 1 when the valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 financial instruments are valued using quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or models using inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques, and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable and when determination of the fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

210

Table of Contents

Recurring Fair Value

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, including financial instruments which the Corporation accounts for under the fair value option, are summarized in the following tables.

 
June 30, 2015
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Netting
Adjustments (1)
 
Assets/Liabilities
at Fair Value
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$

 
$
70,791

 
$

 
$

 
$
70,791

Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities (2)
34,155

 
16,890

 

 

 
51,045

Corporate securities, trading loans and other
286

 
28,868

 
3,326

 

 
32,480

Equity securities
40,558

 
21,789

 
386

 

 
62,733

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
17,647

 
13,302

 
468

 

 
31,417

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
9,272

 
2,159

 

 
11,431

Total trading account assets
92,646

 
90,121

 
6,339

 

 
189,106

Derivative assets (3)
5,190

 
710,196

 
6,489

 
(670,898
)
 
50,977

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
56,346

 
1,998

 

 

 
58,344

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency

 
188,260

 

 

 
188,260

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations

 
12,931

 

 

 
12,931

Non-agency residential

 
3,652

 
234

 

 
3,886

Commercial

 
5,110

 

 

 
5,110

Non-U.S. securities
3,211

 
2,925

 
9

 

 
6,145

Corporate/Agency bonds

 
257

 

 

 
257

Other taxable securities
20

 
9,706

 
677

 

 
10,403

Tax-exempt securities

 
10,217

 
584

 

 
10,801

Total AFS debt securities
59,577

 
235,056

 
1,504

 

 
296,137

Other debt securities carried at fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency

 
14,885

 

 

 
14,885

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations

 
9

 

 

 
9

Non-agency residential

 
3,753

 
34

 

 
3,787

Non-U.S. securities
15,533

 
1,665

 

 

 
17,198

Other taxable securities

 
291

 

 

 
291

Total other debt securities carried at fair value
15,533

 
20,603

 
34

 

 
36,170

Loans and leases

 
5,659

 
1,970

 

 
7,629

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
3,521

 

 
3,521

Loans held-for-sale

 
4,264

 
660

 

 
4,924

Other assets
12,943

 
846

 
756

 

 
14,545

Total assets (4)
$
185,889

 
$
1,137,536

 
$
21,273

 
$
(670,898
)
 
$
673,800

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices
$

 
$
1,215

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,215

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

 
31,649

 
368

 

 
32,017

Trading account liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
16,863

 
148

 

 

 
17,011

Equity securities
25,494

 
2,349

 

 

 
27,843

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
17,193

 
2,120

 

 

 
19,313

Corporate securities and other
248

 
8,124

 
57

 

 
8,429

Total trading account liabilities
59,798

 
12,741

 
57

 

 
72,596

Derivative liabilities (3)
5,225

 
709,114

 
6,840

 
(677,596
)
 
43,583

Short-term borrowings

 
1,841

 

 

 
1,841

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
12,115

 
1,000

 
9

 

 
13,124

Long-term debt

 
30,204

 
2,716

 

 
32,920

Total liabilities
$
77,138

 
$
787,764

 
$
9,990

 
$
(677,596
)
 
$
197,296

(1) 
Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties.
(2) 
Includes $16.4 billion of government-sponsored enterprise obligations.
(3) 
For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 2 – Derivatives.
(4) 
During the six months ended June 30, 2015, approximately $327 million of assets were transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 due to a restriction that was lifted for an equity investment.

211

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2014
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Netting
Adjustments (1)
 
Assets/Liabilities
at Fair Value
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$

 
$
62,182

 
$

 
$

 
$
62,182

Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities (2)
33,470

 
17,549

 

 

 
51,019

Corporate securities, trading loans and other
243

 
31,699

 
3,270

 

 
35,212

Equity securities
33,518

 
22,488

 
352

 

 
56,358

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
20,348

 
15,332

 
574

 

 
36,254

Mortgage trading loans and ABS

 
10,879

 
2,063

 

 
12,942

Total trading account assets
87,579

 
97,947

 
6,259

 

 
191,785

Derivative assets (3)
4,957

 
972,977

 
6,851

 
(932,103
)
 
52,682

AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
67,413

 
2,182

 

 

 
69,595

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency

 
165,039

 

 

 
165,039

Agency-collateralized mortgage obligations

 
14,248

 

 

 
14,248

Non-agency residential

 
4,175

 
279

 

 
4,454

Commercial

 
4,000

 

 

 
4,000

Non-U.S. securities
3,191

 
3,029

 
10

 

 
6,230

Corporate/Agency bonds

 
368

 

 

 
368

Other taxable securities
20

 
9,104

 
1,667

 

 
10,791

Tax-exempt securities

 
8,950

 
599

 

 
9,549

Total AFS debt securities
70,624

 
211,095

 
2,555

 

 
284,274

Other debt securities carried at fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
1,541

 

 

 

 
1,541

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency

 
15,704

 

 

 
15,704

Non-agency residential

 
3,745

 

 

 
3,745

Non-U.S. securities
13,270

 
1,862

 

 

 
15,132

Other taxable securities

 
299

 

 

 
299

Total other debt securities carried at fair value
14,811

 
21,610

 

 

 
36,421

Loans and leases

 
6,698

 
1,983

 

 
8,681

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
3,530

 

 
3,530

Loans held-for-sale

 
6,628

 
173

 

 
6,801

Other assets
11,581

 
1,381

 
911

 

 
13,873

Total assets (4)
$
189,552

 
$
1,380,518

 
$
22,262

 
$
(932,103
)
 
$
660,229

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices
$

 
$
1,469

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,469

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

 
35,357

 

 

 
35,357

Trading account liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and agency securities
18,514

 
446

 

 

 
18,960

Equity securities
24,679

 
3,670

 

 

 
28,349

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
16,089

 
3,625

 

 

 
19,714

Corporate securities and other
189

 
6,944

 
36

 

 
7,169

Total trading account liabilities
59,471

 
14,685

 
36

 

 
74,192

Derivative liabilities (3)
4,493

 
969,502

 
7,771

 
(934,857
)
 
46,909

Short-term borrowings

 
2,697

 

 

 
2,697

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
10,795

 
1,250

 
10

 

 
12,055

Long-term debt

 
34,042

 
2,362

 

 
36,404

Total liabilities (4)
$
74,759

 
$
1,059,002

 
$
10,179

 
$
(934,857
)
 
$
209,083

(1) 
Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties.
(2) 
Includes $17.2 billion of government-sponsored enterprise obligations.
(3) 
For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 2 – Derivatives.
(4) 
During 2014, the Corporation reclassified certain assets and liabilities within its fair value hierarchy based on a review of its inputs used to measure fair value. Accordingly, approximately $4.1 billion of assets related to U.S. government and agency securities, non-U.S. government securities and equity derivatives, and $570 million of liabilities related to equity derivatives were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2.


212

Table of Contents

The following tables present a reconciliation of all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, including net realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings and accumulated OCI.

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
April 1
2015
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI (2)
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance June 30
2015
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
2,760

$
55

$

$
338

$
(343
)
$

$
(214
)
$
812

$
(82
)
$
3,326

Equity securities
340

11


16

(2
)


22

(1
)
386

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
508

16

12

25



(66
)

(27
)
468

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
2,106

101


490

(378
)

(161
)
1


2,159

Total trading account assets
5,714

183

12

869

(723
)

(441
)
835

(110
)
6,339

Net derivative assets (3)
(1,081
)
610


57

(217
)

196

(14
)
98

(351
)
AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS
402

7

9

41



(225
)


234

Non-U.S. securities
9









9

Other taxable securities
690


2

6



(21
)


677

Tax-exempt securities
583


2




(1
)


584

Total AFS debt securities
1,684

7

13

47



(247
)


1,504

Other debt securities carried at fair value – Non-agency residential MBS

1


33






34

Loans and leases (4, 5)
1,954

(10
)


(1
)

(77
)
112

(8
)
1,970

Mortgage servicing rights (5)
3,394

458



(312
)
204

(223
)


3,521

Loans held-for-sale (4)
543

22


85

(13
)
12


39

(28
)
660

Other assets (6)
847

(14
)

9

(87
)

(6
)
8

(1
)
756

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase (4)

(14
)



(28
)

(326
)

(368
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(41
)
2


31

(49
)




(57
)
Short-term borrowings (4)
(15
)







15


Accrued expenses and other liabilities
(10
)
1








(9
)
Long-term debt (4)
(2,806
)
66


45


(49
)
63

(403
)
368

(2,716
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Includes unrealized gains (losses) on AFS debt securities and foreign currency translation adjustments.
(3) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $6.5 billion and derivative liabilities of $6.8 billion.
(4) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(5) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole-loan sales.
(6) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of certain long-term fixed-rate margin loans and private equity investments that are accounted for under the fair value option.

During the three months ended June 30, 2015, the transfers into Level 3 included $835 million of trading account assets, $112 million of loans and leases, $326 million of federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and $403 million of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily the result of decreased availability of third-party prices for certain corporate debt securities. Transfers into Level 3 for loans and leases were primarily due to decreased price observability. Transfers into Level 3 for federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase were due to decreased price availability for certain structured secured financing agreements. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the three months ended June 30, 2015, the transfers out of Level 3 included $110 million of trading account assets and $368 million of long-term debt. Transfers out of Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily the result of increased market liquidity and price observability for certain corporate debt securities. Transfers out of Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities.

213

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
April 1
2014
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance June 30
2014
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
2,617

$
41

$

$
392

$
(87
)
$

$
(271
)
$
249

$
(169
)
$
2,772

Equity securities
343

(7
)

16

(4
)


9

(1
)
356

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
533

32


76





(1
)
640

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
4,287

123


453

(262
)

(237
)

(53
)
4,311

Total trading account assets
7,780

189


937

(353
)

(508
)
258

(224
)
8,079

Net derivative assets (2)
(839
)
(177
)

189

(366
)

(145
)
29

274

(1,035
)
AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other taxable securities
3,437


(3
)
86



(254
)


3,266

Tax-exempt securities
783

2

3




(54
)
1


735

Total AFS debt securities
4,220

2


86



(308
)
1


4,001

Loans and leases (3, 4)
3,053

27





(58
)
7

(11
)
3,018

Mortgage servicing rights (4)
4,765

(249
)


(26
)
113

(235
)


4,368

Loans held-for-sale (3)
736

59


24

(711
)

(11
)
14

(1
)
110

Other assets (5)
1,132

(26
)


(112
)

(22
)


972

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(36
)


9






(27
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
(8
)








(8
)
Long-term debt (3)
(1,841
)
(52
)

57


(42
)
117

(676
)
21

(2,416
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $7.1 billion and derivative liabilities of $8.2 billion.
(3) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(4) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole-loan sales.
(5) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of certain long-term fixed-rate margin loans and private equity investments that are accounted for under the fair value option.

During the three months ended June 30, 2014, the transfers into Level 3 included $258 million of trading account assets and $676 million of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily the result of decreased availability of third-party prices for certain corporate loans and securities. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the three months ended June 30, 2014, the transfers out of Level 3 included $224 million of trading account assets and $274 million of net derivative assets. Transfers out of Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily the result of increased market liquidity and availability of third-party prices for certain corporate loans and securities. Transfers out of Level 3 for net derivative assets were primarily due to increased price observability for certain equity derivatives.

214

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
January 1
2015
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI (2)
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance June 30
2015
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
3,270

$
34

$

$
477

$
(438
)
$

$
(649
)
$
983

$
(351
)
$
3,326

Equity securities
352

14


16

(3
)

(5
)
31

(19
)
386

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
574

82

(78
)
27



(110
)

(27
)
468

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
2,063

161


809

(627
)

(244
)
10

(13
)
2,159

Total trading account assets
6,259

291

(78
)
1,329

(1,068
)

(1,008
)
1,024

(410
)
6,339

Net derivative assets (3)
(920
)
566


113

(393
)

221

(60
)
122

(351
)
AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency residential MBS
279

(12
)
7

62



(234
)
132


234

Non-U.S. securities
10






(1
)


9

Other taxable securities
1,667



6



(63
)

(933
)
677

Tax-exempt securities
599


(1
)



(14
)


584

Total AFS debt securities
2,555

(12
)
6

68



(312
)
132

(933
)
1,504

Other debt securities carried at fair value – Non-agency residential MBS

1


33






34

Loans and leases (4, 5)
1,983

5



(2
)

(120
)
118

(14
)
1,970

Mortgage servicing rights (5)
3,530

373



(312
)
383

(453
)


3,521

Loans held-for-sale (4)
173

(48
)

491

(95
)
33

(6
)
177

(65
)
660

Other assets (6)
911

(4
)

9

(118
)

(15
)
8

(35
)
756

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase (4)

(14
)



(28
)

(326
)

(368
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(36
)
3


33

(57
)




(57
)
Short-term borrowings (4)

5




(21
)
1

(4
)
19


Accrued expenses and other liabilities
(10
)
1








(9
)
Long-term debt (4)
(2,362
)
70


177


(139
)
160

(1,116
)
494

(2,716
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Includes unrealized gains (losses) on AFS debt securities and foreign currency translation adjustments.
(3) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $6.5 billion and derivative liabilities of $6.8 billion.
(4) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(5) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole-loan sales.
(6) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of certain long-term fixed-rate margin loans and private equity investments that are accounted for under the fair value option.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, the transfers into Level 3 included $1.0 billion of trading account assets, $132 million of AFS debt securities, $118 million of loans and leases, $177 million of LHFS, $326 million of federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase and $1.1 billion of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily the result of decreased availability of third-party prices for certain corporate debt securities. Transfers into Level 3 for AFS debt securities were primarily due to decreased price observability on certain CLOs. Transfers into Level 3 for loans and leases were primarily due to decreased price observability. Transfers into Level 3 for LHFS were primarily due to decreased price observability due to a decline in trading activity. Transfers into Level 3 for federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase were due to decreased price availability for certain structured secured financing agreements. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, the transfers out of Level 3 included $410 million of trading account assets, $122 million of net derivative assets, $933 million of AFS debt securities and $494 million of long-term debt. Transfers out of Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily the result of increased market liquidity and price observability for certain corporate debt securities. Transfers out of Level 3 for net derivative assets were primarily due to increased price observability related to certain equity derivatives. Transfers out of Level 3 for AFS debt securities were primarily due to increased price observability for certain corporate debt securities. Transfers out of Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities.


215

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Fair Value Measurements (1)
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance
January 1
2014
Gains
(Losses) in
Earnings
Gains
(Losses) in
OCI
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
Settlements
Gross
Transfers
into
Level 3
Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3
Balance June 30
2014
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
3,559

$
163

$

$
678

$
(441
)
$

$
(509
)
$
397

$
(1,075
)
$
2,772

Equity securities
386

12


46

(33
)


16

(71
)
356

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
468

87


99

(6
)

(6
)

(2
)
640

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
4,631

201


819

(814
)

(461
)

(65
)
4,311

Total trading account assets
9,044

463


1,642

(1,294
)

(976
)
413

(1,213
)
8,079

Net derivative assets (2)
(224
)
(163
)

314

(1,057
)

(246
)
41

300

(1,035
)
AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. securities
107






(107
)



Other taxable securities
3,847

8

(5
)
133



(717
)


3,266

Tax-exempt securities
806

3

4




(79
)
1


735

Total AFS debt securities
4,760

11

(1
)
133



(903
)
1


4,001

Loans and leases (3, 4)
3,057

59



(3
)
689

(781
)
13

(16
)
3,018

Mortgage servicing rights (4)
5,042

(539
)


(46
)
378

(467
)


4,368

Loans held-for-sale (3)
929

71


24

(714
)

(212
)
14

(2
)
110

Other assets (5)
1,669

(86
)


(381
)

(230
)


972

Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
(35
)
1


12

(7
)



2

(27
)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
(10
)
1







1

(8
)
Long-term debt (3)
(1,990
)
(119
)

103


(51
)
236

(820
)
225

(2,416
)
(1) 
Assets (liabilities). For assets, increase (decrease) to Level 3 and for liabilities, (increase) decrease to Level 3.
(2) 
Net derivatives include derivative assets of $7.1 billion and derivative liabilities of $8.2 billion.
(3) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.
(4) 
Issuances represent loan originations and mortgage servicing rights retained following securitizations or whole-loan sales.
(5) 
Other assets is primarily comprised of certain long-term fixed-rate margin loans and private equity investments that are accounted for under the fair value option.

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the transfers into Level 3 included $413 million of trading account assets and $820 million of long-term debt. Transfers into Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily the result of decreased availability of third-party prices for certain corporate loans and securities, primarily municipal bonds. Transfers into Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities. Transfers occur on a regular basis for these long-term debt instruments due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of the embedded derivative in relation to the instrument as a whole.

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the transfers out of Level 3 included $1.2 billion of trading account assets, $300 million of net derivative assets and $225 million of long-term debt. Transfers out of Level 3 for trading account assets were primarily the result of increased market liquidity and availability of third-party prices for certain corporate loans and securities. Transfers out of Level 3 for net derivative assets were primarily due to increased price observability for certain equity derivatives. Transfers out of Level 3 for long-term debt were primarily due to changes in the impact of unobservable inputs on the value of certain structured liabilities.


216

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize gains (losses) due to changes in fair value, including both realized and unrealized gains (losses), recorded in earnings for Level 3 assets and liabilities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. These amounts include gains (losses) on loans, LHFS, loan commitments and structured liabilities that are accounted for under the fair value option.

Level 3 – Total Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses) Included in Earnings
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
55

 
$

 
$

 
$
55

Equity securities
11

 

 

 
11

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
16

 

 

 
16

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
101

 

 

 
101

Total trading account assets
183

 

 

 
183

Net derivative assets
416

 
196

 
(2
)
 
610

AFS debt securities – Non-agency residential MBS

 

 
7

 
7

Other debt securities carried at fair value – Non-agency residential MBS

 

 
1

 
1

Loans and leases (2)
(9
)
 

 
(1
)
 
(10
)
Mortgage servicing rights
4

 
454

 

 
458

Loans held-for-sale (2)
15

 

 
7

 
22

Other assets

 
(3
)
 
(11
)
 
(14
)
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase (2)
(14
)
 

 

 
(14
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
2

 

 

 
2

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 
1

 
1

Long-term debt (2)
41

 

 
25

 
66

Total
$
638

 
$
647

 
$
27

 
$
1,312

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
41

 
$

 
$

 
$
41

Equity securities
(7
)
 

 

 
(7
)
Non-U.S. sovereign debt
32

 

 

 
32

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
123

 

 

 
123

Total trading account assets
189

 

 

 
189

Net derivative assets
(427
)
 
225

 
25

 
(177
)
AFS debt securities – Tax-exempt securities

 

 
2

 
2

Loans and leases (2)

 

 
27

 
27

Mortgage servicing rights
17

 
(266
)
 

 
(249
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
59

 
59

Other assets

 
(29
)
 
3

 
(26
)
Long-term debt (2)
(11
)
 

 
(41
)
 
(52
)
Total
$
(232
)
 
$
(70
)
 
$
75

 
$
(227
)
(1) 
Mortgage banking income (loss) does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.

217

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Total Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses) Included in Earnings
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
34

 
$

 
$

 
$
34

Equity securities
14

 

 

 
14

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
82

 

 

 
82

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
161

 

 

 
161

Total trading account assets
291

 

 

 
291

Net derivative assets
65

 
478

 
23

 
566

AFS debt securities – Non-agency residential MBS

 

 
(12
)
 
(12
)
Other debt securities carried at fair value – Non-agency residential MBS

 

 
1

 
1

Loans and leases (2)
(6
)
 

 
11

 
5

Mortgage servicing rights
(11
)
 
384

 

 
373

Loans held-for-sale (2)
(54
)
 

 
6

 
(48
)
Other assets

 
(24
)
 
20

 
(4
)
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase (2)
(14
)
 

 

 
(14
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
3

 

 

 
3

Short-term borrowings (2)
5

 

 

 
5

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 
1

 
1

Long-term debt (2)
99

 

 
(29
)
 
70

Total
$
378

 
$
838

 
$
21

 
$
1,237

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
163

 
$

 
$

 
$
163

Equity securities
12

 

 

 
12

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
87

 

 

 
87

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
201

 

 

 
201

Total trading account assets
463

 

 

 
463

Net derivative assets
(595
)
 
398

 
34

 
(163
)
AFS debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other taxable securities

 

 
8

 
8

Tax-exempt securities

 

 
3

 
3

Total AFS debt securities

 

 
11

 
11

Loans and leases (2)

 

 
59

 
59

Mortgage servicing rights
12

 
(551
)
 

 
(539
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
71

 
71

Other assets

 
(65
)
 
(21
)
 
(86
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
1

 

 

 
1

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 
1

 
1

Long-term debt (2)
(64
)
 

 
(55
)
 
(119
)
Total
$
(183
)
 
$
(218
)
 
$
100

 
$
(301
)
(1) 
Mortgage banking income (loss) does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.


218

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize changes in unrealized gains (losses) recorded in earnings during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 for Level 3 assets and liabilities that were still held at June 30, 2015 and 2014. These amounts include changes in fair value on loans, LHFS, loan commitments and structured liabilities that are accounted for under the fair value option.

Level 3 – Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at Reporting Date
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
(7
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(7
)
Equity securities
7

 

 

 
7

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
16

 

 

 
16

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
4

 

 

 
4

Total trading account assets
20

 

 

 
20

Net derivative assets
317

 
52

 
(2
)
 
367

Loans and leases (2)
(9
)
 

 
(2
)
 
(11
)
Mortgage servicing rights
4

 
373

 

 
377

Loans held-for-sale (2)
15

 

 
6

 
21

Other assets

 
4

 
23

 
27

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase (2)
(14
)
 

 

 
(14
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
1

 

 

 
1

Long-term debt (2)
15

 

 
25

 
40

Total
$
349

 
$
429

 
$
50

 
$
828

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
(20
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(20
)
Equity securities
(8
)
 

 

 
(8
)
Non-U.S. sovereign debt
32

 

 

 
32

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
92

 

 

 
92

Total trading account assets
96

 

 

 
96

Net derivative assets
(520
)
 
74

 
25

 
(421
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 
37

 
37

Mortgage servicing rights
17

 
(408
)
 

 
(391
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
9

 
9

Other assets

 
(23
)
 
4

 
(19
)
Long-term debt (2)
(11
)
 

 
(41
)
 
(52
)
Total
$
(418
)
 
$
(357
)
 
$
34

 
$
(741
)
(1) 
Mortgage banking income (loss) does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.

219

Table of Contents

Level 3 – Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Still Held at Reporting Date
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss) (1)
 
Other
 
Total
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
(101
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(101
)
Equity securities
9

 

 

 
9

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
69

 

 

 
69

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
(26
)
 

 

 
(26
)
Total trading account assets
(49
)
 

 

 
(49
)
Net derivative assets
19

 
54

 
23

 
96

Loans and leases (2)
(1
)
 

 
23

 
22

Mortgage servicing rights
(11
)
 
200

 

 
189

Loans held-for-sale (2)
(38
)
 

 
(1
)
 
(39
)
Other assets

 
(12
)
 
77

 
65

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase (2)
(14
)
 

 

 
(14
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
1

 

 

 
1

Long-term debt (2)
52

 

 
(29
)
 
23

Total
$
(41
)
 
$
242

 
$
93

 
$
294

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate securities, trading loans and other
$
105

 
$

 
$

 
$
105

Equity securities
2

 

 

 
2

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
51

 

 

 
51

Mortgage trading loans and ABS
77

 

 

 
77

Total trading account assets
235

 

 

 
235

Net derivative assets
(509
)
 
75

 
34

 
(400
)
Loans and leases (2)

 

 
64

 
64

Mortgage servicing rights
12

 
(876
)
 

 
(864
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 
14

 
14

Other assets

 
(51
)
 
30

 
(21
)
Trading account liabilities – Corporate securities and other
1

 

 

 
1

Long-term debt (2)
(50
)
 

 
(63
)
 
(113
)
Total
$
(311
)
 
$
(852
)
 
$
79

 
$
(1,084
)
(1) 
Mortgage banking income (loss) does not reflect the impact of Level 1 and Level 2 hedges on MSRs.
(2) 
Amounts represent instruments that are accounted for under the fair value option.


220

Table of Contents

The following tables present information about significant unobservable inputs related to the Corporation's material categories of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Inputs
Financial Instrument
Fair Value
Valuation
Technique
Significant Unobservable
Inputs
Ranges of
Inputs
Weighted Average
Loans and Securities (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Instruments backed by residential real estate assets
$
2,180

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Yield
0% to 25%
5
 %
Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS
35

Prepayment speed
0% to 33% CPR
12
 %
Loans and leases
1,485

Default rate
0% to 14% CDR
6
 %
Loans held-for-sale
660

Loss severity
0% to 80%
40
 %
Commercial loans, debt securities and other
$
6,205

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Yield
0% to 29%
10
 %
Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other
2,959

Prepayment speed
5% to 30%
15
 %
Trading account assets – Non-U.S. sovereign debt
468

Default rate
1% to 5%
4
 %
Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS
2,124

Loss severity
25% to 50%
38
 %
AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities
169

Duration
0 to 4 years
3 years

Loans and leases
485

Price
$0 to $138
$66
Auction rate securities
$
1,459

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Price
$44 to $105
$98
Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other
367

 
 
 
AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities
508

 
 
 
AFS debt securities – Tax-exempt securities
584

 
 
 
Structured liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
(2,716
)
Industry standard derivative pricing (2, 3)
Equity correlation
20% to 98%
65
 %
 
 
Long-dated equity volatilities
4% to 91%
23
 %
 
 
Long-dated volatilities (IR)
1%
n/a

Net derivative assets
 
 
 
 
 
Credit derivatives
$
(265
)
Discounted cash flow, Stochastic recovery correlation model
Yield
0% to 26%
15
 %
 
 
Upfront points
0 to 100 points
75 points

 
 
Credit correlation
26% to 99%
51
 %
 
 
Prepayment speed
3% to 20% CPR
17
 %
 
 
Default rate
1% to 4% CDR
3
 %
 
 
Loss severity
20% to 40%
35
 %
Equity derivatives
$
(1,209
)
Industry standard derivative pricing (2)
Equity correlation
20% to 98%
65
%
 
 
Long-dated equity volatilities
4% to 91%
23
%
Commodity derivatives
$
151

Discounted cash flow, Industry standard derivative pricing (2)
Natural gas forward price
$2/MMBtu to $7/MMBtu
$5/MMBtu

 
 
Correlation
66% to 93%
84
 %
 
 
Volatilities
17% to 131%
40
 %
Interest rate derivatives
$
972

Industry standard derivative pricing (3)
Correlation (IR/IR)
21% to 99%
46
 %
 
 
Correlation (FX/IR)
-25% to 40%
-8
 %
 
 
Long-dated inflation rates
0% to 4%
2
 %
 
 
Long-dated inflation volatilities
0% to 2%
1
 %
Total net derivative assets
$
(351
)
 
 
 
 
(1) 
The categories are aggregated based upon product type which differs from financial statement classification. The following is a reconciliation to the line items in the table on page 211: Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other of $3.3 billion, Trading account assets – Non-U.S. sovereign debt of $468 million, Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS of $2.2 billion, AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities of $677 million, AFS debt securities – Tax-exempt securities of $584 million, Loans and leases of $2.0 billion and LHFS of $660 million.
(2) 
Includes models such as Monte Carlo simulation and Black-Scholes.
(3) 
Includes models such as Monte Carlo simulation, Black-Scholes and other methods that model the joint dynamics of interest, inflation and foreign exchange rates.
CPR = Constant Prepayment Rate
CDR = Constant Default Rate
MMBtu = Million British thermal units
IR = Interest Rate
FX = Foreign Exchange
n/a = not applicable


221

Table of Contents

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Inputs
Financial Instrument
Fair Value
Valuation
Technique
Significant Unobservable
Inputs
Ranges of
Inputs
Weighted Average
Loans and Securities (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Instruments backed by residential real estate assets
$
2,030

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Yield
0% to 25%

6
 %
Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS
483

Prepayment speed
0% to 35% CPR

14
 %
Loans and leases
1,374

Default rate
2% to 15% CDR

7
 %
Loans held-for-sale
173

Loss severity
26% to 100%

34
 %
Commercial loans, debt securities and other
$
7,203

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Yield
0% to 40%

9
 %
Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other
3,224

Enterprise value/EBITDA multiple
0x to 30x

6x

Trading account assets – Non-U.S. sovereign debt
574

Prepayment speed
1% to 30%

12
 %
Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS
1,580

Default rate
1% to 5%

4
 %
AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities
1,216

Loss severity
25% to 40%

38
 %
Loans and leases
609

Duration
0 to 5 years

3 years

 
 
Price
$0 to $107

$76
Auction rate securities
$
1,096

Discounted cash flow, Market comparables
Price
$60 to $100

$95
Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other
46

 
 
 
AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities
451

 
 
 
AFS debt securities – Tax-exempt securities
599

 
 
 
Structured liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt 
$
(2,362
)
Industry standard derivative pricing (2, 3)
Equity correlation
20% to 98%

65
 %
 
 
Long-dated equity volatilities
6% to 69%

24
 %
 
 
Long-dated volatilities (IR)
0% to 2%

1
 %
Net derivative assets
 
 
 
 
 
Credit derivatives
$
22

Discounted cash flow, Stochastic recovery correlation model
Yield
0% to 25%

14
 %
 
 
Upfront points
0 to 100 points

65 points

 
 
Spread to index
25 bps to 450 bps

119 bps

 
 
Credit correlation
24% to 99%

51
 %
 
 
Prepayment speed
3% to 20% CPR

11
 %
 
 
Default rate
4% CDR

n/a

 
 
Loss severity
35
%
n/a

Equity derivatives
$
(1,560
)
Industry standard derivative pricing (2)
Equity correlation
20% to 98%

65
 %
 
 
Long-dated equity volatilities
6% to 69%

24
 %
Commodity derivatives
$
141

Discounted cash flow, Industry standard derivative pricing (2)
Natural gas forward price
$2/MMBtu to $7/MMBtu

$5/MMBtu

 
 
Correlation
82% to 93%

90
 %
 
 
Volatilities
16% to 98%

35
 %
Interest rate derivatives
$
477

Industry standard derivative pricing (3)
Correlation (IR/IR)
11% to 99%

55
 %
 
 
Correlation (FX/IR)
-48% to 40%

-5
 %
 
 
Long-dated inflation rates
0% to 3%

1
 %
 
 
Long-dated inflation volatilities
0% to 2%

1
 %
Total net derivative assets
$
(920
)
 
 
 
 
(1)
The categories are aggregated based upon product type which differs from financial statement classification. The following is a reconciliation to the line items in the table on page 212: Trading account assets – Corporate securities, trading loans and other of $3.3 billion, Trading account assets – Non-U.S. sovereign debt of $574 million, Trading account assets – Mortgage trading loans and ABS of $2.1 billion, AFS debt securities – Other taxable securities of $1.7 billion, AFS debt securities – Tax-exempt securities of $599 million, Loans and leases of $2.0 billion and LHFS of $173 million.
(2) 
Includes models such as Monte Carlo simulation and Black-Scholes.
(3) 
Includes models such as Monte Carlo simulation, Black-Scholes and other methods that model the joint dynamics of interest, inflation and foreign exchange rates.
CPR = Constant Prepayment Rate
CDR = Constant Default Rate
EBITDA = Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
MMBtu = Million British thermal units
IR = Interest Rate
FX = Foreign Exchange
n/a = not applicable



222

Table of Contents

In the tables above, instruments backed by residential real estate assets include RMBS, whole loans and mortgage CDOs. Commercial loans, debt securities and other include corporate CLOs and CDOs, commercial loans and bonds, and securities backed by non-real estate assets. Structured liabilities primarily include equity-linked notes that are accounted for under the fair value option.

The Corporation uses multiple market approaches in valuing certain of its Level 3 financial instruments. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows are used together. For a given product, such as corporate debt securities, market comparables may be used to estimate some of the unobservable inputs and then these inputs are incorporated into a discounted cash flow model. Therefore, the balances disclosed encompass both of these techniques.

The level of aggregation and diversity within the products disclosed in the tables result in certain ranges of inputs being wide and unevenly distributed across asset and liability categories. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, weighted averages are disclosed for all loans, securities, structured liabilities and net derivative assets.

For more information on the inputs and techniques used in the valuation of MSRs, see Note 17 – Mortgage Servicing Rights.

Sensitivity of Fair Value Measurements to Changes in Unobservable Inputs

Loans and Securities

For instruments backed by residential real estate assets and commercial loans, debt securities and other, a significant increase in market yields, default rates, loss severities or duration would result in a significantly lower fair value for long positions. Short positions would be impacted in a directionally opposite way. The impact of changes in prepayment speeds would have differing impacts depending on the seniority of the instrument and, in the case of CLOs, whether prepayments can be reinvested.

For auction rate securities, a significant increase in price would result in a significantly higher fair value.

Structured Liabilities and Derivatives

For credit derivatives, a significant increase in market yield, including spreads to indices, upfront points (i.e., a single upfront payment made by a protection buyer at inception), default rates or loss severities would result in a significantly lower fair value for protection sellers and higher fair value for protection buyers. The impact of changes in prepayment speeds would have differing impacts depending on the seniority of the instrument and, in the case of CLOs, whether prepayments can be reinvested.

Structured credit derivatives, which include tranched portfolio CDS and derivatives with derivative product company (DPC) and monoline counterparties, are impacted by credit correlation, including default and wrong-way correlation. Default correlation is a parameter that describes the degree of dependence among credit default rates within a credit portfolio that underlies a credit derivative instrument. The sensitivity of this input on the fair value varies depending on the level of subordination of the tranche. For senior tranches that are net purchases of protection, a significant increase in default correlation would result in a significantly higher fair value. Net short protection positions would be impacted in a directionally opposite way. Wrong-way correlation is a parameter that describes the probability that as exposure to a counterparty increases, the credit quality of the counterparty decreases. A significantly higher degree of wrong-way correlation between a DPC counterparty and underlying derivative exposure would result in a significantly lower fair value.

For equity derivatives, commodity derivatives, interest rate derivatives and structured liabilities, a significant change in long-dated rates and volatilities and correlation inputs (e.g., the degree of correlation between an equity security and an index, between two different commodities, between two different interest rates, or between interest rates and foreign exchange rates) would result in a significant impact to the fair value; however, the magnitude and direction of the impact depends on whether the Corporation is long or short the exposure.


223

Table of Contents

Nonrecurring Fair Value

The Corporation holds certain assets that are measured at fair value, but only in certain situations (e.g., impairment) and these measurements are referred to herein as nonrecurring. The amounts below represent assets still held as of the reporting date for which a nonrecurring fair value adjustment was recorded during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
 
 
June 30, 2015
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Gains (Losses)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
19

 
$
26

 
$
(4
)
 
$
(4
)
Loans and leases (1)
21

 
2,076

 
(371
)
 
(702
)
Foreclosed properties (2, 3)

 
188

 
(38
)
 
(50
)
Other assets
27

 

 
(4
)
 
(4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30, 2014
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
1,057

 
$
127

 
$
5

 
$
4

Loans and leases (1)
5

 
3,244

 
(318
)
 
(564
)
Foreclosed properties (2, 3)
6

 
187

 
(21
)
 
(28
)
Other assets
90

 
2

 
(16
)
 
(16
)
(1) 
Includes $106 million and $151 million of losses on loans that were written down to a collateral value of zero during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to losses of $113 million and $203 million for the same periods in 2014.
(2) 
Amounts are included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and represent the carrying value of foreclosed properties that were written down subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed properties. Losses on foreclosed properties include losses taken during the first 90 days after transfer of a loan to foreclosed properties.
(3) 
Excludes $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion of properties acquired upon foreclosure of certain government-guaranteed loans (principally FHA-insured loans) as of June 30, 2015 and 2014.

The table below presents information about significant unobservable inputs related to the Corporation's nonrecurring Level 3 financial assets and liabilities at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Quantitative Information about Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
 
 
June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Inputs
Financial Instrument
Fair Value
Valuation
Technique
Significant Unobservable
Inputs
Ranges of
Inputs
Weighted Average
Instruments backed by residential real estate assets
$
2,076

Market comparables
OREO discount
14% to 26%
18
%
Loans and leases
2,076

Cost to sell
7% to 16%
7
%
 
December 31, 2014
Instruments backed by residential real estate assets
$
4,636

Market comparables
OREO discount
0% to 28%
8
%
Loans and leases
4,636

Cost to sell
7% to 14%
8
%

Instruments backed by residential real estate assets represent residential mortgages where the loan has been written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral. In addition to the instruments disclosed in the table above, the Corporation holds foreclosed residential properties where the fair value is based on unadjusted third-party appraisals or broker price opinions. Appraisals are generally conducted every 90 days. Factors considered in determining the fair value include geographic sales trends, the value of comparable surrounding properties as well as the condition of the property.

224

Table of Contents

NOTE 15 – Fair Value Option

The Corporation elects to account for certain financial instruments under the fair value option. For more information on the primary financial instruments for which the fair value option elections have been made, see Note 21 – Fair Value Option to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The table below provides information about the fair value carrying amount and the contractual principal outstanding of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Fair Value Option Elections
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in millions)
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
 
Contractual
Principal
Outstanding
 
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Less Unpaid
Principal
 
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
 
Contractual
Principal
Outstanding
 
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Less Unpaid
Principal
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$
70,791

 
$
70,490

 
$
301

 
$
62,182

 
$
61,902

 
$
280

Loans reported as trading account assets (1)
4,286

 
8,374

 
(4,088
)
 
4,607

 
8,487

 
(3,880
)
Trading inventory – other
7,039

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
6,865

 
n/a

 
n/a

Consumer and commercial loans
7,629

 
7,880

 
(251
)
 
8,681

 
8,925

 
(244
)
Loans held-for-sale
4,924

 
6,335

 
(1,411
)
 
6,801

 
8,072

 
(1,271
)
Other assets
268

 
270

 
(2
)
 
253

 
270

 
(17
)
Long-term deposits
1,215

 
1,123

 
92

 
1,469

 
1,361

 
108

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
32,017

 
32,534

 
(517
)
 
35,357

 
35,332

 
25

Unfunded loan commitments
392

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
405

 
n/a

 
n/a

Short-term borrowings
1,841

 
1,841

 

 
2,697

 
2,697

 

Long-term debt (2)
32,920

 
32,603

 
317

 
36,404

 
35,815

 
589

(1) 
A significant portion of the loans reported as trading account assets are distressed loans which trade and were purchased at a deep discount to par, and the remainder are loans with a fair value near contractual principal outstanding.
(2) 
Includes structured liabilities with a fair value of $31.9 billion and contractual principal outstanding of $31.4 billion at June 30, 2015 compared to $35.3 billion and $34.6 billion at December 31, 2014.
n/a = not applicable


225

Table of Contents

The following tables provide information about where changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option are included in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Of the changes in fair value for loans reported as trading account assets, gains of $22 million and $30 million were attributable to changes in borrower-specific credit risk for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to gains of $1 million for both of the same periods in 2014. Of the changes in fair value for consumer and commercial loans, gains of $16 million and losses of $12 million were attributable to changes in borrower-specific credit risk for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to gains of $43 million and $79 million for the same periods in 2014. Of the changes in fair value for LHFS, gains of $11 million and $50 million were attributable to changes in borrower-specific credit risk for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to gains of $22 million and $49 million for the same periods in 2014.

Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$
(24
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(24
)
Loans reported as trading account assets
33

 

 

 
33

Trading inventory – other (1)
188

 

 

 
188

Consumer and commercial loans
(6
)
 

 
16

 
10

Loans held-for-sale (2)
26

 
107

 
25

 
158

Other assets

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Long-term deposits
4

 

 
26

 
30

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
(6
)
 

 

 
(6
)
Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
(63
)
 
(63
)
Long-term debt (3)
337

 

 
106

 
443

Total
$
552

 
$
107

 
$
109

 
$
768

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30, 2014
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$
(13
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(13
)
Loans reported as trading account assets
14

 

 

 
14

Trading inventory – other (1)
(122
)
 

 

 
(122
)
Consumer and commercial loans
13

 

 
53

 
66

Loans held-for-sale (2)
(3
)
 
197

 
30

 
224

Other assets

 

 
2

 
2

Long-term deposits
(2
)
 

 
(3
)
 
(5
)
Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
5

 
5

Short-term borrowings
18

 

 

 
18

Long-term debt (3)
(259
)
 

 
68

 
(191
)
Total
$
(354
)
 
$
197

 
$
155

 
$
(2
)
(1) 
The gains (losses) in trading account profits (losses) are primarily offset by gains (losses) on trading liabilities that hedge these assets.
(2) 
Includes the value of interest rate lock commitments on loans funded, including those sold during the period.
(3) 
The majority of the net gains (losses) in trading account profits (losses) relate to the embedded derivative in structured liabilities and are offset by gains (losses) on derivatives and securities that hedge these liabilities. The net gains (losses) in other income (loss) relate to the impact on structured liabilities of changes in the Corporation's credit spreads.

226

Table of Contents

Gains (Losses) Relating to Assets and Liabilities Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
(Dollars in millions)
Trading
Account
Profits
(Losses)
 
Mortgage
Banking
Income
(Loss)
 
Other
Income
(Loss)
 
Total
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$
(88
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(88
)
Loans reported as trading account assets
(68
)
 

 

 
(68
)
Trading inventory – other (1)
174

 

 

 
174

Consumer and commercial loans
29

 

 
(67
)
 
(38
)
Loans held-for-sale (2)
(21
)
 
372

 
88

 
439

Other assets

 

 
7

 
7

Long-term deposits

 

 
21

 
21

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
48

 

 

 
48

Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
55

 
55

Short-term borrowings
(1
)
 

 

 
(1
)
Long-term debt (3)
590

 

 
171

 
761

Total
$
663

 
$
372

 
$
275

 
$
1,310

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell
$
(33
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(33
)
Loans reported as trading account assets
48

 

 

 
48

Trading inventory – other (1)
(290
)
 

 

 
(290
)
Consumer and commercial loans
18

 

 
105

 
123

Loans held-for-sale (2)
(4
)
 
383

 
70

 
449

Long-term deposits
11

 

 
(12
)
 
(1
)
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase
(2
)
 

 

 
(2
)
Unfunded loan commitments

 

 
14

 
14

Short-term borrowings
54

 

 

 
54

Long-term debt (3)
(627
)
 

 
265

 
(362
)
Total
$
(825
)
 
$
383

 
$
442

 
$

(1) 
The gains (losses) in trading account profits (losses) are primarily offset by gains (losses) on trading liabilities that hedge these assets.
(2) 
Includes the value of interest rate lock commitments on loans funded, including those sold during the period.
(3) 
The majority of the net gains (losses) in trading account profits (losses) relate to the embedded derivative in structured liabilities and are offset by gains (losses) on derivatives and securities that hedge these liabilities. The net gains (losses) in other income (loss) relate to the impact on structured liabilities of changes in the Corporation's credit spreads.



227

Table of Contents

NOTE 16 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments are classified within the fair value hierarchy using the methodologies described in Note 14 – Fair Value Measurements. The following disclosures include financial instruments where only a portion of the ending balance at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. For more information on these financial instruments and their valuation methodologies, see Note 20 – Fair Value Measurements and Note 22 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values and fair values by fair value hierarchy of certain financial instruments where only a portion of the ending balance was carried at fair value at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 are presented in the table below.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
Fair Value
(Dollars in millions)
Carrying
Value
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
Carrying
Value
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
848,196

 
$
72,467

 
$
791,875

 
$
864,342

 
$
842,259

 
$
87,174

 
$
776,370

 
$
863,544

Loans held-for-sale
6,914

 
5,984

 
930

 
6,914

 
12,836

 
12,236

 
618

 
12,854

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
1,149,560

 
$
1,149,966

 
$

 
$
1,149,966

 
$
1,118,936

 
$
1,119,427

 
$

 
$
1,119,427

Long-term debt
243,414

 
247,433

 
2,716

 
250,149

 
243,139

 
249,692

 
2,362

 
252,054


Commercial Unfunded Lending Commitments

Fair values were generally determined using a discounted cash flow valuation approach which is applied using market-based CDS or internally developed benchmark credit curves. The Corporation accounts for certain loan commitments under the fair value option.

The carrying values and fair values of the Corporation's commercial unfunded lending commitments were $981 million and $4.1 billion at June 30, 2015, and $932 million and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2014. Commercial unfunded lending commitments are primarily classified as Level 3. The carrying value of these commitments is classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

The Corporation does not estimate the fair values of consumer unfunded lending commitments because, in many instances, the Corporation can reduce or cancel these commitments by providing notice to the borrower. For more information on commitments, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies.


228

Table of Contents

NOTE 17 – Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Corporation accounts for consumer MSRs at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage banking income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. The Corporation manages the risk in these MSRs with derivatives such as options and interest rate swaps, which are not designated as accounting hedges, as well as securities including MBS and U.S. Treasury securities. The securities used to manage the risk in the MSRs are classified in other assets with changes in the fair value of the securities and the related interest income recorded in mortgage banking income.

The table below presents activity for residential mortgage and home equity MSRs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Rollforward of Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended
June 30
 
Six Months Ended
June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Balance, beginning of period
$
3,394

 
$
4,765

 
$
3,530

 
$
5,042

Additions
204

 
113

 
383

 
378

Sales
(312
)
 
(26
)
 
(312
)
 
(46
)
Amortization of expected cash flows (1)
(223
)
 
(235
)
 
(453
)
 
(467
)
Impact of changes in interest rates and other market factors (2)
468

 
(310
)
 
292

 
(627
)
Model and other cash flow assumption changes: (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected cash flows, including changes in costs to service loans
(1
)
 
82

 
86

 
46

Impact of changes in the Home Price Index
2

 
4

 
(10
)
 
(7
)
Impact of changes to the prepayment model

 

 
9

 
160

Other model changes (4)
(11
)
 
(25
)
 
(4
)
 
(111
)
Balance, June 30 (5)
$
3,521

 
$
4,368

 
$
3,521

 
$
4,368

Mortgage loans serviced for investors (in billions)
$
425

 
$
521

 
$
425

 
$
521

(1) 
Represents the net change in fair value of the MSR asset due to the recognition of modeled cash flows.
(2) 
These amounts reflect the changes in modeled MSR fair value primarily due to observed changes in interest rates, volatility, spreads and the shape of the forward swap curve and periodic adjustments to valuation based on third-party price discovery.
(3) 
These amounts reflect periodic adjustments to the valuation model to reflect changes in the modeled relationship between inputs and their impact on projected cash flows as well as changes in certain cash flow assumptions such as cost to service and ancillary income per loan.
(4) 
These amounts include the impact of periodic recalibrations of the model to reflect changes in the relationship between market interest rate spreads and projected cash flows.
(5) 
At June 30, 2015, includes $3.2 billion of U.S. and $320 million of non-U.S. consumer MSR balances compared to $4.1 billion and $234 million at June 30, 2014.

The Corporation primarily uses an option-adjusted spread (OAS) valuation approach which factors in prepayment risk to determine the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows under multiple interest rate scenarios and discounting these cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates. In addition to updating the valuation model for interest, discount and prepayment rates, periodic adjustments are made to recalibrate the valuation model for factors used to project cash flows. The changes to the factors capture the effect of variances related to actual versus estimated servicing proceeds.


229

Table of Contents

Significant economic assumptions in estimating the fair value of MSRs at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 are presented below. The change in fair value as a result of changes in OAS rates is included within "Model and other cash flow assumption changes" in the Rollforward of Mortgage Servicing Rights table. The weighted-average life is not an input in the valuation model but is a product of both changes in market rates of interest and changes in model and other cash flow assumptions. The weighted-average life represents the average period of time that the MSRs' cash flows are expected to be received. Absent other changes, an increase (decrease) to the weighted-average life would generally result in an increase (decrease) in the fair value of the MSRs.

Significant Economic Assumptions
 
June 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Fixed
 
Adjustable
 
Fixed
 
Adjustable
Weighted-average OAS
4.56
%
 
7.67
%
 
4.52
%
 
7.61
%
Weighted-average life, in years
4.89

 
3.36

 
4.53

 
2.95


The table below presents the sensitivity of the weighted-average lives and fair value of MSRs to changes in modeled assumptions. These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the amounts indicate, changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of MSRs that continue to be held by the Corporation is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. The below sensitivities do not reflect any hedge strategies that may be undertaken to mitigate such risk.

Sensitivity Impacts
 
June 30, 2015
 
Change in Weighted-average Lives
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Fixed
 
Adjustable
 
Change in
Fair Value
Prepayment rates
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 10% decrease
0.23

 
years
 
0.20

 
years
 
$
200

Impact of 20% decrease
0.49

 
 
 
0.43

 
 
 
424

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 10% increase
(0.21
)
 
 
 
(0.18
)
 
 
 
(181
)
Impact of 20% increase
(0.39
)
 
 
 
(0.33
)
 
 
 
(344
)
OAS level
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 100 bps decrease
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
156

Impact of 200 bps decrease
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
327

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 100 bps increase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(144
)
Impact of 200 bps increase
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(278
)


230

Table of Contents

NOTE 18 – Business Segment Information

Effective January 1, 2015, to align the segments with how the Corporation manages the businesses in 2015, it changed its basis of presentation, and following such change, reports its results of operations through the following five business segments: Consumer Banking, Global Wealth & Investment Management (GWIM), Global Banking, Global Markets and Legacy Assets & Servicing (LAS), with the remaining operations recorded in All Other. The Home Loans business, which was included in the former Consumer Real Estate Services (CRES) segment, is now included in Consumer Banking, and LAS (also in the former CRES segment) became a separate segment. A portion of the Business Banking business, based on the size of the client, was moved from the former Consumer & Business Banking (CBB) segment to Global Banking, and the former CBB segment was renamed Consumer Banking. Also, the merchant services joint venture moved from the former CBB segment to All Other. In addition, certain management accounting methodologies, including the treatment of intersegment assets and liabilities, and related allocations were refined. Prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Consumer Banking

Consumer Banking offers a diversified range of credit, banking and investment products and services to consumers and small businesses. Consumer Banking product offerings include traditional savings accounts, money market savings accounts, CDs and IRAs, noninterest- and interest-bearing checking accounts, investment accounts and products, as well as credit and debit cards, residential mortgages and home equity loans, and direct and indirect loans to consumers and small businesses in the U.S. Customers and clients have access to a franchise network that stretches coast to coast through 33 states and the District of Columbia. The franchise network includes approximately 4,800 financial centers, 16,000 ATMs, nationwide call centers, and online and mobile platforms.

Global Wealth & Investment Management

GWIM provides a high-touch client experience through a network of financial advisors focused on clients with over $250,000 in total investable assets, as well as tailored solutions to meet clients' needs through a full set of brokerage, banking and retirement products. GWIM also provides comprehensive wealth management solutions targeted to high net worth and ultra high net worth clients, as well as customized solutions to meet clients' wealth structuring, investment management, trust and banking needs, including specialty asset management services.

Global Banking

Global Banking provides a wide range of lending-related products and services, integrated working capital management and treasury solutions to clients, and underwriting and advisory services through the Corporation's network of offices and client relationship teams. Global Banking's lending products and services include commercial loans, leases, commitment facilities, trade finance, real estate lending and asset-based lending. Global Banking's treasury solutions business includes treasury management, foreign exchange and short-term investing options. Global Banking also provides investment banking products to clients such as debt and equity underwriting and distribution, and merger-related and other advisory services. The economics of most investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Banking and Global Markets based on the activities performed by each segment. Global Banking clients generally include middle-market companies, commercial real estate firms, auto dealerships, not-for-profit companies, large global corporations, financial institutions, leasing clients, and mid-sized U.S.-based businesses requiring customized and integrated financial advice and solutions.

Global Markets

Global Markets offers sales and trading services, including research, to institutional clients across fixed-income, credit, currency, commodity and equity businesses. Global Markets product coverage includes securities and derivative products in both the primary and secondary markets. Global Markets provides market-making, financing, securities clearing, settlement and custody services globally to institutional investor clients in support of their investing and trading activities. Global Markets also works with commercial and corporate clients to provide risk management products using interest rate, equity, credit, currency and commodity derivatives, foreign exchange, fixed-income and mortgage-related products. As a result of market-making activities in these products, Global Markets may be required to manage risk in a broad range of financial products including government securities, equity and equity-linked securities, high-grade and high-yield corporate debt securities, syndicated loans, MBS, commodities and ABS. In addition, the economics of most investment banking and underwriting activities are shared primarily between Global Markets and Global Banking based on the activities performed by each segment.


231

Table of Contents

Legacy Assets & Servicing

LAS is responsible for mortgage servicing activities related to residential first mortgage and home equity loans serviced for others and loans held by the Corporation, including loans that have been designated as the LAS Portfolios, and manages certain legacy exposures related to mortgage origination, sales and servicing activities (e.g., litigation, representations and warranties). LAS also includes the results of MSR activities, including net hedge results. Home equity loans are held on the balance sheet of LAS, and residential mortgage loans are included as part of All Other. The financial results of the on-balance sheet loans are reported in the segment that owns the loans or in All Other.

All Other

All Other consists of ALM activities, equity investments, the international consumer card business, liquidating businesses, residual expense allocations and other. ALM activities encompass residential mortgages, MBS, interest rate and foreign currency risk management activities including the residual net interest income allocation, the impact of certain allocation methodologies and accounting hedge ineffectiveness. Additionally, certain residential mortgage loans that are managed by LAS are held in All Other. The results of certain ALM activities are allocated to the business segments.

Basis of Presentation

The management accounting and reporting process derives segment and business results by utilizing allocation methodologies for revenue and expense. The net income derived for the businesses is dependent upon revenue and cost allocations using an activity-based costing model, funds transfer pricing, and other methodologies and assumptions management believes are appropriate to reflect the results of the business.

Total revenue, net of interest expense, includes net interest income on an FTE basis and noninterest income. The adjustment of net interest income to an FTE basis results in a corresponding increase in income tax expense. The segment results also reflect certain revenue and expense methodologies that are utilized to determine net income. The net interest income of the businesses includes the results of a funds transfer pricing process that matches assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics. In segments where the total of liabilities and equity exceeds assets, which are generally deposit-taking segments, the Corporation allocates assets to match liabilities. Net interest income of the business segments also includes an allocation of net interest income generated by certain of the Corporation's ALM activities. Further, net interest income on an FTE basis includes market-related adjustments, which are driven by the impact of changes in long-term interest rates on the estimated lives of mortgage-related debt securities thereby impacting premium amortization. Also included in market-related adjustments is hedge ineffectiveness that impacted net interest income.

In addition, the business segments are impacted by the migration of customers and clients and their deposit, loan and brokerage balances between client-managed businesses. Subsequent to the date of migration, the associated net interest income, noninterest income and noninterest expense are recorded in the business to which the customers or clients migrated.

The Corporation's ALM activities include an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of various derivatives and cash instruments to manage fluctuations in earnings and capital that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Corporation's goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect earnings and capital. The results of a majority of the Corporation's ALM activities are allocated to the business segments and fluctuate based on the performance of the ALM activities. ALM activities include external product pricing decisions including deposit pricing strategies, the effects of the Corporation's internal funds transfer pricing process and the net effects of other ALM activities.

Certain expenses not directly attributable to a specific business segment are allocated to the segments. The most significant of these expenses include data and item processing costs and certain centralized or shared functions. Data processing costs are allocated to the segments based on equipment usage. Item processing costs are allocated to the segments based on the volume of items processed for each segment. The costs of certain other centralized or shared functions are allocated based on methodologies that reflect utilization.


232

Table of Contents

The following tables present net income (loss) and the components thereto (with net interest income on an FTE basis) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, and total assets at June 30, 2015 and 2014 for each business segment, as well as All Other.

Results for Business Segments and All Other
 
 
 
 
At and for the Three Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
 
 
Total Corporation (1)
 
Consumer Banking
 
Global Wealth &
Investment Management
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
10,716

 
$
10,226

 
$
4,910

 
$
5,060

 
$
1,359

 
$
1,485

Noninterest income
11,629

 
11,734

 
2,634

 
2,589

 
3,214

 
3,104

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
22,345

 
21,960

 
7,544

 
7,649

 
4,573

 
4,589

Provision for credit losses
780

 
411

 
506

 
550

 
15

 
(8
)
Noninterest expense
13,818

 
18,541

 
4,321

 
4,505

 
3,457

 
3,445

Income before income taxes (FTE basis)
7,747

 
3,008

 
2,717

 
2,594

 
1,101

 
1,152

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
2,427

 
717

 
1,013

 
960

 
411

 
426

Net income
$
5,320

 
$
2,291

 
$
1,704

 
$
1,634

 
$
690

 
$
726

Period-end total assets
$
2,149,034

 
$
2,170,557

 
$
611,122

 
$
579,870

 
$
267,021

 
$
263,958

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Banking
 
Global Markets
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
2,213

 
$
2,442

 
$
1,028

 
$
962

Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
1,902

 
1,996

 
3,231

 
3,637

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
4,115

 
4,438

 
4,259

 
4,599

Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
177

 
136

 
6

 
20

Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
1,941

 
2,007

 
2,723

 
2,875

Income before income taxes (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
1,997

 
2,295

 
1,530

 
1,704

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
746

 
850

 
537

 
602

Net income
 
 
 
 
$
1,251

 
$
1,445

 
$
993

 
$
1,102

Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
367,045

 
$
370,561

 
$
580,955

 
$
610,435

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legacy Assets & Servicing
 
All Other
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
416

 
$
362

 
$
790

 
$
(85
)
Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
673

 
438

 
(25
)
 
(30
)
Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
1,089

 
800

 
765

 
(115
)
Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
57

 
(39
)
 
19

 
(248
)
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
961

 
5,234

 
415

 
475

Income (loss) before income taxes (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
71

 
(4,395
)
 
331

 
(342
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
26

 
(1,654
)
 
(306
)
 
(467
)
Net income (loss)
 
 
 
 
$
45

 
$
(2,741
)
 
$
637

 
$
125

Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
50,853

 
$
52,647

 
$
272,038

 
$
293,086

(1) 
There were no material intersegment revenues.

233

Table of Contents

Results of Business Segments and All Other
 
 
 
 
At and for the Six Months Ended June 30
 
 
 
 
 
Total Corporation (1)
 
Consumer Banking
 
Global Wealth &
Investment Management
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income (FTE basis)
$
20,386

 
$
20,512

 
$
9,781

 
$
10,130

 
$
2,710

 
$
2,970

Noninterest income
23,380

 
24,215

 
5,213

 
5,170

 
6,380

 
6,166

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
43,766

 
44,727

 
14,994

 
15,300

 
9,090

 
9,136

Provision for credit losses
1,545

 
1,420

 
1,222

 
1,359

 
38

 
15

Noninterest expense
29,513

 
40,779

 
8,710

 
9,000

 
6,916

 
6,803

Income before income taxes (FTE basis)
12,708

 
2,528

 
5,062

 
4,941

 
2,136

 
2,318

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
4,031

 
513

 
1,883

 
1,839

 
795

 
863

Net income
$
8,677

 
$
2,015

 
$
3,179

 
$
3,102

 
$
1,341

 
$
1,455

Period-end total assets
$
2,149,034

 
$
2,170,557

 
$
611,122

 
$
579,870

 
$
267,021

 
$
263,958

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Banking
 
Global Markets
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
4,473

 
$
4,946

 
$
2,037

 
$
1,968

Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
3,920

 
4,018

 
6,836

 
7,657

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
8,393

 
8,964

 
8,873

 
9,625

Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
273

 
417

 
27

 
38

Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
3,951

 
4,184

 
5,854

 
5,964

Income before income taxes (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
4,169

 
4,363

 
2,992

 
3,623

Income tax expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
1,552

 
1,625

 
1,054

 
1,211

Net income
 
 
 
 
$
2,617

 
$
2,738

 
$
1,938

 
$
2,412

Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
367,045

 
$
370,561

 
$
580,955

 
$
610,435

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legacy Assets & Servicing
 
All Other
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
$
844

 
$
739

 
$
541

 
$
(241
)
Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
1,159

 
747

 
(128
)
 
457

Total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
2,003

 
1,486

 
413

 
216

Provision for credit losses
 
 
 
 
148

 
(27
)
 
(163
)
 
(382
)
Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
2,164

 
12,637

 
1,918

 
2,191

Loss before income taxes (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
(309
)
 
(11,124
)
 
(1,342
)
 
(1,593
)
Income tax benefit (FTE basis)
 
 
 
 
(115
)
 
(3,502
)
 
(1,138
)
 
(1,523
)
Net loss
 
 
 
 
$
(194
)
 
$
(7,622
)
 
$
(204
)
 
$
(70
)
Period-end total assets
 
 
 
 
$
50,853

 
$
52,647

 
$
272,038

 
$
293,086

(1) 
There were no material intersegment revenues.


234

Table of Contents

The table below presents a reconciliation of the five business segments' total revenue, net of interest expense, on an FTE basis, and net income to the Consolidated Statement of Income, and total assets to the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The adjustments presented in the table below include consolidated income, expense and asset amounts not specifically allocated to individual business segments.

Business Segment Reconciliations
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended June 30
 
Six Months Ended June 30
(Dollars in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Segments' total revenue, net of interest expense (FTE basis)
$
21,580

 
$
22,075

 
$
43,353

 
$
44,511

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALM activities
1,013

 
(84
)
 
792

 
(349
)
Equity investment income
11

 
95

 
12

 
793

Liquidating businesses and other
(259
)
 
(126
)
 
(391
)
 
(228
)
FTE basis adjustment
(228
)
 
(213
)
 
(447
)
 
(414
)
Consolidated revenue, net of interest expense
$
22,117

 
$
21,747

 
$
43,319

 
$
44,313

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segments' total net income
$
4,683

 
$
2,166

 
$
8,881

 
$
2,085

Adjustments, net-of-taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALM activities
448

 
(169
)
 
209

 
(75
)
Equity investment income
7

 
59

 
7

 
496

Liquidating businesses and other
182

 
235

 
(420
)
 
(491
)
Consolidated net income
$
5,320

 
$
2,291

 
$
8,677

 
$
2,015

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 30
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
Segments' total assets
 
 
 
 
$
1,876,996

 
$
1,877,471

Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALM activities, including securities portfolio
 
 
 
 
688,743

 
694,031

Equity investments
 
 
 
 
4,670

 
5,126

Liquidating businesses and other
 
 
 
 
67,096

 
80,563

Elimination of segment asset allocations to match liabilities
 
 
 
 
(488,471
)
 
(486,634
)
Consolidated total assets
 
 
 
 
$
2,149,034

 
$
2,170,557




235

Table of Contents

Part II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

See Litigation and Regulatory Matters in Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated by reference in this Item 1, for litigation and regulatory disclosure that supplements the disclosure in Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There are no material changes from the risk factors set forth under Part 1, Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation's 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The table below presents share repurchase activity for the three months ended June 30, 2015. The primary source of funds for cash distributions by the Corporation to its shareholders is dividends received from its banking subsidiaries. Each of the banking subsidiaries is subject to various regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital above regulatory minimums. All of the Corporation's preferred stock outstanding has preference over the Corporation's common stock with respect to the payment of dividends.

(Dollars in millions, except per share information; shares in thousands)
Common Shares
Repurchased (1)
 
Weighted-Average
Per Share Price
 
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Programs
 
Remaining Buyback Authority Amounts (2)
April 1 - 30, 2015
23,876

 
$
15.66

 
23,868

 
$
3,626

May 1 - 31, 2015
24,789

 
16.19

 
24,784

 
3,225

June 1 - 30, 2015
1

 
16.76

 

 
3,225

Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
48,666

 
15.93

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Includes shares of the Corporation's common stock acquired by the Corporation in connection with satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on vested restricted stock or restricted stock units and certain forfeitures and terminations of employment-related awards under equity incentive plans.
(2) 
On March 11, 2015, the Corporation announced that the Federal Reserve had informed the Corporation that it completed its 2015 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and did not object to our 2015 capital plan, which included a request to repurchase up to $4.0 billion of common stock during the period from the second quarter of 2015 through the second quarter of 2016. On March 11, 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $4.0 billion of the Corporation's common stock through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including Rule 10b5-1 plans, during the period from April 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016. For additional information, see Capital Management – CCAR and Capital Planning on page 58 and Note 11 – Shareholders' Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Corporation did not have any unregistered sales of its equity securities during the three months ended June 30, 2015.



236

Table of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(a)
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) of the Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-6523) for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015 filed on April 29, 2015
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(b)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-6523) filed on March 20, 2015
 
 
 
Exhibit 4(a)
 
Form of Senior Registered Note, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the Corporation’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-202354) filed on May 1, 2015
 
 
 
Exhibit 4(b)
 
Form of Global Senior Medium-Term Note, Series L, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the Corporation’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-202354) filed on May 1, 2015
 
 
 
Exhibit 4(c)
 
Form of Master Global Senior Medium-Term Note, Series L, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of the Corporation’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-202354) filed on May 1, 2015
 
 
 
Exhibit 10
 
First Amendment to Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement dated June 15, 2015 between Bank of America, N.A. and Brian T. Moynihan (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 11
 
Earnings Per Share Computation – included in Note 13 – Earnings Per Common Share to the Consolidated Financial Statements (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 12
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document (1)
(1) 
Filed herewith



237

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
 
Bank of America Corporation
Registrant
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
July 29, 2015
 
/s/ Rudolf A. Bless  
 
 
 
 
Rudolf A. Bless 
Chief Accounting Officer
 


238

Table of Contents

Bank of America Corporation
Form 10-Q
Index to Exhibits

Exhibit
 
Description
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(a)
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) of the Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-6523) for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015 filed on April 29, 2015
 
 
 
Exhibit 3(b)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation, as in effect on the date hereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-6523) filed on March 20, 2015
 
 
 
Exhibit 4(a)
 
Form of Senior Registered Note, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the Corporation’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-202354) filed on May 1, 2015
 
 
 
Exhibit 4(b)
 
Form of Global Senior Medium-Term Note, Series L, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the Corporation’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-202354) filed on May 1, 2015
 
 
 
Exhibit 4(c)
 
Form of Master Global Senior Medium-Term Note, Series L, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of the Corporation’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-202354) filed on May 1, 2015
 
 
 
Exhibit 10
 
First Amendment to Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement dated June 15, 2015 between Bank of America, N.A. and Brian T. Moynihan (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 11
 
Earnings Per Share Computation – included in Note 13 – Earnings Per Common Share to the Consolidated Financial Statements (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 12
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(a)
 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(b)
 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (1)
 
 
 
Exhibit 101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document (1)
(1) 
Filed herewith



239